ML030360299: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure             Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: SRO-0066 RO-0559 Task Title: Comply with Conduct of       Job Performance Measure No:
-C-1 Worksheet   BA.1
Operations - Complete Shift Turnover      BA.1-2JPM forms for Simulator Scenario K/A  
-2JPMr0                                              
 
BA.1-2jpmf0 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: SRO
-0066 RO-0559   Task Title: Comply with Conduct of Operations
- Complete Shift Turnover forms for Simulator Scenario Job Performance Measure No:
BA.1-2JPM   K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.3 3.0/3.4 E xaminee: NRC Examiner:
2.1.3 3.0/3.4 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date: 02/22/01 Method of testing:
Date: 02/22/01
Admin - Perform Page 1 BA.1-2jpmf0


Method of testing:
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:
Admin - Perform         
Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.
 
Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   BA.1
-2JPMr0                                              
 
BA.1-2jpmf0 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
 
Initial Conditions:  
 
A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist: Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.
IRM C is out of service and bypassed.
IRM C is out of service and bypassed.
SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power.
SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power.
The Plant Logging System is inoperable.
The Plant Logging System is inoperable.
Ta sk Standard:
Task Standard:       Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.
Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on  
Required Materials: N/A General             PPM 1.3.1 rev. 56, Operating Policies, Programs, and
 
the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.
Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==
Practices, attachments 6.8.2 and 6.8.6.
Initiating Cue:      Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.
When you are finished, hand the completed turnover sheet to the examiner.
Time Critical Task:  NO Validation Time:    10 minutes Simulator ICs:      N/A Malfunctions/Remot  N/A e Triggers:
Overrides:          N/A Special Setup        This JPM is to be performed in conjunction with and prior to Instructions:        Dynamic Scenario #1 Page 2 BA.1-2jpmf0


PPM 1.3.1 rev. 56, Operating P olicies, Programs, and Practices, attachments 6.8.2 and 6.8.6.
Appendix C       Admin Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Initiating Cue:
Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 Complete the appropriate Shift Turnover Sheet using the Initial Conditions given and the frozen simulator.
Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.
CUE:
When you are finished, hand the completed turnover sheet
Standard:           Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.
 
to t he examiner.
Time Critical Task:
NO  Validation Time:
10 minutes Simulator ICs:
N/A  Malfunctions/Remot e Triggers:
N/A  Overrides:
N/A  Special Setup Instructions:
This JPM is to be performed in conjunction with and prior to Dynamic Sce nario #1 Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   BA.1
-2JPMr0                                              
 
BA.1-2jpmf0 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step:
YES Performance Step:  1 Complete the appropriate Shift Turnover Sheet using the Initial Conditions given and the frozen simulator.
CUE:   Standard: Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE JPM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.
 
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE JPM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.
JPM START TIME:
JPM TERMINATION TI ME:   JPM START TIME:        
-
-   JPM COMPLETION TIME:
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appe ndix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
Page 3 BA.1-2jpmf0
-C-1 Worksheet  BA.1
-2JPMr0                                               


BA.1-2jpmf0 Page 4 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         Ba.1-2.JPM Examinees Name:
Ba.1-2.JPM   Examinee's Name:
Examiners Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 4 BA.1-2jpmf0


Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C             Admin Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   BA.1
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
-2JPMr0                                              
Task Standard:             Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.
 
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   PPM 1.3.1 rev. 56, Operating Policies, Programs, and
BA.1-2jpmf0 Page 5  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the ob jective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on  
 
the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.
Required Materi als: N/A   Safety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==
 
Practices, attachments 6.8.2 and 6.8.6.
PPM 1.3.1 rev. 56, Operating Policies, Programs, and Practices, attachments 6.8.2 and 6.8.6.
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:
Time Critical Task:
Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.
NO   Initial Conditions:  
 
A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist: Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.
IRM C is out of service and bypassed.
IRM C is out of service and bypassed.
SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power.
SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power.
The Plant Logging System is inoperable.
The Plant Logging System is inoperable.
INITIATING CUE Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.
INITIATING CUE Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.
When you are finished, h and the completed turnover sheet to the examiner.
When you are finished, hand the completed turnover sheet to the examiner.
 
Page 5 BA.1-2jpmf0
Appe ndix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  BA.1
-2JPMr0                                               


BA.1-2jpmf0 Page 6 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: SRO
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: SRO-0066 RO-0559         Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123  
-0066 RO-0559 Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.3 3.0/3.4 Time Critical: NO Location: Simulator Perfor mance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/23/02
2.1.3 3.0/3.4   Time Critical: NO Location: Simulator                   Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison     Revision Date: 7/23/02 Page 6 BA.1-2jpmf0
 
Appe ndix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  BA.1
-2JPMr0                                               
 
BA.1-2jpmf0 Page 7      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   


A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:
Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.
Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.
IRM C is out of service and bypassed.
IRM C is out of service and bypassed.
SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power. The Plant Logging System is inoperable.
SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power.
INITIATING CUE Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift  
The Plant Logging System is inoperable.
INITIATING CUE Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.
When you are finished, hand the completed turnover sheet to the examiner.
Page 7 BA.1-2jpmf0


Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure             Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: N/A Task Title: USE EWD TO EXPLAIN           Job Performance Measure No:
When you are finished, hand the completed turnover sheet to the
OVERRIDE SWITCH FOR LPCS-V-5             BA.2JPMr0 K/A  
 
examiner.
Appendix C           A dmin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   BA.2JPMr0
 
BA2JPMR0 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: N/A Task Title:
USE EWD TO EXPLAIN OVERRIDE SWITCH FOR LPCS
-V-5 Job Performance Measure No:
BA.2JPMr0   K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.24 2.8/3.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
2.1.24 2.8/3.1 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
Page 1 BA2JPMR0


Appendix C           A dmin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure                 Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   N/A Task Standard:       The task is completed successfully when the candidate explains the effects of LPCS-RMS-S22 on the operation of LPCS-V-5.
-C-1 Worksheet   BA.2JPMr0
Required Materials:   N/A General  
 
BA2JPMR0 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
 
Initial Conditions:  
 
N/A   Task Standard:
The task is comple ted successfully when the candidate explains the effects of LPCS
-RMS-S22 on the operation of LPCS-V-5. Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==
 
EWD 8E-006 Initiating Cue:       Using EWD 8E-006 explain the purpose of LPCS-RMS-S21 Override switch for LPCS-V-5. Include in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.
EWD 8E-006   Initiating Cue:
Using EWD 8E
-006 explain the purpose of LPCS
-RMS-S21 Override switch f or LPCS-V-5. Include in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS
-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.
Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.
Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.
Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:   N/A Validation Time:     10 minutes Simulator ICs:       N/A Malfunctions/Remote   N/A Triggers:
N/A   Validation Time: 10 minutes Simulator ICs:
Overrides:           N/A Special Setup         N/A Instructions:
N/A   Malfunctions/Remote Triggers: N/A   Overrides:
Page 2 BA2JPMR0
N/A   Special Setup Instructions:
N/A Appendix C            A dmin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  BA.2JPMr0


BA2JPMR0 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step:
Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 Must indicate each of the following:
YES Performance Step:  1 Must indicate each of the following:
LPCS-RMS-S21 contacts 7 - 8 close to energize LPCS-RLY-K22.
LPCS-RMS-S21 contacts 7  
LPCS-RLY-K22 contacts 2 - 1, 12 - 11, and LPCS-RMS-S21 contact 2 - 1 , all open.
- 8 close to energize LPCS
This allows LPCS-RMS-V/5 to be throttled.
-RLY-K22. LPCS-RLY-K22 contacts 2  
CUE:
- 1, 12 - 11, and LPCS
Standard:           Credit is given when the candidate has explained the above using EWD 8E-006 NOTE:
-RMS-S21 contact 2  
Comment:
- 1 , all open.
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAIMNES SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE END OF THE JPM WHEN HE HAS COMPLETED THE EXPLANATION..
This allows LPCS
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
-RMS-V/5 to be throttled.
JPM START TIME:
CUE:   Standard: Credit is given when the candidate has e xplained the above using EWD 8E
-
-006 NOTE: Comment:
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
SAT / UNSAT
Page 3 BA2JPMR0
 
THE EXAIMNES SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE END OF THE JPM WHEN HE HAS  
 
COMPLETED THE EXPLANATION..
JPM TERMINATION TIME:   JPM START TIME:        
-   JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C            A dmin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  BA.2JPMr0


BA2JPMR0 Page 4 VERIFICATIO N OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         BA.2JPMr0 Examinees Name:
BA.2JPMr0   Examinee's Name:
Examiners Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 4 BA2JPMR0


Appendix C           A dmin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C             Admin Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   BA.2JPMr0
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
 
Task Standard:             The task is completed successfully when the candidate explains the effects of LPCS-RMS-S22 on the operation of LPCS-V-5.
BA2JPMR0 Page 5  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAM INEE  READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   EWD 8E-006
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job  
 
performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
The task is completed successfully when the candidate explains the effects of LPCS
-RMS-S22 on the operation of LPCS-V-5. Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


EWD 8E-006  Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       N/A INITIATING CUE Using EWD 8E-006 explain the purpose of LPCS-RMS-S21 Override switch for LPCS-V-5. Include in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.
NO   Initial Condit ions:
N/A INITIATING CUE Using EWD 8E
-006 explain the purpose of LPCS
-RMS-S21 Override switch for LPCS-V-5. Incl ude in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS
-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.
Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.
Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.
Page 5 BA2JPMR0


Appendix C           A dmin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure                 Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: N/A                           Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123  
-C-1 Worksheet   BA.2JPMr0
 
BA2JPMR0 Page 6 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Tas k Number: N/A Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.24 2.8/3.1 Time Critical:  NO Location: Any location with references.
2.1.24               Time Critical: NO 2.8/3.1 Location: Any location with references. Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison           Revision Date: 6/26/02 Page 6 BA2JPMR0
Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 6/26/02
 
Appendix C            A dmin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  BA.2JPMr0
 
BA2JPMR0 Page 7      STUDENT INFORMATI ON    Initial Conditions:   


N/A     INITIATING CUE Using EWD 8E
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure          Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  N/A INITIATING CUE Using EWD 8E-006 explain the purpose of LPCS-RMS-S21 Override switch for LPCS-V-5. Include in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.
-006 explain the purpose of LPCS
-RMS-S21 Over ride switch for LPCS
-V-5. Include in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS
-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.
Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.
Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.
Page 7 BA2JPMR0


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1  Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 1 Facility:
Appendix D                                     Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Facility: COLUMBIA                             Scenario No.: 1                             Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: _________________________ Operators:                 __________________________
COLUMBIA   Scenario No.:
_________________________                        __________________________
1 Op-Test No.:
1 Examiners:
_________________________
Operators:
__________________________
_________________________                        __________________________
_________________________                        __________________________
__
Initial conditions:     IC-191 (batch file NRC02.1.txt). The reactor is approaching criticality. IRM C is out of service and bypassed. SGT-V-2B has lost control power and is shut.
_______________________                        __________________________
Turnover:               A plant startup is in progress. The reactor is approaching criticality. The off-going shift pulled rods up through RWM group 12. The C IRM failed downscale 4 hours ago and the associated bypass switch is caution tagged. As the startup continues, RWCU will need to be lined up for reactor water level control. The off-going shift just found SGT-V-2B in the closed position. Upon attempting to open the valve from the control room, the valve lost control power.
Initial conditions:
Event       Malf.        Event                                Event Description No.         No.       Type*
IC-191 (batch file NRC02.1.txt). The reactor is approaching criticality. IRM "C" is out of service and bypassed. SGT
: 1. Initiated by   R (RO)     Withdraw control rods to bring the reactor critical.
-V-2B has lost control power and is shut.
turnover
Turnover: A plant startup is in progress. The reactor is approaching criticality. The off
: 2. Initiated by N (BOP)     Establish Reactor Water Cleanup blow-down flow for Reactor Water turnover                  Level control.
-going shift pulled rods up through RWM group 12. The "C" IRM failed downscale 4 hours ago and the associated bypass switch is caution tagged. As the startup  
: 3.     Trigger 3   C (BOP)     Loss of REA-FN-1B resulting in a high reactor building pressure and entry into EOP Secondary Containment Control, 5.3.1.
 
: 4.     Trigger 4     I (RO)     IRM A fails upscale resulting in a half scram on the A side of RPS.
cont inues, RWCU will need to be lined up for reactor water level control. The off
: 5.     Trigger 5     M (All)     An earthquake results in a Loss of All Offsite Power and a LOCA.
-going shift just found SGT
(Columbia IPE)
-V-2B in the closed position. Upon attempting to open the valve from the control room, the valve lost control power.
: 6. Initiated as       C       The Division 1 emergency bus, SM-7, locks-out resulting in a loss of part of                  power to the bus and its loads.
Event No. Malf. No. Event Type* Event Description
Trigger 5
: 1. Initiated by turnover R (RO) Withdraw control rods to bring the reactor critical.
: 7. Initiated as       C       The output breaker of the HPCS diesel generator fails to auto close part of                  requiring the operator to manually close the breaker in order to operate Trigger 5                HPCS.
: 2. Initiated by turnover N (BOP) Establish Reactor Water Cleanup blow
: 8. Initiated as       C       The injection valve for the C loop of RHR, RHR-V-42C, fails to auto part of                  open on an injection signal.
-down flow for Reactor Water Level control.
Trigger 5
: 3. Trigger 3 C (BOP) Loss of REA
* (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Scenario 1, 2002 exam                                Page 1              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
-FN-1B res ulting in a high reactor building pressure and entry into EOP Secondary Containment Control, 5.3.1.
: 4. Trigger 4 I (RO) IRM 'A' fails upscale resulting in a half scram on the 'A' side of RPS.
: 5. Trigger 5 M (All) An earthquake results in a Loss of All Offsit e Power and a LOCA. (Columbia IPE)
: 6. Initiated as part of Trigger 5 C The Division 1 emergency bus, SM
-7, locks-out resulting in a loss of power to the bus and its loads.
: 7. Initiated as part of Trigger 5 C The output breaker of the HPCS diesel generator fa ils to auto close requiring the operator to manually close the breaker in order to operate HPCS. 8. Initiated as part of Trigger 5 C The injection valve for the 'C' loop of RHR, RHR
-V-42C, fails to auto open on an injection signal.
* (N)ormal, (R)eactivity , (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 2 Event No. 1  
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                                 Form ES-D-1 Event No. 1
 
== Description:==


==
Description:==
Withdraw control rods to bring the reactor critical.
Withdraw control rods to bring the reactor critical.
This event is initiated by the turnover sheet and is terminated when criticality is achieved.
This event is initiated by the turnover sheet and is terminated when criticality is achieved.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavio r T=0 when crew assumes shift SRO Directs RO to continue pulling control rods to achieve criticality.
Time           Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior T=0 when           SRO         Directs RO to continue pulling control rods to achieve criticality.
RO Withdraws control rods to continue startup (PPM 3.1.2):
crew assumes shift RO         Withdraws control rods to continue startup (PPM 3.1.2):
  - closely monitors flux levels during rod withdrawal
                                - closely monitors flux levels during rod withdrawal
  - verifies prior to each rod withdrawal:
                                - verifies prior to each rod withdrawal:
Ø co rrect rod selected
                                      Ø correct rod selected
Ø correct start/stop position
                                      Ø correct start/stop position
  - for each rod that is fully withdrawn:
                                - for each rod that is fully withdrawn:
Ø checks coupling integrity  
                                      Ø checks coupling integrity - initials sequence sheet (PPM 9.3.9)
- initials sequence sheet (PPM 9.3.9)
                                      Ø ensures position 48 corresponds to FULL OUT light BOP         Monitors plant conditions COMMENTS: Rod pull starts at RWM group 13.
Ø ensures position 48 corresponds to FULL OUT light BOP Monitors plant conditions COMMENTS: Rod pull st arts at RWM group 13.
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                              Page 2            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 3 Event No. 2
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Event No. 2


== Description:==
==
Description:==
Establish Reactor Water Cleanup blow-down flow for Reactor Water Level control.
This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. Should the crew hold off, there is enough heat addition occurring to cause reactor water level to rise slowly with a resultant Hi Reactor Water Level alarm.
This events termination point is when blow-down flow has been established and reactor water level is returning to its normal setpoint.
Time          Position                          Applicants Actions or Behavior RO        Reports that Reactor Water Level is on an increasing trend SRO        Directs BOP to establish level control using RWCU blowdown to the condenser BOP        Initiates RWCU reject flow to maintain reactor water level at setpoint per PPM 3.1.2, step 5.3.9.
COMMENTS:
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                              Page 3              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Establish Reactor Water Cleanup blow
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Event No. 3
-down flow for Reactor Water Level control.
This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. Should the crew hold off, there is enough heat addition occurring to cau se reactor water level to rise slowly with a resultant Hi Reactor Water Level alarm.
This event's termination point is when blow
-down flow has been established and reactor water level is returning to it's normal setpoint.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports that Reactor Water Level is on an increasing trend SRO Directs BOP to establish level control using RWCU blowdown to the condenser  BOP Initiates RWCU reject flow to maintain reactor water level at setpoint per PPM 3.1.2, ste p 5.3.9. COMMENTS:
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 4 Event No. 3


== Description:==
==
 
Description:==
Loss of REA
Loss of REA-FN-1B resulting in a high reactor building pressure and entry into EOP Secondary Containment Control, 5.3.1.
-FN-1B resulting in a high reactor building pressure and entry into EOP Secondary Containment Control, 5.3.1.
This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 3 after the RO brings the reactor to criticality, or by direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when Standby Gas Treatment has been started and Reactor Building pressure is returning to a negative state.
This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 3 after the RO brings the reacto r to criticality, or by direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when Standby Gas Treatment has been started and Reactor Building pressure is returning to a negative state.
Time         Position                             Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP         Reports the receipt of the secondary containment high-pressure alarm and notes that it is a possible EOP entry.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports the r eceipt of the secondary containment high
-pressure alarm and notes that it is a possible EOP entry.
Goes to the back panel (P812) to investigate the cause of the abnormal condition in secondary containment.
Goes to the back panel (P812) to investigate the cause of the abnormal condition in secondary containment.
Reports that REA
Reports that REA-FN-1B has tripped and that Reactor Bldg. pressure is positive.
-FN-1B has tripped and that Reac tor Bldg. pressure is positive. SRO If Reactor Bldg. pressure is positive, enters EOP 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control, based on Reactor Bldg. pressure at or above 0" H 2 O  BOP Refers to the annunciator response procedures (PPM 4.812.R2,9
SRO         If Reactor Bldg. pressure is positive, enters EOP 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control, based on Reactor Bldg. pressure at or above 0 H2O BOP         Refers to the annunciator response procedures (PPM 4.812.R2,9-1)
-1) Ø attemp ts to start REA
                                    Ø attempts to start REA-FN-1A
-FN-1A Ø if neither reactor bldg. exhaust fan can be started:
                                    Ø if neither reactor bldg. exhaust fan can be started:
§ immediately secures Rx Bldg. Inlet Fan
                                        § immediately secures Rx Bldg. Inlet Fan
§ closes ROA
                                        § closes ROA-V-1 & 2, REA-V-1 & 2
-V-1 & 2, REA
                                        § *starts a train of SGT to maintain Rx Bldg. pressure negative
-V-1 & 2 § *starts a train of SGT to maintain Rx Bldg. pressure negative
                                        § refers to PPM 2.3.5, SGT System
§ refers to PPM 2.3.5, SGT System
                                        § notifies Chemistry to monitor Rx Bldg
§ notifies Chemist ry to monitor Rx Bldg
                                        § refers to ODCM 6.1.2.1 and LCS 1.3.3.1
§ refers to ODCM 6.1.2.1 and LCS 1.3.3.1
                                        § restores Rx Bldg. ventilation as soon as possible
§ restores Rx Bldg. ventilation as soon as possible
                                    Ø refers to ABN-HVAC
Ø refers to ABN
                                    Ø ensures Rx Bldg. pressure is maintained satisfactorily Scenario 1, 2002 exam                               Page 4            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
-HVAC Ø ensures Rx Bldg. pressure is maintained satisfactorily
 
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1  Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 5 May send an equipment operator to investigate the loss of fan 1B and ch eck the start of fan 1A OPS-2 CUE: If asked to investigate the loss of REA
-FN-1B, report that there is no apparent cause identified in your visual inspection. If requested to do pre or post fan start checks on REA
-FN-1A or SGT, report that the checks ar e satisfactory.
*CRITICAL TASK RO Monitors plant Continues with plant startup SRO Exits EOP 5.3.1 when Rx Bldg. Pressure is restored and with shift manager permission SHIFT MANAGER CUE
: When asked for permission to exit the EOPs, provide permission to exit the EOPs since the entry condition has cleared and no emergency exists.
COMMENTS:
REA-FN-1A will fail to start requiring the operator to start SGT.


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 6 Event No. 4
Appendix D                           Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 May send an equipment operator to investigate the loss of fan 1B and check the start of fan 1A OPS-2 CUE: If asked to investigate the loss of REA-FN-1B, report that there is no apparent cause identified in your visual inspection. If requested to do pre or post fan start checks on REA-FN-1A or SGT, report that the checks are satisfactory.
                                                                                *CRITICAL TASK RO Monitors plant Continues with plant startup SRO Exits EOP 5.3.1 when Rx Bldg. Pressure is restored and with shift manager permission SHIFT MANAGER CUE: When asked for permission to exit the EOPs, provide permission to exit the EOPs since the entry condition has cleared and no emergency exists.
COMMENTS: REA-FN-1A will fail to start requiring the operator to start SGT.
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                       Page 5            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                                  Form ES-D-1 Event No. 4


IRM 'A' fails upscale resulting in a half scram on the 'A' side of RPS. This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 4 after the crew has exited EOP 5.3.1, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint is when IRM 'A' has been bypassed and RPS 'A' has been reset.
==
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavi or  RO Reports half scram on RPS 'A' Reports that IRM 'A' has failed upscale and caused the RPS actuation Refers to the Half Scram System A annunciator response procedure:
Description:==
Ø checks full core display for individual controls rods that might have scrammed
IRM A fails upscale resulting in a half scram on the A side of RPS.
Ø dire cts or performs a PA announcement to stop all maintenance or surveillance testing that has the potential for generating a trip in the unaffected RPS channel
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 4 after the crew has exited EOP 5.3.1, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint is when IRM A has been bypassed and RPS A has been reset.
Ø when half scram has been reset, ensures scram group solenoid lights for Groups 1,2,3 and 4 are ener gized and that backup scram system lights have extinguished Refers to IRM annunciator response procedures:
Time           Position                         Applicants Actions or Behavior RO       Reports half scram on RPS A Reports that IRM A has failed upscale and caused the RPS actuation Refers to the Half Scram System A annunciator response procedure:
Ø determines which IRM is upscale
                                    Ø checks full core display for individual controls rods that might have scrammed
Ø ranges associated IRM up to bring on scale
                                    Ø directs or performs a PA announcement to stop all maintenance or surveillance testing that has the potential for generating a trip in the unaffected RPS channel
Ø considers bypassing the inoperable IRM channel
                                    Ø when half scram has been reset, ensures scram group solenoid lights for Groups 1,2,3 and 4 are energized and that backup scram system lights have extinguished Refers to IRM annunciator response procedures:
Ø resets the half scram
                                    Ø determines which IRM is upscale
Ø infor ms CRS that the procedure references tech specs and license control specs for instrument operability SRO When IRM 'A' is determined to be the problem, directs bypassing of IRM  
                                    Ø ranges associated IRM up to bring on scale
'A' Refers to Tech Specs and License Control Specs for IRM 'A':
                                    Ø considers bypassing the inoperable IRM channel
Ø TS 3.3.1.1
                                    Ø resets the half scram
Ø LC S 1.3.2.1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1  Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 7Ø LCS 1.3.3.1
                                    Ø informs CRS that the procedure references tech specs and license control specs for instrument operability SRO       When IRM A is determined to be the problem, directs bypassing of IRM A
Ø Determines that none of the specs are applicable with just one IRM inoperable May make PA announcement regarding stopping maintenance/ surveillance that could result in the trip of the other division of RPS Directs that the half scram be reset  BOP Monitors plant COMMENTS: 
Refers to Tech Specs and License Control Specs for IRM A:
                                    Ø TS 3.3.1.1
                                    Ø LCS 1.3.2.1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam                             Page 6              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 8 Event No. 5
Appendix D                           Scenario Outline                                 Form ES-D-1
                              Ø LCS 1.3.3.1
                              Ø Determines that none of the specs are applicable with just one IRM inoperable May make PA announcement regarding stopping maintenance/ surveillance that could result in the trip of the other division of RPS Directs that the half scram be reset BOP Monitors plant COMMENTS:
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                       Page 7              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 5


==
Description:==
An earthquake results in a Loss of All Offsite Power and a LOCA.
An earthquake results in a Loss of All Offsite Power and a LOCA.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 5 after the SRO has competed the Tech Spec determination in event 4, or by direction of the lead examiner. This event endpoint is the scenario endpoint. Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SEISMIC SIM: Preset Seismic CD player on track 4 with a volume level of 0. Start CD player approx. 3 seconds before initia ting TRIGGER 5. Allow CD to play approx. 40 seconds before securing. After securing, set volume level to  
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 5 after the SRO has competed the Tech Spec determination in event 4, or by direction of the lead examiner. This event endpoint is the scenario endpoint.
-10 and randomly run 10-15 second aftershocks over the remainder of the scenario.
Time         Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior SEISMIC SIM: Preset Seismic CD player on track 4 with a volume level of 0. Start CD player approx. 3 seconds before initiating TRIGGER 5. Allow CD to play approx. 40 seconds before securing. After securing, set volume level to -10 and randomly run 10-15 second aftershocks over the remainder of the scenario.
CUE: As OPS1, report that you felt seismic activity in the radwa ste building; there is a lot of dust in the air. SRO/RO/BOP Recognize/report "Operating Basis Earthquake Exceeded" alarm Directs/performs actions of ARP:
CUE: As OPS1, report that you felt seismic activity in the radwaste building; there is a lot of dust in the air.
SRO/RO/BOP Recognize/report Operating Basis Earthquake Exceeded alarm Directs/performs actions of ARP:
* verifies alarm on Board L, numerous red indicators are illuminated
* verifies alarm on Board L, numerous red indicators are illuminated
* initiates a reactor shutdown
* initiates a reactor shutdown
* an nounces OBE
* announces OBE
* Monitors control room instrumentation for evidence of increases in:
* Monitors control room instrumentation for evidence of increases in:
* Drywell leakage
* Drywell leakage
Line 387: Line 268:
* Drywell gaseous or particulate activity
* Drywell gaseous or particulate activity
* Leak detection temperature changes
* Leak detection temperature changes
* Directs a walk
* Directs a walk-down of the plant by equipment operators to determine damage caused by the seismic activity.
-down of the plant by equipment operators to determine damage caused by the seismic activity.
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                              Page 8            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1  Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 9 RO Performs immediate scram actions
Appendix D                             Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 RO Performs immediate scram actions
* Places mode switch to shutdown
* Places mode switch to shutdown
* Reports power/pressure/level (reports level below +13"
* Reports power/pressure/level (reports level below +13-EOP entry condition)
-EOP entry condition)
* Reports all rods in
* Reports all rods in
* Inserts SRMs/IRMs RO/BOP Reports high drywell pressure GT 1.68 psig, EOP entry condition SRO Enters PPM 5.1.1 on low RPV level and 5.2.1 on high DW pressure:
* Inserts SRMs/IRMs RO/BOP Reports high drywell pressure GT 1.68 psig, EOP entry condition SRO Enters PPM 5.1.1 on low RPV level and 5.2.1 on high DW pressure:
* Directs RO/BOP to verify isolation, initiations, and DG starts
* Directs RO/BOP to verify isolation, initiations, and DG starts
* *Directs RO to maintain RPV level between  
                        *   *Directs RO to maintain RPV level between -161 and +54 (will give a band within these limits) with Table 1 systems.
-161" and +54" (will give a band wit hin these limits) with Table 1 systems.
                        *   *Directs RO/BOP spray of WW before reaching 12 psig in the WW
* *Directs RO/BOP spray of WW before reaching 12 psig in the WW
* Directs RO/BOP to confirm RRC pumps are stopped and stop DW cooling fans in prep for DW spray
* Directs RO/BOP to confirm RRC pumps are stopped and stop DW cooling fans in prep for DW spray
* *Directs RO/BOP to spray DW when WW press exceeds 12 psig an d within DSIL
                        *   *Directs RO/BOP to spray DW when WW press exceeds 12 psig and within DSIL
* *Directs the securing of containment sprays when pressure drops LE 1.68 psig in respective area.
                        *   *Directs the securing of containment sprays when pressure drops LE 1.68 psig in respective area.
* At -50" RPV level, directs verification of expected isolations and initiations
* At -50 RPV level, directs verification of expected isolations and initiations
* *At -129", if ADS timer has started, direct inhibition of ADS
                        *   *At -129, if ADS timer has started, direct inhibition of ADS
* *At TAF, determines that LP ECCS is available and that current trend will drop level below  
                        *   *At TAF, determines that LP ECCS is available and that current trend will drop level below -192; determines Emergency RPV depressurization is required; enters PPM 5.1.3, Emerg. RPV Depress.
-192"; determines Emergency RPV depressurization is required; enters PPM 5.1.3, Emerg. RPV Depress.
                        *   *Directs RO/BOP to open 7 SRVs, ADS preferred.
* *Directs RO/BOP to open 7 SRVs, ADS preferred.
                                                                                *CRITICAL TASK BOP Operates SRVs to maintain reactor pressure in the prescribed band.
*CRITICAL TASK BOP O perates SRVs to maintain reactor pressure in the prescribed band.
Verifies that Main Turbine and Main Generator have tripped Scenario 1, 2002 exam                      Page 9              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
Verifies that Main Turbine and Main Generator have tripped


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 10 Starts RCIC to aid in pressure/level control BOP Reports electric plant status:
Appendix D                           Scenario Outline                                 Form ES-D-1 Starts RCIC to aid in pressure/level control BOP Reports electric plant status:
Ø loss of the start
                              Ø loss of the start-up and back-up transformers (loss of off-site power)
-up and back
                              Ø lockout on SM-7
-up transformers (l oss of off
                              Ø SM-8 is powered from DG #2
-site power) Ø lockout on SM
                              Ø SW-P-1B auto starts
-7 Ø SM-8 is powered from DG #2
                              Ø SW-P-1A not running - trips DG1 RO/BOP Starts RCC-P-1C and trips RCC-P-1A (which lost power when SM-7 was lost).
Ø SW-P-1B auto starts
SRO May enter ABN-ELEC-LOOP for guidance on restoration of electrical power RO/BOP When directed to carry out actions of ABN-ELEC-LOOP:
Ø SW-P-1A not running  
                              Ø Ensures fire protection headers are pressurized from diesel fire pumps
- trips DG1 RO/BOP Starts RCC
                              Ø Directs an EO to reset local trips on CAS compressors
-P-1C and trips RCC
                              Ø Starts CAS compressors
-P-1A (which lost power when SM
                              Ø Ensures that Main and Feedpump Turbine DC lube oil systems are operating RO/BOP Reports that expected initiations, isolations, and DG starts have occurred except that HPCS DG output breaker failed to close automatically and DG
-7 was lost). SRO May enter ABN
                        #1 was tripped due to no service water available (lockout on SM-7)
-ELEC-LOOP for guidance on restora tion of electrical power   RO/BOP When directed to carry out actions of ABN
                        *Uses RCIC, CRD, and HPCS systems to maintain RPV level
-ELEC-LOOP: Ø Ensures fire protection headers are pressurized from diesel fire pumps Ø Directs an EO to reset local trips on CAS compressors
                        *Sprays the WW when directed Confirms that RCC pumps and DW fans have been secured
Ø Starts CAS compressors
                        *Sprays the DW when directed Scenario 1, 2002 exam                      Page 10              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
Ø Ensures that Main an d Feedpump Turbine DC lube oil systems are operating RO/BOP Reports that expected initiations, isolations, and DG starts have occurred except that HPCS DG output breaker failed to close automatically and DG  


#1 was tripped due to no service water availab le (lockout on SM
Appendix D                           Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1
-7) *Uses RCIC, CRD, and HPCS systems to maintain RPV level
                        *Secures WW/DW sprays when if or when LT 1.68 psig in each area
*Sprays the WW when directed Confirms that RCC pumps and DW fans have been secured
                        *Opens 7 SRVs (ADS preferred) to emergency depressurize the RPV.
*Sprays the DW when directed
                                                                              *CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP Contacts the load dispatcher (Munro Control Center) to find out status of off-site power supplies CUE: As the load dispatcher, if asked status of off-site power supplies, inform the control room that crews are out inspecting the transmission lines; time for power return is unknown.
 
SRO Directs restoration of RPV level to band of +13 to +54 RO/BOP Controls injection systems to restore RPV level to new band.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 11*Secures WW/DW sprays when if or when LT 1.68 psig in each area
COMMENTS:
*Op ens 7 SRVs (ADS preferred) to emergency depressurize the RPV.
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                       Page 11            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
*CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP Contacts the load dispatcher (Munro Control Center) to find out status of off-site power supplies CUE: As the load dispatcher, if asked status of off
-site power supplies, inform the control room that crews are out inspecting the transmission lines; time for power return is unknown.
SRO Directs restoration of RPV level to band of +13" to +54" RO/BOP Controls injection systems to restore RPV level to new band.
COMMEN TS:
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1  Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 12 Event No. 6


== Description:==
Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                                Form ES-D-1 Event No. 6


The Division 1 emergency bus, SM
==
-7, locks-out resulting in a loss of power to the bus and its loads.
Description:==
The Division 1 emergency bus, SM-7, locks-out resulting in a loss of power to the bus and its loads.
This event is automatically initiated 5 seconds after the earthquake in Event 5 is initiated. The event termination point occurs upon completion of the applicable subsequent actions (listed below) for ABN-ELEC-SM1/SM7 or when the scenario is terminated, whichever occurs first.
This event is automatically initiated 5 seconds after the earthquake in Event 5 is initiated. The event termination point occurs upon completion of the applicable subsequent actions (listed below) for ABN-ELEC-SM1/SM7 or when the scenario is terminated, whichever occurs first.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports lockout on SM
Time         Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP       Reports lockout on SM-7 Reports start of DG-1 SRO       Refers to ABN-ELEC-SM1/SM7 for guidance on restoration of power and loads on SM-7 Requests work group assistance in determining problem with SM-7 RO/BOP       When directed, carries out actions of ABN-ELEC-SM1/SM7:
-7 Reports start of DG-1   SRO Refers to ABN
                                    Ø restores CRD Hydraulics by starting CRD-P-1B
-ELEC-SM1/SM7 for guidance on restoration of power and loads on SM
                                    Ø emergency trips DG-1 due to no service water cooling available
-7 Requests work group assistance in determining problem with SM
                                    Ø restores TSW by placing TSW-P-1A in PTL and starting TSW-P-1B
-7 RO/BOP When directed, carries out actions of ABN
                                    Ø ensures that RCC-P-1B & 1C are operating
-ELEC-SM1/SM7: Ø restores CRD Hydraulics by starti ng CRD-P-1B Ø emergency trips DG
                                    Ø starts SGT-FN-1B2 to maintain reactor building pressure negative
-1 due to no service water cooling available
                                    Ø ensures power is available to the selected Hotwell Level Controller
Ø restores TSW by placing TSW
                                    Ø places CB-B7 in PTL
-P-1A in PTL and starting TSW
                                    Ø places CB-1/7 in PTL COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)
-P-1B Ø ensures that RCC
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                            Page 12            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
-P-1B & 1C are operating
Ø starts SGT
-FN-1B2 to maintain reactor building pressure negative Ø ensures powe r is available to the selected Hotwell Level Controller
Ø places CB-B7 in PTL Ø places CB-1/7 in PTL COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 13 Event No. 7
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Event No. 7
 
== Description:==


==
Description:==
The output breaker of the HPCS diesel generator fails to auto close requiring the operator to manually close the breaker in order to operate HPCS.
The output breaker of the HPCS diesel generator fails to auto close requiring the operator to manually close the breaker in order to operate HPCS.
This event is self
This event is self-initiated upon the receipt of a HPCS initiation signal. The event endpoint occurs when the operator manually closes the output breaker of the HPCS DG.
-initiated upon the receipt of a HPCS initiation signal. The event endpoint occurs when the operator manually closes the output breaker of the HPCS DG. Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports that the HPCS DG output breaker failed to close automatically
Time         Position                             Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP         Reports that the HPCS DG output breaker failed to close automatically
*Manually closes the output breaker of the HPCS DG to SM
                                *Manually closes the output breaker of the HPCS DG to SM-4:
-4: Ø takes synch selector switch to D GEN./BUS position
                                      Ø takes synch selector switch to D GEN./BUS position
Ø shuts CB4 DG3 B reaker  *CRITICAL TASK SRO *If the operator has not attempted to manually shut the DG output breaker, directs the RO/BOP to manually shut the breaker.
                                      Ø shuts CB4 DG3 Breaker
  *CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)
                                                                                        *CRITICAL TASK SRO         *If the operator has not attempted to manually shut the DG output breaker, directs the RO/BOP to manually shut the breaker.
                                                                                        *CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                              Page 13            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 14 Event No. 8
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Event No. 8


== Description:==
==
Description:==
The injection valve for the C loop of RHR, RHR-V-42C, fails to auto open on an injection signal.
This event is preset and will be evident when RHR has an initiation signal and reactor pressure is LT 470 psig. The event endpoint will occur when the operator manually opens RHR-V-2C with the previously mentioned conditions existing.
Time          Position                            Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP      *Reports the failure of RHR-V-2C to open on an injection signal Manually opens RHR-V-2C
                                                                                    *CRITICAL TASK SRO        *If operator fails to attempt to manually open RHR-V-2C, directs RO/BOP to open the valve
                                                                                    *CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)
SCENARIO ENDPOINT - When the reactor has been emergency depressurized and reactor water level has been returned to the band of
+13 to +54, the scenario may be terminated.
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                              Page 14            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


The injection valve for the 'C' loop of RHR, RHR
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                                 Form ES-D-1 SRO TURNOVER INFORMATION A plant startup is in progress. The reactor is approaching criticality. The off-going shift pulled rods up through RWM group 12.
-V-42C, fails to auto open on an injection signal.
The C IRM failed downscale 4 hours ago and the associated bypass switch is caution tagged.
This event is preset and will be evident when RHR has an initiation signal and reactor pressure is LT 470 psig. The event endpoint will occu r when the operator manually opens RHR
-V-2C with the previously mentioned conditions existing.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP *Reports the failure of RHR
-V-2C to open on an injection signal Manually opens RHR
-V-2C  *CRITICAL TASK SRO *If operator fails to attempt to manually open RHR
-V-2C, directs RO/BOP to open the valve
  *CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)
SCENARIO ENDPOINT
- When the reactor has been emergency depressurized and rea ctor water level has been returned to the band of
+13" to +54", the scenario may be terminated.
 
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 15 SRO TURNOVER INFORMATION A plant startup is in progress. The reactor is approaching criticality. The off
-going shift pulled rods up through RWM group 12. The "C" IRM failed downscale 4 hours ago and the associated bypass switch is caution tagged.
As the startup continues, RWCU will need to be lined up for reactor water level control.
As the startup continues, RWCU will need to be lined up for reactor water level control.
The off-going shift just found SGT
The off-going shift just found SGT-V-2B in the closed position. Upon attempting to open the valve from the control room, the valve lost control power.
-V-2B in the closed position.
Scenario 1, 2002 exam                              Page 15              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
Upon attempting to open the valve from the control room, the valve lost control power.


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 1 Facility:
Appendix D                                     Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Facility: COLUMBIA                             Scenario No.: 2                             Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: _________________________ Operators: __________________________
COLUMBIA   Scenario No.:
2 Op-Test No.:
1 Examiners:
_________________________
Operators:
__________________________
_________________________                        __________________________
_________________________                        __________________________
_______
_________________________                       __________________________
__________________                       __________________________
Initial conditions:     IC-194 (batch file NRC02.2.txt). The reactor is at 100% power on a beginning of life core. Diesel Generator #1 is operating at full load for its monthly operability check. RHR-V-24B is tagged out while the motor operator is being replaced.
Initial conditions:
Turnover:               The plant is at 100% power. DG-1 is fully loaded for OSP-ELEC-M701 (currently at step 7.5.62). There are 20 minutes left on the one-hour diesel run. Wetwell temperature is slowly rising due to two SRVs that are leaking by. The off-going shift recommends that suppression pool cooling be initiated as soon as you take the shift. RHR-V-24B is tagged out while the motor operator is being replaced (job completion is expected in two hours).
IC-194 (batch file NRC02.2.txt). The reactor is at 100% power on a beginning of life core. Diesel Generator #1 is operating at full load for its monthly operability check. RHR
Event   Malf. No.       Event                                  Event Description No.                      Type*
-V-24B is tagged out while the motor operator is being replaced.
: 1. Initiated by   N (BOP) Place RHR loop A into the suppression pool cooling mode.
Turnover: The plant is at 100% power. DG
turnover
-1 is fully loaded for OSP
: 2.     Trigger 2     C (BOP) High-pressure feedwater heater 6A level controller fails high resulting in the trip of feedwater heater 6A.
-ELEC-M701 (currently at step 7.5.62). There are 20 minutes left on the one
: 3. Initiated by   R (RO)   Reduces reactor power with recirc flow in accordance with the turnover                subsequent actions of ABN-POWER.
-hour diesel run. Wetwell temperat ure is slowly rising due to two SRVs that are leaking by. The off
: 4.     Trigger 4     C (RO)   The A recirc pump fails to follow the automatic controller and must be taken to manual for reduction and balance of recirc flow.
-going shift recommends that suppression pool cooling be initiated as soon as you take the shift. RHR
: 5.       AUTO         I (RO)   APRM A gain drifts during the power reduction resulting in APRM Trigger 5 at              indication reading out of specification for Tech Spec tolerance.
-V-24B is tagged out while the motor operator is being replaced (job completion is expec ted in two hours).
95% power
Event No. Malf. No.
: 6.     Trigger 6     N (BOP) Reduces load on DG-1 at completion of OSP-ELEC-M701.
Event Type* Event Description
C (BOP) DG-1 Governor begins oscillating requiring the emergency trip of the diesel from the control room. (Columbia LER 98-014)
: 1. Initiated by turnover N (BOP) Place RHR loop 'A' into the suppression pool cooling mode.
: 7.     Trigger 7     C (All)   DEH oil leak resulting in a Main Turbine trip and a loss of Bypass Valves.
: 2. Trigger 2 C (BOP) High-pressure feedwater heater '6A' level controller fails high resulting in the trip of feedwater heater '6A'.
: 8. Initiated by   M (All)   Reactor scrams due to the Main Turbine trip. A 100% ATWS prevents event 7                inward rod movement by scram (Columbia IPE)
: 3. Initiated by turnover R (RO) Reduces reactor power with recirc flow in accordance with the subsequent actions of ABN
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                                Page 1              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
-POWER. 4. Trigger 4 C (RO) The 'A' recirc pump fails to follow the automatic controller and must be taken to manual for reduction and balance of recirc flow.
: 5. AUTO Trigger 5 at 95% power I (RO) APRM 'A' gain drifts during the power reduction resulting in APRM indication reading out of specification for Tech Spec tolerance.
: 6. Trigger 6 N (BOP) C (BOP)  Reduces load on DG
-1 at completion of OSP
-ELEC-M701. DG-1 Governor begins oscillating requiring the emergency trip of the diesel from the control room. (Columbia LER 98
-014) 7. Trigger 7 C (All) DEH oil leak resulting in a Main Turbine trip and a loss of By pass Valves. 8. Initiated by event 7 M (All) Reactor scrams due to the Main Turbine trip. A 100% ATWS prevents inward rod movement by scram (Columbia IPE)


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 2 event 7 actions  inward rod movement by scram (Columbia IPE)
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                           Form ES-D-1 event 7             inward rod movement by scram (Columbia IPE) actions
: 9. Initiated manually by disconnect of GDS computers C The Graphical Display System (GDS) l ocks up during the Main Turbine trip transient.
: 9.       Initiated     C     The Graphical Display System (GDS) locks up during the Main Turbine manually by              trip transient.
: 10. AUTO Trigger 10 on SLC initiation C The SLC common discharge header ruptures in the reactor building preventing boron from reaching the core.
disconnect of GDS computers
(N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor
: 10.       AUTO         C     The SLC common discharge header ruptures in the reactor building Trigger 10            preventing boron from reaching the core.
on SLC initiation (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Scenario 2, 2002 exam                              Page 2          NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 3 Ev ent No. 1
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                             Form ES-D-1 Event No. 1


== Description:==
==
Description:==
Place RHR loop A into the Suppression Pool Cooling mode.
This even is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event endpoint occurs when the A loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling mode.
Time          Position                          Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO          Directs the BOP to place the A loop of RHR into the Suppression Pool Cooling mode per SOP-RHR-SPC.
BOP          Carries out actions of SOP-RHR-SPC:
                                Ø    starts SW-P-1A (or allows to auto start upon start of RHR-P-2A)
                                Ø    starts RHR-P-2A
                                Ø    verifies RHR-FCV-64A opens during low flow conditions
                                Ø    throttles open RHR-FCV-24A
                                Ø    verifies RHR-FCV-64A closes at approximately 800 gpm flow
                                Ø    closes RHR-V-48A
                                Ø    monitors Suppression Pool temperature
                                Ø    reports to CRS that the A Loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling mode COMMENTS: 8/6/02 Added RHR-V-2B tagged out to initial conditions and turnover sheet to force the crew to place Loop A of RHR into suppression pool cooling to accommodate recent procedure change.
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                              Page 3            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Place RHR loop 'A' into the Suppression Pool Cooling mode.
Appendix D                                Scenario Outline                                  Form ES-D-1 Event No. 2
This even is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event endpoint occurs when the 'A' loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling mode.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Be havior  SRO Directs the BOP to place the 'A' loop of RHR into the Suppression Pool Cooling mode per SOP
-RHR-SPC. BOP Carries out actions of SOP
-RHR-SPC: Ø starts SW-P-1A (or allows to auto start upon start of RHR
-P-2A) Ø starts RHR
-P-2A Ø verifies RHR
-FCV-64 A opens during low flow conditions
Ø throttles open RHR
-FCV-24A Ø verifies RHR
-FCV-64A closes at approximately 800 gpm flow
Ø closes RHR
-V-48A Ø monitors Suppression Pool temperature
Ø reports to CRS that the 'A' Loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling mode COM MENTS:  8/6/02 Added RHR
-V-2B tagged out to initial conditions and turnover sheet to force the crew to place Loop 'A' of RHR into suppression pool cooling to accommodate recent procedure change.


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 4 Event No. 2
==
Description:==
High-pressure feedwater heater 6A level controller fails high resulting in the trip of feedwater heater 6A.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 2 after Loop A of RHR is placed into Suppression Pool Cooling mode. The event endpoint occurs when core flow is LE 80Mlbm/hr.
Time          Position                        Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP      Reports Heater 6A Level High Refers to Annunciator Response Procedure (4.820.A2, 8-2)
                                  Ø check setpoint on HD-LIC-6A and adjust as required to clear alarm
                                  Ø if necessary, takes manual control of HD-LIC-6A or HD-LIC-6A2 and restores normal level.
RO      Monitors plant for loss of feedwater heating affects.
BOP      Reports Heater 6A Level High Trip and MSR Drain Tank Level High Refers to Annunciator Response Procedures (4.820.A2, 7-2 & 4.840.A2, 1-2; 4-1)
                                  Ø checks automatic actions
                                  Ø informs CRS that the procedure refers to ABN-POWER
                                  Ø places HD-LIC-6A in MANUAL and opens drain valve HD-LCV-6A1 to 100%
                                  Ø places HD-LIC-6A2 in MANUAL and opens dump valve HD-LCV-6A2 TO approximately 50%.
                                  Ø Verifies proper operation of MSR Drain tank level controllers and takes to MANUAL as necessary to control level.
SRO      Refers to ABN-POWER for actions associated with Loss of FW Heating:
                                  Ø Directs power to be maintained at LE 3486 MWt
                                  Ø *Directs reactor power reduction with core flow to be reduced Scenario 2, 2002 exam                           Page 4              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                            Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 to LE 80Mlbm/hr
                              Ø Directs insertion of control rods per the fast shutdown sequence to maintain rod line below 100%
                              Ø Directs the reduction of power per PPM 3.2.4 to stay within the acceptable feedwater temperature-to-power operating region of Att. 7.1
                                                                              *CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP Carries out actions of ABN-POWER:
                              Ø *Maintains power LE 3486 MWt
                              Ø Monitors for thermal hydraulic instabilities
                              Ø *When directed, reduces core flow to LE 80 Mlbm/hr at a rate not to cause a Level 8 trip of the Main and FW turbines. (see event 3)
                              Ø When directed, inserts control rods to maintain rod line below 100%
                              Ø Ensures power is within the acceptable feedwater temperature-to-power operating region of Attachment 7.1 of PPM 3.2.4
                                                                              *CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS:
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                      Page 5              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


High-pressure feedwater heat er '6A' level controller fails high resulting in the trip of feedwater heater '6A'.
Appendix D                                     Scenario Outline                             Form ES-D-1 Event No. 3
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 2 after Loop 'A' of RHR is placed into Suppression Pool Cooling mode. The event endpoint occurs when core flow is LE 80Mlbm/hr.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports Heater 6A Level High Refers to Annunciator Response Procedure (4.820.A2, 8
-2) Ø check setpoint on HD
-LIC-6A and adjust as required to clear alarm Ø if necessary, takes manual control of HD
-LIC-6A or HD-LIC-6A2 and restores normal level.
RO Monitors plant for loss of feedwater heating affects.
BOP Reports Heater 6A Level High Trip and MSR Drain Tank Level High Refers to Annunciator Response Procedures (4.820.A2, 7
-2  & 4.840.A2, 1-2; 4-1) Ø checks automatic actions
Ø informs CRS that the procedure refers to ABN
-POWER Ø places HD-LIC-6A in MANUAL and opens drain valve HD
-LCV-6A1 to 100%
Ø places HD-LIC-6A2 in MANUAL and opens dump valve HD
-LCV-6A2 TO approximately 50%.
Ø Verifies proper operation of MSR Drai n tank level controllers and takes to MANUAL as necessary to control level.
SRO Refers to ABN
-POWER for actions associated with Loss of FW Heating:
Ø Directs power to be maintained at LE 3486 MWt
Ø *Directs reactor power reduction with core flow to be reduc ed Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 5 to LE 80Mlbm/hr
Ø Directs insertion of control rods per the fast shutdown sequence to maintain rod line below 100%
Ø Directs the reduction of power per PPM 3.2.4 to stay within the acceptable feedwater temperature
-to-power operating region of Att. 7.1  *CRI TICAL TASK RO/BOP Carries out actions of ABN
-POWER: Ø *Maintains power LE 3486 MWt
Ø Monitors for thermal hydraulic instabilities
Ø *When directed, reduces core flow to LE 80 Mlbm/hr at a rate not to cause a Level 8 trip of the Main and FW turbines. (see


event 3) Ø When directed, inserts control rods to maintain rod line below 100% Ø Ensures power is within the acceptable feedwater temperature
==
-to-power operating region of Attachment 7.1 of PPM 3.2.4
Description:==
  *CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS:  
Reduces reactor power with recirc flow in accordance with the subsequent actions of ABN-POWER.
This event is initiated by the procedure addressed in Event #2. The event endpoint occurs when core flow is LE 80Mlbm/hr (this event is a subset of event 2, thus having the same endpoint)
Time          Position                            Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO        Directs the RO to reduce power with recirc flow to LE 80 Mlbm/hr core flow Cautions the RO to reduce power at a rate to prevent a Level 8 trip of the main and feedwater turbines.
RO        Reduces reactor power by reducing core flow with reactor recirc system at a rate as to prevent a Level 8 trip.
Informs the CRS when he has reached LE 80 Mlbm/hr BOP        Monitors plant COMMENTS: Event 3 actions are a subset of Event 2 Scenario 2, 2002 exam                                Page 6            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 6 Event No. 3
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Event No. 4


== Description:==
==
Description:==
The A recirc pump fails to follow the automatic controller and must be taken to manual for reduction and balance of recirc flow.
This event is initiated by the power reduction requirement of ABN-POWER addressed in Event 2 & 3.
The malfunctions are setup to automatically clear themselves to allow manual control of RRC when the Manual button is depressed on the A RRC pump controller. The event endpoint occurs when the A RRC pump controller has been taken to MANUAL and pump speed reduced while in manual.
Time          Position                            Applicants Actions or Behavior RO        Realizes that the A RRC pump speed is not changing when a change is commanded with the automatic controller.
Reports the equipment problem to the SRO Takes manual control of the A RRC controller and maintains pump speeds matched during the power reduction.
SRO        If manual control is not taken by the RO, directs the RO to place the A RRC pump controller in Manual and maintain pump speeds matched during the power reduction.
COMMENTS:
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                                Page 7            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Redu ces reactor power with recirc flow in accordance with the subsequent actions of ABN-POWER. This event is initiated by the procedure addressed in Event #2. The event endpoint occurs when core flow is LE 80Mlbm/hr (this event is a subset of event 2, thus ha ving the same endpoint)
Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 5
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Directs the RO to reduce power with recirc flow to LE 80 Mlbm/hr core flow Cautions the RO to reduce power at a rate to prevent a Level 8 trip of the main and feedwater turbines.
RO Reduces reactor power by reducing core flow with reactor recirc system at a rate as to prevent a Level 8 trip.
Informs the CRS when he has reached LE 80 Mlbm/hr BOP Monitors plant COMMENTS:  Event 3 actions are a subset of Event 2


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 7 Event No. 4
==
Description:==
APRM A gain drifts during the power reduction resulting in APRM indication reading out of specification for Tech Spec tolerance.
This event AUTOMATICALLY initiates TRIGGER 5 when reactor power drops below 95% on APRM B. The GAF malfunction ramps to its new value over a 6-minute period. The event endpoint occurs when APRM A has been bypassed.
Time          Position                          Applicants Actions or Behavior RO        Reports that APRM A is not tracking with the other APRMs during the power reduction.
References the PPCRS overview screen or L-4 screen to determine APRM GAFs and determines that APRM A is out of spec.
SRO        Directs the STA to perform a GAF adjustment on APRM A per TSP-APRM-C301.
Directs RO to maintain reactor power constant while gain adjustment is made on the A APRM Directs the RO to bypass APRM A STA CUE: When directed to perform TSP-APRM-C301, inform the CRS that you will proceed to adjust the gain after action to reduce power per ABN-POWER. Five minutes after completion of power reduction, report back that the gain adjust is not working.
RO        Bypasses APRM A for gain adjustment SRO        After STA informs that the APRM A gain adjust is not working, references Tech Specs and determines that no action is required.
If APRM A is not already bypassed, directs APRM A to be bypassed.
Prepares a tracking LCO for the inoperable APRM COMMENTS: 8/6/02 - Changed statement regarding output of APRM from non-conservative to out of spec for Tech Spec tolerance.
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                             Page 8            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                    Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 6


The 'A' recirc pump fails to follow the automatic controller and must be taken to manual for reduction and balance of recirc flow.
==
This event is initiated by the power reduction requirement of ABN
Description:==
-POWER addressed in Event 2 & 3.
Reduces load on DG-1 at completion of OSP-ELEC-M701. DG-1 Governor begins oscillating requiring the emergency trip of the diesel from the control room.
The malf unctions are setup to automatically clear themselves to allow manual control of RRC when the Manual button is depressed on the 'A' RRC pump controller. The event endpoint occurs when the
This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 6 when the BOP begins to reduce load on DG-1, or as directed by the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when DG-1 has been emergency tripped from Board C.
'A' RRC pump controller has been taken to MANUAL and pump speed redu ced while in manual.
Time           Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP       Informs the CRS that the run time is completed for the DG-1 surveillance and that he will be reducing DG-1 output.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Realizes that the 'A' RRC pump speed is not changing when a change is commanded with the automatic controller.
While reducing DG-1 load, determines that the DG-1 governor is oscillating and reports this to the CRS.
Reports the equipment problem to the SRO Takes manual control of the 'A
SRO       Directs the BOP to manually trip DG-1 BOP       Emergency trips DG-1 from Board C.
' RRC controller and maintains pump speeds matched during the power reduction.
SRO If manual control is not taken by the RO, directs the RO to place the 'A' RRC pump controller in Manual and maintain pump speeds matched
 
during the power reduction.
COM MENTS: 
 
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 8 Event No. 5
 
== Description:==
 
APRM 'A' gain drifts during the power reduction resulting in APRM indication reading out of specification for Tech Spec tolerance.
This event AUTOMATICALLY initiates TRIGGER 5 when reactor power drops below 95%
on APRM 'B'. The GAF malfunction ramps to its new value over a 6
-minute period. The event endpoint occurs when APRM 'A' has been bypassed.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports that APRM 'A' is not tracking with the other APRMs durin g the power reduction.
References the PPCRS overview screen or L
-4 screen to determine APRM GAF's and determines that APRM 'A' is out of spec.
SRO Directs the STA to perform a GAF adjustment on APRM 'A' per TSP
-APRM-C301. Directs RO to maintain reactor power constant while gain adjustment is made on the 'A' APRM Directs the RO to bypass APRM 'A' STA CUE: When directed to perform TSP
-APRM-C301, inform the CRS that you will proceed to adjust the gain after action to reduce power per ABN
-POWER. Five minut es after completion of power reduction, report back that the gain adjust is not working.
RO Bypasses APRM 'A' for gain adjustment SRO After STA informs that the APRM 'A' gain adjust is not working, references Tech Specs and determines that no action i s required.
If APRM 'A' is not already bypassed, directs APRM 'A' to be bypassed.
Prepares a tracking LCO for the inoperable APRM COMMENTS: 8/6/02
- Changed statement regarding output of APRM from "non
-conservative" to out of spec for Tech Spec tolerance.
 
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 9 Event No. 6
 
== Description:==
 
Reduces load on DG
-1 at completion of OSP
-ELEC-M701. DG-1 Governor begins oscillating requiring the emergency trip of the diesel from the control room.
This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 6 when the BOP begins to reduce load on DG
-1, or as directed by the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when DG
-1 has been emergency tripped from Board C.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Informs the CRS that the run time is completed for the DG
-1 surveill ance and that he will be reducing DG
-1 output. While reducing DG
-1 load, determines that the DG
-1 governor is oscillating and reports this to the CRS.
SRO Directs the BOP to manually trip DG
-1   BOP Emergency trips DG
-1 from Board C.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 10 Event No. 7
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                               Page 9              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 7


==
Description:==
DEH oil leak resulting in a Main Turbine trip and a loss of Bypass Valves.
DEH oil leak resulting in a Main Turbine trip and a loss of Bypass Valves.
This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 7 after the BOP operator trips DG
This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 7 after the BOP operator trips DG-1 or as directed by the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the reactor is scrammed.
-1 or as directed by the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when th e reactor is scrammed.
Time         Position                         Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP       Reports DEH reservoir low and low-low Refers to the annunciator response procedure (4.820.B1, 6-7)
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports DEH reservoir low and low
                                    Ø Has an equipment operator check local level indication for the DEH reservoir
-low Refers to the annunciator response procedure (4.820.B1, 6
                                    Ø Notifies CRS of reference to ABN-DEH-LEAK SRO       Directs actions of ABN-DEH-LEAK:
-7) Ø Has an equipment operator check local level indication for the DEH reservoir
                                    Ø *Directs manual scram of the reactor and entry into PPM 3.3.1
Ø Notif ies CRS of reference to ABN
                                    Ø Directs tripping of the Main Turbine
-DEH-LEAK SRO Directs actions of ABN
                                    Ø Directs tripping of the Main Generator
-DEH-LEAK: Ø *Directs manual scram of the reactor and entry into PPM 3.3.1
                                                                                    *CRITICAL TASK RO       *Manually scrams the reactor and carries out immediate scram actions:
Ø Directs tripping of the Main Turbine
                                    Ø Takes the mode switch to SHUTDOWN
Ø Directs tripping of the Main Generator
                                    Ø Reports reactor power, reactor pressure, and reactor level
*CRITICAL TASK RO *Manually scrams the r eactor and carries out immediate scram actions:
                                    Ø Inserts SRMs and IRMs
Ø Takes the mode switch to SHUTDOWN
                                    Ø Reports control rod status
Ø Reports reactor power, reactor pressure, and reactor level
                                                                                    *CRITICAL TASK BOP       Trips the Main Turbine and the Main Generator Verifies transfer of electric buses from the Normal transformer to the Startup transformer COMMENTS:
Ø Inserts SRMs and IRMs
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                             Page 10            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
Ø Reports control rod status
*CRITICAL TASK BOP Trips the Main Turbine and the Main Generator Verifies transfer of electric buses from the Normal transformer to the Startup transformer COMMENTS:
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 11 Event No. 8


== Description:==
Appendix D                                    Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 8


Reactor scrams  
==
- A 100% ATWS prevents inward rod movement by scram This event is initiated by actions taken in Event 7.
Description:==
The event endpoint occurs when all control rods are in their "full
Reactor scrams - A 100% ATWS prevents inward rod movement by scram This event is initiated by actions taken in Event 7. The event endpoint occurs when all control rods are in their full-in position.
-in" position.
Time           Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior RO         Continues with reactor scram actions:
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Continues with reactor scram actions:
                                      Ø Reports that all rods are not in - ATWS
Ø Reports that all rods are not in  
                                      Ø Depresses manual scram pushbuttons
- ATWS Ø Depresses manual scram pushbuttons
                                      Ø Initiates ARI
Ø Initiates ARI Ø Inserts SRMs and IRMs
                                      Ø Inserts SRMs and IRMs
Ø Reports that there is still no inward rod motion SRO Enters PPM 5.1.2 due to ATWS condition
                                      Ø Reports that there is still no inward rod motion SRO         Enters PPM 5.1.2 due to ATWS condition
* *directs BOP to inhibit ADS and take manual control of HPCS
                                *   *directs BOP to inhibit ADS and take manual control of HPCS
* *directs RO to trip both RRC pumps and initiate SLC
                                *   *directs RO to trip both RRC pumps and initiate SLC
* directs RO/BOP to ensure isolations and auto initiations have occurred
* directs RO/BOP to ensure isolations and auto initiations have occurred
* directs BOP to bypass MSIV isolations per PPM 5.5.6 and ECCS valve interlocks per PP 5.5.1
* directs BOP to bypass MSIV isolations per PPM 5.5.6 and ECCS valve interlocks per PP 5.5.1
* *directs RO to stop and prevent FW injection and maintain RPV level  
                                *   *directs RO to stop and prevent FW injection and maintain RPV level
-65" to -192" (or some band in between)
                                    -65 to -192 (or some band in between)
* directs BOP to maintain RPV pressure 800
* directs BOP to maintain RPV pressure 800-1000 psig using SRVs
-1000 psig using SRVs
                                *   *directs RO/BOP to attempt to insert control rods using PPM 5.5.10 and 5.5.11
* *directs RO/BOP to attempt to insert control rods using PPM 5.5.10 and 5.5.11
                                                                                      *CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP         *Inhibits ADS
  *CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP *Inhibits ADS
                                *Takes manual control of HPCS
*Takes manual control of HPCS
* Manually initiates HPCS with ARM and DEPRESS
* Manually initiates HPCS with ARM and DEPRESS
* Secures HP CS pump and/or shuts HPCS
* Secures HPCS pump and/or shuts HPCS-V-4 Scenario 2, 2002 exam                               Page 11            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
-V-4 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 12*Trips RRC pumps and initiates SLC Verifies +13" isolations Bypasses MSIV isolations using PPM 5.5.6
 
Appendix D                          Scenario Outline                                Form ES-D-1
                      *Trips RRC pumps and initiates SLC Verifies +13 isolations Bypasses MSIV isolations using PPM 5.5.6
* Obtains procedure package and keys from EOP drawer
* Obtains procedure package and keys from EOP drawer
* At P609, places MS
* At P609, places MS-RMS-S84 to BYPASS position
-RMS-S84 to BYPASS position
* At P611, places MS-RMS-S85 to BYPASS position
* At P611, places MS
-RMS-S85 t o BYPASS position
* Reports completion of PPM 5.5.6 to the SRO Bypasses ECCS valve interlocks using PPM 5.5.1 and inserting keys:
* Reports completion of PPM 5.5.6 to the SRO Bypasses ECCS valve interlocks using PPM 5.5.1 and inserting keys:
* At P625, takes HPCS
* At P625, takes HPCS-RMS-S25 to OVERRIDE
-RMS-S25 to OVERRIDE
* At P629, takes LPCS-RMS-S21 to OVERRIDE
* At P629, takes LPCS
* At P629, takes RHR-RMS-S105 to OVERRIDE
-RMS-S21 to OVERRIDE
* At P618, takes RHR-RMS-S106 to OVERRIDE
* At P629, takes RHR
* At P618, takes RHR-RMS-S107 to OVERRIDE
-RMS-S105 to OVERRIDE
                      *Maintains water level using FW system Reports that control rods appear to be drifting into the core.
* At P618, takes RHR
                      *Overrides ARI logic using PPM 5.5.10: (see note 1)
-RMS-S106 to OVERRIDE
* At P618, takes RHR
-RMS-S107 to OVERRIDE
*Maintains water level using FW system Reports that control rods appear to be drifting into the core.
*Overrides ARI logic using PPM 5.5.10: (see note 1)
* Obtains procedure package and fuse pullers from EOP drawer
* Obtains procedure package and fuse pullers from EOP drawer
* At P650, pulls one of the following fuses on TB1:
* At P650, pulls one of the following fuses on TB1:
Line 725: Line 551:
* F01; F02; F03; F04
* F01; F02; F03; F04
* Reports to SRO that PPM 5.5.10 is complete
* Reports to SRO that PPM 5.5.10 is complete
*Performs actions of PPM 5.5.11: (see note 1)
                      *Performs actions of PPM 5.5.11: (see note 1)
* Obtains procedure package and tools from EOP drawer
* Obtains procedure package and tools from EOP drawer
* Determines that the appropriate sections of the procedure for the existing conditions are Tabs B and F.
* Determines that the appropriate sections of the procedure for the existing conditions are Tabs B and F.
TAB B:
TAB B:
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 13* Places SDV HIGH LEVEL TRIP control switch to BYPASS
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                   Page 12              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
 
Appendix D                          Scenario Outline                                Form ES-D-1
* Places SDV HIGH LEVEL TRIP control switch to BYPASS
* Overrides RPS trip signals:
* Overrides RPS trip signals:
* Installs jum per between terminal stud 2 on RPS
* Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS-RLY-K9B and terminal stud 4 on PRS-RLY-K12F in P611
-RLY-K9B and terminal stud 4 on PRS
* Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS-RLY-K9D and terminal stud 4 on PRS-RLY-K12H in P611
-RLY-K12F in P611
* Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS-RLY-K9A and terminal stud 4 on PRS-RLY-K12E in P609
* Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS
* Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS-RLY-K9C and terminal stud 4 on PRS-RLY-K12G in P609
-RLY-K9D and terminal stud 4 on PRS
-RLY-K12H in P611
* Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS
-RLY-K9A and terminal st ud 4 on PRS
-RLY-K12E in P609
* Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS
-RLY-K9C and terminal stud 4 on PRS
-RLY-K12G in P609
* Resets the scram on P603
* Resets the scram on P603
* When SDV has drained for more than 2 minutes, checks rod density and initiates a manual scram
* When SDV has drained for more than 2 minutes, checks rod density and initiates a manual scram
* Reports a ny rod movement, or lack thereof, to the SRO SIM CUE: When Tab B is completed and after the RO has attempted his first "re
* Reports any rod movement, or lack thereof, to the SRO SIM CUE: When Tab B is completed and after the RO has attempted his first re-scram, remove the Hydraulic ATWS malfunctions to allow inward rod motion on the next re-scram.
-scram", remove the Hydraulic ATWS malfunctions to allow inward rod motion on the next "re
TAB F:
-scram". TAB F:
* Starts second CRD pump if available
* Starts second CRD pump if available
* Places SDV HIGH LEVEL TRIP control switch to BYPASS
* Places SDV HIGH LEVEL TRIP control switch to BYPASS
Line 755: Line 575:
* AHH (MS-PS-654A)
* AHH (MS-PS-654A)
* AGG (MS-PS-654B)
* AGG (MS-PS-654B)
* Places RW M bypass switch to BYPASS
* Places RWM bypass switch to BYPASS Scenario 2, 2002 exam                    Page 13            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 14 Manually drives rods and informs SRO of results
Appendix D                         Scenario Outline                             Form ES-D-1 Manually drives rods and informs SRO of results
  *CRITICAL TASK RO Reports when all rods are in SRO Exits PPM 5.1.2 and re
                                                                          *CRITICAL TASK RO Reports when all rods are in SRO Exits PPM 5.1.2 and re-enters 5.1.1
-enters 5.1.1
* directs RO to stop SLC and restore RPV level to +13 to +54
* directs RO to stop SLC and restore RPV level to +13" to +54"
* may direct BOP to remove RPS jumpers COMMENTS: NOTE 1: These tasks may not be necessary depending on how the crew prioritizes their actions.
* may direct BOP to remove RP S jumpers COMMENTS: NOTE 1: These tasks may not be necessary depending on how the crew prioritizes their actions.  
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                    Page 14            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 15  Event No. 9
Appendix D                                 Scenario Outline                             Form ES-D-1 Event No. 9
 
== Description:==


==
Description:==
The Graphical Display System (GDS) locks up during the Main Turbine trip transient.
The Graphical Display System (GDS) locks up during the Main Turbine trip transient.
This event is initia ted manually (by disconnecting the GDS monitors in the panels) as soon as the verbal scram report is completed by the RO. The event endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.
This event is initiated manually (by disconnecting the GDS monitors in the panels) as soon as the verbal scram report is completed by the RO. The event endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports the loss of the Graphical Display System SRO Directs RO/SRO to monitor parameters on hardwired instrumentation COMMENTS:
Time         Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP       Reports the loss of the Graphical Display System SRO       Directs RO/SRO to monitor parameters on hardwired instrumentation COMMENTS:
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 16 Event No. 10
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                             Page 15            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                    Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 10


==
Description:==
The SLC common discharge header ruptures in the reactor building preventing boron from reaching the core.
The SLC common discharge header ruptures in the reactor building preventing boron from reaching the core.
T his event is automatically initiated by TRIGGER 10 as soon as the SLC system is taken to ON. The event endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.
This event is automatically initiated by TRIGGER 10 as soon as the SLC system is taken to ON. The event endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports that SLC system discharge pressure has drop ped approximately 50 psig and that flow rate had dropped from 84 psig to 14 psig with both pumps indicating energized.
Time         Position                             Applicants Actions or Behavior RO         Reports that SLC system discharge pressure has dropped approximately 50 psig and that flow rate had dropped from 84 psig to 14 psig with both pumps indicating energized.
SRO Dispatches OPS
SRO         Dispatches OPS-2 to investigate the SLC system OPS-2 CUE: If requested to investigate the SLC system, wait several minutes and report back that there is a leak at the combined outlet header downstream of the Squib Valves.
-2 to investigate the SLC system OPS-2 CUE: If requested to investigate the SLC system, wait several minutes and r eport back that there is a leak at the combined outlet header downstream of the Squib Valves.
SRO         May direct SLC to be secured due to the leak, or may decide to leave it running since there is 14 gpm of borated solution being injected into the reactor.
SRO May direct SLC to be secured due to the leak, or may decide to leave it running since there is 14 gpm of borated solution being injected into the reactor. RO If directed, secures both SLC pumps due to the SLC system leak.
RO         If directed, secures both SLC pumps due to the SLC system leak.
COMMENTS: SCENARIO ENDPOINT
COMMENTS:
: When all control rods are in and reactor water level has been restored to its normal band and SLC is secured, the scenario may be terminated.
SCENARIO ENDPOINT: When all control rods are in and reactor water level has been restored to its normal band and SLC is secured, the scenario may be terminated.
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                                Page 16            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Scenario 2, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 17 SRO TUR NOVER INFORMATION The plant is at 100% power.
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 SRO TURNOVER INFORMATION The plant is at 100% power.
DG-1 is fully loaded for OSP
DG-1 is fully loaded for OSP-ELEC-M701 (currently at step 7.5.62). There are 20 minutes left on the one-hour diesel run.
-ELEC-M701 (currently at step 7.5.62). There are 20 minutes left on the one
Wetwell temperature is slowly rising due to two SRVs that are leaking by. The off-going shift recommends that suppression pool cooling be initiated as soon as you take the shift. RHR-V-24B is tagged out for replacement of the motor operator. The expected time to job completion is two hours.
-hour diesel run.
Scenario 2, 2002 exam                              Page 17              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
Wetwell temperature is slowly rising due to two SRVs that are leaking by. The off
-going shift recommends that suppression pool cooling be initiated as soon as you take the shift. RHR
-V-24B is tagged out for replacement of the motor operator. The expected time to job completion is two hours.


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 1 Facility:
Appendix D                                     Scenario Outline                                 Form ES-D-1 Facility: COLUMBIA                             Scenario No.: 3                             Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: _________________________               Operators: __________________________
COLUMBIA   Scenario No.:
3 Op-Test No.: 1   Examiners:
_________________________
Operators:
__________________________
_________________________                        __________________________
_________________________                        __________________________
___
_________________________                       __________________________
______________________                       __________________________
Initial conditions:     IC-195 (batch file NRC02.3.txt). Reactor power is at 22% on a beginning of life core. The feedwater system is in a 10 Valve lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps in operation.
Initial conditions:
Turnover:               The reactor is at 22% power with a reactor shutdown in progress. The feedwater system is in a 10 Valve lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps in operation. A power reduction to 15% has been directed, at which point, the B reactor feedwater pump will be taken out of service. You are to hold the plant at 15% with the main turbine on line while the Feedwater system engineer gathers data on the feedwater system.
IC-195 (batch file NRC02.3.txt). Reactor power is at 22% on a beginning of life core. The feedwater system is in a "10 Valve" lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps i n operation.
Event   Malf. No.       Event                                  Event Description No.                      Type*
Turnover: The reactor is at 22% power with a reactor shutdown in progress. The feedwater system is in a "10 Valve" lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps in operation. A power  
: 1. Initiated by   R (RO)     Reactor power reduction to 15% by inserting control rods turnover
 
: 2.     Trigger 2     I (RO)     The C Recirc Flow Unit fails downscale resulting in a rod block requiring the RO to bypass the unit.
reduction to 15% has been directed, at which point, the 'B' reactor fee dwater pump will be taken out of service. You are to hold the plant at 15% with the main turbine on line while the Feedwater system engineer gathers data on the feedwater system.
: 3.     Trigger 3     I (RO)     The RWM fails, requiring the RO to bypass the RWM.
Event No. Malf. No.
: 4. Initiated by   N (BOP)     The B RFP is removed from service turnover
Event Type* Event Description
: 5.     Trigger 5     C (BOP)     The running plant service water pump trips. The standby plant service water pump fails to auto start requiring the BOP to manually start it.
: 1. Initiated by turnover R (RO) Reactor power reduction to 15% by inserting control rods
: 6.     Trigger 6     C (BOP)     The hotwell level controller fails causing a low condenser hotwell level, requiring the BOP to manually restore level and transfer control to the standby controller.
: 2. Trigger 2 I (RO) The "C" Recirc Flow Unit fails downscale resulting in a rod block requiring the RO to bypass the unit.
: 7.     Trigger 7     C (All)     The shaft of the running plant service water pump shears, resulting in a total loss of plant service water, requiring a manual reactor scram.
: 3. Trigger 3 I (RO) The RWM fails, requiring the RO to bypass the RWM.
: 8.     Trigger 8     M (All)     A large LOCA occurs on the B reactor recirc loop.
: 4. Initiated by turnover N (BOP) The "B" RFP is removed from service
: 9.       Preset         C       The HPCS pump experiences reduced head resulting in the loss of injection capability.
: 5. Trigger 5 C (BOP) The running plant service water pump trips. The standby plant service water pump fails to auto start requiring the BOP to manually start it.
: 10.       Preset         C       RHR pump 2A fails to auto start on its initiation signal.
: 6. Trigger 6 C (BOP) The h otwell level controller fails causing a low condenser hotwell level, requiring the BOP to manually restore level and transfer control to the standby controller.
* (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Scenario 3, 2002 exam                                 Page 1              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
: 7. Trigger 7 C (All) The shaft of the running plant service water pump shears, resulting in a to tal loss of plant service water, requiring a manual reactor scram.
: 8. Trigger 8 M (All) A large LOCA occurs on the "B" reactor recirc loop.
: 9. Preset C The HPCS pump experiences reduced head resulting in the loss of injection capability.
: 10. Preset C RHR pump 2A fails to auto start on its initiation signal.
* (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor
 
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 2 Event No. 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                    Scenario Outline                                    Form ES-D-1 Event No. 1


Reactor power reduction to 15% by inserting control rods This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event end point occurs when power has been reduced by 5% from its original value.
==
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Directs a power reduction to 15%
Description:==
RO Verifies that the title on the pull sheet is the same as the title on the RWM display Inserts control rods to reduce power using the rod pull sequence sheets in the reverse order.
Reactor power reduction to 15% by inserting control rods This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event endpoint occurs when power has been reduced by 5% from its original value.
Time           Position                             Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO         Directs a power reduction to 15%
RO         Verifies that the title on the pull sheet is the same as the title on the RWM display Inserts control rods to reduce power using the rod pull sequence sheets in the reverse order.
Monitors reactor power Monitors RWM tracking while in the LPAP Notes the time when RSCS and RWM LPSP indication is received.
Monitors reactor power Monitors RWM tracking while in the LPAP Notes the time when RSCS and RWM LPSP indication is received.
Informs the CRS when power is at 15%
Informs the CRS when power is at 15%
COMME NTS: 8/6/02 Changed initial power level and desired power level from 25 and 20 to 22 and 15 respectively to provide the necessary drop below the LPSP for RWM for event 3. Event 4 was moved to the event 2 position with the remaining events remaining in pr ogression in order to better test the operator's reaction to this event.
COMMENTS: 8/6/02 Changed initial power level and desired power level from 25 and 20 to 22 and 15 respectively to provide the necessary drop below the LPSP for RWM for event 3. Event 4 was moved to the event 2 position with the remaining events remaining in progression in order to better test the operators reaction to this event.
 
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                                 Page 2              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 3 Event No. 2
 
== Description:==


The "C" Recirc Flow Unit fails downscale resulting in a rod block requiring the RO to bypass the unit.
Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 2
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 2 a fter the RO begins inserting control rods, or by the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the 'C' Recirc Flow Unit has been bypassed.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports Flow Reference Off Normal and Rod Ou t Block annunciators Refers to annunciator response procedures (4.603.A8, 3
-6 & 4.603.A7, 2
-7) Ø Determines which flow comparater channel is causing the alarm by checking lights at P608 or P603
Ø Informs the CRS that the procedure says to consider bypassing th e failed channel SRO Directs the RO to bypass the failed channel Refers to LCS 1.3.2.1 and TS 3.3.1.1 (will have to go to TS bases for inoperable flow unit)
RO Bypasses the 'C' recirc flow unit COMMENTS: 


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 4 Event No. 3
==
Description:==
The C Recirc Flow Unit fails downscale resulting in a rod block requiring the RO to bypass the unit.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 2 after the RO begins inserting control rods, or by the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the C Recirc Flow Unit has been bypassed.
Time          Position                          Applicants Actions or Behavior RO        Reports Flow Reference Off Normal and Rod Out Block annunciators Refers to annunciator response procedures (4.603.A8, 3-6 & 4.603.A7, 2-7)
                                    Ø Determines which flow comparater channel is causing the alarm by checking lights at P608 or P603
                                    Ø Informs the CRS that the procedure says to consider bypassing the failed channel SRO        Directs the RO to bypass the failed channel Refers to LCS 1.3.2.1 and TS 3.3.1.1 (will have to go to TS bases for inoperable flow unit)
RO        Bypasses the C recirc flow unit COMMENTS:
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                             Page 3            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                    Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 3


The RWM fai ls, requiring the RO to bypass the RWM.
==
Description:==
The RWM fails, requiring the RO to bypass the RWM.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 3 after the RO bypasses the failed recirc flow unit in Event 2, or by the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the RWM has been bypassed.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 3 after the RO bypasses the failed recirc flow unit in Event 2, or by the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the RWM has been bypassed.
Time Po sition Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports that the RWM is not following the rod insertion sequence.
Time         Position                            Applicants Actions or Behavior RO         Reports that the RWM is not following the rod insertion sequence.
NOTE: The operator may not notice that there is a problem with the RWM until he reaches the LPSP (approx. 17%).
NOTE: The operator may not notice that there is a problem with the RWM until he reaches the LPSP (approx. 17%).
Stops rod movement and awaits furt her direction from the CRS.
Stops rod movement and awaits further direction from the CRS.
SRO Refers to ABN
SRO         Refers to ABN-RWM:
-RWM: Ø Determines if the reactor is within the LPSP
                                      Ø Determines if the reactor is within the LPSP
Ø If within the LPSP, directs the RO to stop any further rod motion, except my manual scram if necessary.
                                      Ø If within the LPSP, directs the RO to stop any further rod motion, except my manual scram if necessary.
Ø Refers to Tech Specs 3.3.2.1 and determines that the R WM is not required until 10% RTP.
                                      Ø Refers to Tech Specs 3.3.2.1 and determines that the RWM is not required until 10% RTP.
Ø Directs the RWM to be reinitialized per PPM 2.1.4
                                      Ø Directs the RWM to be reinitialized per PPM 2.1.4
Ø After determining that the RWM will not return to service, directs the RWM be manually bypassed per PPM 2.1.4 and  
                                      Ø After determining that the RWM will not return to service, directs the RWM be manually bypassed per PPM 2.1.4 and complies with Tech Spec 3.3.2.1, *requiring that rod movement be verified in compliance with the BPWS by a second licensed operator or member of the technical staff.
 
NOTE: All rod movements (except during emergency situations) are required to be verified by a second licensed operator or tech staff by Columbia Generating Station procedures.
complies with Tech Spec 3.3.2.1, *requiring that rod movem ent be verified in compliance with the BPWS by a second licensed operator or member of the technical staff.
                                                                                    *CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS:
NOTE: All rod movements (except during emergency situations) are required to be verified by a second licensed operator or tech staff by  
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                               Page 4            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
 
Columbia Ge nerating Station procedures.
*CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS:
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 5 Event No. 4
 
== Description:==
 
The "B" RFP is removed from service This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event endpoint occurs when the feedpump turbine has been placed on the turning ge ar. Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Directs the shutdown of the 'B' RFP per PPM 2.2.4, section 5.17 BOP Performs PPM 2.2.4, section 5.17:
Ø informs HP of potential change in radiological conditions
Ø opens COND
-V-149 Ø lowers speed of RFP t urbine 'B' until the MIN lamp illuminates
Ø ensures that the startup valve is responding as necessary to control the Reactor Water Level
Ø Places RFW
-FIC-2B in Manual.
Ø Trips RFP turbine 'B'
Ø Ensures that RFW
-FCV-2B closed. Adjust RFW
-FIC-2B controller output t o zero Ø Closes RFW
-V-102B, pump discharge
Ø Ensures MS
-V-142B, BS-V-44B, and BS
-V-45B auto open
Ø Closes MS-V-105B Ø Closes BS-V-17B Ø As the turbine slows to LT 1 RPM, places the turbine turning gear control switch to AUTO ENGAGE and ensures turning gear


engagemen t. Ø Starts the Aux. Oil Pump for the feedwater turbine
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                             Form ES-D-1 Event No. 4
Ø Stops the main oil pump for the feedwater turbine
Ø Informs the CRS that the 'B' RFP is removed from service COMMENTS:
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 6  Event No. 5


== Description:==
==
Description:==
The B RFP is removed from service This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event endpoint occurs when the feedpump turbine has been placed on the turning gear.
Time            Position                            Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO        Directs the shutdown of the B RFP per PPM 2.2.4, section 5.17 BOP        Performs PPM 2.2.4, section 5.17:
                                      Ø informs HP of potential change in radiological conditions
                                      Ø opens COND-V-149
                                      Ø lowers speed of RFP turbine B until the MIN lamp illuminates
                                      Ø ensures that the startup valve is responding as necessary to control the Reactor Water Level
                                      Ø Places RFW-FIC-2B in Manual.
                                      Ø Trips RFP turbine B
                                      Ø Ensures that RFW-FCV-2B closed. Adjust RFW-FIC-2B controller output to zero
                                      Ø Closes RFW-V-102B, pump discharge
                                      Ø Ensures MS-V-142B, BS-V-44B, and BS-V-45B auto open
                                      Ø Closes MS-V-105B
                                      Ø Closes BS-V-17B
                                      Ø As the turbine slows to LT 1 RPM, places the turbine turning gear control switch to AUTO ENGAGE and ensures turning gear engagement.
                                      Ø Starts the Aux. Oil Pump for the feedwater turbine
                                      Ø Stops the main oil pump for the feedwater turbine
                                      Ø Informs the CRS that the B RFP is removed from service COMMENTS:
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                                Page 5            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


The running plant service water pump trips. The sta ndby Plant Service Water pump fails to auto start requiring the BOP to manually start it This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 5 after the BOP completes the RFP removal event or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when th e standby Plant Service Water pump has been manually started.
Appendix D                                    Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 5
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Responds to TSW
-P-1B motor trip annunciator Carries out actions of the ARP:
Ø Notifies the CRS of the loss of the operating TSW pump and the fai lure of the standby pump to auto start.
Ø Manually starts the standby TSW pump
Ø Ensures the discharge valve for the running pump opens
Ø Ensures the discharge valve for the tripped pump closes
Ø Checks the TSW discharge header pressure increasing on TSW
-PI-28 Ø Inf orms CRS of reference to ABN
-TSW  SRO Refers to ABN
-TSW and verifies that ARP actions meet the requirements of the ABN.
RO Monitors:
Ø reactor level, pressure, and power
Ø equipment for temperature increases
Ø drywell pressure for increase COMMENTS:


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 7 Event No. 6
==
Description:==
The running plant service water pump trips. The standby Plant Service Water pump fails to auto start requiring the BOP to manually start it This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 5 after the BOP completes the RFP removal event or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the standby Plant Service Water pump has been manually started.
Time          Position                            Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP        Responds to TSW-P-1B motor trip annunciator Carries out actions of the ARP:
                                      Ø Notifies the CRS of the loss of the operating TSW pump and the failure of the standby pump to auto start.
                                      Ø Manually starts the standby TSW pump
                                      Ø Ensures the discharge valve for the running pump opens
                                      Ø Ensures the discharge valve for the tripped pump closes
                                      Ø Checks the TSW discharge header pressure increasing on TSW-PI-28
                                      Ø Informs CRS of reference to ABN-TSW SRO        Refers to ABN-TSW and verifies that ARP actions meet the requirements of the ABN.
RO        Monitors:
                                      Ø reactor level, pressure, and power
                                      Ø equipment for temperature increases
                                      Ø drywell pressure for increase COMMENTS:
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                               Page 6            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                                Form ES-D-1 Event No. 6


==
Description:==
The hotwell level controller fails causing a low condenser hotwell level, requiring the BOP to manually restore level and transfer control to the standby controller.
The hotwell level controller fails causing a low condenser hotwell level, requiring the BOP to manually restore level and transfer control to the standby controller.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 6 after the comple tion of event 5 or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when Hotwell Level Control has been transferred to the alternate controller and hotwell level is recovering.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 6 after the completion of event 5 or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when Hotwell Level Control has been transferred to the alternate controller and hotwell level is recovering.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports Main Condenser Hotwell Level Low annunciator.
Time           Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP       Reports Main Condenser Hotwell Level Low annunciator.
SRO Gives BOP direction to carry out actions of the ARP (4.840.A3, 7
SRO         Gives BOP direction to carry out actions of the ARP (4.840.A3, 7-4).
-4). BOP Carries out actions of the ARP:
BOP         Carries out actions of the ARP:
Ø Checks in-service hotwell level controller for level indication
                                    Ø Checks in-service hotwell level controller for level indication
Ø Reports that the in
                                    Ø Reports that the in-service hotwell level controller indicates low hotwell level and that the controller output is demanding the low level rather than responding to raise hotwell level.
-service ho twell level controller indicates low hotwell level and that the controller output is demanding the low level rather than responding to raise hotwell level.
                                    Ø Checks hotwell LCVs aligned for raising hotwell level and notes that they are not due to the apparent controller failure
Ø Checks hotwell LCV's aligned for raising hotwell level and notes that they are not due to the appare nt controller failure
                                    Ø Checks COND-V-17 is open
Ø Checks COND
                                    Ø Checks CST levels are normal
-V-17 is open
                                    Ø Recommends that the Hotwell Level Control be swapped to the alternate controller SRO         Directs that the alternate Hotwell Level Controller be placed into service May direct EO to investigate hotwell level control system.
Ø Checks CST levels are normal
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                               Page 7              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
Ø Recommends that the Hotwell Level Control be swapped to the alternate controller SRO Directs that the alternate Hotwell Level Controller be placed into service May direct EO to investigate hotwell level control system.  
 
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 8 BOP Continues with the  ARP:
Ø Places both Hotwell Level Controllers into MANUAL
Ø Places the on
-coming controller at 50%
Ø Shifts Hotwell Level Control by placing the Condenser Hotwell Level Select switch t o COND-LIC-1 Ø If desired, places the on
-coming controller in AUTO COMMENTS:  8/6/02  Added clarification to the event title to show the direction of the hotwell level failure 


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 9 Event No. 7
Appendix D                         Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 BOP Continues with the ARP:
                            Ø Places both Hotwell Level Controllers into MANUAL
                            Ø Places the on-coming controller at 50%
                            Ø Shifts Hotwell Level Control by placing the Condenser Hotwell Level Select switch to COND-LIC-1
                            Ø If desired, places the on-coming controller in AUTO COMMENTS: 8/6/02 Added clarification to the event title to show the direction of the hotwell level failure Scenario 3, 2002 exam                     Page 8              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                    Scenario Outline                                Form ES-D-1 Event No. 7


==
Description:==
The shaft of the running plant service water pump shears, resulting in a total loss of plant service water, requiring a manual reactor scram.
The shaft of the running plant service water pump shears, resulting in a total loss of plant service water, requiring a manual reactor scram.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 7 after the BOP completes the swap of hotwell level controllers, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The eve nt endpoint occurs when the immediate operator actions for a scram have been completed.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 7 after the BOP completes the swap of hotwell level controllers, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the immediate operator actions for a scram have been completed.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports Plant Service Water Header Pressure Low annunciator References and carries out actions of ARP (4.840.A5, 5
Time         Position                             Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP         Reports Plant Service Water Header Pressure Low annunciator References and carries out actions of ARP (4.840.A5, 5-7):
-7): Ø Checks discharge pressure on P840
                                      Ø Checks discharge pressure on P840
Ø Checks TSW
                                      Ø Checks TSW-PCV-20 operating properly
-PCV-20 operating properly
                                      Ø Sends equipment operators to check for TSW leakage and system operation
Ø Sends equipment operators to check for TSW leakage and system operation
                                      Ø Determines that running pump amps are low and may deduce that there is a problem with the running TSW pump.
Ø Determines that running pump amps are low and may deduce that there is a problem with the running TSW pump.
                                      Ø Informs the CRS that the ARP refers to ABN-TSW SRO         Refers to ABN-TSW:
Ø I nforms the CRS that the ARP refers to ABN
                                      Ø Determines that neither TSW pump is running and declares a total loss of TSW
-TSW SRO Refers to ABN
                                      Ø Directs the RO to reduce RRC flow and SCRAM the reactor RO         Carries out immediate SCRAM actions:
-TSW: Ø Determines that neither TSW pump is running and declares a total loss of TSW
                                      Ø *Takes mode switch to SHUTDOWN
Ø Directs the RO to reduce RRC flow and SCRAM the reactor RO Carries out immediate SCRAM actions:
                                      Ø Reports reactor power, pressure, and level (reports level below
Ø *Takes mo de switch to SHUTDOWN
                                          +13 and states that this is an EOP entry condition)
Ø Reports reactor power, pressure, and level (reports level below  
                                      Ø Inserts IRMs and SRMs
+13" and states that this is an EOP entry condition)
                                      Ø Reports that all control rods are in
Ø Inserts IRMs and SRMs
                                      Ø Refers to PPM 3.3.1 to verify that all immediate actions have been carried out.
Ø Reports that all control rods are in
                                                                                        *CRITICAL TASK Scenario 3, 2002 exam                                 Page 9              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
Ø Refers to PPM 3.3.1 to verify that all immediate actions h ave been carried out.
*CRITICAL TASK
 
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 10 SRO Enters EOP 5.1.1 (RPV Control) based on low reactor water level
Ø Directs the BOP or RO to verify isolations associated with reactor water level below Level 2.
Ø Directs the RO to maintain reactor water level in a ban d of +13" to +54" using table one injection systems (feed, RCIC, CRD, Condensate, HPCS)
Ø Directs the BOP to maintain reactor pressure in a band of 800 to 1000 psig using BPVs (and alternate pressure control systems if


necessary)
Appendix D                            Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 SRO Enters EOP 5.1.1 (RPV Control) based on low reactor water level
Ø Directs RO to enter and carr y out actions of PPM 3.3.1 RO Lines up the feedwater system for startup level control with the "10 valves" in automatic to maintain the prescribed water level band Verifies that RRC pumps are at 15 Hz, or trips RRC pumps if directed Swaps at least four IRM/APRM recorders to IRM and ranges IRMs down to monitor power Verifies that the SCRAM has been announced over the Plant PA BOP Monitors BPV operation to ensure reactor pressure remains in the prescribed band.
                            Ø Directs the BOP or RO to verify isolations associated with reactor water level below Level 2.
Trips the Main Turbine when output is LT 50 Mwe and verifies Main Generator output breakers have opened Verifies power transfer to TR
                            Ø Directs the RO to maintain reactor water level in a band of +13 to +54 using table one injection systems (feed, RCIC, CRD, Condensate, HPCS)
-S May start RCIC to aid in pressure/level control SRO Directs alignment of Fire Water to the CAS and SA compressors per ABN-TSW Directs monitoring of TSW cooled equipment COMMENTS:
                            Ø Directs the BOP to maintain reactor pressure in a band of 800 to 1000 psig using BPVs (and alternate pressure control systems if necessary)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 11 Event No. 8
                            Ø Directs RO to enter and carry out actions of PPM 3.3.1 RO Lines up the feedwater system for startup level control with the 10 valves in automatic to maintain the prescribed water level band Verifies that RRC pumps are at 15 Hz, or trips RRC pumps if directed Swaps at least four IRM/APRM recorders to IRM and ranges IRMs down to monitor power Verifies that the SCRAM has been announced over the Plant PA BOP Monitors BPV operation to ensure reactor pressure remains in the prescribed band.
Trips the Main Turbine when output is LT 50 Mwe and verifies Main Generator output breakers have opened Verifies power transfer to TR-S May start RCIC to aid in pressure/level control SRO Directs alignment of Fire Water to the CAS and SA compressors per ABN-TSW Directs monitoring of TSW cooled equipment COMMENTS:
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                     Page 10              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


== Description:==
Appendix D                                    Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Event No. 8


A large LOCA occurs on the "B" reactor recirc loop.
==
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 8 after the immediate scram actions have been completed, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The eve nt endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.
Description:==
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Re-enters PPM 5.1.1 on low RPV level and 5.2.1 on high DW pressure:
A large LOCA occurs on the B reactor recirc loop.
This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 8 after the immediate scram actions have been completed, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.
Time         Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO       Re-enters PPM 5.1.1 on low RPV level and 5.2.1 on high DW pressure:
* Directs RO/BOP to verify isolation, initiations, and DG starts
* Directs RO/BOP to verify isolation, initiations, and DG starts
* *Directs RO to mainta in RPV level between  
                              *   *Directs RO to maintain RPV level between -161 and +54 (will give a band within these limits) with Table 1 systems.
-161" and +54" (will give a band within these limits) with Table 1 systems.
                              *   *Directs RO/BOP spray of WW before reaching 12 psig in the WW
* *Directs RO/BOP spray of WW before reaching 12 psig in the WW
* Directs RO/BOP to confirm RRC pumps are stopped and stop DW cooling fans in prep for DW spray
* Directs RO/BOP to confirm RRC pumps are stopped and stop DW cooling fans in prep for DW spray
* *Di rects RO/BOP to spray DW when WW press exceeds 12 psig and within DSIL
                              *   *Directs RO/BOP to spray DW when WW press exceeds 12 psig and within DSIL
* *Directs the securing of containment sprays when pressure drops LE 1.68 psig in respective area.
                              *   *Directs the securing of containment sprays when pressure drops LE 1.68 psig in respective area.
* At -50" RPV level, directs verification of expected isolations and initiations
* At -50 RPV level, directs verification of expected isolations and initiations
* *At -129", if ADS timer has started, direct inhibition of ADS
                              *   *At -129, if ADS timer has started, direct inhibition of ADS
* *At TAF, determines that LP ECCS is available and that current trend will drop level below  
                              *   *At TAF, determines that LP ECCS is available and that current trend will drop level below -192; determines Emergency RPV depressurization is required; enters PPM 5.1.3, Emerg. RPV Depress.
-192"; determines Emergency RPV depressurization is required; enters PPM 5.1.3, Emerg. RPV Depress.
                              *   *Directs RO/BOP to open 7 SRVs, ADS preferred.
* *Directs RO/
                                                                                      *CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP       Reports that expected initiations, isolations, and DG starts have occurred except that HPCS-V-4 has failed closed (see event 11).
BOP to open 7 SRVs, ADS preferred.
                              *Uses RCIC and FW systems to maintain RPV level
*CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP Reports that expected initiations, isolations, and DG starts have occurred except that HPCS
                              *Sprays the WW when directed Confirms that RCC pumps and DW fans have been secured
-V-4 has failed closed (see event 11).
                              *Sprays the DW when directed Scenario 3, 2002 exam                              Page 11              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
*Uses RCIC and FW systems to maintain RPV level
*Sprays the WW when directed Confirms that RCC pumps and DW fans have been secured
*Sprays the DW when directed


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 12*Secures WW/DW sprays when if or when LT 1.68 psig in each area
Appendix D                           Scenario Outline                             Form ES-D-1
*Opens 7 SRVs (ADS preferred) to emergency depressurize the RPV.
                        *Secures WW/DW sprays when if or when LT 1.68 psig in each area
*CRITICAL TASK SRO Directs resto ration of RPV level to band of +13" to +54" RO/BOP Controls injection systems to restore RPV level to new band.
                        *Opens 7 SRVs (ADS preferred) to emergency depressurize the RPV.
COMMENTS:  
                                                                              *CRITICAL TASK SRO Directs restoration of RPV level to band of +13 to +54 RO/BOP Controls injection systems to restore RPV level to new band.
COMMENTS:
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                      Page 12            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 13  Event No. 9
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Event No. 9
 
== Description:==


==
Description:==
The HPCS pump experiences reduced head resulting in the loss of injection capability.
The HPCS pump experiences reduced head resulting in the loss of injection capability.
This even t is self-initiating when the HPCS pump starts. The event endpoint occurs when HPCS has been secured.
This event is self-initiating when the HPCS pump starts. The event endpoint occurs when HPCS has been secured.
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports that HPCS is not injecting even though it is running SRO Directs HPCS secured RO/BO P Secures HPCS COMMENTS:  
Time           Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP         Reports that HPCS is not injecting even though it is running SRO         Directs HPCS secured RO/BOP        Secures HPCS COMMENTS:
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                            Page 13              NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 14 Event No. 10
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 Event No. 10
 
== Description:==


==
Description:==
RHR pump 2A fails to auto start on its auto initiation signal.
RHR pump 2A fails to auto start on its auto initiation signal.
This event is self
This event is self-initiating when the RHR pump receives an initiation signal. The event endpoint occurs when RHR-P-2A has been manually started.
-initiating when the RHR pump receives an initiation signal. The event endpoint occurs when RHR
Time           Position                               Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP         Reports that RHR-P-2A failed to auto start
-P-2A has been manu ally started.
                                *Manually starts RHR-P-2A
Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports that RHR
                                                                                        *CRITICAL TASK SRO         If the operator fails to attempt the manual start of RHR-P-2A, then directs the operator to start RHR-P-2A COMMENTS:
-P-2A failed to auto start
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                                Page 14            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1
*Manually starts RHR
-P-2A *CRITICAL TASK SRO If the operator fails to attempt the manual start of RHR
-P-2A, then directs the operator to star t RHR-P-2A COMMENTS:  


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form E S-D-1 Scenario 3, 2002 exam NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1 Page 15 SRO TURNOVER INFORMATION The reactor is at 22% power with a reactor shutdown in progress.
Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                             Form ES-D-1 SRO TURNOVER INFORMATION The reactor is at 22% power with a reactor shutdown in progress.
The feedwater system is in a "10 Valve" lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps in operation.
The feedwater system is in a 10 Valve lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps in operation.
A power reduction to 15% has been directed, at which point, the 'B' reactor feedwater pump will be taken out of service. You are to hold the plant at 15% power with the main turbine on line while the Feedwater system engineer gathers data on the feedwater system.
A power reduction to 15% has been directed, at which point, the B reactor feedwater pump will be taken out of service. You are to hold the plant at 15% power with the main turbine on line while the Feedwater system engineer gathers data on the feedwater system.
Scenario 3, 2002 exam                            Page 15            NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 1                                   EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02006 The plant is operating at 100% power.
1 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
Which of the following describes the effect of pushing the STOP pushbutton for RRC-P-1B?
 
A. Shuts down the both of the associated ASD channels and opens the source and load breakers causing the pump to trip. RRC-P-1A runs back to 51 hertz.
Examkeyr5 ex02006 The plant is operating at 100% power.
B. Shuts down the both of the associated ASD channels and opens the source and load breakers causing the pump to trip. RRC-P-1A continues to run at 60 hertz.
Which of the following describes the effect of pushing the STOP pushbutton for RRC
C. Trips the slave channel only, RRC-P-1B runs back to 51 hertz, RRC-P-1A continues to run at 60 hertz.
-P-1B? A. Shuts down the both of the associated ASD channels and opens the source and load breakers causing the pump to trip. RRC
D. Trips the slave channel only, RRC-P-1B runs back to 30 hertz, RRC-P-1A runs back to 30 hertz.
-P-1A runs back to 51 hertz.
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       202002A1.01 3.2/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the Recirculation System controls including: Recirculation Pump Flow
B. Shuts down the both of the associated ASD channels and opens the source and load breakers causing the pump to trip. RRC
-P-1A continues to run at 60 hertz.
C. Trips the slave channel only, RRC
-P-1B runs ba ck to 51 hertz, RRC
-P-1A continues to run at 60 hertz.
D. Trips the slave channel only, RRC
-P-1B runs back to 30 hertz, RRC
-P-1A runs back to 30 hertz.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
202002A1.01 3.2/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the Recirculation System controls including: Recirculation Pump Flow


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000184 rev 13, pages 15, 16, 21, and 22 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #1 RO T2, GP1, #2 LO:                   9681 - Describe the operation of the following ASD controls on P602, including expected indications and system response: STOP pushbutton.
LO000184 rev 13, pages 15, 16, 21, and 22 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Pushing the STOP pushbutton causes both ASD channels to trip and open both the supply and load breakers. This causes the pump to trip. The trip has no effect on the remaining loop. B is correct.
- SRO T2, GP1, #1 RO T2, GP1, #2 LO: 9681 - Describe the operation of the following ASD controls on P602, including expected indications and system response: STOP pushbutton.
RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
Pushing the STOP pushbutton causes both ASD channels to tri p and open both the supply and load breakers. This causes the pump to trip. The trip has no effect on the remaining loop. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
2 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex98030 The reactor was operating at 99% power when the reactor scrammed. The following condition s exist:   TR-S has tripped on overcurrent HPCS and RCIC auto started, RCIC is maintaining level in the normal band Drywell pressure is .92 psig Both Recirc pumps have tripped CB
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 2                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98030 The reactor was operating at 99% power when the reactor scrammed. The following conditions exist:
-RPT-3A/4A and CB
TR-S has tripped on overcurrent HPCS and RCIC auto started, RCIC is maintaining level in the normal band Drywell pressure is .92 psig Both Recirc pumps have tripped CB-RPT-3A/4A and CB-RPT-3B/4B are open Both feed pumps are off Which of the following caused the scram?
-RPT-3B/4B are open Both feed pumps are off Which of the following caused the scram?
A. Reactor level + 8 inches B. MSIV isolation C. Reactor pressure 1069 psig D. Main turbine trip ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295005AK2.03 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following:
A. Reactor level + 8 inches B. MSIV isolation C. Reactor pressure 1069 psig D. Main turbine trip ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295005AK2.03   3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following:
Recirculation System.
Recirculation System.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000196 rev. 12, pages 13 and 14 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 1998 NRC EXAM - SRO T1,G2, #4 RO T1, G1, #5 LO:                    5023 - Predict the impact on the RRC System of each of the following conditions or events: e. EOC-RPT logic.
RATING:                H3 H4 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        The only trip that causes BOTH CB-RPT-3A (3B) and 4A (4B) to open is the EOC-RPT trip coming from a turbine trip.
Examkeyr5


LO000196 rev. 12, pages 13 and 14 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 3                 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:
- 1998 NRC EXAM
Examkeyr5
-  SRO  T1,G2, #4  RO  T1, G1, #5 LO: 5023 - Predict the impa ct on the RRC System of each of the following conditions or events:  e. EOC
-RPT logic.
RATING: H3  H4  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
The only trip that causes BOTH CB-RPT-3A (3B) and 4A (4B) to open is the EOC-RPT trip coming from a turbine trip.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
3 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 4                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02001 An inboard and outboard NS4 isolation has just occurred. The plant continues to operate at 99%
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
power.
4 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
Which of the following is the cause of this isolation?
 
A. 86 lockout on Bkr 7-1 B. 86 lockout on Bkr 8-3 C. Loss of SL-71 D. Loss of SL-81 ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295003AK3.06 3.7/3.7 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reason for the following responses as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Containment Isolation.
Examkeyr5 ex02001 An inboard and outboard NS4 isolation has just occurred. The plant continues to operate at 99%
power. Which of the following is the cause of this isolation?
A. 86 lockout on Bkr 7
-1   B. 86 lockout on Bkr 8
-3   C. Loss of SL
-71   D. Loss of SL
-81 ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295003AK3.06 3.7/3.7 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the reason for the following responses as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Con tainment Isolation.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000182 pages 56, 57, and 88 LO000161 page 16, LO000173 page 13 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION SRO T1, GP1, #1 RO T1, GP2, #3 LO:                   5604 - List the actions that would occur on a loss of one or both RPS power supplies to the NS4 Logic.
LO000182 pages 56, 57, and 88 LO000161 page 16, LO000173 page 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION SRO T1, GP1, #1 RO T1, GP2, #3 LO: 5604 - List the actions that would occur on a loss of one or both RPS power supplies to t he NS4 Logic.
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         The cause for the inboard and outboard isolation is a loss of RPS B. B is the only selection that causes a loss of RPS B. A causes a loss of RPS A, which would result in the closure of the outboard valves only. C and D would not result in any closure of isolation valves.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
The cause for the inboard and outboard isolation is a loss of RPS B. B is the only selection that causes a loss of RPS B. A causes a loss of RPS A, which  
 
would result in the closure of the outboard valves only. C and D would not result in any closure of isolation valves.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
5 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex98103 The plant is operating at 100% power when a jet pump nozzle separates from the rams head.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 5                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98103 The plant is operating at 100% power when a jet pump nozzle separates from the rams head.
Which of the following describes expected plant indications?
Which of the following describes expected plant indications?
RRC loop flow on the loop with the failed nozzle.....
RRC loop flow on the loop with the failed nozzle.....
A. increases, actual core flow decreases, indicated core flow increases, and core thermal power decreases.
A. increases, actual core flow decreases, indicated core flow increases, and core thermal power decreases.
B. decreases, actual core flow decreases, indicated core flow increase s, and core thermal power decreases.
B. decreases, actual core flow decreases, indicated core flow increases, and core thermal power decreases.
C. increases, actual core flow increases, indicated core flow decreases, and core thermal power increases.
C. increases, actual core flow increases, indicated core flow decreases, and core thermal power increases.
D. decreases, actual core flow increases, indicated core flow increases, and core thermal power increa ses. ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
D. decreases, actual core flow increases, indicated core flow increases, and core thermal power increases.
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295001AK2.02 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION and the following: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation
295001AK2.02   3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION and the following: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000196 rev/ 12. page 29 SOURCE:                BANK QUSTION - 98 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP2, #2 RO T1, GP2, #1 LO:                    5023 - Predict the impact on the RRC System of each of the following conditions or events: a. Jet Pump Failure RATING:                H3 H4 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A is correct because when the failure occurs, RRC flow increase due to lower resistance, actual core flow decreases because there are fewer jet pumps in operation. Indicated flow increases because there is more flow through the failed jet pump, this is reverse but the flow indicators do not differentiate between forward and reverse flow. Core thermal power decreases due to the decrease in core flow.
Examkeyr5


LO000196 rev/ 12. page 29 SOURCE: BANK QUSTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 6                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02002 The plant had been operating for an extended run at full power when an accident occurred. Primary Containment pressure is approaching the Primary Containment Pressure Limit (PCPL).
- 98 NRC EXAM
- SRO T1, GP2, #2  RO T1, GP2, #1 LO: 5023 - Predict the impact on the RRC System of each of the following conditions or events:  a. Jet Pump Failure RATING: H3    H4 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A is correct because when the failure occurs, RRC flow increase due to lower resistance, actual core flow decreases because there are fewer jet
 
pumps in operation. Indicated flow increases because there is more flow
 
through the faile d jet pump,  this is reverse but the flow indicators do not differentiate between forward and reverse flow. Core thermal power decreases due to the decrease in core flow.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
6 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02002 The plant had been operating for an extended run at full power when an accident occurred. Primary Containment pressure is approaching the Primary Containment Pressure Limit (PCPL).
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. The Drywell must be vented to prevent a failure of the wetwell to drywell int erface. B. The Wetwell must be vented to prevent a failure of the wetwell to drywell interface.
A. The Drywell must be vented to prevent a failure of the wetwell to drywell interface.
C. Primary containment must be vented irrespective of offsite release to prevent failure of the containment and subsequent loss of ECCS Systems.
B. The Wetwell must be vented to prevent a failure of the wetwell to drywell interface.
D. Primary containment can be vented to prevent failure of the containment and subsequent loss of ECCS Systems when the projected offsite release rate is  
C. Primary containment must be vented irrespective of offsite release to prevent failure of the containment and subsequent loss of ECCS Systems.
 
D. Primary containment can be vented to prevent failure of the containment and subsequent loss of ECCS Systems when the projected offsite release rate is within limits.
within limits.
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295010 2.4.6 3.1/4.0 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Knowledge of symptom base EOP mitigation strategies during High Drywell Pressure.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
295010 2.4.6 3.1/4.0 10CFR5 5.41, 43.5, & 45  
- Knowledge of symptom base EOP mitigation strategies during High Drywell Pressure.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, pages 93, 94, and 260 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #7 LO:                     8364 - Given a list, identify the two reasons for venting the primary containment irrespective of offsite release rates when the Primary Containment Pressure Limit is reached.
PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, pages 93, 94, and 260 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:                 L2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         PPM 5.0.10 states that the containment must be vented prior to exceeding the PCPL to prevent potential containment failure and the potential loss of ECCS Systems. C is correct. D is incorrect because containment integrity is maintained at this point irrespective of offsite release. A and B are incorrect because PCPL has no effect on the WW to DW interface.
- SRO T1, GP1, #7 LO: 8364 - Given a list, identify the two reasons for venting the primary containment irrespective of offsite release rates when the Primary Containment Pressure Limit is reached.
RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
PPM 5.0.10 states that the containment must be vented prior to exceeding the PCPL to prevent potential containment failure and the potential loss of ECCS Systems. C is correct. D is incorrect because containment integrity is maintained at this point irrespective of offsite release. A and B are incorrect  
 
because PCPL has no effect on the WW to DW interface.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
7 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5  ex00012 The plant was operating at 100% power when a fire caused the abandonment of the Control Room.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 7                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00012 The plant was operating at 100% power when a fire caused the abandonment of the Control Room.
The CRO1, at the Remote Shutdown Panel is attempting to contact the CRS at the Alternate  
The CRO1, at the Remote Shutdown Panel is attempting to contact the CRS at the Alternate Remote Shutdown Panel. The door between the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown rooms is jammed closed and cannot be opened.
 
Which of the following describes the communication systems permanently installed at both of these panels for communication with the other room?
Remote Shutdown Panel. The door b etween the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown rooms is jammed closed and cannot be opened.
A. Plant page and plant radio B. Plant page and plant phones C. Sound powered phones and plant radio D. Sound powered phones and plant phones ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295016AK2.02 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the interrelations between CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT and the following: Local control stations.
Which of the following describes the communication systems permanently installed at both of these  
 
panels for communication with the other room?
A. Plant page and plant radio B. Plant page and plant phones C. Sound powered phones and plant radio D. Sound powered phones and plant phones ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295016AK2.02 4.0/4.1   10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of t he interrelations between CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT and the following: Local control stations.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000210 rev. 5, pages 3 & 4 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM- Direct - SR0 T1, GP1, #6 RO T1, GP2, #8 LO:                    7739 - State the communications systems available at the Remote Shutdown room.
RATING:                L3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        Sound powered phones and Plant phones are the only systems available at both the RSD Panel and ARSD Panel. D is the correct answer. The other 3 are all incorrect because one or both are not available in either the RSD or the ARSD Panels.
COMMENTS:              This question has been slightly modified. It is still counted as direct from the Examkeyr5


LO000210 rev. 5, pages 3 & 4 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 8                 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 bank.
- 2000 NRC EXAM
Examkeyr5
- Direct - SR0 T1, GP1, #6  RO T1, GP2, #8  LO: 7739 - State the communi cations systems available at the Remote Shutdown room. RATING: L3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
Sound powered phones and Plant phones are the only systems available at both the RSD Panel and ARSD Panel. D is the correct answer. The other 3
 
are all incorrect because one or both are not available in either the RSD or
 
the ARSD Panels.
COMMENTS: This question has been slightly modified. It is still counted as direct from the COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
8 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 bank.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
9 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02003 The EOPs direct entering PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control when suppression pool level cannot be maintained greater than 19 feet 2 inches.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 9                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02003 The EOPs direct entering PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control when suppression pool level cannot be maintained greater than 19 feet 2 inches.
Which of the following is the basis for this direction?
Which of the following is the basis for this direction?
A. Specific directions for reactor level control with low suppression pool level are given in PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control.
A. Specific directions for reactor level control with low suppression pool level are given in PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control.
B. Steam condensation during a LOCA cannot be assured with suppression pool level less than 19 feet 2 inches.
B. Steam condensation during a LOCA cannot be assured with suppression pool level less than 19 feet 2 inches.
C. Suppression pool volume below 19 feet 2 inches is not adequate for steam condensation during a 100% power ATWS D. The conditions for en try into PPM 5.2.1 Primary containment Control may not have caused an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control.
C. Suppression pool volume below 19 feet 2 inches is not adequate for steam condensation during a 100% power ATWS D. The conditions for entry into PPM 5.2.1 Primary containment Control may not have caused an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295030EK3.06 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Reactor SCRAM
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295030EK3.06 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the reasons for the following resp onses as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Reactor SCRAM


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 rev 6 page 263 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION SRO T1, GP1, #19 RO T, GP2, #14 LO:                     8383 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the reason for entering PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control if wetwell level cannot be maintained below the SRVTPLL RATING:                 L2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         PPM 5.0.10 gives the reason as stated in D. A is incorrect because there are no specific directions for low suppression pool level in 5.1.1. B is incorrect because during a LOCA, steam is exhausted through the DW floor downcomers, which exhaust below the SRV tailpipes. C is incorrect suppression pool volume below 19 feet 2 inches is not considered for ATWS.
PPM 5.0.10 rev 6 page 263 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION SRO T1, GP1, #19   RO T, GP2, #14 LO: 8383 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the reason for e ntering PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control if wetwell level cannot be maintained below the SRVTPLL RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
PPM 5.0.10 gives the reason as stated in D. A is incorrect because there are no specific directions for low suppression pool level in 5.1.1. B is incorrect because during a LOCA, steam is exhausted through the DW floor downcomers, which exhaust below the SRV tailpipes. C is incorrect  
 
suppression pool volume below 19 feet 2 inches is not considered for ATWS.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
10 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex00073 The plant is in MODE 5 with the full core offloaded following an extended run at rated power. The normal cooling water supply to Fuel Pool Cooling Heat Exchangers has been lost.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 10                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00073 The plant is in MODE 5 with the full core offloaded following an extended run at rated power. The normal cooling water supply to Fuel Pool Cooling Heat Exchangers has been lost.
Which of the following systems can be used as a backup cooling s upply? A. RCC Reactor Closed Cooling Water B. CST Condensate Storage and Transfer C. TSW Plant Service Water D. SSW Standby Service Water ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
Which of the following systems can be used as a backup cooling supply?
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
A. RCC Reactor Closed Cooling Water B. CST Condensate Storage and Transfer C. TSW Plant Service Water D. SSW Standby Service Water ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     295018AA1.01 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING WATER: Backup Systems
295018AA1.01 3.3/3.4   10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING WATER: Backup Systems


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000202 rev. 10, page 16 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP2, #6 RO T1, GP2,
LO000202 rev. 10, page 16 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
                      #11 LO:                   5371 - Given Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System operating mode and various plant conditions, predict how key FPC/plant parameters will respond to the failure of the following support systems: a. Reactor Building Closed Cooling Water System RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:       RCC is the primary source of cooling for FPC and not the backup. TSW and CST are not hard piped into the FPC heat exchangers. Standby Service Water is the system hard piped into the FPC heat exchangers for a backup system. D is correct.
- 2000 NRC EXAM  
- SRO T1, GP2, #6 RO T1, GP2, #11   LO: 5371 - Given Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System operating mode and various plant conditions, predict how key FPC/plant parameters will respond to the failure of the following support systems: a. Reactor Building Closed  
 
Cooling Water System RAT ING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
RCC is the primary source of cooling for FPC and not the backup. TSW and CST are not hard piped into the FPC heat exchangers. Standby Service  
 
Water is the system hard piped into the FPC heat exchangers for a backup system. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
11 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02007 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred. The following indications were received:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 11                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02007 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred. The following indications were received:
* Rod groups 1, 2, 3, and 4, power available lights (white) are o ut on P603 and P609
* Rod groups 1, 2, 3, and 4, power available lights (white) are out on P603 and P609
* Both RWCU Pumps have tripped
* Both RWCU Pumps have tripped
* AR-EX-1A trips
* AR-EX-1A trips
* NS4 Groups 2, 5, 6, and 7 (outboard) isolated Which of the following is the reason for these indications?
* NS4 Groups 2, 5, 6, and 7 (outboard) isolated Which of the following is the reason for these indications?
A. Reference leg leak on MS
A. Reference leg leak on MS-LT-26A (Wide Range MS-LR/PR-623A)
-LT-26A (Wide Range MS
B. Variable leg leak on MS-LT-26D (Wide Range MS-LR/PR-623B)
-LR/PR-623A)   B. Var iable leg leak on MS
C. Failed (low) undervoltage relay (27) on the EPA Breakers for RPS A.
-LT-26D (Wide Range MS
-LR/PR-623B)   C. Failed (low) undervoltage relay (27) on the EPA Breakers for RPS A.
D. Failed (low) undervoltage relay (27) on the EPA Breakers for RPS B.
D. Failed (low) undervoltage relay (27) on the EPA Breakers for RPS B.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       212000K6.05 3.5/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM: RPS sensor inputs
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
212000K6.05 3.5/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM: RPS sensor inputs


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000161 rev. 11, pages 7 and 16, LO000126 rev 8, pages 8 and 10 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #5 RO T2, GP1, #8 LO:                    5957 - Describe the function of these RPS EPA breaker components: d.
Undervoltage light RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        The indications given are for a loss of RPS making A and B incorrect. The loss of group 1, 2, 3, and 4 white lights and the outboard isolation indicate the loss of RPS A. C is correct.
Examkeyr5


LO000161 rev. 11, pages 7 and 16, LO000126 rev 8, pages 8 and 10  SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 12                 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:
- SRO T2, GP1, #5  RO T2, GP1, #8 LO: 5957 - Describe the function of these RPS EPA breaker components:  d.
Examkeyr5
Undervoltage light RATING: H3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
The indications given are for a loss of RPS making A and B incorrect. The loss of group 1, 2, 3, and 4 white lights and the outboard isolation indicate the loss of RPS A. C is correct.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
12 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
13 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02004 An accident has occurred causing a Site Area Emergency due to offsite release rat
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 13                                        EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02004 An accident has occurred causing a Site Area Emergency due to offsite release rate. Rad Waste building ventilation has tripped off.
: e. Rad Waste building ventilation has tripped off.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Attempt to restart Rad Waste Building Ventilation to -
Attempt to restart Rad Waste Building Ventilation to A. assure any release from the Radwaste Building is discharged through an elevated and monitored release point.
A. assure any release from the Radwaste Building is discharged through an elevated and monitored release point.
B. provide for Radwaste Building atmosphere recirculation and reduce the amount of radioactivity present.
B. provide for Radwaste Building atmosphere recirculation and reduce the amount of radioactivity present.
C. cause a ground level release and limit the dispersion of radioactive material.
C. cause a ground level release and limit the dispersion of radioactive material.
D. limit the intrusion of r adioactive material from the Reactor Building.
D. limit the intrusion of radioactive material from the Reactor Building.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295017AK3.02 3.3/3.5 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE:
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
Plant Ventilation
295017AK3.02 3.3/3.5 10CFR55.41 & 45
- Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH OFF
-SITE RELEASE RATE:
Plant V entilation


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 page 302 SOURCE:                 BANK QUESTION LR00967- MODIFIED - SRO T1, GP1, #15 RO T1, GP2, #9 LO:                     8477 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the purpose of restarting turbine building and Radwaste building HVAC during attempts to control offsite radioactivity release rates above the ALERT level.
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 page 302 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION LR00967
RATING:                 L3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         B & C are incorrect because operation of RW Ventilation provides for an elevated exhaust, not recirculation of atmosphere. D is incorrect because RW building Ventilation is not designed to limit intrusion of radioactive material from the RB. A is correct as stated in the basis for PPM 5.4.1.
- MODIFIED  
- SRO T1, GP1, #15 RO T1, GP2, #9 LO: 8477 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the purpose of restarting turbine building and Radwaste building H VAC during attempts to control offsite radioactivity release rates above the ALERT level.
RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
B & C are incorrect because operation of RW Ventilation provides for an elevated exhaust, not recirculation of atmospher
: e. D is incorrect because RW building Ventilation is not designed to limit intrusion of radioactive material from the RB. A is correct as stated in the basis for PPM 5.4.1.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
14 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex00091 The plant is in MODE 5 with fuel movement underway. Th e CRO notes both EDR
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 14                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00091 The plant is in MODE 5 with fuel movement underway. The CRO notes both EDR-V-394 and 395, EDR-P-5 Discharge to Waste Collector Tank in Radwaste, have closed.
-V-394 and 395, EDR-P-5 Discharge to Waste Collector Tank in Radwaste, have closed.
Which of the following caused these indications?
Which of the following caused these indications?
A. EDR-5 sump level High High B. Drywell pressure   1.59 psig C. ARM-RIS-23, CRD Pump Ro om, 215 mr/hr D. Rx Building Exhaust Plenum   16 mr/hr ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
A. EDR-5 sump level High High B. Drywell pressure     1.59 psig C. ARM-RIS-23, CRD Pump Room, 215 mr/hr D. Rx Building Exhaust Plenum       16 mr/hr ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295036EA1.04 3.1/3.4 10CFR55.41 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUMP/AREA WATER LEVEL: Radiation Monitoring
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295036EA1.04 3.1/3.4   10CFR55.41  
- Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUM P/AREA WATER LEVEL: Radiation Monitoring


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000139 rev. 9, page 7 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM SRO T1, GP, #15 RO T1, GP3, #4 LO:                   5333 - List the isolation signal and setpoints for the following valves: EDR-V-394 & 395, ED-R-5 Sump Pump discharge isolation RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         EDR-V-394 and 395 isolate on an FAZ signal. D is correct.
LO000139 rev. 9, page 7 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
- 2000 NRC EXAM SRO T1, GP, #15 RO T1, GP3, #4 LO: 5333 - List the isolation signal and setpoints for the following valves: EDR
-V-394 & 395, E D-R-5 Sump Pump discharge isolation RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
EDR-V-394 and 395 isolate on an FAZ signal. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
15 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02008 The plant is operating at 99% power when an undervoltage occurs on SM-7 due to a spurious trip of BKR 1-7. CRA-FN-2A1 (MC-7B) has tripped from the loss of power.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 15                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02008 The plant is operating at 99% power when an undervoltage occurs on SM-7 due to a spurious trip of BKR 1-7. CRA-FN-2A1 (MC-7B) has tripped from the loss of power.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. CRA-FN-2A1 must be manually restarted when MC
A. CRA-FN-2A1 must be manually restarted when MC-7B is repowered.
-7B is repowered.
B. CRA-FN-2A1 auto starts 3 seconds following the undervoltage.
B. CRA-FN-2A1 auto s tarts 3 seconds following the undervoltage.
C. CRA-FN-2A1 auto starts 5.5 seconds after the undervoltage.
C. CRA-FN-2A1 auto starts 5.5 seconds after the undervoltage.
D. CRA-FN-2A1 auto starts 10 seconds after the undervoltage.
D. CRA-FN-2A1 auto starts 10 seconds after the undervoltage.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       223001K2.09 2.7/2.9 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Drywell Cooling Fans
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
223001K2.09 2.7/
2.9 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Drywell Cooling Fans


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000127 rev. 10, pages 30 & 31 LO000182 rev. 12 pages 41 and 88 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #13 RO T2, GP1, #19 LO:                   NO LO RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         MC-7B loses power during the undervoltage on SM-7. Since it is a critical power supply, it repowers and the fan starts 5.5 seconds later when B-7 closes. C is correct.
LO000127 rev. 10, pages 30 & 31 LO000182 rev. 12 pages 41 and 88 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T2, GP1, #13 RO T2, GP1, #19 LO: NO LO   RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
MC-7B loses power during the undervoltage on SM
-7. Since it is a critical power supply, it repowers and the fan starts 5.5 seconds later when B
-7 closes. C is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
16 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex99099 A plant s tartup is in progress. you have been given the direction to start the A Reactor Feed Pump.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 16                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex99099 A plant startup is in progress. you have been given the direction to start the A Reactor Feed Pump.
What are the requirements for procedure usage for this evolution?
What are the requirements for procedure usage for this evolution?
A. The procedure need not be present for this evolution if the operator assigned is familia r with the task.
A. The procedure need not be present for this evolution if the operator assigned is familiar with the task.
B. The procedure must be present but steps can be skipped for more efficient operation of the plant if they are noted administratively on the front page of the  
B. The procedure must be present but steps can be skipped for more efficient operation of the plant if they are noted administratively on the front page of the procedure.
 
procedure.
C. The procedure need not be present for this evolution but the steps of the procedure must be performed in order.
C. The procedure need not be present for this evolution but the steps of the procedure must be performed in order.
D. The procedure must be present and strict adherence to the procedure is required for operating the equipment.
D. The procedure must be present and strict adherence to the procedure is required for operating the equipment.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:         2.1.20 4.3/4.2 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 Ability to execute procedure steps.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.1.20 4.3/4.2 10CF R55.41, 43.5, & 45 Ability to execute procedure steps.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SWP-PRO-01 rev. 3, page 11 SOURCE:                  BANK QUESTION - 99 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #4 RO, T3, #2 LO:                      6063 - State the requirement concerning whether or not approved plant procedures shall be used in the performance of plant activities.
RATING:                  L2 ATTACHMENT:              N/A COMMENTS:
JUSTIFICATION:          The Company standard for procedure usage is STRICT ADHERENCE to the procedure. If the evolution is a complex operation and memory cannot be relied on then the procedure must be present. D is correct.
Examkeyr5


SWP-PRO-01 rev. 3,  page 11 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 17                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02009 The plant is operating at 96% power with a normal electrical plant lineup when breaker 1-11 trips, breaker 21-11 auto closes and repowers SL-11 from SL-21.
- 99 NRC EXAM  
Which of the following conditions caused these indications?
- SRO T3, #4 RO, T3, #2 LO: 6063 - State the requirement concerning whether or not approved plant procedures sh all be used in the performance of plant activities.
A. Undervoltage on SL-11 B. 86 lockout trip of breaker N1-1 C. Undervoltage on SM-1 D. Overcurrent on SL-11 ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       262001A3.02 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION including: Automatic bus transfer.
RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
N/A  COMMENTS:   JUSTIFICATION:
The Company standard for procedure usage is STRICT ADHERENCE to the procedure. If the evolution is a complex operation and memory cann ot be relied on then the procedure must be present. D is correct.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
==REFERENCE:==
17 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
LO000182 rev. 12, pages 62, 63, and 64 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #20 RO T2, GP2, #13 LO:                    7767 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between SL11 and : c. Breaker 21-11 RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A, C, and D are incorrect because neither undervoltage on SL-11 or SM-1 nor overcurrent on SL-11 cause closure of 21-11. Only a lockout associated with TR-N1 or TR-S cause breaker 11-1 to trip and close breaker 21-11. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


Examkeyr5 ex02009  The plant is operating at 96% power with a normal electrical plant lineup when breaker 1
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 18                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00132 The plant is in MODE 3 and the CRS has directed you to flush RHR to Radwaste in preparation for starting Shutdown Cooling per PPM 2.4.2.
-11 trips, breaker 21
Which of the following is correct for this condition?
-11 auto closes and repowers SL
RHR can be flushed to A. MWR-TK-23A/B Chemical Waste Tank B. FDR-TK-9 Floor Drain Sample Tank C. EDR-TK-4A/B Waste Sample Tanks D. EDR-TK-5 Waste Surge Tank ANSWER:      D QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.3.10 2.9/3.3 10CFR55.43 - Ability to perform procedures to reduce excess levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.
-11 from SL
-21. Which of the follo wing conditions caused these indications?
A. Undervoltage on SL
-11  B. 86 lockout trip of breaker N1
-1  C. Undervoltage on SM
-1  D. Overcurrent on SL
-11  ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
262001A3.02  3.2/3.3 10CFR5 5.41 & 45
- Ability to monitor automatic operations of the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION including:  Automatic bus transfer.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
82-RSY-0200-T6 page 2 and figure 1 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #12 RO T3, #9 LO:                   5652 - Describe the normal flow path through the equipment drain processing system.
LO000182 rev. 12, pages 62, 63, and 64 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           N/A JUSTIFICATION:       Of the listed tanks, only EDR-TK-5 is capable of receiving RHR flush water.
- SRO T2, GP1, #20  RO T2, GP2, #13 LO: 7767 - D escribe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between SL11 and :  c. Breaker 21
-11  RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
A, C, and D are incorrect because neither undervoltage on SL
-11 or SM-1 nor overcurrent on SL
-11 cause closure of  21
-11. Only a lockout associated with TR-N1 or TR-S cause breaker 11
-1 to trip and close breaker 21
-11. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
18 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 ex00132  The plant is in MODE 3 and the CRS has directed you to flush RHR to Radwaste in preparati on for starting Shutdown Cooling per PPM 2.4.2.
Which  of the following is correct for this condition?
RHR can be flushed to -
A. MWR-TK-23A/B  Chemical Waste Tank B. FDR-TK-9  Floor Drain Sample Tank C. EDR-TK-4A/B Waste Sample Tanks D. EDR-TK-5 Waste Surge Tank ANSWER: D      QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO  KA # & KA VALUE:
2.3.10  2.9/3.3  10CFR55.43
- Ability to perform procedures to reduce excess levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.
 
==REFERENCE:==
 
82-RSY-0200-T6 page 2 and figure 1 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
- 2000 NRC EXAM  
- SRO T3, #12 RO T3, #9   LO: 5652 - Describe the normal flow path through the equipment drain processing system. RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
N/A   JUSTIFICATION:
Of the listed tanks, o nly EDR-TK-5 is capable of receiving RHR flush water.
D is correct.
D is correct.
COMMENTS: Removed section of answers/distracters that required knowledge of HP actions. Changed distracters to RW tanks and made the question a memory  
COMMENTS:             Removed section of answers/distracters that required knowledge of HP actions. Changed distracters to RW tanks and made the question a memory question.
 
Examkeyr5
question.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
19 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02010 The prec autions for OSP
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 19                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02010 The precautions for OSP-RSCS-C401 RSCS CFT Prior to Reactor Startup, prohibit selecting a bypassed control rod to verify RSCS Operability.
-RSCS-C401 RSCS CFT Prior to Reactor Startup, prohibit selecting a bypassed control rod to verify RSCS Operability.
Which of the following describes the method used to verify that the selected control rod is available for RSCS Operability?
Which of the following describes the method used to verify that the selected control rod is available for RSCS Operabil ity? A. Depress the "RODS FULL IN/BYPASS" pushbutton to illuminate the BYPASS light.
A. Depress the RODS FULL IN/BYPASS pushbutton to illuminate the BYPASS light.
All bypassed control rods are indicated by a red LED.
All bypassed control rods are indicated by a red LED.
B. Depress the "ALL RODS/FREE RODS" pushbutton to illuminate the FREE RODS light. All bypassed control rods a re indicated by a flashing yellow LED.
B. Depress the ALL RODS/FREE RODS pushbutton to illuminate the FREE RODS light. All bypassed control rods are indicated by a flashing yellow LED.
C. If a bypassed control rod is selected on the rod select matrix, the RSCS INOP annunciator illuminates.
C. If a bypassed control rod is selected on the rod select matrix, the RSCS INOP annunciator illuminates.
D. If a bypassed control rod is selected on the rod select matrix, the white position indication (XX
D. If a bypassed control rod is selected on the rod select matrix, the white position indication (XX-YY) does not illuminate on the full core display.
-YY) does not illuminate on the full core display.
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       201004A4.01 3.4/3.5 10CFR41 & 45 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: System bypass switches
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
201004A4.01 3.4/3.5 10CFR41 & 45  
- Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: System bypass switches


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000160 rev. 9, page 7 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - LO0898 - SRO T2, GP2, #3 RO T2, GP2, #3 LO:                    5807 - State the function of the following indications and controls on the RSCS operator console: RODS FULL IN/BYPASS.
RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          B is incorrect because a flashing yellow LED indicates the rod is selected on the rod select matrix. C is incorrect because selection of a bypassed control rod does not cause an INOP RSCS. D is incorrect because selection of a bypassed control rod does not cause the full core indication to change. A is correct because the purpose of the BYPASS position is to cause all bypassed control rods to indicate as stated.
COMMENTS:              This question has been reworded but has not changed enough for a modified question. It is the same as Bank Question LO00898.
Examkeyr5


LO000160 r ev. 9, page 7 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 20                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02005 An accident has occurred following an extended run at power. RCIC room temperature is approaching its maximum safe operating value.
- LO0898 - SRO T2, GP2, #3  RO T2, GP2, #3 LO: 5807 - State the function of the following indications and controls on the RSCS operator console:  RODS FULL IN/BYPASS.
RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
B is incorrect because a flashing yellow LED indicates the rod is selected on the rod select matrix. C is incorrect because selection of a bypassed control rod does not cause an INOP RSCS. D is incorrect because selection of a
 
bypassed control rod does not ca use the full core indication to change. A is correct because the purpose of the BYPASS position is to cause all bypassed control rods to indicate as stated.
COMMENTS: This question has been reworded but has not changed enough for a modified question. It is the same as Bank Question LO00898.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
20 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02005 An accident has occurred following an extended run at power. RCIC room temperature is approaching its maximum safe operating value.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control must be entered to:
PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control must be entered to:
Line 1,437: Line 1,032:
C. Reduce the dependence on RCIC for reactor level control.
C. Reduce the dependence on RCIC for reactor level control.
D. Reduce the energy discharged to the Sec. Containment to decay heat level.
D. Reduce the energy discharged to the Sec. Containment to decay heat level.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295032EK3.02 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE: Reactor SCRAM
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295032EK3.02 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE: Reactor SCRAM


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 300 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP2, #11 RO T1, GP3, #2 LO:                   8457 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the reason for entering PPM 5.1.1, RPV CONTROL if secondary containment parameters are approaching their Maximum Safe Operating Values and a primary system is discharging reactor coolant into secondary containment.
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 300 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A and B are both incorrect because entering PPM 5.1.1 does not ensure either containment integrity or adequate core cooling. D is incorrect again because entry into PPM 5.1.1 does not reduce the dependence on RCIC. C is correct as stated in PPM 5.0.10.
- SRO T1, GP2, #11   RO T1, GP3, #2 LO: 8457 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the reason for entering PPM 5.1.1, RPV CONTROL if secondary containment parameters are approaching their M aximum Safe Operating Values and a primary system is discharging reactor coolant into secondary containment.
RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are both incorrect because entering PPM 5.1.1 does not ensure either containment int egrity or adequate core cooling. D is incorrect again because entry into PPM 5.1.1 does not reduce the dependence on RCIC. C is correct as stated in PPM 5.0.10.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
21 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 21                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
22 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 ex02011 A plant startup is in progress at 234 psig and a RWCU blowdown in pr ogress to the main condenser. Several alarms are received and upon investigation, the RO notes RWCU
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 22                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02011 A plant startup is in progress at 234 psig and a RWCU blowdown in progress to the main condenser. Several alarms are received and upon investigation, the RO notes RWCU-FCV-33 closed. The RWCU lineup is otherwise normal.
-FCV-33 closed. The RWCU lineup is otherwise normal.
Which of the following is the cause of these indications?
Which of the following is the cause of these indications?
A. RWCU pressure upstream of RWCU
A. RWCU pressure upstream of RWCU-FCV-33 is 17 psig.
-FCV-33 is 17 psig.
B. RWCU pressure downstream of RWCU-FCV-33 is 157 psig.
B. RWCU pressure downstream of RWCU
C. Reactor level is +5 inches.
-FCV-33 is 157 psig.
D. Reactor level is -62 inches.
C. Reactor level is +5 inches.
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       204000A3.01 3.3/3.3 10CFR41 & 45 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM including:
D. Reactor level is  
-62 inches.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
204000A3.01 3.3/3.3 10CFR41 & 45  
- Abilit y to monitor automatic operations of the REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM including:
Pressure downstream of pressure regulating valve
Pressure downstream of pressure regulating valve


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000190 rev. 10, pages 8-11 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #6 RO T2, GP2, #6 LO:                     5035 - List all RWCU System and filter Demineralizer isolations including setpoints and valves affected.
LO000190 rev. 10, pages 8
RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         System pressure must be either less than 5# upstream of 33 or greater than 140 downstream of 33 to isolate the valve. B would cause the valve to close and is correct. C and D are incorrect because reactor level of +5 inches has no effect on RWCU, while any level less than -50 inches causes a complete system isolation (V-1 & 4 close also).
-11   SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T2, GP2, #6 RO T2, GP2, #6 LO: 5035 - List al l RWCU System and filter Demineralizer isolations including setpoints and valves affected.
RATING: H2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
System pressure must be either less than 5# upstream of 33 or greater than 140 downstream of 33 to isolate the valve. B would cause the valve to close and is correct. C and D are incorrect because reactor level of +5 inches has no effect on RWCU, while any level less than  
-50 inches causes a complete system isolation (V
-1 & 4 close also).
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
23 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex00042 The plant was operating at 99% power when a transient occurred. The following conditions exist:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 23                                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00042 The plant was operating at 99% power when a transient occurred. The following conditions exist:
P603 A7 drop 2.2 RPV PRESS HIGH TRIP P603 A8 drop 2.2 RPV PRESS HIGH TRIP P603 A8 drop 3.4 1/2 SCRAM SYSTEM B Reactor Pressure RFW
P603 A7 drop 2.2 RPV PRESS HIGH TRIP             Illuminated P603 A8 drop 2.2 RPV PRESS HIGH TRIP             Illuminated P603 A8 drop 3.4 1/2 SCRAM SYSTEM B                 Illuminated Reactor Pressure RFW-PI-605                       1076 psig Reactor Power                                     99%
-PI-605 Reactor Power Illu minated Illuminated Illuminated 1076 psig 99% Which of the following procedures is entered first?
Which of the following procedures is entered first?
A. ABN - PRESSURE   B. ABN - POWER   C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control  
A. ABN - PRESSURE B. ABN - POWER C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control - ATWS ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.4.45 3.3/3.6 10CFR55.43 - Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm
- ATWS ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.4.45 3.3/3.6   10CFR55.43  
- Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 30 SOURCE:              BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #15              RO T3, #11 LO:                  8044 - Given abnormal and annunciator response procedure steps that conflict with EOP steps being performed, determine which procedural steps take precedence.
RATING:              H2 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        PPM 1.3.1 directs the priority/precedence of the Volume 5 procedures over the Vol. 4 Abnormals. With reactor pressure >1060 PPM 5.1.1 should be entered and the actions directed there taken. Even though this scenario is an ATWS, PPM 5.1.1 is the correct procedure. C is correct.
Examkeyr5


PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 30 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 24                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:
- 2000 NRC EXAM
ex02012 A reactor startup is in progress with power at 60 on IRM range 2. Several alarms activate along with a Rod Out Block and a 1/2 Scram on RPS A.
- SRO T3, #15    RO T3, #11 LO: 8044 - Give n abnormal and annunciator response procedure steps that conflict with EOP steps being performed, determine which procedural steps take precedence.
RATING: H2  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
PPM 1.3.1 directs the priority/precedence of the Volu me 5 procedures over the Vol. 4 Abnormals. With reactor pressure >1060 PPM 5.1.1 should be entered and the actions directed there taken. Even though this scenario is an
 
ATWS, PPM 5.1.1 is the correct procedure. C is correct.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
24 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 COMMENTS: ex02012 A rea ctor startup is in progress with power at 60 on IRM range 2. Several alarms activate along with a Rod Out Block and a 1/2 Scram on RPS A.
Which of the following caused these indications?
Which of the following caused these indications?
A. Failure of DP
A. Failure of DP-SO-A (24 VDC)
-SO-A (24 VDC)
B. Failure of DP-S1-1A (125 VDC)
B. Failure of DP
C. SRM A failed upscale.
-S1-1A (125 VDC)   C. SRM A failed upscale.
D. IRM E ranged from range 2 to range 4.
D. IRM E ranged from range 2 to range 4.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       215003K2.01 2.5/2.7 10CFR41 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: IRM channels/detectors
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
215003K2.01 2.5/2.7 10CFR41  
- Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: IRM channels/detectors


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000138 rev. 7, page 7 and LO000188 rev. 6, pages 27, 29, and 34 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - MODIFIED - SRO T2, GP2, #10 RO T2, GP1, #10 LO:                    7655 - Predict the effects a failure of 24VDC bus SOA will have on: c. IRM RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          A failure of DP-SO-A causes a rod block and additionally a 1/2 scram from The IRM Inop. None of the other malfunctions cause a 1/2 scram. A is correct.
COMMENTS:              This question was modified from LR01007, LO00532, and LX00058 and given a new number for this exam.
Examkeyr5


LO000138 rev. 7, page 7 and LO000188 rev. 6, pages 27, 29, and 34 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 25                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00102 The plant was operating at 98% power when a Main Turbine trip causes a reactor scram. The lights in the control room go out for approximately 5.5 seconds and then some of the lights come back on.
- MODIFIED
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
- SRO T2, GP2, #10  RO T2, GP1, #10 LO: 7655 - Predict the effects a failure of 24VDC bus SOA will have on:  c. IRM RATING: H3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
A failure of DP
-SO-A causes a rod block and additionally a 1/2 scram from The IRM Inop. None of the other malfunctions cause a 1/2 scram. A is correct. COMMENTS: This question was modified from LR01007, LO00532, and LX0 0058 and given a new number for this exam.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
25 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex00102 The plant was operating at 98% power when a Main Turbine trip causes a reactor scram. The lights in the control room go out for approximately 5.5 seconds and then some of the lights come  
 
back on. W hich  of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. BKRs S-1, S-2, and S-3 have closed and are providing power.
A. BKRs S-1, S-2, and S-3 have closed and are providing power.
B. BKRs N-1, N-2, and N-3 have closed and are providing power.
B. BKRs N-1, N-2, and N-3 have closed and are providing power.
C. SM-7 and SM-8 are powered from DG
C. SM-7 and SM-8 are powered from DG-1 and DG-2.
-1 and DG-2. D. SM-7 and SM-8 are powered from TR
D. SM-7 and SM-8 are powered from TR-B.
-B. ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:         295003AA2.05 3.9/4.2 10CFR55.41, 43 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Whether a partial or complete loss of AC power has occurred
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
295003AA2.05 3.9/4.2   10CFR55.41, 43  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Whether a parti al or complete loss of AC power has occurred


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000182 rev. 12, page 30 SOURCE:                 BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP1, #2 RO T1, GP2,
LO000182 rev. 12, page 30 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
                        #4 LO:                     5047 - State the open/closed status of the N and S breakers for SM1, 2, 3, SH5, and SH6 for: MT trip and TRS loss.
- 2001 NRC EXAM  
RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           A is incorrect because the control room lights would not have gone out it the S BKRs had closed. B is incorrect be cause the N BKRs are the normal supply when the main turbine is on the line. C is incorrect because the light would have been out for at least 7 seconds if the DGs were powering the bus. D is correct because all control room lights, except those powered from MC-7C and 7E, and 8C and 8E would come back on when SM-7 and SM-8 were repowered.
- SRO T1, GP1, #2 RO T1, GP2, #4 LO: 5047 - State the open/closed status of the N and S breakers for SM1, 2, 3, SH5, and SH6 for:
MT trip and TRS loss.
RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because the control room lights would not have gone out it the S BKRs had closed. B is incorrect be cause the N BKRs are the normal  
 
supply when the main turbine is on the l ine. C is incorrect because the light would have been out for at least 7 seconds if the DGs were powering the bus. D is correct because all control room lights, except those powered from  
 
MC-7C and 7E, and 8C and 8E would come back on when SM
-7 and SM-8 w ere repowered.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
26 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02013 Which of the following systems is designed to maintain control room temperature at 75°F  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 26                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02013 Which of the following systems is designed to maintain control room temperature at 75°F +/- 3°F for personnel habitability if the normal cooling supply system fails?
+/- 3°F for personnel habitability if the normal cooling supply system fails? A. Radwaste Chilled Water (WCH)
A. Radwaste Chilled Water (WCH)
B. Control Ro om Emergency Chilled Water (CCH)
B. Control Room Emergency Chilled Water (CCH)
C. Standby Service Water (SW)
C. Standby Service Water (SW)
D. Turbine Service Water (TSW)
D. Turbine Service Water (TSW)
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:           SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:         290003K3.01 3.5/3.8 10CFR41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CONTROL ROOM HVAC will have on following: Control room habitability.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
290003K3.01 3.5/3.8 10CFR41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CONTROL ROOM HVAC will have on following: Control room habitability.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000201 rev. 9, pages 8, 19, and 20 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #13 RO T2, GP2, #18 LO:                     5221 - State the purpose of each of the following system components: k.
LO000201 rev. 9, pages 8, 19, and 20 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
Control room emergency chillers RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           A is incorrect because Radwaste Chilled water is the normal source for cooling. C is incorrect because Service Water will only maintain control room temperature at 104 °F for equipment. D is incorrect because TSW by itself does not cool the control room. B, Control room Emergency Chilled Water is the backup source of cooling water for personnel habitability. B is correct.
- SRO T2, GP2, #13 RO T2, GP2, #18 LO: 5221 - State the purpose of each of the following system components: k.
Control room emergency chillers RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because Radwaste Chilled water is the normal source for cooling. C is incorrect because Service Water will only maintain control room  
 
te mperature at 104 °F for equipment. D is incorrect because TSW by itself does not cool the control room. B, Control room Emergency Chilled Water is the backup source of cooling water for personnel habitability. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
27 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex01126 A pla nt startup is underway with the A2 sequence selected. All rod withdrawals in RSCS groups 1
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 27                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01126 A plant startup is underway with the A2 sequence selected. All rod withdrawals in RSCS groups 1-4 have been completed.
-4 have been completed.
Which of the following is the correct control rod density for this condition?
Which of the following is the correct control rod density for this condition?
A. 25%
A. 25%   B. 50%   C. 75%   D. 100% ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
B. 50%
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
C. 75%
201004K5.02 3.1/3.3 10CFR55.41.5/45.3  
D. 100%
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to ROD SEQUENCE CONTROL SYSTEM: Sequences and groups
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       201004K5.02 3.1/3.3 10CFR55.41.5/45.3 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to ROD SEQUENCE CONTROL SYSTEM: Sequences and groups


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000160 rev 10, page 7 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, GP2, #2 RO T2, GP2, #2 LO:                   5806 - Explain the following term: Control rod density RATING:               H2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Completion of the 1st 4 RSCS rod groups places 50% of the rods in the full out position. This is 50% rod density. B is correct.
LO000160 rev 10, page 7   SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
- 2001 NRC EXAM  
- SRO T2, GP2, #2 RO T2, GP2, #2 LO: 5806 - Explain the following term: Control rod density RATING: H2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
Completion of the 1 st 4 RSCS rod groups places 50% of the rods in the full out position. This is 50% rod density. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
28 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02014 The plant is operating at 97% power when a radioactive spill occurs in the Radwaste Building.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 28                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02014 The plant is operating at 97% power when a radioactive spill occurs in the Radwaste Building.
WEA-RIS-14 indicates 1.39E5 cpm and is stable. It will take at least 90 minutes before a plan is in place to begin work on the cleanup.
WEA-RIS-14 indicates 1.39E5 cpm and is stable. It will take at least 90 minutes before a plan is in place to begin work on the cleanup.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Line 1,612: Line 1,129:
C. A four hour notification to the NRC is required.
C. A four hour notification to the NRC is required.
D. A one hour notification to the NRC is required.
D. A one hour notification to the NRC is required.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       288000 2.4.30 2/3.6 10CFR55.43.5 & 45: Plant Ventilation Systems -
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
Knowledge of which events related to system operations/status should be reported to outside agencies.
288000 2.4.30 2/3.6 10CFR55.43.5 & 45: Plant Ventilation Systems  
- Knowledge of which events related to system operations/status should b e reported to outside agencies.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 1.10.1 rev. 22, page 9, PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, pages 19 & 35 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP3, #3 LO:                   6008 - State the notification requirements to State and Local Government agencies after declaring an Emergency Classification at Columbia.
PPM 1.10.1 rev. 22, page 9, PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, pages 19 & 35 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           YES - PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 PPM 1.10.1 rev. 22, page 9 JUSTIFICATION:         The value given for WEA-RIS-14 is greater than the threshold for a UE if the release is expected to last more than an hour. Since it will take longer than 1 hour for a work plan, a UE must be declared. By declaring a UE, a 1 hour notification is required. D is correct.
- SRO T2, GP3, #3 LO: 6008 - State the notification requirements to State and Local Government agencies after declarin g an Emergency Classification at Columbia.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
YES - PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 PPM 1.10.1 rev. 22, page 9 JUSTIFICATION:
The value given for WEA
-RIS-14 is greater than the threshold for a UE if the release is expected to last more than an hour. Since it will take longer than 1 hour for a work plan, a UE must be declared. By declaring a UE, a 1 hour notification is required. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
29 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02015 A plant transient occurred approximately two minutes ago. The reactor had been operating at 99%
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 29                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02015 A plant transient occurred approximately two minutes ago. The reactor had been operating at 99%
power for the last six months. The following conditions exist:
power for the last six months. The following conditions exist:
* Reactor level is 56 inches on the Narrow Range
* Reactor level is 56 inches on the Narrow Range
* Reactor pressure is cycling between 1080 psig and 1094 psig
* Reactor pressure is cycling between 1080 psig and 1094 psig
* HPCS and RCIC have not initiated
* HPCS and RCIC have not initiated
* No operator actions have been taken except the immediate scram actions Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
* No operator actions have been taken except the immediate scram actions Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
The transient was caused by -
The transient was caused by A. an APRM A INOP with a coincident loss of RPS-B.
A. an APRM A INOP with a coincident loss of RPS
B. a main generator trip from phase differential current.
-B. B. a main generator trip fr om phase differential current.
C. a coincident loss of both SM-7 and SM-8.
C. a coincident loss of both SM
D. a loss of SM-1.
-7 and SM-8. D. a loss of SM
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295006AA2.04 4.1/4.1 10CFR55.41,. 43.5, and 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor Pressure
-1. ANSWER: C     QUESTION TYPE:
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
295006AA2.04 4.1/4.1 10CFR55.41,. 43.5, and 45  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the follow ing as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor Pressure


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000128 rev.8, page 4 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #3 LO:                    7682 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between RPS and the following: MSIVs RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          From the information given it can be deduced that the MSIVs are isolated -
pressure is at about 1090 psig and cycling. Reactor level is given at greater than +60 inches with neither HPCS nor RCIC having been initiated. A is incorrect because there would be no MSIV isolation at this point. B would cause a regular scram and no isolation. D would cause a loss of feedwater and an auto start of both HPCS and RCIC. A loss of both SM-7 and SM-8 would cause an immediate MSIV isolation and scram. C is correct.
COMMENTS:              After further research, the question stands as written. This is the response of the simulator under these conditions.
Examkeyr5


LO000128 rev.8, page 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 30                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02016 The plant has been operating at 99% power for the past 8 months. One SRV is leaking.
- SRO T1, GP1, #3 LO: 7682 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between RPS and the following:  MSIVs RATING: H3 AT TACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION:
Suppression pool temperature is 84°F and going up.
From the information given it can be deduced that the MSIVs are isolated
Which of the following is the reason to maintain the suppression pool temperature LT the Tech Spec LCO?
- pressure is at about 1090 psig and cycling. Reactor level is given at greater than +60 inches with neither HPCS nor RCIC having been initiated. A is incorrect because there would be no MSIV isolation at this point. B would cause a regular scram and no isolation. D would cause a loss of feedwater
A. Ensures peak containment temperature and pressure are LT the maximum allowable limits during a DBA LOCA.
 
B. The wetwell to drywell interface integrity will not be challenged during the DBA LOCA..
and an auto start of both HPCS and RCIC. A loss of both SM
C. Code allowable stresses on the Wetwell Floor will not be exceeded during an emergency depressurization.
-7  and SM-8 would cause an immediate MSIV iso lation and scram. C is correct.
D. SRV Tailpipe integrity will not be challenged during an emergency depressurization.
COMMENTS: After further research, the question stands as written. This is the response of the simulator under these conditions.
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295013AK3.01 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE: Suppression pool cooling operation
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
30 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02016 The plant has been operating at 99% power for the past 8 months. One SRV is leak ing. Suppression pool temperature is 84°F and going up.
Which of the following is the reason to maintain the suppression pool temperature LT the Tech Spec LCO? A. Ensures peak containment temperature and pressure are LT the maximum allowable limits during a DBA LOCA.
B. The wetwell to drywell interface integrity will not be challenged during the DBA LOCA.. C. Code allowable stresses on the Wetwell Floor will not be exceeded during an emergency depressurization.
D. SRV Tailpipe integrity will not be challenged during an emergency depressurization.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295013AK3.01 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POO L TEMPERATURE: Suppression pool cooling operation


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 248 TS 3.6.2.1 and bases pages B 3.6.2.1-1 & 2 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #10 RO T1, GP2, #7 LO:                   6925 - Identify the basis for any LCO.
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 248   TS 3.6.2.1 and bases pages B 3.6.2.1
RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A is correct as stated in the bases document. B, C, and D are all incorrect applications of other containment limits.
-1 & 2   SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T1, GP1, #10 RO T1, GP2, #7 LO: 6925 - Identify the basis for any LCO.
RATING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A is correct as stated in the bases document. B, C, and D are all incorrect applications of other containment limits.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
31 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex01062 The plant was operating at 75% power when a transient occurred caus ing reactor level to decrease to -7 inches. Which of the following is correct concerning the initial direction from the CRS?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 31                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01062 The plant was operating at 75% power when a transient occurred causing reactor level to decrease to -7 inches.
CRO-1 should be directed to-A. P603, and Board A.
Which of the following is correct concerning the initial direction from the CRS?
CRO-2 Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601 and P602 B. P602, P603, and Board A. CRO-2 Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601   C. P602 and P603 CRO-2 Board A, Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601   D. P603 CRO-2 Board A, Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601, and P602 ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
CRO-1 should be directed to A. P603, and Board A.
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
CRO-2 Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601 and P602 B. P602, P603, and Board A.
2.1.6 2.1/4.3 10C FR55.43.5/45.12/45.13  
CRO-2 Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601 C. P602 and P603 CRO-2 Board A, Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601 D. P603 CRO-2 Board A, Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601, and P602 ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:       SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.1.6 2.1/4.3 10CFR55.43.5/45.12/45.13 - Ability to supervise and assume a management role during plant transients and upset conditions.
- Ability to supervise and assume a management role during plant transients and upset conditions.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 28 SOURCE:              BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #1 LO:                  6092 - State the responsibilities of the Control Room Supervisor.
RATING:              L2 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        PPM 1.3.1 states that the initial response for the CROs as those in B. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 28 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 32                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02017 The plant was operating at 99% power when an accident occurred. Core conditions have caused fuel damage. A release has been in progress for the last 23 minutes with TEA-RIS-13 indicating 4.6E4 cpm.
- 2001 NRC EXAM
- SRO T3, #1 LO: 6092 - State the responsibiliti es of the Control Room Supervisor.
RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
PPM 1.3.1 states that the initial response for the CROs as those in B. B is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
32 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02017 The plant was operating at 99% power when an accident occurred. Core conditions have caused fuel damage. A release has been in progress for the last 23 minutes with TEA
-RIS-13 indicating 4.6E4 cpm.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. Declare a General Emergency B. Declare a Site Area Emergency C. Enter PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control D. Enter PPM 5.4.1 Radioactivity Release Control ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
A. Declare a General Emergency B. Declare a Site Area Emergency C. Enter PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control D. Enter PPM 5.4.1 Radioactivity Release Control ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295017AA2.03 3.1/3.9 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45.8 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Radiation levels
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295017AA2.03 3.1/3.9   10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45.8  
- Ability to determine and/or inter pret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF
-SITE RELEASE RATE: Radiation levels


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 age 302 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #16 RO T1, GP2, #10 LO:                   8017 - Given plant conditions, recognize an EOP entry condition and enter the appropriate flow chart RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           YES - PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 JUSTIFICATION:         The indication given for TEA-RIS-13 requires that an Alert be declared. PPM 5.4.1 entry is required when the release rate exceeds the Alert level. D is the correct answer.
PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 age 302 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T1, GP1, #16 RO T1, GP2, #10 LO: 8017 - Given plant conditions , recognize an EOP entry condition and enter the appropriate flow chart RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
YES - PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 JUSTIFICATION:
The indication given for TEA
-RIS-13 requires that an Alert be declared. PPM 5.4.1 entry is r equired when the release rate exceeds the Alert level. D is the correct answer.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
33 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex00121 A plant startup is underway. The following conditions exist:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 33                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00121 A plant startup is underway. The following conditions exist:
APRM A, E, D APRM C and B APRM F IRM indications IRM G IRM D Reactor pressure 11% 1 3% out of service  
APRM A, E, D                 11%
- bypassed 25 to 35 on R10 for A, C, E, B, F, and H out of service  
APRM C and B                 13%
- bypassed 41 on R10 819 psig Which of the following is the correct decision concerning these conditions?
APRM F                       out of service - bypassed IRM indications              25 to 35 on R10 for A, C, E, B, F, and H IRM G                        out of service - bypassed IRM D                        41 on R10 Reactor pressure              819 psig Which of the following is the correct decision concerning these conditions?
A. Do not place the Mode Switch in RUN; a scram will occur f rom APRM C and D.
A. Do not place the Mode Switch in RUN; a scram will occur from APRM C and D.
B. Do not place the Mode Switch in RUN; a MSL isolation will occur.
B. Do not place the Mode Switch in RUN; a MSL isolation will occur.
C. Place the Mode Switch in RUN; a mode change to RUN is allowed with at least 2 APRMs per trip system above 5%.
C. Place the Mode Switch in RUN; a mode change to RUN is allowed with at least 2 APRMs per trip system above 5%.
D. Place the Mode Switch in RUN; a mode chang e to RUN is allowed with at least 3 IRMs per trip system LE 40 on R10 ANSWER: B     QUESTION TYPE:
D. Place the Mode Switch in RUN; a mode change to RUN is allowed with at least 3 IRMs per trip system LE 40 on R10 ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.2 4.0/3.5 10CFR55.45 - Ability to manipulate the console controls as required to operate the facility between shutdown and designated power levels.
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
2.2.2 4.0/3.5   10CFR55.45  
- Ability to manipulate the console controls as required to operate the facility between shutdown an d designated power levels.  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000128 rev. 8, page21 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM- SRO T3, #8 RO T3, #5 WNP-2 LER 84-108 LO:                    NO LO RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NO JUSTIFICATION:          C and D are incorrect because the MS to run causes a full isolation and RX Scram. A is incorrect because the APRM scram setpoint is 15% with the MS in STARTUP. B is correct because MSL pressure of less than 831 psig in RUN causes a full MSIV isolation and reactor scram.
Examkeyr5


LO000128 rev. 8, page21 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 34                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02018 The plant is operating at 99% power with SM-4 de-energized and tagged out for maintenance.
- 2000 NRC EXAM
- SRO T3, #8 RO T3, #5 WNP-2 LER 84-108 LO: NO LO RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT:
NO JUSTIFICATION:
C and D are incorrect because the MS to run causes a ful l isolation and RX Scram. A is incorrect because the APRM scram setpoint is 15% with the MS in STARTUP. B is correct because MSL pressure of less than 831 psig in
 
RUN causes a full MSIV isolation and reactor scram.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
34 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02018 The plant is operating at 99% power with SM
-4 de-energized and tagged out for maintenance.
COND-P-2A trips due to a lockout.
COND-P-2A trips due to a lockout.
Assuming no operator actions, which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Assuming no operator actions, which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. RCIC initiates and injects until reactor level increases to
A. RCIC initiates and injects until reactor level increases to +54 inches, RCIC-V-45 and 13 close until reactor level returns to -50 inches, where RCIC injects again.
+54 inches, RCIC
B. HPCS initiates and injects until reactor level increases to +54 inches, HPCS-V-4 closes until reactor level returns to -50 inches, where HPCS injects again.
-V-45 and 13 close until reactor level returns to  
-50 inches, where RCIC injects again.
B. HPCS initiates and injects until reactor level increases to +54 inches, HPCS
-V-4 closes until reactor level returns to  
-50 inches, where HPCS i njects again.
C. Recirc pumps runback to 30 hertz on low reactor water level and the feedpumps return reactor level to the normal operating band.
C. Recirc pumps runback to 30 hertz on low reactor water level and the feedpumps return reactor level to the normal operating band.
D. RHR injects and fills the RPV following an Automatic Depressurization System initiation.
D. RHR injects and fills the RPV following an Automatic Depressurization System initiation.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295031EK2.04 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL and the following: Reactor Core Isolation Cooling
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295031EK2.04 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the interrelations between REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL and the following: Reactor Core Isolation Cooling


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000180 rev. 11 pages 20 & 21 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #22 RO T1, GP1, #10 LO:                     5714 - List the signal and setpoints that will cause a RCIC System initiation.
LO000180 rev. 11 pages 20 & 2 1  SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         The loss of COND-P-2A causes a loss of feedwater (loss of feedpumps).
- SRO T1, GP1, #22 RO T1, GP1, #10 LO: 5714 - List the signal and setpoints that will cause a RCIC System initiation.
Reactor level decreases to less than -50 inches and initiates RCIC. Because SM-4 is tagged out, HPCS does not start. RCIC returns level to +54 inches and RCIC-V-13 & 45 close. Reactor level does not decrease to the point of ADS/RHR initiation. A is correct.
RATING: H2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
The loss of COND
-P-2A causes a loss of feedwater (l oss of feedpumps).
Reactor level decreases to less than  
-50 inches and initiates RCIC. Because SM-4 is tagged out, HPCS does not start. RCIC returns level to +54 inches and RCIC-V-13 & 45 close. Reactor level does not decrease to the point of ADS/RHR i nitiation. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
35 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 35                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
36 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 Ex02090 You have assigned a maintenance person to repair a valve inside a valve room which is a posted RADIATION AREA. The job is projected to take four hours. The maintenance person has 1.985  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 36                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Ex02090 You have assigned a maintenance person to repair a valve inside a valve room which is a posted RADIATION AREA. The job is projected to take four hours. The maintenance person has 1.985 rem TEDE this year.
 
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
rem TEDE this ye ar. Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
The maintenance person is allowed to work on this valve for a maximum of A. 1 hour B. 2 hours C. 3 hours D. 4 hours ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.3.1 2.6/3.0 10CFR55.41.2/43.4/45.9/45.1 - Knowledge of 10 CFR 20 and related facility radiation control requirements
The maintenance person is allowed to work on this valve for a maximum of-  A. 1 hour   B. 2 hours   C. 3 hours   D. 4 hours ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO   KA # & KA VALU E: 2.3.1 2.6/3.0 10CFR55.41.2/43.4/45.9/45.1  
- Knowledge of 10 CFR 20 and related facility radiation control requirements


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
GEN-RPP-07 rev. 3, page 7 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION #98126 - MODIFIED - SRO T3, #13 LO:                   6013 - Define radiation area.
GEN-RPP-07 rev. 3, page 7 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION #98126  
RATING:               H2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:       The Radiation area minimum threshold is 5 mr/hr. The maximum amount of time available to a worker for a 15 mr limit (2 rem admin limit) would be 3 hours in the area.
- MODIFIED  
- SRO T3, #13 LO: 6013 - Define radiation area. RATING: H2       ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
The Radiation area minimum threshold is 5 mr/hr. The maximum amount of time available to a worker for a 15 mr limit (2 rem admin limit) would be 3 hours in the area.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
37 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02019 The plant is operating at 95% power with suppression pool level slowly and steadily going up. All systems are in the normal standby lineup.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 37                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02019 The plant is operating at 95% power with suppression pool level slowly and steadily going up. All systems are in the normal standby lineup.
Which of the following is the cause of the increasing suppression pool level?
Which of the following is the cause of the increasing suppression pool level?
A seat leak on -
A seat leak on A. RCIC-V-22 & 59 - Test Bypass B. HPCS-V Full Flow Test C. RHR-V-24B - Full Flow Test D. LPCS-V Test Return ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       209002K1.03 3.0/3.0 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) and the following: water leg pump
A. RCIC-V-22 & 59 - Test Bypass B. HPCS-V Full Flow Test C. RHR-V-24B - Full Flow Test D. LPCS-V Test Return ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
209002K1.03 3.0/3.0 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the physical co nnections and/or cause
- effect relationships between HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) and the following: water leg pump


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000174 rev. 9, fig. 1 LO000192 rev. 9, fig. 1 LO000198 rev. 10, fig. 1 LO000180 rev. 11, fig. 13 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #3 RO T2, GP1, #6 LO:                    NO LO RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        C and D are incorrect because both systems take the water leg pump suction from the suppression pool, and a leak would cause no net change in suppression pool level. A is incorrect because the RCIC is normally lined up with suction to the CSTs, but the Test Bypass line goes to the CSTs and not the suppression pool. B is correct because HPCS is normally lined up with the suction from the CSTs and a leak through the Full Flow Test valve would result in a net increase in suppression pool volume and level.
Examkeyr5


LO000174 rev. 9, fig. 1  LO000192 rev. 9, fig. 1  LO000198 rev. 10, fig. 1 LO000180 rev. 11, fig. 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 38                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:
- SRO T2, GP1, #3  RO T2, GP1, #6 LO: NO LO  RATING: H2  ATTACHMENT:
Examkeyr5
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
C and D are incorrect because both systems take the water leg pump suction from the suppression pool, and a leak would cause no net change in suppression pool level. A is incorrect because the RCIC is normally lined up with suction to the CSTs, but the Test Bypass line goes to the CSTs and not
 
the suppression pool. B is correct because HPCS is normally lined up with
 
the suction from the CST s and a leak through the Full Flow Test valve would result in a net increase in suppression pool volume and level.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 39                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02020 The plant is currently operating at 87% power. While performing a surveillance on Monday, MS-LIS-37A Level 1 input to ECCS Div 1 was determined to be inoperable at 1500. All required actions were taken. At 0300 on Tuesday, MS-LIS-37B, Level 1 input to ECCS Div 2 was found to be set at
38 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
39 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02020 The plant is currently operating at 87% power. While performing a surveillance on Monday, MS
-LIS-37A Level 1 input t o ECCS Div 1 was determined to be inoperable at 1500. All required actions were taken. At 0300 on Tuesday, MS
-LIS-37B, Level 1 input to ECCS Div 2 was found to be set at  
-144.5 inches.
-144.5 inches.
Concerning these conditions, which of the following is correct?
Concerning these conditions, which of the following is correct?
A. No further action is required, MS
A. No further action is required, MS-LIS-37B is set within tolerance.
-LIS-37B is set within tolerance.
B. Declare HPCS inoperable in 1 hour and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours.
B. Declare HPCS inoperable in 1 hour and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours.
C. Declare supported features inoperable within 1 hour, declare HPCS inoperabl e in 1 hour, and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours.
C. Declare supported features inoperable within 1 hour, declare HPCS inoperable in 1 hour, and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours.
D. Declare supported features inoperable within 1 hour and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours.
D. Declare supported features inoperable within 1 hour and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       216000 2.2.25 2.5/3.7 10CFR55.43.2 - Knowledge of bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits:
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
2160 00  2.2.25 2.5/3.7   10CFR55.43.2  
- Knowledge of bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits:
Concerning Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation.
Concerning Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
TS 3.3.5.1 pages -1, -2, -8, -9, & -10 and bases pages B 3.3.5.1 -9, -10, -
TS 3.3.5.1 pages  
27, -28, & -29 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #9 LO:                     10306 - With Tech Specs provided, determine LCO compliance for a given operational condition.
-1, -2, -8, -9, & -10 and bases pages B 3
RATING:                 H4 ATTACHMENT:             YES - TS 3.3.5.1 pages -1, -2, -8, -9, & -10 and bases pages B 3.3.5.1 -9,
.3.5.1 -9, -10, -27, -28, & -29 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
                        -10, -27, -28, & -29 JUSTIFICATION:         MS-LIS-37B is out of spec and it is the redundant initiation capability per TS.
- SRO T2, GP1, #9 LO: 10306 - With Tech Specs provided, determine LCO compliance for a given operational condition.
Because of this, the supported features must be declared inop within 1 hour and the channel must be placed in the trip condition within 24 hours. The HPCS initiation function is not affected so HPCS does not have to be declared inop. D is correct.
RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT:
YES - TS 3.3.5.1 pages  
-1, -2, -8, -9, & -10 and bases page s B 3.3.5.1  
-9, -10, -27, -28, & -29 JUSTIFICATION:
MS-LIS-37B is out of spec and it is the redundant initiation capability per TS.
Because of this, the supported features must be declared inop within 1 hour and the channel must be placed in the trip co ndition within 24 hours. The HPCS initiation function is not affected so HPCS does not have to be declared inop. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
40 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02021 The plant was operating at 99% power when loss of feedwater occurred. RCIC is in operation from its a lternate source of water, and has restored reactor level to normal. The CRO reports RCIC discharge flow and discharge pressure are starting to oscillate and getting worse.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 40                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02021 The plant was operating at 99% power when loss of feedwater occurred. RCIC is in operation from its alternate source of water, and has restored reactor level to normal. The CRO reports RCIC discharge flow and discharge pressure are starting to oscillate and getting worse.
Which of the following describes the cause of these indications?
Which of the following describes the cause of these indications?
A. Low CST le vel  B. Low reactor water level C. Low reactor pressure D. Low suppression pool level.
A. Low CST level B. Low reactor water level C. Low reactor pressure D. Low suppression pool level.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       217000K5.01 2.6/2.6 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC): Indications of pump cavitation
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
217000K5.01 2.6/2.6   10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the followi ng concepts as they apply to REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC): Indications of pump cavitation


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
General Physics BWR Gen. Fundamentals Chapter 2: Pumps pages 21 & 22 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, GP1, #11 RO T2, GP1,
                        #16 LO:                    7145 - Describe cavitation, including symptoms, effects on centrifugal pump operation and methods of prevention.
RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          GP Gen. Fun. Chapter 4 describes the effect of cavitation as an oscillation of discharge pressure. Cavitation is caused by a loss of NPSH. NPSH is the difference between the pressure on the suction side of the pump and the saturation pressure of the liquid being pumped. D is correct. It is the only possibility that lowers the suction pressure of the RCIC pump.
COMMENTS:              This question is similar to ex00053 which was used on the 2000 ILC exam.
The question stem has been only changed enough to use it for the RCIC system. This is not considered a MODIFIED BANK question, but it was given a new number.
Examkeyr5


General Physics BWR Gen. Fundamentals Chapter 2: Pumps pages 21 & 22 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 41                                   EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02022 With the plant at 100% power, which of the following would indicate a leaking Main Steam Relief Valve?
- 2000 NRC EXAM
A. Elevated SRV Acoustic Monitor indication.
-  SRO T2, GP1, #11  RO T2, G P1, #16 LO: 7145 - Describe cavitation, including symptoms, effects on centrifugal pump operation and methods of prevention.
RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
GP Gen. Fun. Chapter 4 describes the effect of cavitation as an oscillation of disc harge pressure. Cavitation is caused by a loss of NPSH. NPSH is the difference between the pressure on the suction side of the pump and the saturation pressure of the liquid being pumped. D is correct. It is the only
 
possibility that lowers the suction pressure of the RCIC pump.
COMMENTS: This question is similar to ex00053 which was used on the 2000 ILC exam.
The question stem has been only changed enough to use it for the RCIC
 
system. This is not considered a MODIFIED BANK question, but it was give n a new number.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
41 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02022 With the plant at 100% power, which of the following would indicate a leaking Main Steam Relief Valve? A. Elevated SRV Acoustic Monitor indication.
B. Elevated SRV Tailpipe Temperature indication.
B. Elevated SRV Tailpipe Temperature indication.
C. An SRV with a red indicating light on P628.
C. An SRV with a red indicating light on P628.
D. An SRV with a red indicating light on P631 ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
D. An SRV with a red indicating light on P631 ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     239002K4.06 3.5/3.7 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
239002K4.06 3.5/3.7   10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES design feature(s) and/or interlocks which pro vide for the following:
Detection of valve leakage
Detection of valve leakage


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000129 rev. 8, pages 10 - 12 SOURCE:              NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #17 RO T2, GP1, #21 LO:                  5528 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between the SRVs and : Tailpipe thermocouples.
RATING:              L2 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        C and D are incorrect because these lights only indicate the solenoids are energized and not actual valve position or leakage. A is incorrect because the Acoustic Monitoring system was removed and is no longer in service. B is correct because an elevated temperature indicates steam flow through the valve.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


LO000129 rev. 8, pages 10
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 42                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02023 The plant is in MODE 4. Maintenance was performed on the breaker for ROA-FN-1A and it is now ready for a test start. The following conditions exist:
- 12  SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
- SRO T2, GP1, #17  RO T2, GP1, #21 LO: 5528 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between the SRVs and :  Tailpipe thermocouples.
RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
C and D are incorrect because these lights only indicate the solenoids are energized and not actual valve position or leakage. A is incorrect because
 
the Acoustic M onitoring system was removed and is no longer in service. B is correct because an elevated temperature indicates steam flow through the valve. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
42 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02023 The plant is in MODE 4. Maintenance was performed on the breaker for ROA
-FN-1A and it i s now ready for a test start. The following conditions exist:
The breaker is racked in and the fuses are installed.
The breaker is racked in and the fuses are installed.
The CRO places the control switch to start on both ROA
The CRO places the control switch to start on both ROA-FN-1A and REA-FN-1A. He notes there is no control room indication of a start on ROA-FN-1A.
-FN-1A and REA
He places both control switches in the stop position and notes the green light is out for ROA-FN-1A and illuminated for REA-FN-1A.
-FN-1A. He notes there is no control room indication of a start on ROA-FN-1A. He places both control switches in the stop position and notes the green light is  
The panel lights are checked and are found to be OK.
 
Concerning these conditions, which of the following is true?
out for ROA
A. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.7 inches of H2O and stabilizes.
-FN-1A and illuminated for REA
-FN-1A. The panel lights are checked and are found to be OK.
Concerning these conditions, which of the following i s true? A. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.7 inches of H2O and stabilizes.
B. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.0 inches of H2O and stabilizes.
B. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.0 inches of H2O and stabilizes.
C. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.7 inches of H2O and all Reactor Building V entilation fans trip. Pressure returns to 0 inches of H2O D. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.0 inches of H2O and all Reactor Building Ventilation fans trip. Standby Gas Treatment auto starts and maintains reactor  
C. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.7 inches of H2O and all Reactor Building Ventilation fans trip. Pressure returns to 0 inches of H2O D. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.0 inches of H2O and all Reactor Building Ventilation fans trip. Standby Gas Treatment auto starts and maintains reactor building pressure at -.25 inches of H2O.
ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE:          SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:        290001A1.01 3.1/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the SECONDARY CONTAINMENT controls including: System Lineups


building pressure at
==REFERENCE:==
-.25 in ches of H2O.
82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages 5, 12, & 13 EWD-80E-001 WNP-2 LER 88-007 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #23 RO T2, GP2, #17 LO:                     5677 - State the purpose of the alternate relief path damper.
ANSWER: A  QUESTION TYPE:
RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         The information given indicates a blown or improperly installed trip fuse. The result of starting a fan with no trip circuit is a running fan that cannot be stopped from the control switch. In this case pressure would increase until both Div 2 fans trip and continue to increase pressure until the suction damper opened fully and limited pressure to 4.7 inches of H2O. A is correct.
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
Examkeyr5
290001A1.01  3.1/3.1  10CFR55.41 & 45
- Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the SECONDARY CONTAINMENT controls including:  System Lineups REF ERENCE: 82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages 5, 12, & 13 EWD
-80E-001 WNP-2 LER 88-007 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T2, GP1, #23 RO T2, GP2, #17 LO: 5677 - State the purpose of the alternate relief path damper.
RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
The i nformation given indicates a blown or improperly installed trip fuse. The result of starting a fan with no trip circuit is a running fan that cannot be stopped from the control switch. In this case pressure would increase until  
 
both Div 2 fans trip and c ontinue to increase pressure until the suction damper opened fully and limited pressure to 4.7 inches of H2O. A is correct.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
43 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02024 The plant is operating at 95% power when several alarms are received on P603 including a Rod Out Block. On closer insp ection the CRO notes that the UPSC, INOP, and DNSC indicating lights are illuminated on P603 for the A Rod Block Monitor.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 43                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02024 The plant is operating at 95% power when several alarms are received on P603 including a Rod Out Block. On closer inspection the CRO notes that the UPSC, INOP, and DNSC indicating lights are illuminated on P603 for the A Rod Block Monitor.
Which of the following caused these indications?
Which of the following caused these indications?
A. Loss of RPS B.
A. Loss of RPS B.
Line 1,940: Line 1,311:
C. An edge rod was selected.
C. An edge rod was selected.
D. RBM A was bypassed with the joystick.
D. RBM A was bypassed with the joystick.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       215002K6.01 3.0/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ROD BLOCK MONITOR SYSTEM: RPS
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
215002K6.01 3.0/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ROD BLOCK MONITOR SYSTEM: RPS  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
82-RSY-0800-T1 rev. 8, pages 17 & 18 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #9 RO T2, GP2, #9 LO:                   7667 - Predict the effects the following failures have on the RBM System:
82-RSY-0800-T1 rev. 8, pages 17 & 18 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RPS RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         The RBM System is divisionally powered from RPS. A loss of RPS-A causes the given indications. Selecting an edge rod or bypassing with the joystick does not result in a rod block. B is correct.
- SRO T2, GP2, #9 RO T2, GP2, #9 LO: 7667 - Predict the effects the following failures have on the RBM System:
RPS   RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
The RBM System is divisionally powered from RPS. A loss of RPS
-A causes the given indications. Selecting an edge rod or bypassing with the joystick does not result in a rod block. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
44 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex01087 The plant is in Mode 5 with the re fuel bridge (unloaded) over the spent fuel pool and refueling operations in progress. The Mode Switch is placed in the START/HOT STANDBY Position.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 44                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01087 The plant is in Mode 5 with the refuel bridge (unloaded) over the spent fuel pool and refueling operations in progress. The Mode Switch is placed in the START/HOT STANDBY Position.
Which of the following is the result of this action?
Which of the following is the result of this action?
The Refuel Bridge automatically stops-A. only wh en it is over the reactor cavity.
The Refuel Bridge automatically stops A. only when it is over the reactor cavity.
B. at any location over the Spent Fuel Pool or the Reactor Cavity.
B. at any location over the Spent Fuel Pool or the Reactor Cavity.
C. as it approaches the Reactor Cavity from the Spent Fuel Pool.
C. as it approaches the Reactor Cavity from the Spent Fuel Pool.
D. only as it approaches the Reactor Cavity from the Spent Fuel Pool when load ed with a fuel bundle.
D. only as it approaches the Reactor Cavity from the Spent Fuel Pool when loaded with a fuel bundle.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.4.46 3.5/3.6 10CFR55.43 & 45 - Ability to verify alarms are consistent with the plant conditions
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.4.46 3.5/3.6 10CFR55.43 & 45  
- Ability to verify alarms are consistent with the plant conditions


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000207 rev 8, page 25 & 26 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, # 16 RO T3, #12 LO:                    5360 - List and explain all the conditions pertaining to fuel handling equipment that can cause a control rod block when the reactor mode switch in either the REFUEL position or the START/HOT STBY position.
RATING:                L3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        Placing the Mode Switch to START/HOT STANDBY causes the refuel bridge to stop when the bridge is on the refueling switch #2. This prevents the bridge from traveling over the core with the Mode Switch in START/HOT STANDBY. A and B are both incorrect because the bridge is not limited when over the core or in the Spent Fuel Pool. D is incorrect because the hoist does not have to be loaded for the bridge to stop. C is correct.
Examkeyr5


LO000207 rev 8, page 25 & 26 SOURCE: BANK QUES TION - 2001 NRC EXAM
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 45                 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:
- SRO T3,  # 16  RO T3, #12 LO: 5360 - List and explain all the conditions pertaining to fuel handling equipment that can cause a control rod block when the reactor mode switch in either the REFUEL position or the START/HOT STBY po sition. RATING: L3  ATTACHMENT:
Examkeyr5
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
Placing the Mode Switch to START/HOT STANDBY causes the refuel bridge to stop when the bridge is on the refueling switch #2. This prevents the
 
bridge from traveling over the core with the Mode Switch in START/HOT STANDBY. A and B are both incorrect because the bridge is not limited when over the core or  in the Spent Fuel Pool. D is incorrect because the
 
hoist does not have to be loaded for the bridge to stop. C is correct.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
45 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
46 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex0 2025  Preparations are in progress for a plant startup. The following conditions exist:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 46                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02025 Preparations are in progress for a plant startup. The following conditions exist:
* RCIC is out of service for repair for the next two hours
* RCIC is out of service for repair for the next two hours
* MS-LIS-24C (reactor level 3) is set at 9.1 inches
* MS-LIS-24C (reactor level 3) is set at 9.1 inches
* All other plant equipment and conditions are norma l  You have been directed to begin the startup.
* All other plant equipment and conditions are normal You have been directed to begin the startup.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. The Mode Switch cannot be placed in STARTUP until the MS
A. The Mode Switch cannot be placed in STARTUP until the MS-LIS-24C setpoint is returned to an allowable value.
-LIS-24C setpoint is returned to an allowable value.
B. The Mode Switch cannot be placed in STARTUP until RCIC is returned to service.
B. The Mode Switch canno t be placed in STARTUP until RCIC is returned to service.
C. Place the Mode Switch in STARTUP, MS-LIS-24C is not required to be within specifications in MODE 2.
C. Place the Mode Switch in STARTUP, MS
-LIS-24C is not required to be within specifications in MODE 2.
D. Place the Mode Switch in STARTUP, RCIC is not required to be in service until steam dome pressure is GT 150 psig.
D. Place the Mode Switch in STARTUP, RCIC is not required to be in service until steam dome pressure is GT 150 psig.
ANSWER: A     QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295009 2.2.24 2.6/3.8 10cfr55.43.2 & 45 - Ability to analyze the affect of maintenance activities on LCO status.
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
295009 2.2.24 2.6/3.8 10cfr55.43.2 & 45  
- Ability to analyze the affect of maintenance activities on LCO status.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 4.603.A7 rev. 28, page 15 Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 pages -1 & -8 TS 3.0.4 pages 3.0-1 & -2 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #6 LO:                    10308 - With Tech Specs provided and given an operational condition, determine if a Mode change or other change in plant condition is allowed.
RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            YES - PPM 4.603.A7 rev. 28, page 15 Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 pages -1 & -8 TS 3.0.4 pages 3.0-1 & -2 JUSTIFICATION:          A is correct because placing the Mode Switch in STARTUP at this point relies on an action statement for the out of spec level switch (MS-LIS-24C), which is not allowed by TS 3.0.4. B is incorrect because RCIC is not required to be operable until steam dome pressure is GT 150 psig. C and D are incorrect because the Mode Switch cannot be placed in STARTUP until MS-LIS-24C calibration is within spec.
Examkeyr5


PPM 4.603.A7 rev. 28, page 15  Tech Spec 3.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 47                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01039 Which of the following is designed to prevent secondary containment over-pressurization during a postulated piping break in the area between the Drywell and the Turbine Building?
3.1.1 pages
-1 & -8  TS 3.0.4 pages 3.0-1 & -2 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
- SRO T1, GP1, #6 LO: 10308 - With Tech Specs provided and given an operational condition, determine if a Mode change or other change in plant condition is allowed.
RATING: H3 ATTACHM ENT: YES - PPM 4.603.A7 rev. 28, page 15  Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 pages
-1 & -8  TS 3.0.4 pages 3.0
-1 & -2 JUSTIFICATION:
A is correct because placing the Mode Switch in STARTUP at this point relies on an action statement for the out of spec level switch (MS
-L IS-24C), which is not allowed by TS 3.0.4. B is incorrect because RCIC is not required to be operable until steam dome pressure is GT 150 psig. C and D are incorrect
 
because the Mode Switch cannot be placed in STARTUP until MS
-LIS-24C calibration is with in spec.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
47 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex01039 Which of the following is designed to prevent secondary containment over
-pressurization during a postulated piping break in the area between the Drywell and the Turbine Building?
A. Standby Gas Treatment.
A. Standby Gas Treatment.
B. Reactor Building Ve ntilation.
B. Reactor Building Ventilation.
C. Reactor Building Blowout Panels.
C. Reactor Building Blowout Panels.
D. Main Steam Tunnel Blowout Panels.
D. Main Steam Tunnel Blowout Panels.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295035EK1.02 3.7/4.2 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE: Radiation release
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295035EK1.02 3.7/4.2 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following conce pts as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE: Radiation release


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000139 rev. 9, page 6 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP2. #14 RO T1, GP3,
LO000139 rev. 9, page 6 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
                      #3 LO:                   7003 - State the actions that occur on a Main Steam tunnel High Pressure.
- 2001 NRC EXAM  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         An over pressurization in the Main Steam Tunnel results pressure relief through the MST Blowout panels. This relief minimizes the damage to the Secondary Containment and limits radioactive releases from any other part of the Sec. Cont. D is correct.
- SRO T1, GP2. #14 RO   T1, GP3, #3   LO: 7003 - State the actions that occur on a Main Steam tunnel High Pressure.
RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
An over pressurization in the Main Steam Tunnel results pressure relief through the MST Blowout panels. This relief minimizes the damage to the  
 
Secondary Containment and limits radioactive releases from any other part of the Sec. Cont. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
48 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02026 A reactor scram just occurred. Several control rods do not indicate full
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 48                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02026 A reactor scram just occurred. Several control rods do not indicate full-in How are these control rods identified on the Rod Worth Minimizer?
-in   How are these control rods identified on the Rod Worth Minimizer
A. A list containing each rod not full in by its numerical position (i.e. 30-31).
?  A. A list containing each rod not full in by it's numerical position (i.e. 30
B. Both a list containing each rod not-full-in by its numerical position (i.e. 30-31) and a full core display with rods not-full-in indicated by * * (2 dots).
-31). B. Both a list containing each rod not
C. A full core display map with rods full-in indicated by ++ and rods not full in indicated by >>.
-full-in by it's numerical position (i.e. 30
D. A full core display map with rods full-in indicated by >> and rods not full in indicated by ++.
-31) and a full core display with rods not
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295015AK2.05 2.6/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between INCOMPLETE SCRAM and the following: Rod Worth Minimizer
-full-in indicated by * * (2 dots).
C. A full core display map with rods full
-in indicated by ++ and rods not full in indicated by >>.
D. A full core display map with rods full
-in indicated by >> and rods not full in indicated by ++.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE: 295015AK2.05 2.6/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the interrelations between INCOMPLETE SCRAM and the following: Rod Worth Minimizer


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000154 rev. 10, pages 12, 13, 16, & fig. 10 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #12 RO T1, GP1, #6 LO:                     5908 - Given a set of RWM displays, explain the following symbols:
LO000154 rev. 10, pages 12, 13, 16, & fig. 10 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:                 L2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           A is correct because any control rod not full in following a scram automatically is indicated on the RWM by a numerical listing of its position in the core. B, C, and D are all incorrect because . . indicated a rod inserted past position 02 in the scram mode, ++ indicates a rod fully withdrawn, and >
- SRO T1, GP1, #12 RO T1, GP1, #6 LO: 5908 - Given a set of RWM displays, explain the following symbols:
                        > is not a RWM indication.
RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A is correct because any control rod not full in following a scram automatically is indicated on the RWM by a nu merical listing of it's position in the core. B, C, and D are all incorrect because . . indicated a rod inserted past position 02 in the scram mode, ++ indicates a rod fully withdrawn, and >  
> is not a RWM indication.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
49 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex98040 The plant is shutdown. RHR has been lined up for suppression pool cooling and RCIC is running for level control, when S2
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 49                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98040 The plant is shutdown. RHR has been lined up for suppression pool cooling and RCIC is running for level control, when S2-1 is de-energized.
-1 is de-energized.
Which of the following describes the effect on plant operation?
Which of the following describes the effect on plant operation?
A. CN-V-65 auto closes and isolates the N2 supply to the c ontainment.
A. CN-V-65 auto closes and isolates the N2 supply to the containment.
B. TO-P-BOP main turbine bearing oil pump trips and trips the MT turning gear.
B. TO-P-BOP main turbine bearing oil pump trips and trips the MT turning gear.
C. RCC-V-6 auto closes and isolates the non
C. RCC-V-6 auto closes and isolates the non-drywell RCC loads.
-drywell RCC loads.
D. RCIC will continue to operate and provide level control.
D. RCIC will continue to operate and provide level control.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295004AK2.03 3.3/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER and the following: DC bus loads
295004AK2.03 3.3/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER and the following: DC bus loads


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
ABN-ELEC-250VDC rev. 0, page 5 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC EXAM SRO T1, GP2, #3 RO T1, GP2, #5 LO:                   7657 - Predict the effect a failure of 250 VDC bus S2-1 will have on RCIC.
ABN-ELEC-250VDC rev. 0, page 5 SOURCE: BANK QUESTI ON - 98 NRC EXAM SRO T1, GP2, #3 RO T1, GP2, #5 LO: 7657 - Predict the effect a failure of 250 VDC bus S2
RATING:               H3 H4 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A is incorrect because CN-V-65 is blocked open. B and C are both incorrect because neither pierce of equipment is powdered from 250 VDC. D is correct because the loss of S2-1 will not prevent RCIC from operating.
-1 will have on RCIC.
RATING: H3   H4   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because CN
-V-65 is blocked open. B and C are b oth incorrect because neither pierce of equipment is powdered from 250 VDC. D is correct because the loss of S2
-1 will not prevent RCIC from operating.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
50 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 50                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
51 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 ex02027 The plant is operating at 78% power when a total loss of DP
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 51                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02027 The plant is operating at 78% power when a total loss of DP-S1-2 occurs. Shortly thereafter a DBA LOCA occurs.
-S1-2 occurs. Shortly thereafter a DBA LOCA occurs.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. HPCS-P-1 does not start due to a loss of power to the initiation logic and breaker.
A. HPCS-P-1 does not start due to a loss of power to the initiation logic and breaker.
B. RHR-P-2B does not start due to a loss of po wer to the initiation logic and breaker.
B. RHR-P-2B does not start due to a loss of power to the initiation logic and breaker.
C. RHR-P-2A starts but does not inject due to he loss of power to the injection valve.
C. RHR-P-2A starts but does not inject due to he loss of power to the injection valve.
D. LPCS-P-1 starts but does not inject due to the loss of power to the injection valve.
D. LPCS-P-1 starts but does not inject due to the loss of power to the injection valve.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TY PE: SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       203000K2.03 2.7/2.9 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Initiation logic
203000K2.03 2.7/2.9 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Initiation logic


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
EWD-9E-002, 47E-003, & 47E-003A SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #2 RO T2, GP1, #3 LO:                   7653 - Predict the effects of a failure of 125VDC bus S1-21 will have on RHR.
EWD-9E-002, 47E-003, & 47E
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A is incorrect because HPCS logic is from Div 3 power. C and D are both incorrect because the injection valve is AC powered and will open. B is correct because of the loss of control power.
-003A   SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T2, GP1, #2 RO T2, GP1, #3 LO: 7653 - Predict the effects of a failure of 125VDC bus S1
-21 will have on RHR. RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because HPCS logic is from Div 3 power. C and D are both incorrect because the injection valve is AC powere d and will open. B is correct because of the loss of control power.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
52 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 ex00004  The reactor is at rated power with TIP Channel C inserted for LPRM calibration when a loss of SM
-1 occurs. Assuming no operator action, which  of the following i s correct?
A. The TIP drive continues to insert the detector to the Core Top Limit and completes the Tip trace. The detector then withdraws into the shield chamber and the ball


valve closes.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 52                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00004 The reactor is at rated power with TIP Channel C inserted for LPRM calibration when a loss of SM-1 occurs.
Assuming no operator action, which of the following is correct?
A. The TIP drive continues to insert the detector to the Core Top Limit and completes the Tip trace. The detector then withdraws into the shield chamber and the ball valve closes.
B. The squib valve for TIP channel C fires immediately isolating the drive mechanism.
B. The squib valve for TIP channel C fires immediately isolating the drive mechanism.
C. The inserted TIP detector withdraws into the shield chamber, the ball valve closes, and TIP-V-15, Tip Purge Isolation Valve closes.
C. The inserted TIP detector withdraws into the shield chamber, the ball valve closes, and TIP-V-15, Tip Purge Isolation Valve closes.
D. The inserted TIP detector stops until power is restored to SM
D. The inserted TIP detector stops until power is restored to SM-1 and then completes the TIP trace.
-1 and then completes the TIP trace.
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       215001K4.01 2.9/3.3 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of TRAVERSING IN-CORE PROBE design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Primary containment isolation.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
215001K4.01 2.9/3.3   10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of TRAVERSING IN
-CORE PROBE design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Primary containment i solation.  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000155 page 13 and 16 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, G3, #2 RO T2, G3, #1 LO:                   6989 - Explain the TIP system response to a LOCA signal.
LO000155   page 13 and 16 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A is incorrect because the drive does not continue for a complete trace. B is incorrect because the squib does not fire on and isolation signal. D is incorrect because the loss of power has no direct affect on the TIP drive.
- 2000 NRC EXAM
- SRO T2, G3, #2   RO T2, G3, #1 LO: 6989 - Explain the TIP system response to a LOCA signal.
RATING: H3       ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A i s incorrect because the drive does not continue for a complete trace. B is incorrect because the squib does not fire on and isolation signal. D is incorrect because the loss of power has no direct affect on the TIP drive.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
53 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02028 The plan t is in MODE 2 with a control rod withdrawal in progress. An LPRM failure has caused an I&C technician to take the LPRM mode selector switch out of OPERATE. This results in 13 LPRMS assigned to APRM A.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 53                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02028 The plant is in MODE 2 with a control rod withdrawal in progress. An LPRM failure has caused an I&C technician to take the LPRM mode selector switch out of OPERATE. This results in 13 LPRMS assigned to APRM A.
Which of the following is correct for these con ditions? A. A rod block is applied by the RMCS. Rod withdrawal can continue following bypass of APRM A.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. A rod block is applied by the RMCS. Rod withdrawal can continue following bypass of APRM A.
B. A rod block is applied by the RMCS. Rod withdrawal can continue following bypass of the failed LPRM.
B. A rod block is applied by the RMCS. Rod withdrawal can continue following bypass of the failed LPRM.
C. No rod block is applied by the RM CS for this failure.
C. No rod block is applied by the RMCS for this failure.
D. No rod block is applied by the RMCS until rod movement is attempted.
D. No rod block is applied by the RMCS until rod movement is attempted.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       215005K3.03 3.3/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the APRM/LPRM will have on following: Reactor Manual Control System
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
215005K3.03 3.3/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of t he APRM/LPRM will have on following: Reactor Manual Control System


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
82-RSY-0500-T2 rev. 8, page18 LO000148 rev. 10, page 14 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #8 RO T2, GP1, #13 LO:                   5795 - Identify the conditions that will cause rod blocks: d. RMCS Block RATING:               H2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Less than 14 LPRMs in OPERATE to an APRM results in an APRM Inop and a control rod out block applied by the RMCS. Taking the MODE switch out of operate for the failed LPRM caused the APRM inop. A is correct.
82-RSY-0500-T2 rev. 8, page18 LO000148 rev. 10, page 14 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T2, GP1, #8 RO T2, GP1, #13 LO: 5795 - Identify the conditions that will cause r od blocks: d. RMCS Block RATING: H2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
Less than 14 LPRMs in OPERATE to an APRM results in an APRM Inop and a control rod out block applied by the RMCS. Taking the MODE switch out  
 
of operate for the failed LPRM ca used the APRM inop. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
54 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 ex02029  The plant was operating at 75% power when an ATWS with a full MSIV isolation occurred.
Suppression chamber pressure is 27 psig and up, with drywell pressure trending up approximately


0.5 psig le ss than suppression chamber.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 54                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02029 The plant was operating at 75% power when an ATWS with a full MSIV isolation occurred.
Suppression chamber pressure is 27 psig and up, with drywell pressure trending up approximately 0.5 psig less than suppression chamber.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. The wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are covered with water.
A. The wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are covered with water.
B. The wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are working correctly.
B. The wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are working correctly.
C. A drywell downc omer has failed below the water level in the suppression pool.
C. A drywell downcomer has failed below the water level in the suppression pool.
D. The drywell to suppression chamber interface has ruptured.
D. The drywell to suppression chamber interface has ruptured.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       223001A3.02 3.4/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the PRIMARY CONTAINMENT SYSTEM AND AUXILIARIES including: Vacuum breaker relief valve operation.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
223001A3.02 3.4/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to monitor auto matic operations of the PRIMARY CONTAINMENT SYSTEM AND AUXILIARIES including: Vacuum breaker relief valve operation.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000127 rev. 10, page 8 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #14 RO T2, GP1, #20 LO:                   5636 - State the purpose of the following major components: wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers.
LO000127 rev. 10, page 8 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               H2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         The information given indicates a leak in an SRV downcomer. Suppression chamber pressure is increasing above drywell pressure by 0.5 psig which indicates that the wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are working correctly.
- SRO T2, GP1, #14 RO T2, GP1, #20 LO: 5636 - State the purpose of t he following major components: wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers.
RATING: H2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
The information given indicates a leak in an SRV downcomer. Suppression chamber pressure is increasing above drywell pressure by 0.5 psig which indicates that the wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are working correctly.
B is correct.
B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
55 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02032 Reactor building ventilation has failed. The CRO has started Standby Gas Treatment by placing the control switch for SGT
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 55                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02032 Reactor building ventilation has failed. The CRO has started Standby Gas Treatment by placing the control switch for SGT-EHC-1B-2 in the ON position.
-EHC-1 B-2 in the ON position.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. Room discharge valve (SGT
A. Room discharge valve (SGT-V-4A2), auto opens.
-V-4A2), auto opens.
B. The associated Elevated release discharge valve (SGT-V-5A1), auto closes.
B. The associated Elevated release discharge valve (SGT
C. The incoming gas temperature is raised by the electric heaters to reduce humidity and increase efficiency of the moisture separators.
-V-5A1), auto closes.
C. The incoming gas temperat ure is raised by the electric heaters to reduce humidity and increase efficiency of the moisture separators.
D. The incoming gas temperature is raised by the electric heaters to reduce humidity and increase efficiency of the charcoal adsorbers.
D. The incoming gas temperature is raised by the electric heaters to reduce humidity and increase efficiency of the charcoal adsorbers.
ANSWE R: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       261000A1.07 2.8/2.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM controls including: SGTS train temperature;.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
261000A1.07 2.8/2.9 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM controls including: SGTS train temperature;
.  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
82-RSY-0400-T3 rev. 10, pages 3-5 & 10 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, 19 RO T2, GP1, #25 LO:                   5825 - State the purpose of the SGT electrical heating coils.
82-RSY-0400-T3 rev. 10, pages 3
5829 - Describe the SGT System response to operation of the heater control switch.
-5 & 10   SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A and B are incorrect because these valves act in opposite direction as given.
- SRO T2, GP1, 19 RO T2, GP1, #25 LO: 5825 - State the purpose of the SGT electrical heating coils.
D is incorrect because the moisture separators are upstream of the heaters and take moisture out prior to the heating coils. D is the stated purpose of the electric heating coils.
5829 - Describe the SGT System response to operation of the heater con trol switch. RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are incorrect because these valves act in opposite direction as given.
D is incorrect because the moisture separators are upstream of the heaters and take moisture out prior to th e heating coils. D is the stated purpose of the electric heating coils.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
56 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02030 What is the purpose of sequencing loads on DG
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 56                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02030 What is the purpose of sequencing loads on DG-1 and 2?
-1 and 2? A. Prevents the possibility of over speeding the diesel.
A. Prevents the possibility of over speeding the diesel.
B. Prevents a generator loss of excitatio n trip. C. Reduces the automatically connected loads.
B. Prevents a generator loss of excitation trip.
D. Reduces the tendency for the diesel engine to run under "souping" conditions.
C. Reduces the automatically connected loads.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
D. Reduces the tendency for the diesel engine to run under souping conditions.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     264000K5.06 3.4/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET): Load sequencing
264000K5.06 3.4/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET): Load sequencing


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000200 rev. 8, pages 40 & 41 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #21 RO T2, GP1, #27 LO:                   NO LO RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:       A and B are both incorrect because load sequencing would have no effect on the possibility of over speeding the DG or preventing a loss of excitation trip.
LO000200 rev. 8, pages 40 & 41 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T2, GP1, #21 RO T2, GP1, #27 LO: NO LO   RAT ING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are both incorrect because load sequencing would have no effect on the possibility of over speeding the DG or preventing a loss of excitation trip.
 
D is incorrect because souping is prevented by not operating the DG for long periods of time under lightly loaded conditions. C is correct as given in the systems text.
D is incorrect because souping is prevented by not operating the DG for long periods of time under lightly loaded conditions. C is correct as given in the systems text.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
57 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02031 Which of the following design features acts first to limit Secondary Containment overpressure?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 57                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02031 Which of the following design features acts first to limit Secondary Containment overpressure?
A. Opening of ROA-AD-5, ROA suction relief damper.
A. Opening of ROA-AD-5, ROA suction relief damper.
B. Trip of the operating Standby Gas Treatment fans.
B. Trip of the operating Standby Gas Treatment fans.
C. Secondary Containment (606 elevation) blowout panels.
C. Secondary Containment (606 elevation) blowout panels.
D. Trip of reactor building supply and exhaust fans.
D. Trip of reactor building supply and exhaust fans.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       290001K4.02 3.4/3.5 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of SECONDARY CONTAINMENT design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Protection against over pressurization.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
290001K4.02 3.4/3.5 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of SECONDARY CONTAINMENT design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Protection against over pressurization.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages 5 & 12 - 13 LO000139 rev.9, page 4 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #22 RO T2, GP2, #16 LO:                   5678 - Explain how Reactor Building pressure is maintained by the Reactor Building HVAC system including the controller setpoint.
82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages 5 & 12  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         B is incorrect because there is no SGT trip on high pressure. C and D are both incorrect because the blowout panels and the fan trips occur at a higher pressure than the suction damper actuations. A is correct.
- 13 LO000139 rev.9, page 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T2, GP1, #22 RO T2, GP2, #16 LO: 5678 - Explain how Reactor Building pressure is maintained by the Reactor Building HVAC system including the controller setpoint.
RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
N ONE  JUSTIFICATION:
B is incorrect because there is no SGT trip on high pressure. C and D are both incorrect because the blowout panels and the fan trips occur at a higher  
 
pressure than the suction damper actuations. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
58 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02 082  The plant is operating at 99% power when both ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE and SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW annuciators alarm simultaneously.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 58                                        EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02082 The plant is operating at 99% power when both ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE and SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW annuciators alarm simultaneously.
Which of the following is correct for this condition?
Which of the following is correct for this condition?
Annunciator-A. ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE s hould be responded to first because the setpoint for this alarm is an LCO entry.
Annunciator A. ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE should be responded to first because the setpoint for this alarm is an LCO entry.
B. ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE should be responded to first because this alarm indicates an unscramable control rod.
B. ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE should be responded to first because this alarm indicates an unscramable control rod.
C. SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW should be responded to first because a full reactor scram may occur without operator response.
C. SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW should be responded to first because a full reactor scram may occur without operator response.
D. SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW should be responded to first because control rods may not scram if scram air header pressure decreases  
D. SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW should be responded to first because control rods may not scram if scram air header pressure decreases too far.
 
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         201001 2.4.45 3.3/3.6 10CFR55.43.5 & 45 - Concerning the CRDH system, the ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.
too far. ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
201001 2.4.45 3.3/3.6 10CFR55.43.5 & 45  
- Concerning the CRDH system, the ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 4.603.A7, drop6-7, rev. 28 page 70 PPM 4.603.A8, drop 6-4, rev. 18, page 58 SOURCE:                  NEW QUESITON - SRO T2, GP2, #1 LO:                      NO LO RATING:                  H3 ATTACHMENT:              NONE JUSTIFICATION:          A and B are both incorrect because this annunciator is neither an LCO entry nor is it an indication that the control rod will not scram. D is incorrect because without scram pilot valve air header pressure, the control rods will scram. C is correct: with decreasing scram pilot air header pressure, a scram will occur with no operator action and no change in the leakage.
Examkeyr5


PPM 4.603.A7, drop6
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 59                                   EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02033 The plant is operating at 99% power when a fault occurs. The RWM will no longer display the current control rod position information.
-7, rev. 28 page 70    PPM 4.603.A8, drop 6
-4, rev. 18, page 58 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON
- SRO T2, GP2, #1 LO: NO LO RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are both incorrect because this annunciator is neither an LCO entry nor is it an indication that the co ntrol rod will not scram. D is incorrect because without scram pilot valve air header pressure, the control rods will scram. C is correct: with decreasing scram pilot air header pressure, a
 
scram will occur with no operator action and no change in the le akage.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
59 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02033 The plant is operating at 99% power when a fault occurs. The RWM will no longer display the current control rod position information.
Which of the following caused this indication?
Which of the following caused this indication?
A loss of -
A loss of A. RPS-A B. US-PP C. IN-2 D. IN-3 ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       201006A2.01 2.5/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the ROD WORTH MINIMIZER SYSTEM (RWM); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those: Power supply loss
A. RPS-A   B. US-PP   C. IN-2   D. IN-3 ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
201006A2.01 2.5/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the ROD WORTH MINIMIZER SYSTEM (RWM); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those: Power supply loss


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000154 rev. 10, page 25 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #4 RO T2, GP2, #4 LO:                    5916 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between RWM and: e. IN1 RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A loss of power causes the indications given. US-PP is the power supply to the RWM. B is the correct answer, none of the distracters have an effect on the RWM.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


LO000154 rev. 10, page 25 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 60                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00041 The plant is at 25% power following a maintenance outage for work in the drywell. The Primary Containment is being inerted when the EO reports that the Liquid Nitrogen Storage Tank Level is at 49 inches and down slow on CN-LIS-1. ADS header pressure has been 149 psig for the last four minutes.
- SRO T2, GP2, #4  RO T2, GP2, #4 LO: 5916 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relat ionship between RWM and:  e. IN1 RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
A loss of power causes the indications given. US
-PP is the power supply to the RWM. B is the correct answer, none of the distracters have an effect on the RWM. COMME NTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
60 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex00041 The plant is at 25% power following a maintenance outage for work in the drywell. The Primary Containment is being inerted when the EO reports that the Liquid Nitrogen Storage Tank Level is at  
 
49 inches and down slow on CN
-LIS-1. ADS he ader pressure has been 149 psig for the last four minutes. Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service but stopped at step 1 and CIA-V-39A and 39B remained open.
A. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service but stopped at step 1 and CIA-V-39A and 39B remained open.
B. The CI A programmers placed their respective banks in service and CIA
B. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service and CIA-V-39A and 39B remained open.
-V-39A and 39B remained open.
C. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service but stopped at step 1 and CIA-V-39A and 39B have isolated.
C. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service but stopped at step 1 and CIA-V-39A and 39B have isolated.
D. The CIA programmers placed the ir respective banks in service and CIA
D. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service and CIA-V-39A and 39B have isolated.
-V-39A and 39B have isolated.
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.3.9 2.5/3.4 10CFR55.43 - Knowledge of the process for performing a containment purge.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
2.3.9 2.5/3.4   10CFR55.43  
- Knowledge of the process for performing a containment purge.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 2.3.1 rev 39, page 31 LO000156 rev. 6, page 8 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION 2000 NRC EXAM - WNP-2 LER 90-022 - SRO T3, #13 RO T3, #7 LO:                    5150 - State the 3 signals that cause auto initiation of the nitrogen bottle bank programmer to maintain system pressure.
RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        LER 90-022 documents the problem of CIA header isolation and inoperability due to inerting the containment with low levels of nitrogen in the nitrogen storage tank. CIA header pressure drops and causes CIA-V-39A and 39B to isolate. D is correct.
COMMENTS:              Question rewritten to make it closed reference. Removed reference from handout.
Changed question to ADS pressure.
Examkeyr5


PPM 2.3.1 rev 39, page 31 LO000156 rev. 6, page 8 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION 2000 NRC EXAM
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 61                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02034 The plant is operating at 33% power when the CRO arms and depresses both MSIV ISOLATION LOGIC B and D pushbuttons Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
- WNP-2 LER 90-022 - SRO T3, #13 RO T3, #7 LO: 5150 - State the 3 signals that cause auto initiation of the nitrogen bottle bank programmer to maintain system pressure.
RATING: H2 ATTACHMEN T: NONE JUSTIFICATION:
LER 90-022 documents the problem of CIA header isolation and inoperability due to inerting the containment with low levels of nitrogen in the nitrogen storage tank. CIA header pressure drops and causes CIA
-V-39A and 39B to isolate. D is correct.
COMMENTS: Question rewritten to make it closed reference. Removed reference from handout. Changed question to ADS pressure.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
61 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02034 The plant is operating at 33% power when the CRO arms and depresses both MSIV ISOLATION LOGIC B and D pushbuttons Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. All inboard and outboard isolation valves close; MSIVS stay open.
A. All inboard and outboard isolation valves close; MSIVS stay open.
B. All inboard and outboard isolation valves close; MSIVS close.
B. All inboard and outboard isolation valves close; MSIVS close.
C. The inboard and outboard MSIVs close
C. The inboard and outboard MSIVs close.
. D. There are no isolation valve closures.
D. There are no isolation valve closures.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.4.21 3.7/4.3 10CFR55.43 & 45 - Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions: Radioactivity Release control
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.4.21 3.7/4.3 10CFR55.43 & 45  
- Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions: Radioactivity Release c ontrol 


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000173 rev. 9, page 9 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION LX00747 - MODIFIED - SRO T3, #17 RO T3, #13 LO:                   5600 - Explain the response to arming and depressing the MSIV isolation logic pushbuttons on P601.
LO000173 rev. 9, page 9 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION LX00747  
RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Depressing the B pushbutton, causes an Outboard isolation. Depressing D causes an Inboard isolation. The combination of the 2 pushbuttons does not cause anything other than the combined results of press each individually. A is correct. There is no MSIV motion.
- MODIFIED  
- SRO T3, #17 RO T3, #13 LO: 5600 - Explain the response to arming and depressing the MSIV isolation logic pushbuttons on P601.
RATING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
N ONE  JUSTIFICATION:
Depressing the B pushbutton, causes an Outboard isolation. Depressing D causes an Inboard isolation. The combination of the 2 pushbuttons does not  
 
cause anything other than the combined results of press each individually. A  
 
is cor rect. There is no MSIV motion.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
62 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex00099 The reactor was operating at 78% power coming out of a refueling outage. A large steam leak in the drywell caused the following plant conditions:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 62                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00099 The reactor was operating at 78% power coming out of a refueling outage. A large steam leak in the drywell caused the following plant conditions:
Wetwell level Drywell pressure Reactor pressure Reactor level 39 feet 30 psig 214 psig -145 inches and stable RCIC tripped several minutes ago.
Wetwell level       39 feet Drywell pressure     30 psig Reactor pressure     214 psig Reactor level       -145 inches and stable RCIC tripped several minutes ago.
Which of the following caused the RCIC trip?
Which of the following caused the RCIC trip?
A. Low reactor level.
A. Low reactor level.
B. Isolation from low reactor pressure.
B. Isolation from low reactor pressure.
C. Low suction pressure.
C. Low suction pressure.
D. High exhaust pressure.
D. High exhaust pressure.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.1.7 3.7/4.4 10CFR55.55.43 - Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments base on operating characteristics/ reactor behavior / and instrument interpretation.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.1.7 3.7/4.4   10CFR55.55.43  
- Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments base on operating characteristics/ reactor behavior / and instrument in terpretation.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, page 70 SOURCE:              BANK QUESTION - #EX00099 - 2000 NRC EXAM- SRO T3, #3 RO, T3,
                      #1 LO:                  5722 - List the RCIC isolation signals and setpoints.
RATING:              H3 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A is incorrect because there is no trip on low reactor level. Low pressure isolation has not yet been reached for B. C is incorrect because suction pressure would be relatively high from the conditions given. D is correct based on the explanation of Caution 4 in the EOPs.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, page 70 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 63                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98001 PPM 5.1.2 has been entered due to ATWS conditions. Level/power conditions exist.
- #EX00099
- 2000 NRC EXAM
- SRO T3, #3  RO, T3, #1  LO: 5722 - List the RCIC isolation signals and setpoints.
RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect b ecause there is no trip on low reactor level. Low pressure isolation has not yet been reached for B. C is incorrect because suction pressure would be relatively high from the conditions given. D is correct
 
based on the explanation of Caution 4 in the EO Ps. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
63 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex98001 PPM 5.1.2 has been entered due to ATWS conditions. Level/power conditions exist.
Which of the following is true?
Which of the following is true?
Reactor water level is lowered to .....
Reactor water level is lowered to .....
A. lower the height of the fluid columns, thereby reducing natural ci rculation and reactor power B. reduce inlet sub
A. lower the height of the fluid columns, thereby reducing natural circulation and reactor power B. reduce inlet sub-cooling, which reduces the void fraction and reactor power C. reduce the rate of steam removal from the core, which reduces the void fraction and reactor power D. increase natural circulation driving head and flow through the core to reduce reactor power ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295031EK1.03 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Water level effects on reactor power.
-cooling, which reduces the void fraction and reactor power C. reduce the rate of steam removal from the core, which reduces the void fraction and reactor power D. increase natural circulation driv ing head and flow through the core to reduce reactor power ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295031EK1.03 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Water level effects on reactor power.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 Rev 6, page 155 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - ex98001 - 98 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP1, #21 RO T1, GP1, #9 LO:                   7498 - Explain the causes of natural circulation in BWRs.
PPM 5.0.10 Rev 6, page 155 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         B and C have correct initial conditions, inlet sub cooling and steam production both decrease, but the void fraction would INCREASE from these effects, not decrease. In D, natural circulation head would decrease, not increase.
- ex98001 - 98 NRC EXAM  
- SRO T1, GP1, #21 RO T1, GP1, #9 LO: 7498 - Explain the causes of natural circulation in BWRs.
RATIN G: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
B and C have correct initial conditions, inlet sub cooling and steam production both decrease, but the void fraction would INCREASE from these effects, not  
 
decrease. In D, natural circulation head would decre ase, not increase.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
64 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02035 A fire has occurred in the area of Reactor Narrow Range level instrumentation tubing in the reactor building. Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 64                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02035 A fire has occurred in the area of Reactor Narrow Range level instrumentation tubing in the reactor building.
Reactor water level instrumentati on operability must be determined because-A. heating in the variable leg results in unstable and higher indicated level than actual.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
B. heating in the reference leg results in unstable and higher indicated level than actual. C. water spray from the fire suppression systems causes failures of reactor level instrumentation from operation in non
Reactor water level instrumentation operability must be determined because A. heating in the variable leg results in unstable and higher indicated level than actual.
-qualified atmosphere.
B. heating in the reference leg results in unstable and higher indicated level than actual.
C. water spray from the fire suppression systems causes failures of reactor level instrumentation from operation in non-qualified atmosphere.
D. smoke from the fire causes failures of reactor level instrumentation from operation in non-qualified atmosphere.
D. smoke from the fire causes failures of reactor level instrumentation from operation in non-qualified atmosphere.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       600000AK3.04 2.8/3.4 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: actions contained in the abnormal procedures for plant fire on sight.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
600000AK3.04 2.8/3.4  
- Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: actions contained in the abnormal procedures for plant fire on sight.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-FIRE rev. 3 page 12 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - LX00017 - SRO T1, GP2, #17 RO T1, GP2, #19 LO:                    7166 - Given a potential failure mode for a differential pressure cell used for level indication, describe how indicated level will be affected.
RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          Any heat source place on the reference leg of a level instrument can cause false hi level indications due to the reduction in density of the ref. leg. Heating in the variable leg would cause a false lower indicated level. Smoke and water in the atmosphere would have no impact on the level instrument. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


ABN-FI RE rev. 3 page 12 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 65                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02036 A plant startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:
- LX00017 - SRO T1, GP2, #17  RO T1, GP2, #19 LO: 7166 - Given a potential failure mode for a differential pressure cell used for level indication, describe how indicated level will be affected.
RATING: L2 ATT ACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION:
Any heat source place on the reference leg of a level instrument can cause false hi level indications due to the reduction in density of the ref. leg. Heating
 
in the variable leg would cause a false lower indicated level. Sm oke and water in the atmosphere would have no impact on the level instrument. B is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
65 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02036   A plant startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:
* All IRMs are inserted and indicate downscale on Range 1
* All IRMs are inserted and indicate downscale on Range 1
* All SRMs are inserted  
* All SRMs are inserted - the RETRACT PERMIT light is NOT illuminated for SRM A.
- the RETRACT PERMIT light is NOT illuminated for SRM A.
* The mode switch is in the STARTUP/HOT STANDBY position Which of the following is correct?
* The mode switch is in the STARTUP/HOT STANDBY position Which of the following is correct?
If SRM A is selected and a withdraw signal is applied, the detector-A. doe s not move and a rod block is generated.
If SRM A is selected and a withdraw signal is applied, the detector A. does not move and a rod block is generated.
B. does not move and RETRACT NOT PERMITED annunciator illuminates.
B. does not move and RETRACT NOT PERMITED annunciator illuminates.
C. retracts and a 1/2 scram is generated on RPS A.
C. retracts and a 1/2 scram is generated on RPS A.
D. retracts and a rod block is generated.
D. retracts and a rod block is generated.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:         215004A4.06 3.2-3.1 10CFE55.41 & 48 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: SRM back panel switches, meters, and indicating lights.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
215004A4.06 3.2
-3.1 10CFE55.41 & 48  
- Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: SRM back panel switches, meters, and indicating lights.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000132 rev. 9, page 18 and 19 SOURCE:                   NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #6 RO T2, GP1, #12 LO:                       5942 - Explain what is meant by SRM RETRACT PERMIT light when energized.
LO000132 rev. 9, page 18 and 19 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:                   H2 ATTACHMENT:               NONE JUSTIFICATION:           A and B are both incorrect because the detector starts to withdraw as soon as the withdraw signal is initiated. C is incorrect because there is no 1/2 scram initiated. D is correct. At less than 100 counts, a rod block is generated if a detector is withdrawn.
- SR O T2, GP1, #6 RO T2, GP1, #12 LO: 5942 - Explain what is meant by SRM RETRACT PERMIT light when energized.
RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are both incorrect because the detector starts to withdraw as soon as the withdraw sign al is initiated. C is incorrect because there is no 1/2 scram initiated. D is correct. At less than 100 counts, a rod block is generated if a detector is withdrawn.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
66 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 66                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
67 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 ex02037 The plant was operating at 99% power when a LOCA occurred. The f ollowing conditions exist:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 67                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02037 The plant was operating at 99% power when a LOCA occurred. The following conditions exist:
* RPV pressure = 30 psig
* RPV pressure = 30 psig
* Drywell temperature = 300°F
* Drywell temperature = 300°F
* All level indicators are swinging 20 to 40 inches
* All level indicators are swinging 20 to 40 inches
* Control rod 30
* Control rod 30-31 is stuck full out Which of the following is the correct procedure for these conditions?
-31 is stuck full out Which of the following is the correct procedure for these conditions?
A. 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization B. 5.1.4 RPV Flooding C. 5.1.5 Emergency RPV Depressurization - ATWS D. 5.1.6 RPV Flooding - ATWS ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       216000 2.1.6 10CFR43.5 & 45 - Ability to supervise and assume a management role during plant transients and upset conditions (Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation)
A. 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization B. 5.1.4 RPV Flooding C. 5.1.5 Emergency RPV Depressurization  
- ATWS   D. 5.1.6 RPV Flooding  
- ATWS ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
216000 2.1.6 10CFR43.5 & 45  
- Ability to supe rvise and assume a management role during plant transients and upset conditions (Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation)


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #7 LO:                    8017 - Given plant conditions, recognize an EOP entry conditions and enter the appropriate flow chart.
RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            YES - PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control JUSTIFICATION:          C and D are both incorrect because one control rod full out does not meet the criteria for an ATWS. With erratic level indications and conditions outside the bounds of saturation conditions for level indications, the direction is given to exit both the level and pressure legs of PPM 5.1.1 and enter PPM 5.1.4. B is correct.
Examkeyr5


PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 68                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:
- SRO T2, GP1, #7 LO: 8017 - Given plant conditions, recognize an EOP entry conditions and enter the appropriate flow chart.
Examkeyr5
RATING: H3  ATTACHMENT:
YES - PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control JUSTIFICATION:
C and D are both incorrect because one control rod full out does not meet the criteria for an ATWS. With erratic level indicati ons and conditions outside the bounds of saturation conditions for level indications, the direction is given to exit both the level and pressure legs of PPM 5.1.1 and enter PPM 5.1.4. B is


correct.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 69                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00100 The plant is operating at 97% power with a discharge from the Waste Collector Tank to the Circ.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Water Blowdown line underway. Process Rad Monitor FDR-RIS-606 (Radwaste Effluent) fails downscale.
68 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
 
A. The discharge may continue for up to 30 days provided grab samples are collected and analyzed for radioactivity of at least 10-7 microcurie/ml, at least once every 12 hours.
Examkeyr5 COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
69 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex00100 The plant is operating at 97% pow er with a discharge from the Waste Collector Tank to the Circ.
Water Blowdown line underway. Process Rad Monitor FDR
-RIS-606 (Radwaste Effluent) fails downscale.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. The discharge may cont inue for up to 30 days provided grab samples are collected and analyzed for radioactivity of at least 10
-7 microcurie/ml, at least once every 12 hours.
B. The discharge may continue for up to 30 days provided that the discharge flowrate is estimated at least once every 4 hours during the release.
B. The discharge may continue for up to 30 days provided that the discharge flowrate is estimated at least once every 4 hours during the release.
C. Stop the discharge. The discharge may continue when 2 independent samples have been analyzed and 2 technically qualified members of the plant staff have  
C. Stop the discharge. The discharge may continue when 2 independent samples have been analyzed and 2 technically qualified members of the plant staff have independently verified the release calculations and the discharge valve lineup.
 
D. Stop the discharge. The discharge may continue when a temporary monitor has been installed and the monitor calibration has been verified by analysis of 2 independent batch samples.
independently verified the release calculations a nd the discharge valve lineup.
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.3.3 1.8/2.9 10CFR55.43.4 - Knowledge of SRO responsibilities for auxiliary system that are outside the control room.
D. Stop the discharge. The discharge may continue when a temporary monitor has been installed and the monitor calibration has been verified by analysis of 2  
 
independent batch samples.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
2.3.3 1.8/2.9   10CFR55.43.4  
- Knowledge of SRO responsibilities for auxiliary system that are outside the control room.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ODCM 6.1.1 table 6.1.1.1-1 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #9 LO:                    NO LO RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            YES - ODCM 6.1.1 table 6.1.1.1-1, PPM 4.602.A5.6-6 JUSTIFICATION:          A and B are incorrect because they both allow the discharge to continue and the actions given are for the SW monitors and for the flowrate monitor of Rad Waste. D is incorrect because there is no action allowing the use of a temporary monitor in the place of FDR-RIS-606. C is correct. This is the action given in the ODCM.
COMMENTS:              I need some more direction on this one from Ryan. The direction to stop the discharge is on one page and the actions are determined after referring to another table then referring to specific actions. Talk to Ryan. Made A and B action 101 and 102 of table 6.1.1.1-1.
Examkeyr5


ODCM 6.1.1 table 6.1.1.1
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 70                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
-1 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
- 2000 NRC EXAM  
- SRO T3, #9 LO: NO LO RATING: H 3 ATTACHMENT:
YES - ODCM 6.1.1 table 6.1.1.1
-1, PPM 4.602.A5.6
-6 JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are incorrect because they both allow the discharge to continue and the actions given are for the SW monitors and for the flowrate monitor of Rad


Waste. D is incorre ct because there is no action allowing the use of a temporary monitor in the place of FDR
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 71                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02089 The plant is in MODE 2 following a refuel outage. The following conditions exist:
-RIS-606. C is correct. This is the action given in the ODCM.
COMMENTS: I need some more direction on this one from Ryan. The direction to stop the discharge is on one page and the actions are determined after referring to another table then referring to specific actions. Talk to Ryan. Made A and B action 101 and 102 of table 6.1.1.1
-1.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
70 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
71 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02089 The plant is in MODE 2 following a refuel outage. The followi ng conditions exist:
Reactor power = 2%
Reactor power = 2%
RCIC is in Full Flow Test operation Suppression pool temperature = 106°F Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
RCIC is in Full Flow Test operation Suppression pool temperature = 106°F Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. Stop RCIC immediately to preserve the heat absorption capability of th e suppression pool.
A. Stop RCIC immediately to preserve the heat absorption capability of the suppression pool.
B. Place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN immediately to preserve the heat absorption capability of the suppression pool.
B. Place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN immediately to preserve the heat absorption capability of the suppression pool.
C. Reduce suppression pool temperature to less than 90°F within 1 hour to prevent exceeding the HCTL during a L OCA. D. Reduce reactor power to less than 1% within 1 hour to prevent exceeding the HCTL during a LOCA.
C. Reduce suppression pool temperature to less than 90°F within 1 hour to prevent exceeding the HCTL during a LOCA.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
D. Reduce reactor power to less than 1% within 1 hour to prevent exceeding the HCTL during a LOCA.
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.4.49 4.0/4.0 10CFR55.41, 43.2, & 45 - Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate operation of system components and controls.
2.4.49   4.0/4.0 10CFR55.41, 43.2, & 45  
- Ability to perform without reference to proc edures those actions that require immediate operation of system components and controls.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
Tech Spec 3.6.2.1 and TS Bases B 3.6.2.1 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION SRO T3, #13 LO:                   6926 - Given a set of plant conditions, be able to identify and state from memory the Technical Specification actions required to be taken within 15 minutes or less.
Tech Spec 3.6.2.1 and TS Bases B 3.6.2.1 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION SRO T3, #13 LO: 6926 - Given a set of plant conditions, be able to identify and state fr om memory the Technical Specification actions required to be taken within 15 minutes or less.
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         B is incorrect because at this temperature, there is no requirement to place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN. C is incorrect because there is no requirement to reduce suppression pool temperature to less than 90° within 1 hour for any reason. D is incorrect because at this temperature there is no requirement to reduce power to less than 1%. A is correct as state in the action statement and the Bases.
RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
B is incorrect because at this temperature, there is no requirement to place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN. C is inco rrect because there is no requirement to reduce suppression pool temperature to less than 90° within 1 hour for any reason. D is incorrect because at this temperature there is no  
 
requirement to reduce power to less than 1%. A is correct as state in the  
 
a ction statement and the Bases.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
72 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex00011 Which of the following describes the reactivity effect the End of Cycle Recirc Pump Trip (EOC RPT) is designed to minimize?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 72                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00011 Which of the following describes the reactivity effect the End of Cycle Recirc Pump Trip (EOC RPT) is designed to minimize?
A. Control rod insertion may not initially add enough negative reactivity to overcome the positive reactivity added by the pressure increase from a turbine trip.
A. Control rod insertion may not initially add enough negative reactivity to overcome the positive reactivity added by the pressure increase from a turbine trip.
B. Control rod insertion initially adds positive reactivity late in core life that must be compensated for by the trip of both Recirc pumps.
B. Control rod insertion initially adds positive reactivity late in core life that must be compensated for by the trip of both Recirc pumps.
C. Recirc Pump s must be tripped to reduce the positive reactivity addition from the turbine trip and prevent exceeding MAPRAT.
C. Recirc Pumps must be tripped to reduce the positive reactivity addition from the turbine trip and prevent exceeding MAPRAT.
D. Recirc Pumps must be tripped late in core life to minimize the effect of all control rods withdrawn to the full out position and preve nt exceeding the LHGR ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
D. Recirc Pumps must be tripped late in core life to minimize the effect of all control rods withdrawn to the full out position and prevent exceeding the LHGR ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295007AA2.02 4.1/4.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295007AA2.02 4.1/4.1   10CFR55.41, 43.5  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
Reactor Power
Reactor Power


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS Bases B3.3.4.1 EOC-RPT Instrumentation SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP1, #5 LO:                    6925 - Identify the basis for any LCO.
RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          TS Bases states the EOC-RPT trip is designed to overcome the lack of negative reactivity in the first few feet of control rod insertion on a scram.
This lack of negative reactivity is cause by EOC flux shape. The Recirc pumps are tripped to supplement the control rod negative reactivity on a turbine trip. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


TS Bas es B3.3.4.1 EOC
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 73                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00062 The reactor is operating at rated conditions.
-RPT Instrumentation SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
- 2000 NRC EXAM
- SRO T1, GP1, #5 LO: 6925 - Identify the basis for any LCO.
RATING: H3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
TS Bases states the EOC
-RPT trip is designed to overcome t he lack of negative reactivity in the first few feet of control rod insertion on a scram.
This lack of negative reactivity is cause by EOC flux shape. The Recirc
 
pumps are tripped to supplement the control rod negative reactivity on a
 
turbine trip. A is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
73 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5  ex00062 The reactor is operating at rated conditions.
Which of the following describes how CRDM graphitar seal embrittlement is prevented?
Which of the following describes how CRDM graphitar seal embrittlement is prevented?
A. The CRD Mechanism is monitored for temperature by a thermocouple in the instr ument tube and maintained less than 250°F.
A. The CRD Mechanism is monitored for temperature by a thermocouple in the instrument tube and maintained less than 250°F.
B. The CRD Mechanism is monitored for temperature by a thermocouple in the outer tube and maintained less than 250°F.
B. The CRD Mechanism is monitored for temperature by a thermocouple in the outer tube and maintained less than 250°F.
C. Cooling water from CRDH is supplied to the P
C. Cooling water from CRDH is supplied to the P-over port at a high enough flow rate to ensure sufficient cooling of the CRD Mechanism.
-over port at a high enough flow rate to ensure sufficient cooling of the CRD Mechanism.
D. Cooling water from CRDH is supplied to the outside of the thermal sleeve at a high enough flow rate to ensure sufficient cooling of the CRD Mechanism.
D. Cooling water from CRDH is supplied to the outside of the thermal sleeve at a high enough flow rate to ensure sufficient cooling of the CRD Mechanism.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       214000K4.02 2.5/2.5 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of ROD POSITION INFORMATION SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Thermocouple
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
214000K4.02 2.5/2.5   10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of ROD POSITION INFORMATION SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following:   Thermocouple


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000137 pages 10 and 13 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, GP2, #8 RO T2, GP2, #8 LO:                    5217 - Explain how rod temperatures are monitored.
RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          C and D are both incorrect because they describe an incorrect flow path. B is incorrect because the thermocouple is located inside the instrument tube not the base of the stop piston.
COMMENTS:              Changed the reference to the base of the stop piston to the outer tube to make B more clearly incorrect.
Examkeyr5


LO000137 pages 10 and 13 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 74                 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
- 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, GP2, #8 RO T2, GP2, #8 LO: 5217 - Explain how rod temperatures are monitored.
RATING: H2  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
C and D are both incorrect because they describe an incorrect flow path. B is incorrect because the thermocouple is located inside the instrument tube not the base of the stop piston.
COMMENTS: Changed the reference to the base of the stop piston to the outer tube to make B more clearly incorrect.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
74 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
75 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex00115 The plant is in MODE 3 with a reactor level reduction occurring through the A RHR Heat Exchanger Vents to the Suppression Pool. The Suppression Pool high level alarm has been sealed in for a period of time when the HPCS Suction Switchover occurs.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 75                                        EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00115 The plant is in MODE 3 with a reactor level reduction occurring through the A RHR Heat Exchanger Vents to the Suppression Pool. The Suppression Pool high level alarm has been sealed in for a period of time when the HPCS Suction Switchover occurs.
Which of the following describes the required action for these conditions?
Which of the following describes the required action for these conditions?
A. Be in MODE 3 in 36 hours.
A. Be in MODE 3 in 36 hours.
B. Restore suppression pool water level to within limits and restore HPCS suction to the CSTs within 2 hours.
B. Restore suppression pool water level to within limits and restore HPCS suction to the CSTs within 2 hours.
C. Enter PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and restore suppression pool wa ter level to within limits in 12 hours.
C. Enter PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and restore suppression pool water level to within limits in 12 hours.
D. Enter PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and restore suppression pool water level to within limits in 2 hours.
D. Enter PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and restore suppression pool water level to within limits in 2 hours.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.1.33 3.4/4.0 10CFR55.43 - Ability to recognize indications for system operating parameters which are entry level conditions of technical specifications.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.1.33 3.4/4.0   10CFR55.43  
- Ability to recognize indications for system operating parameters which are entry level conditions of technical specifications.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.6.2.2 PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 246 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #5 RO T3, #3 WNP-2 LER 91-015 LO:                    5429 - List the automatic initiations and interlocks associated with HPCS system components.
RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            YES - TS 3.6.2.2 JUSTIFICATION:          The high level suppression pool suction switchover for HPCS occurs at +3 inches in the suppression pool. This level requires entry into PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control. This is also above the LCO for suppression pool water level. TS require that suppression pool level be restored to within limits in 2 hours. There is no requirement to return the HPCS suction valves to CST suction. D is correct.
COMMENTS:              After review, Ryan said make distracter A Be in MODE 4 in 36 hours. This is clearly incorrect.
Examkeyr5


TS 3.6.2.2  PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 246 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 76                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
- 2000 NRC EXAM  
- SRO T3, #5 RO T3, #3 WNP-2 LER 91-015 LO: 5429 - List the automatic initiations and interlocks associated with HPCS system components.
RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
YES - TS 3.6.2.2 JUSTIFICATION:
The high level suppression pool suction switchover for HPCS occurs at +3 inches in the suppression pool. This level requires entry into PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control. This is also above the LCO for suppression pool water level. TS require that suppression pool level be restored to within
 
limits in 2 hours. There is no require ment to return the HPCS suction valves to CST suction. D is correct.
COMMENTS: After review, Ryan said make distracter A "Be in MODE 4 in 36 hours". This is clearly incorrect.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 77                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02038 A plant startup is in progress following a refueling outage. Primary containment is being inerted with nitrogen supplied through the high flow inerting supply header. Drywell pressure has increased to 1.78 psig.
76 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
77 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02038 A plant startup is in progress following a refueling outage. Pr imary containment is being inerted with nitrogen supplied through the high flow inerting supply header. Drywell pressure has increased to 1.78 psig.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. Inerting continues as established.
A. Inerting continues as established.
B. CSP-V-106 and 107 (N2 tank isolations) close to isolate the high flow header.
B. CSP-V-106 and 107 (N2 tank isolations) close to isolate the high flow header.
C. CSP-V-93 and 96 (containment isolations) close to isolate the high flow header.
C. CSP-V-93 and 96 (containment isolations) close to isolate the high flow header.
D. CSP-V-97 and 98 (containment isolations) close to isolate the high flow header A NSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
D. CSP-V-97 and 98 (containment isolations) close to isolate the high flow header ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295010AK2.04 2.6/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE and the following: Nitrogen makeup system.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295010AK2.04 2.6/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE and the following: Nitrogen makeup system.  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000162 rev. 6 pages 7 & 8 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #8 RO T1, GP1, #4 LO:                     5159 - State the auto close signals for nitrogen makeup line containment isolation valves.
LO000162 rev. 6 pages 7 & 8 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:                 L2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         B is incorrect because these valves close on low header temperature. C and D are both incorrect because while these valves do close on hi drywell pressure, they are on the low flow header and have no effect on the hi flow header. A is correct.
- SRO T1, GP1, #8 RO T1, GP1, #4 LO: 5159 - State the auto close signals for nitrogen makeup line containment isolation valves.
RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
B is incorrect because these valves close on low header tem perature. C and D are both incorrect because while these valves do close on hi drywell pressure, they are on the low flow header and have no effect on the hi flow  
 
header. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
78 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02039 According to PPM 5.0.10 Flowchart Training Ma nual, which of the following is a possible consequence of rapid injection of water into the RPV during ATWS conditions?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 78                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02039 According to PPM 5.0.10 Flowchart Training Manual, which of the following is a possible consequence of rapid injection of water into the RPV during ATWS conditions?
A. Thermal shock to feedwater nozzles.
A. Thermal shock to feedwater nozzles.
B. Fuel damage.
B. Fuel damage.
C. Rapid pressure decrease exceeding 100°F/hour.
C. Rapid pressure decrease exceeding 100°F/hour.
D. Feed pump trip on high RPV level.
D. Feed pump trip on high RPV level.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     295015AK1.03 3.8/3.9 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM: reactivity affects.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295015AK1.03 3.8/3.9 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM: reactivity affects.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 page 71 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 page 71 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - SRO T1, GP1, #11 RO T1, GP1, #5 LO:                   8499 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the plant response to rapid injection of water into the RPV during an ATWS.
- DIRECT - SRO T1, GP1, #11 RO T1, GP1, #5 LO: 8499 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the plant response to rapid injection of water into the RPV during an ATWS.
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:       PPM 5.0.10 states that rapid injection into the core during ATWS conditions may result in a large increase in reactivity large enough to cause fuel damage. B is the only correct answer.
RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
PPM 5.0.10 states that rapid injection into the core during ATWS conditions may result in a large increase in reactivity large enough to cause fuel  
 
damage. B is the only correct answer.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
79 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 ex02040  The p lant was operating at 86% power when a fire occurred in the main control room. As the CRS you have directed that the plant be scrammed from the control room and a shutdown be performed from the remote shutdown panel. The following conditions exist:
Re actor Pressure = 945 psig Reactor Level =
-72 inches Drywell pressure = 1.75 psig Which of the following is correct concerning level indication installed at the Remote Shutdown


Panel? A. The narrow range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps have tripp ed. B. The narrow range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps are in operation.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 79                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02040 The plant was operating at 86% power when a fire occurred in the main control room. As the CRS you have directed that the plant be scrammed from the control room and a shutdown be performed from the remote shutdown panel. The following conditions exist:
Reactor Pressure = 945 psig Reactor Level = -72 inches Drywell pressure = 1.75 psig Which of the following is correct concerning level indication installed at the Remote Shutdown Panel?
A. The narrow range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps have tripped.
B. The narrow range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps are in operation.
C. The wide range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps have tripped.
C. The wide range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps have tripped.
D. The wide range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps are in operation.
D. The wide range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps are in operation.
ANSWER: C       QU ESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295016AA2.02 4.3/4.4 10CFR5541, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT:
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295016AA2.02 4.3/4.4 10CFR5541, 43.5, & 45  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT:
Reactor Water Level
Reactor Water Level


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000126 rev. 8 page 4 and LO000210 rev. 5 page 15 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #13 LO:                   5885 - List the systems and alignments that can be performed from the RSD Panel RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Only the Wide Range is installed at the Remote Shutdown panel for level monitoring, so A and B are incorrect. The wide range is calibrated for no jet pump flow and with level at -72 inches both Recirc Pumps have tripped. This makes C correct.
LO000126 rev. 8 page 4 and LO000210 rev.
5 page 15 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T1, GP1, #13 LO: 5885 - List the systems and alignments that can be performed from the RSD Panel RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
Only the Wide Range is installed at the Remote Shutdown panel for l evel monitoring, so A and B are incorrect. The wide range is calibrated for no jet pump flow and with level at  
-72 inches both Recirc Pumps have tripped. This makes C correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
80 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 80                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
81 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 ex02041 The plant was operating at 100% power when an accide nt occurred. The following conditions now exist: RPV Level =  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 81                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02041 The plant was operating at 100% power when an accident occurred. The following conditions now exist:
-89 inches and stable RPV Pressure = 997 psig and stable Wetwell Level = 19 feet and down slow Wetwell Temperature = 180°F and up slow Drywell Pressure = 20 psig and down slow Drywell Temperat ure = 300°F and down slow.
RPV Level = -89 inches and stable RPV Pressure = 997 psig and stable Wetwell Level = 19 feet and down slow Wetwell Temperature = 180°F and up slow Drywell Pressure = 20 psig and down slow Drywell Temperature = 300°F and down slow.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. Emergency Depressurize the reactor because the Drywell Temperature has exceeded the Drywell Design Temperature Limit.
A. Emergency Depressurize the reactor because the Drywell Temperature has exceeded the Drywell Design Temperature Limit.
B. Emergency Depressurize the reactor becau se the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit has been exceeded.
B. Emergency Depressurize the reactor because the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit has been exceeded.
C. Spray the Wetwell because the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit has been exceeded.
C. Spray the Wetwell because the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit has been exceeded.
D. Spray the Drywell because the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit has been exceeded.
D. Spray the Drywell because the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit has been exceeded.
ANSWER: B       QUE STION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295026 2.1.25 2.3/3.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45 - Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain performance data for High Suppression Pool Water Temperature.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295026 2.1.25 2.3/3.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45  
- Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain performance data for High Suppression Pool Water  
 
Tempe rature.  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.2.1 WW Temp leg and HCTL Curves SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #18 RO T1, GP2, #12 LO:                     8303- Describe the reason for emergency depressurizing the RPV if wetwell termperature and reactor pressure connot be maintained below the HCTL.
PPM 5.2.1 WW Temp leg and HCTL Curves SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             YES - PPM 5.2.1 WW Temp Leg and HCTL curves JUSTIFICATION:         C and D are both incorrect because DSIL has not yet been exceeded. A is incorrect because Drywell temp is less than the design limit and going down.
- SRO T1, GP1, #18 RO T1, GP2, #12 LO: 8303- Describe the reason for emergency depressurizing the RPV if wetwell termperature and reactor pressure connot be maintained below the HCTL. RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
B is correct because the wetwell temperature has exceeded the HCTL.
YES - PPM 5.2.1 WW Temp Leg and HCTL curves JUSTIFICATION:
C and D are both incorrect because DSIL has not yet been exceeded. A is incorrect because Drywell temp is less than the design limit and going down.
 
B is corr ect because the wetwell temperature has exceeded the HCTL.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
82 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02042 The plant was operating at 99% power when an accident occurred. The following conditions exist:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 82                                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02042 The plant was operating at 99% power when an accident occurred. The following conditions exist:
An electrical fault has caused a lockout on SM
An electrical fault has caused a lockout on SM-8.
-8. MS-LIS-38A (level 3 i nput to ADS) has failed upscale.
MS-LIS-38A (level 3 input to ADS) has failed upscale.
Reactor level has been at  
Reactor level has been at -135 inches for the last 2 minutes.
-135 inches for the last 2 minutes.
All other plant equipment has operated as designed.
All other plant equipment has operated as designed.
Assuming no operator actions, which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Assuming no operator actions, which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Line 2,752: Line 1,762:
C. ADS will not initiate automatically.
C. ADS will not initiate automatically.
D. ADS will not initiate manually.
D. ADS will not initiate manually.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     218000K1.03 3.7/3.8 10CFR5541 & 45 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM and the following: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation.
RO/SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
218000K1.03 3.7/3
.8 10CFR5541 & 45  
- Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
- effect relationships between AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM and the following: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 4.601.A3 rev. 13 page 4 LO000186 rev. 9, page 5 and fig. 7 SOURCE:              NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #12 RO T2, GP1, #17 LO:                  5071 - State the condition that will automatically initiate ADS.
RATING:              H3 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        Under the conditions given, ADS will not auto initiate. There is not ECCS Div 2 systems and the Div 1 level 3 confirmatory y switch is out of service.
However, because of the arrangement of the logic, ADS could be manually initiated by a manual arm and depress initiation. Therefore, C is the only correct answer.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


PPM 4.601.A3 rev. 13 page 4  LO000186 rev. 9, page 5 and fig. 7 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 83                                   EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02043 The plant was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. The following conditions exist:
- SRO T2, GP1, #12  RO T2, GP1, #17 LO: 5071 - State the condition that will automatically initiate ADS.
RPV pressure = 403 psig RHR-V-42B is closed with the amber override light illuminated RHR B is in the drywell spray mode Assuming no operator actions, which of the following is correct.
RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
Under the conditions given, ADS will not auto initiate. There is not ECCS Div 2 systems and the Div 1 level 3 confirmatory y switch is out of service.
However, because of the arrangement of the logic, ADS could be manually
 
initiated by a manual arm and depress initiation. Therefore, C is the only
 
correct answer.
COM MENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
83 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02043 The plant was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. The following conditions exist:
RPV pressure = 403 psig RHR-V-42B is closed with the amber "override" light illuminated RHR B is in the drywell spray mode Assuming no o perator actions, which of the following is correct.
A. RHR-V-42B cannot be opened until one of the drywell spray valves is closed.
A. RHR-V-42B cannot be opened until one of the drywell spray valves is closed.
B. RHR-V-42B cannot be opened until both drywell spray valves are closed.
B. RHR-V-42B cannot be opened until both drywell spray valves are closed.
C. Drywell spray valves automatically clo se if RHR-V-42B is opened.
C. Drywell spray valves automatically close if RHR-V-42B is opened.
D. Drywell spray valves stay open if drywell pressure becomes negative.
D. Drywell spray valves stay open if drywell pressure becomes negative.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     226001A2.20 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RHR/LPCI: CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM MODE; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: LOCA
RO/SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
226001A2.20 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the follow ing on the RHR/LPCI: CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM MODE; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or  
 
operations: LOCA


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000198 rev. 10, pages 16, 19, & 20 SOURCE:              BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - #LO000835 - SRO T2, GP1, #16 RO T2, GP2, #10 LO:                  5781 - List the interlocks and trips for the RHR system.
RATING:              H3 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A and B are both incorrect because the 42 valves (injection for LPCI) can be opened anytime the control switch is place in open and reactor pressure is less than 470 psig. C is incorrect because there are no auto close signals for the 16 or 17 valves (drywell spray valves). D is correct for the same reason given in C.
COMMENTS:            Same question as LO00835 Examkeyr5


LO000198 rev. 10, pages 16, 19, & 20 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 84                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
- DIRECT - #LO000835
- SRO T2, GP1, #16  RO T2, GP2, #10   LO: 5781 - List the interlocks and trips for the RHR system.
RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are both incorrect because the 42 valves (injection fo r LPCI) can be opened anytime the control switch is place in open and reactor pressure is less than 470 psig. C is incorrect because there are no auto close signals for


the 16 or 17 valves (drywell spray valves). D is correct for the same reason
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 85                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02044 The plant is operating at 90% power. FWLC is operating in 3-Element control with RPV Level instrument A as the selected level input.
Which of the following describes the effect on ACTUAL RPV LEVEL if an open circuit occurs in the selected RPV level instrument output causing it to fail downscale?
RPV level A. goes up to the level 8 setpoint.
B. goes down to the level 3 setpoint.
C. goes down approximately 3 inches and returns to normal.
D. remains steady at the selected setpoint.
ANSWER:      D QUESTION TYPE:        RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE:      259002A2.02 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Loss of any number of Reactor Feedwater Inputs.


given in C. COMMENTS: Same question as LO00835
==REFERENCE:==
LO000157 rev. 11 pages 7 & 8 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - LX00406 - SRO T2, GP1, #18 RO T2, GP1, #23 LO:                    5400 - Predict the expected response of the feedwater level control system in both Single and Three Element control to a failure of the selected level input.
RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        Per the FWLC systems text, a failure of the selected FW level input to the FWLC system results in no change in the actual RPV level. FWLC auto shifts to the alternate level input. D is the correct answer.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 86                  EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
84 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 87                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02045 Which of the following describes the basis for the requirement to match Recirculation flows at high power levels?
85 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
Matched flows ensure A. there are no axial flux anomalies at rated conditions.
 
Examkeyr5 ex02044  The plant is operating at 90% power. FWLC is operating in 3
-Element control with RPV Level instrument "A" as the selected level input.
Which of the following describes the effect on ACTUAL RPV LEV EL if an open circuit occurs in the selected RPV level instrument output causing it to fail downscale?
RPV level -
A. goes up to the level 8 setpoint.
B. goes down to the level 3 setpoint.
C. goes down approximately 3 inches and returns to norma
: l. D. remains steady at the selected setpoint.
ANSWER: D      QUESTION TYPE:
RO/SRO  KA # & KA VALUE:
259002A2.02  3.3/3.4  10CFR55.41 & 45
- Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:  Loss of any number of Reactor Feedwater Inputs.
 
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000157 rev. 11 pages 7 & 8 SOURCE: BANK QUESTIO N - DIRECT - LX00406 - SRO T2, GP1, #18  RO T2, GP1, #23  LO: 5400 - Predict the expected response of the feedwater level control system in both Single and Three Element control to a failure of the selected level input. RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
Per the FWLC systems text, a failure of the selected FW level input to the FWLC system results in no change in the actual RPV level. FWLC auto shifts
 
to the alternate level input. D is the correct answer.
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
86 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
87 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02045 Which of the following describes the basis for the requirement to match Recirculation flows at high power levels?
Matched flows ensure-A. there are no axial flux anomalies at rated conditions.
B. there are no radial flux anomalies at rated conditions.
B. there are no radial flux anomalies at rated conditions.
C. that during a LOCA due to a Recirc piping break, the assumptions of the LOCA analysis are satisfied.
C. that during a LOCA due to a Recirc piping break, the assumptions of the LOCA analysis are satisfied.
D. that during a LOCA due to a Recirc piping break, the assumptions of the EOP Basis document are satisfied.
D. that during a LOCA due to a Recirc piping break, the assumptions of the EOP Basis document are satisfied.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       202001 2.2.25 2.5/3.7 10CFR55.43.2 - Knowledge of basis in Technical Specifications concerning the Recirc System.
SR O  KA # & KA VALUE:
202001 2.2.25 2.5/3.7 10CFR55.43.2  
- Knowledge of basis in Technical Specifications concerning the Recirc System.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.4.1 and TS 3.4.1 Bases SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #5 LO:                    6925 - Identify the basis for any LCO.
RATING:                L3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A and B are incorrect because as long as the reactor is not operating in the area of increased awareness, there is no concern with reactivity oscillations.
D is incorrect because the TS basis for 3.4.1 states as long as the loop flows are matched, the assumptions of the LOCA analysis are satisfied. C is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


TS 3.4.1 and TS 3.4.1 Bases SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 88                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02046 The plant was operating at 98% power when an ATWS occurred. The main turbine has tripped.
- SRO T2, GP2, #5 LO: 6925 - Identify the ba sis for any LCO.
There are 6 SRVs open.
RATING: L3  ATTACHMENT:
Assuming no operator actions have been taken concerning pressure control, what is reactor pressure?
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
A. 1091 B. 1101 C. 1111 D. 1121 ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:       SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     295037EA2.06 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: Reactor pressure
A and B are incorrect because as long as the reactor is not operating in the area of increased awareness, there is no concern with reactivity oscillations. 
 
D is incorrect because the TS basis for 3.4.1 states as long as the loop flows are matched, the assumptions of the LOCA analysis are satisfied. C is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
88 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02046 The plant was operating at 98% power when an ATWS occurred. The main turbine has tripped.
Ther e are 6 SRVs open.
Assuming no operator actions have been taken concerning pressure control, what is reactor pressure? A. 1091   B. 1101   C. 1111   D. 1121 ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295037EA2.06 4.0/4.1 10C FR55.41, 43.5, & 45  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR  
 
UNKNOWN: Reactor pressure


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000128 rev. 8, page 4 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #4 LO:                   5527 - List the opening setpoints for the SRVS RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:       At 1101 psig in the reactor, there should be 6 SRVs open. 2 open at 1091 and 4 open at 1101. B is correct.
LO000128 rev. 8, page 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T1 , GP1, #4   LO: 5527 - List the opening setpoints for the SRVS RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
At 1101 psig in the reactor, there should be 6 SRVs open. 2 open at 1091 and 4 open at 1101. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
89 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex0004 4  The plant was operating at 99% power when a Main Turbine Trip occurred but the reactor did not scram. Direction in the EOPs is given to manually open SRVs until pressure drops to 945 psig.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 89                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00044 The plant was operating at 99% power when a Main Turbine Trip occurred but the reactor did not scram. Direction in the EOPs is given to manually open SRVs until pressure drops to 945 psig.
Which of the following describes the basis for this directi on? A. Assures that all possible energy is directed to the main condenser.
Which of the following describes the basis for this direction?
A. Assures that all possible energy is directed to the main condenser.
B. Maximizes the amount of steam condensed in the wetwell.
B. Maximizes the amount of steam condensed in the wetwell.
C. Maintains reactor water inventory in the containment.
C. Maintains reactor water inventory in the containment.
D. Maintains pressure below the scram setpoint and allows resetting of the scram.
D. Maintains pressure below the scram setpoint and allows resetting of the scram.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295037EK3.06 3.8/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295037EK3.06 3.8/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE AP RM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN:
Maintaining heat sinks external to the containment.
Maintaining heat sinks external to the containment.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, page 175 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - EX00044 - SRO T1, GP1, #23 RO T1, GP1, # 11 LO:                    8162 - Given a list identify the advantages of reducing reactor pressure to 945 psig if SRVS are cycling.
RATING:                L3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        PPM 5.0.10 says reducing reactor pressure to 945 psig with SRVs minimizes the addition of energy to the containment. D is correct, COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, page 175 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 90                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00019 The plant was operating at 99% power when a LOCA Signal was received. After verifying auto actions, the CRO notes neither LPCS-P-1 nor RHR-P-2A auto started nor do they have breaker indication on P601. Neither pump will start manually with their control switches on P601.
- 2000 NRC EXAM
- EX00044 - SRO T1, GP1, #23  RO T1, GP1, # 11 LO: 8162 - Given a list identify the advant ages of reducing reactor pressure to 945 psig if SRVS are cycling.
RATING: L3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
PPM 5.0.10 says reducing reactor pressure to 945 psig with SRVs minimizes the addition of energy to the containment. D is correct, C OMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
90 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex00019 The plant was operating at 99% power when a LOCA Signal was received. After verifying auto actions, the CRO notes neither LPCS
-P-1 nor RHR-P-2A auto started nor do they have breaker indication on P601. Neither pump will start manua lly with their control switches on P601.
Which ONE of the following is the correct explanation for these conditions?
Which ONE of the following is the correct explanation for these conditions?
A loss of-.
A loss of.
A. both B1-1 and C1-1 prior to the LOCA signal B. both B1-1 and C1-1 after the LOCA signal C. both B1-2 and C1-2 a fter the LOCA signal D. both B1-2 and C1-2 prior to the LOCA signal ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
A. both B1-1 and C1-1 prior to the LOCA signal B. both B1-1 and C1-1 after the LOCA signal C. both B1-2 and C1-2 after the LOCA signal D. both B1-2 and C1-2 prior to the LOCA signal ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     295004AA2.01 3.5/3.9 10CFR55.41, 43.5 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: Cause of partial or complete loss of DC power.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295004AA2.01   3.5/3.9   10CFR55.41, 43.5  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: Cause of partial or complete loss of DC power.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-ELEC-125VDC rev. 1, page 11 SOURCE:              BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - EX00019 - SRO T1, GP2, #1 LO:                  5262 - Relationship of RHR to 125 VDC RATING:              H3 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A loss of Div 1 DC prior to a LOCA signal causes a loss of indication on P601 and a failure of the LPCS pump to start with either the control switch or from a LOCA signal. A is correct. D is incorrect because it references Div 2 DC power.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


ABN-ELEC-125VDC rev. 1, page 11 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 91                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02047 The plant is operating at 100% power when a leak in the CAS System causes pressure to go down.
- 2000 NRC EXAM
- EX00019 - SRO T1, GP2, #1 LO: 5262 - Relationship of RHR to 125 VDC RATING: H3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
A loss of Div 1 DC prior to a LOCA signal causes a loss of indication on P601 and a failure of the LPCS pump to start with either the control switch or from a LOCA signal. A is correct. D is incorrect because it references Div 2 DC power. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
91 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02047 The plant is operating at 100% power when a leak in the CAS System causes pressure to go down.
The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:
CAS-C-1A, 1B, & 1C are running.
CAS-C-1A, 1B, & 1C are running.
CAS-PCV-1, Dryer Bypass is open.
CAS-PCV-1, Dryer Bypass is open.
SA-PC V-2, Control/Service Air Crosstie is closed.
SA-PCV-2, Control/Service Air Crosstie is closed.
Annunciator CONTROL AIR HDR PRESS LOW is illuminated.
Annunciator CONTROL AIR HDR PRESS LOW is illuminated.
Annunciator SERVICE AIR HDR PRESS LOW is illuminated.
Annunciator SERVICE AIR HDR PRESS LOW is illuminated.
Annunciator SERVICE AIR HDR ISOLATED is illuminated.
Annunciator SERVICE AIR HDR ISOLATED is illuminated.
Concerning these indications, which of the follo wing is the correct Control Air Header pressure?
Concerning these indications, which of the following is the correct Control Air Header pressure?
A. 72   B. 82   C. 92   D. 102 ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
A. 72 B. 82 C. 92 D. 102 ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295019AA2.01 3.5/3.6 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR: Service air isolation valves
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295019AA2.01 3.5/3.6 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45  
- Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they app ly to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR: Service air isolation valves


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000205 rev. 8, page23 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP2, #7 LO:                   5878 - List the expected automatic control air system response to a leak in the control air system.
LO000205 rev. 8, page23 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         CAS-PCV-1 opens at 75 psig, which is the lowest pressure of any on the given indications. A is correct.
- SRO T1, GP2, #7 LO: 5878 - List the expected automatic control air system response to a leak in the contro l air system.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
CAS-PCV-1 opens at 75 psig, which is the lowest pressure of any on the given indications. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
92 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5  ex02048 Which of the following is the reason an Emergency Depressuriz ation is required if Secondary Containment Temperature exceeds its Max Safe Operating Value in more than one area?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 92                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02048 Which of the following is the reason an Emergency Depressurization is required if Secondary Containment Temperature exceeds its Max Safe Operating Value in more than one area?
Emergency Depressurization-A. requires a manual scram, which may not have occurred up to this point.
Emergency Depressurization A. requires a manual scram, which may not have occurred up to this point.
B. reduces the total energy r eleased to the primary and secondary containment.
B. reduces the total energy released to the primary and secondary containment.
C. promptly places the primary system in its lowest possible energy state.
C. promptly places the primary system in its lowest possible energy state.
D. rejects heat to the main condenser in preference to the reactor building.
D. rejects heat to the main condenser in preference to the reactor building.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO\RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295032EK3.01 3.5/3.8 10CFR55.42 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Emergency Depressurization
SRO\RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295032EK3.01 3.5/3.8 10CFR55.42 & 45  
- Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Emergency Depressurization


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 299 SOURCE:               NEW QUESITON - SRO T1, GP2, #10 RO T1, GP3, #1 LO:                   8459 - Given a list identify the statement that describes the two reasons for emergency depressurizing the RPV if on secondary containment parameter is above Maximum Safe Operation Levels in more than one area and a primary system is discharging reactor coolant into secondary containment .
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 299 SO URCE: NEW QUESITON  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A is incorrect because Emergency Depressurization does not require a manual scram. B is incorrect because the total energy released is the same, it is just directed to the wetwell. D is incorrect because the Emergency Depressurization is completed using SRVs and not BPVs. C is the reason stated in PPM 5.0.10 and is the correct answer.
- SRO T1, GP2, #10 RO T1, GP3, #1 LO: 8459 - Given a list identify the statement that describes the two reasons for emergency depressurizing the RPV if on secondary containment parameter is above Maximum Safe Operation Levels in mor e than one area and a primary system is discharging reactor coolant into secondary containment .
RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because Emergency Depressurization does not require a manual scram. B is incorrect because the to tal energy released is the same, it is just directed to the wetwell. D is incorrect because the Emergency Depressurization is completed using SRVs and not BPVs. C is the reason  
 
stated in PPM 5.0.10 and is the correct answer.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
93 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02069 The pl ant is operating at 88% power when the following auto actions take place:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 93                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02069 The plant is operating at 88% power when the following auto actions take place:
SGT starts CSP/CEP isolates CN makeups isolate CR and TSC Emerg. Filtration starts and aligns to remote air intakes RB Emerg. Room Coolers start RB Lighting quenches RB EDR and FD R discharge headers isolate The plant remains operating at power following the initiations.
SGT starts CSP/CEP isolates CN makeups isolate CR and TSC Emerg. Filtration starts and aligns to remote air intakes RB Emerg. Room Coolers start RB Lighting quenches RB EDR and FDR discharge headers isolate The plant remains operating at power following the initiations.
Which of the following is correct concerning these initiations?
Which of the following is correct concerning these initiations?
These initiations were caused by a leak--.
These initiations were caused by a leak.
A. in the Recirc Pump Suction line.
A. in the Recirc Pump Suction line.
B. from a Main Steam Line flow element.
B. from a Main Steam Line flow element.
C. from RWCU in the Heat Exchanger Room.
C. from RWCU in the Heat Exchanger Room.
D. of spent resin from a RWCU Demin during regeneration.
D. of spent resin from a RWCU Demin during regeneration.
ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295034EA2.02 3.7/4.2 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT VENTILATION HIGH RADIATION Cause of the high radiation areas
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
295034EA2.02 3.7/4.2   10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45  
- Ability to determin e and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT VENTILATION HIGH RADIATION Cause of the high radiation areas


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
ABN-FAZ-QC pages 3 & 4 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - MODIFIED - 2000 NRC EXAM EX00022 - SRO T1, GP2, #13 LO:                   6914 - Given plant conditions identify those annunciators and indications that would indicate an FAZ actuation and entry into ABN-FAZ.
ABN-FAZ-QC pages 3 & 4 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
RATING:               H4 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A and B are incorrect because they would have scrammed the reactor along with starting the listed equipment. D is incorrect because the RWCU demins are located in the Radwaste building and would not cause a Z signal. C is correct because a leak in the RWCU heat exchanger room would cause spread of contamination throughout the reactor building and result in a Z signal trip.
- MODIFIED  
- 2000 NRC EXAM EX00022  
- SRO T1, GP2, #13 LO: 6914 - Given plant conditions identify those annunciators and indications that would indicate an FAZ actuation and entry into ABN
-FAZ. RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are incorrect because they would have scrammed the reactor along with st arting the listed equipment. D is incorrect because the RWCU demins are located in the Radwaste building and would not cause a Z signal. C is correct because a leak in the RWCU heat exchanger room would cause  
 
spread of contamination throughout the reacto r building and result in a Z signal trip.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
94 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 ex00038  The plant is in MODE 1 at rated conditions with shift turnover in progress. The oncoming Shift Manager has been notified of the absence of the oncoming Mechanical Maintenance person and


Plan t Laborer due to an automobile accident.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 94                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00038 The plant is in MODE 1 at rated conditions with shift turnover in progress. The oncoming Shift Manager has been notified of the absence of the oncoming Mechanical Maintenance person and Plant Laborer due to an automobile accident.
Based on these conditions, which of the following is correct?
Based on these conditions, which of the following is correct?
A. Both the Maintenance person and the Plant Laborer must be replaced within 2 hours of the start of the shift.
A. Both the Maintenance person and the Plant Laborer must be replaced within 2 hours of the start of the shift.
B. One equipment Operator can be designated as an emergency maintenance person, but the on duty Plant Laborer must remain on duty until relieved.
B. One equipment Operator can be designated as an emergency maintenance person, but the on duty Plant Laborer must remain on duty until relieved.
C. Neither the Maintenance person nor the Plant Laborer from the previous shift can leave the plant until relieved by a qualified emplo yee. D. One Health Physics person can be designated an emergency maintenance person and the Plant Laborer position can be left unmanned.
C. Neither the Maintenance person nor the Plant Laborer from the previous shift can leave the plant until relieved by a qualified employee.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
D. One Health Physics person can be designated an emergency maintenance person and the Plant Laborer position can be left unmanned.
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:       SRO KA # & KA VALUE:     600000 2.1.5 2.3/3.4 10CFR55.41, 43.5 - Ability to locate and use procedures and directives related to shift staffing and activities: Fire related.
600000 2.1.5 2.3/3.4   10CFR55.41, 43.5  
- Ability to locate and use procedures and directives related to shift staffing and activities: Fire related.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 44 & 45 SOURCE:              BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP21, #16 LO:                  6071 - State the minimum staffing level and crew makeup required, both administrative and legal for any given situation.
RATING:              H3 ATTACHMENT:          YES - PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 44 & 45 JUSTIFICATION:        Because the Laborer is a member of the Plant Fire brigade, he has to be relieved prior to leaving the plant, and must stay until relieved by a qualified Fire Brigade member. The Maintenance person is not a member of the Fire Brigade and can be replaced by one of the equipment operators on shift for emergency maintenance. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 44 & 45 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 95                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02049 The plant was operating at 89% power when a transient occurred resulting in a scram. It is now several minutes following the scram and the following conditions exist:
- DIRECT - 2000 NRC EXAM
- SRO T1, GP21, #16 LO: 6071 - State the minimum staffin g level and crew makeup required, both administrative and legal for any given situation.
RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
YES - PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 44 & 45 JUSTIFICATION:
Because the Laborer is a member of the Plant Fire brigade, he has to be relieved prior to leaving the plant, and must stay until relieved by a qualified Fire Brigade member. The Maintenance person is not a member of the Fire Brigade and can be replaced by one of the equipment operators on shift for
 
emergency maintenance. B is correct.
COMME NTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
95 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5  ex02049 The plant was operating at 89% power when a transient occurred resulting in a scram. It is now several minutes following the scram and the following conditions exist:
Reactor level = 53 inches and rising.
Reactor level = 53 inches and rising.
Reactor pressure = 1057 an d steady. RCIC is on at 600 gpm in auto.
Reactor pressure = 1057 and steady.
RCIC is on at 600 gpm in auto.
HPCS and Feedwater are both off.
HPCS and Feedwater are both off.
Assuming no further operator actions, which of the following will occur given these conditions?
Assuming no further operator actions, which of the following will occur given these conditions?
A. RCIC-V-13 and 45 close.
A. RCIC-V-13 and 45 close.
RCIC-V-13 and 45 must be manually reopened to restart RCIC. B. RCIC-V-13 and 45 close.
RCIC-V-13 and 45 must be manually reopened to restart RCIC.
B. RCIC-V-13 and 45 close.
Reactor pressure increases and causes a scram signal.
Reactor pressure increases and causes a scram signal.
RCIC-V-13 and 45 open when level is reduced to the initiation setpoint.
RCIC-V-13 and 45 open when level is reduced to the initiation setpoint.
C. RCIC trips, RCIC
C. RCIC trips, RCIC-V-1 closes.
-V-1 closes. RCIC-V-1must be manually reopen to restart RCIC.
RCIC-V-1must be manually reopen to restart RCIC.
D. RCIC trips, RCIC
D. RCIC trips, RCIC-V-1 closes.
-V-1 closes. Reactor pressure increases and causes a scram signal.
Reactor pressure increases and causes a scram signal.
RCIC-V-1 opens when level is reduced to the initiation setpoint.
RCIC-V-1 opens when level is reduced to the initiation setpoint.
ANSWER: B     QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       217000K3.02 3.6/3.6 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) will have on following: Reactor vessel pressure
SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:
217000K3.02 3.6/3.6 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledg e of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) will have on following: Reactor vessel pressure


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000180 rev., 11, pages10-12 & 20, 21 lo000161 rev. 11, page11 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #10 RO T2, GP1, #15 LO:                    5722 - list the RCIC system isolation signal and setpoints.
RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        RCIC-V-45 and 13 auto close at +54.5 inches. They auto open at -50 inches and initiate RCIC. Due to the design of RCIC, steam supply from the vessel and vessel return in the head spray line, it acts to suppress vessel pressure when in operation. When level reaches level 8 and the valves close, reactor pressure increases. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


LO000180 rev., 11, pages10
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 96                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02050 Which of the following design features prevents vertical thermal stratification in the Suppression Pool?
-12 & 20, 21  lo000161 rev. 11, page11 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
A. SRV discharge quenchers are located in the upper elevations of the Suppression Pool.
- SRO T2, GP1 , #10  RO T2, GP1, #15 LO: 5722 - list the RCIC system isolation signal and setpoints.
B. Drywell floor downcomers are located in the upper elevations of the Suppression Pool.
RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT:
C. RHR discharge lines are located below the elevation of the suctions lines.
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
RCIC-V-45 and 13 auto close at +54.5 inches. They auto open at
-50 inches and initiate RCIC. Due to the design of RCIC, steam supply from the vessel and vessel return in the head spray line, it acts to suppress vessel pressure when in operation. When level reaches level 8 and the valves close, reactor
 
pressure increases. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
96 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02050 Which of the following design features prevents vertical thermal stratification in the Suppression Pool? A. SRV discharge quenchers are located in the upper elevations of the Suppression Pool. B. Drywell floor downcomers are located in the upper elevations of th e Suppression Pool. C. RHR discharge lines are located below the elevation of the suctions lines.
D. RHR discharge lines are located above the elevation of the suctions lines.
D. RHR discharge lines are located above the elevation of the suctions lines.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295013AK1.01 2.5/2.6 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE: Pool Stratification.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295013AK 1.01 2.5/2.6 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE: Pool Stratification.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
Columbia FSAR 6.2.2.3 page 6.2-33 & 3 4 and figure 6.2-32 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #9 RO T1, GP2, #7 LO:                     NO LO RATING:                 L2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         C is incorrect because the FSAR states that the RHR discharge lines are located above the elevation of the suction lines for prevention of stratification.
Columbia FSAR 6.2.2.3 page 6.2
A and B are incorrect because they are both located at a lower elevation in the suppression pool. D is correct as stated in the Columbia Generating Station FSAR.
-33 & 3 4 and figure 6.2
-32   SOURCE: N EW QUESTION  
- SRO T1, GP1, #9 RO T1, GP2, #7 LO: NO LO   RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
C is incorrect because the FSAR states that the RHR discharge lines are located above the elevation of the suction lines for prevention of st ratification.
A and B are incorrect because they are both located at a lower elevation in the suppression pool. D is correct as stated in the Columbia Generating  
 
Station FSAR.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
97 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02051 The plant is operating at 100% power when conditions inside the Reactor Building cause Reactor Building ventilation radiation level to increase to 18 mr/hr.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 97                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02051 The plant is operating at 100% power when conditions inside the Reactor Building cause Reactor Building ventilation radiation level to increase to 18 mr/hr.
Which of the following is correct?
Which of the following is correct?
A. Manual action should have been taken to isolate Reactor Building Ventilation and start Standby Gas Treatment prior to exceeding the initiation setpoint to prevent a site boundary release.
A. Manual action should have been taken to isolate Reactor Building Ventilation and start Standby Gas Treatment prior to exceeding the initiation setpoint to prevent a site boundary release.
B. Manual action should have been taken to isolate Reactor Building Ventilation and start Standby Gas Treatment prior to allow a ground level release from the reactor  
B. Manual action should have been taken to isolate Reactor Building Ventilation and start Standby Gas Treatment prior to allow a ground level release from the reactor building and prevent a site boundary release.
 
C. SGT is verified to be in operation and Reactor Building Ventilation is verified to be isolated to allow a ground level release from the reactor building and prevent a site boundary release.
build ing and prevent a site boundary release.
D. SGT is verified to be in operation and Reactor Building Ventilation is verified to be isolated to prevent a radioactive release to the environment from a system that should have isolated.
C. SGT is verified to be in operation and Reactor Building Ventilation is verified to be isolated to allow a ground level release from the reactor building and prevent a site  
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:           SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:         295038EA1.06 3.5/3.6 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Plant Ventilation
 
boundary release.
D. SGT is veri fied to be in operation and Reactor Building Ventilation is verified to be isolated to prevent a radioactive release to the environment from a system that should have isolated.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295038EA1.06 3
.5/3.6 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH OFF
-SITE RELEASE RATE: Plant Ventilation


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 291 SOURCE:                  NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #16 RO T1, GP2, #10 LO:                      8460 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the purpose to confirming RB HVAC isolation and SGT initiation when and FAZ exists.
RATING:                  H2 ATTACHMENT:              NONE JUSTIFICATION:          A and B are both incorrect because auto actions should have occurred before the indicated rad level was this high (13 mr/hr). C is incorrect because operation of SGT and isolation of RB Ventilation do NOT cause a ground level release. D is correct as defined by PPM 5.0.10 Examkeyr5


PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 291 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 98                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:
- SRO T1, GP1, #16  RO T1, GP2, #10 LO: 8460 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the purpose to confirming RB HVAC isolation and SGT initiation when and FAZ exists.
ex02052 The plant had been operating at 100% power for several months. A normal controlled shutdown to cold conditions is in progress. Reactor power is approximately 20 on range 8 of all IRMs, with a control rod insertion in progress. An event occurs that causes the reactor to scram on high power.
RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT:
Which of the following is the minimum power level attained that caused the scram?
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A. 1%
A and B are both incorrect because auto actions should have occurred befo re the indicated rad level was this high (13 mr/hr). C is incorrect because operation of SGT and isolation of RB Ventilation do NOT cause a ground level
B. 6%
 
C. 10%
release. D is correct as defined by PPM 5.0.10
D. 16%
 
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:           SRO KA # & KA VALUE:         295014AA2.01 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Reactor Power
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
98 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 COMMENTS: ex02052 The plant had been operating at 100% power for several months. A normal controlled shutdown to cold conditions is in progress. Reactor power is approximately 20 on range 8 of all IRMs, with a control rod insertion in progress. An event occurs that causes the reactor to scram on high power. Which of the following is the minimum power level attained that caused the scram?
A. 1%   B. 6%   C. 10%   D. 16% ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295014AA2.01 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45  
- Ability to determine an d/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Reactor Power


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000138 rev. 7, page 8 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - COLUMBIA LER86-004 SRO T1, GP1, #17 LO:                     5452 - Describe the correlation between IRM and APRM readings.
LO000138 rev. 7, page 8 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           As stated in the LER, reactor pressure perturbations from bypass valve operation caused an increase in reactor power. The increase in power causes an increase in IRM indication. When IRM levels increase to 120/125s of scale, a scram is inserted. Power level of 16% would cause a scram from mode switch position, but the IRM scram happens much sooner. B is the only correct answer.
- COLUMBIA LER86
-004 SRO T1, GP1, #17 LO: 5452 - Describe the correlation between IRM an d APRM readings.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
As stated in the LER, reactor pressure perturbations from bypass valve operation caused an increase in reactor power. The increase in power  
 
causes an increase in IRM indication. When IRM levels increase to 120/125s of scale, a scram is inserted. Power level of 16% would cause a scram from mode switch position, but the IRM scram happens much sooner. B is the  
 
only correct answer.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
99 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02053 What is the basis for the 135° F Tech Spec LCO for Drywell Temperature?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 99                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02053 What is the basis for the 135° F Tech Spec LCO for Drywell Temperature?
Maintaining Drywell Temperature less than the LCO value assures that the-A. external design pressure will not be exceed when starting one loop of RHR Drywell Spray. B. drywell to wetwell interface will not fail during the blowdown portion of a DBA LOCA. C. equipment inside the Drywell needed to mitigate the effects of a DBA LOCA will operate under conditions expected for the accident.
Maintaining Drywell Temperature less than the LCO value assures that the A. external design pressure will not be exceed when starting one loop of RHR Drywell Spray.
D. peak post LOCA drywell temperature does not exceed the design t emperature of 290° F. ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
B. drywell to wetwell interface will not fail during the blowdown portion of a DBA LOCA.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
C. equipment inside the Drywell needed to mitigate the effects of a DBA LOCA will operate under conditions expected for the accident.
295028EK1.02 2.9/3.1 10CFR55.41  
D. peak post LOCA drywell temperature does not exceed the design temperature of 290° F.
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE: Equipment environmenta l qualification.
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295028EK1.02 2.9/3.1 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE: Equipment environmental qualification.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
Tech Spec Bases B3.6.1.4 page B3.6.1.4-1 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP2, #9 RO T1, GP2, #13 LO:                   5635 - List the value for drywell design temperature.
Tech Spec Bases B3.6.1.4 page B3.6.1.4
RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         The Basis for TS 3.6.1.4 states that as long as Drywell temperature is maintained less than the TS LCO of 135° F, that equipment inside the containment needed to mitigate the effects of a DBA LOCA will operate as expected. C is correct. A, B, and D are all misapplications or misstatements of other limits.
-1   SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T1, GP2, #9 RO T1, GP2, #13 LO: 5635 - List the value for drywell design temperature.
RATING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
The Ba sis for TS 3.6.1.4 states that as long as Drywell temperature is maintained less than the TS LCO of 135° F, that equipment inside the containment needed to mitigate the effects of a DBA LOCA will operate as  
 
expected. C is correct. A, B, and D are all mi sapplications or misstatements of other limits.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
100 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
101 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex98116  The plant is in MODE 5  with fuel movement underway. A fuel bundle has been dropped and released enough radioactivity into the reactor coolant and to the 606' elevation of the rea ctor building to result in Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum high radiation of 22 mr/hr.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 100                EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
Which of the following systems is designed to minimize the leakage to the outside atmosphere


during these conditions?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 101                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98116 The plant is in MODE 5 with fuel movement underway. A fuel bundle has been dropped and released enough radioactivity into the reactor coolant and to the 606 elevation of the reactor building to result in Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum high radiation of 22 mr/hr.
A. Control Room Ventilation B. Secondary C ontainment C. Primary Containment D. Reactor Building Ventilation.
Which of the following systems is designed to minimize the leakage to the outside atmosphere during these conditions?
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
A. Control Room Ventilation B. Secondary Containment C. Primary Containment D. Reactor Building Ventilation.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295033EK1.03 3.9/4.2 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Radiation release.
295033EK1.03 3.9/4.2 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Radiation release.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000139 rev. 9, page 3 SOURCE:                 BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - 98 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP2, #12 RO T1, G2, #116 LO:                     6999 - State the purpose of Secondary Containment RATING:                 L3 L2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         B is the correct answer. The purpose of the Sec Cont is to minimize the release of radioactivity under these conditions. The other systems either would not limit the spread of radioactivity to the environment or are isolated.
LO000139 rev. 9, page 3 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
- DIRECT - 98 NRC EXAM  
- SRO T1, GP2, #12 RO T1, G2, #116 LO: 6999 - State the purpose of Secondary Containmen t  RATING: L3 L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
B is the correct answer. The purpose of the Sec Cont is to minimize the release of radioactivity under these conditions. The other systems either  
 
would not limit the spread of radioactivity to the environment or are isolated.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
102 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02054 The plant is shutdown with RHR
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 102                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02054 The plant is shutdown with RHR-P-2B running in the Shutdown Cooling Mode.
-P-2B running in the Shutdown Cooling Mode.
RRC-P-1A is off with RRC-V-67A (1A discharge) closed.
RRC-P-1A is off with RRC
RRC-P-1B is off with RRC-V-67B (1B discharge) closed.
-V-67A (1A discharge) closed.
Reactor level is +60 inches RRC-V-67A is then inadvertently opened.
RRC-P-1B is off with RRC
-V-67B (1B discharge) closed.
React or level is +60 inches RRC-V-67A is then inadvertently opened.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. No effect on Shutdown Cooling, the suction for RHR
A. No effect on Shutdown Cooling, the suction for RHR-P-2B is from Recirculation Loop B.
-P-2B is from Recirculation Loop B. B. No effect on Shutdown Coolin g, the discharge from RHR
B. No effect on Shutdown Cooling, the discharge from RHR-P-2B for Shutdown Cooling goes directly into the core.
-P-2B for Shutdown Cooling goes directly into the core.
C. Shutdown Cooling has bypassed the core and may cause undetected heating of the vessel if level falls below +50 inches.
C. Shutdown Cooling has bypassed the core and may cause undetected heating of the vessel if level falls below +50 inches.
D. Shutdown Cooling has bypassed the core and may cause undetected heating of the vessel if level falls below +60 inches.
D. Shutdown Cooling has bypassed the core and may cause undetected heating of the vessel if level falls below +60 inches.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       205000K6.03 3.1/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM/MODE: Recirculation system.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
205000K6.03 3.1/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will ha ve on the SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM/MODE: Recirculation system.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
SOP-RHR-SDC rev. 0, page 16 and LO000198 rev 10, page 4 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #7 RO T2, GP2, #7 LO:                    5774 - Describe the flow path for RHR Shutdown Cooling.
RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        As stated in PPM 2.4.2, when the 67A valve is opened, a short circuit pathway is opened. If Reactor level is reduced to less than 60 inches, core circulation cannot be assured and undetected heating is the result. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


SOP-RHR-SDC rev. 0, page 16 and LO000198 rev 10, page 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 103                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02055 The plant is in MODE 4. The following conditions exist:
- SRO T2, GP2, #7  RO T2, GP2, #7 LO: 5774 - Describe the flow path for RHR Shutdown Cooling.
R ATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
As stated in PPM 2.4.2, when the 67A valve is opened, a short circuit pathway is opened. If Reactor level is reduced to less than 60 inches, core
 
circulation cannot be assured and undetected heating is the resul
: t. D is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
103 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02055 The plant is in MODE 4. The following conditions exist:
Reactor level = 72 inches Coolant temperature = 160°F RRC-P-1A = Off RRC-P-1B = Off RHR-P-2B = On in Shutdown Cooling.
Reactor level = 72 inches Coolant temperature = 160°F RRC-P-1A = Off RRC-P-1B = Off RHR-P-2B = On in Shutdown Cooling.
What is the basis for the level l imitation under these conditions?
What is the basis for the level limitation under these conditions?
Reactor level at 72 inches ensures water level is -
Reactor level at 72 inches ensures water level is A. above the turn around point , there is flow through the core, and thermal stratification will be prevented B. below the dryer skirt, there is flow from the steam dryer through the core, and thermal stratification is prevented.
A. above the "turn around" point , there is flow through the core, and thermal stratification will be prevented B. below the dryer skirt, there is flow from the s team dryer through the core, and thermal stratification is prevented.
C. below the feedwater spargers which promotes better mixing of incoming feedwater to prevent uneven heating of the reactor pressure vessel.
C. below the feedwater spargers which promotes better mixing of incoming feedwater to prevent uneven heating of the reactor pressure vessel.
D. above the jet pumps which promotes mixing from the recirculation loops and prevents uneven heating in the reactor pressure vessel.
D. above the jet pumps which promotes mixing from the recirculation loops and prevents uneven heating in the reactor pressure vessel.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       290002 2.4.21 (2) 3.7/4.3 10CFR55.43.5 & 45 - Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status safety functions including: 2 Core cooling and heat removal - Reactor Vessel internals.
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
290002 2.4.21 (2) 3.7/4.3 10CFR55.43.5 & 45  
- Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status safety functions including: 2 Core cooling and heat removal  
- Reactor Vessel internals.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 3.2.1 rev. 46, page 7 LO000198 rev. 10, page 38 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTION - SROT2, GP3, #2 LO:                     NO LO RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Reactor level at 72 inches ensures water is above the turnaround point and that thermal stratification will be avoided. A is correct. B is incorrect because reactor level is above the dryer skirt at 72 inches. C is incorrect because level is above the feedwater spargers. D is incorrect because mixing from the recirc loops does not promote core flow/circulation.
PPM 3.2.1 rev. 46, page 7 LO000198 rev. 10, page 38 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SROT2, GP3, #2 LO: NO LO RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFIC ATION: Reactor level at 72 inches ensures water is above the turnaround point and that thermal stratification will be avoided. A is correct. B is incorrect  
 
because reactor level is above the dryer skirt at 72 inches. C is incorrect  
 
because level is abov e the feedwater spargers. D is incorrect because mixing from the recirc loops does not promote core flow/circulation.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
104 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 104                EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
105 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 ex02056 As the Shift Manager, you have been notified that an employee with unescorted access has processed through the Primary Access Point and into the protected area without being observed by a Security Officer. There are no Security Officers in the Primary Access point.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 105                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02056 As the Shift Manager, you have been notified that an employee with unescorted access has processed through the Primary Access Point and into the protected area without being observed by a Security Officer. There are no Security Officers in the Primary Access point.
Which of the following is the correct action for these conditions?
Which of the following is the correct action for these conditions?
A. No action is necessary, the employee has unescorted access and passed through the explosive and metal detectors.
A. No action is necessary, the employee has unescorted access and passed through the explosive and metal detectors.
B. Notify the NRC within 14 days.
B. Notify the NRC within 14 days.
C. Immediately make a verbal notification to the Security Supervisor and notify the NRC within 1 hour.
C. Immediately make a verbal notification to the Security Supervisor and notify the NRC within 1 hour.
D. Immediately ma ke a verbal notification to the Security Supervisor and notify the NRC within 14 days.
D. Immediately make a verbal notification to the Security Supervisor and notify the NRC within 14 days.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.1.13 2.0/2.9 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45 - Knowledge of the facility requirements for controlling vital/controlled access.
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.1.13 2.0/2.9 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45  
- Knowledge of the facility requirements for controlling vital/contro lled access.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 1.10.1 rev 22 pages 6 & 11 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC ADMIN EXAM - SRO T3, #2 WNP02 LER 96-S01-00 LO:                   6011 - Given procedures determine reportability for a specific event.
PPM 1.10.1 rev 22 pages 6 & 11 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           YES - PPM 1.10.1 pages 6 & 11 JUSTIFICATION:         PPM 1.10.1 requires that any condition/event that threatens or lessens the physical security of the plant be reported to the Security Supervisor immediately. Furthermore, the actual event was reported under 10cfr73 app G, which requires a 1 hour notification to the NRC. C is the correct answer.
- 98 NRC ADMIN EXAM  
- SRO T3, #2 WNP02 LER 96
-S01-00   LO: 6011 - Given procedures determine reportability for a specific event.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
YES - P PM 1.10.1 pages 6 & 11 JUSTIFICATION:
PPM 1.10.1 requires that any condition/event that threatens or lessens the physical security of the plant be reported to the Security Supervisor  
 
immediately. Furthermore, the actual event was reported under 10cfr7 3 app G, which requires a 1 hour notification to the NRC. C is the correct answer.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
106 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 106                EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
107 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5  ex00039 The plant is in MODE 5 with control rod removal underway. Control rod 30
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 107                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00039 The plant is in MODE 5 with control rod removal underway. Control rod 30-31 has to be uncoupled from above the core.
-31 has to be uncoupled from above the core.
Which of the following tools is used for this action?
Which of the followin g tools is used for this action?
A. Fuel support tool B. Control rod grapple C. Control rod guide tube grapple D. Control rod latch tool ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:       SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:     2.2.27 2.6/3.5 10CFR55.43 - Knowledge of the refueling process.
A. Fuel support tool B. Control rod grapple C. Control rod guide tube grapple D. Control rod latch tool ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.2.27 2.6/3.5   10CFR55.43  
- Knowledge of the refueling process.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000207 rev. 9, page 15 SOURCE:              BANK QUESTION #3982- Slightly Modified - SRO T3, #6 LO:                  7701 - State the purpose of the control rod latch tool.
RATING:              L2 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        The tool used to unlatch and remove a control rod from above the core is the control rod latch tool. D is correct.
COMMENTS:            Changed question for clarification.
Examkeyr5


LO000207 rev. 9,  page 15 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION #3982
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 108                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02059 The plant is operating at 99% power with the following equipment out of service:
- Slightly Modified
Battery charger C2-1 CRD-P-1A TO-P-BOP Main Bearing Oil Pump Which of the following events will cause the 250 VDC battery discharge rate to go up (discharge faster)?
- SRO T3, #6 LO: 7701 - State the purpose of the control rod latch tool.
A. Inadvertent HPCS initiation.
RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
B. Inadvertent Div 1 ECCS initiation.
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
C. Main Turbine Trip.
The t ool used to unlatch and remove a control rod from above the core is the control rod latch tool. D is correct.
D. RFW-P-1A trip.
COMMENTS: Changed question for clarification.
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       263000A1.01 2.5/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the DC Electrical Distribution controls including: Battery charging discharging rate.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
==REFERENCE:==
108 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
LO000188 rev. 6, pages 28 & 29 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #11 RO T2, GP2, #14 LO:                    5263 - Given a list of loads important to plant safety, identify its relation to 250 VDC bus S2-1.
RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A and B are both incorrect because they will cause no drain on the 250 VDC system directly, and no drain for any indirect reasons. The trip of the feedpump causes a runback of recirc, but no increased discharge either directly or indirectly on the 250 VDC system. C is correct because the Turbine Trip with the Bearing oil pump out of service causes the Emergency Bearing Oil Pump to start, which is powered from S2-1, 250 VDC.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


Examkeyr5 ex02059  The plant is operating at 99% power with the following equipment out o f service:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 109                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02058 The plant is in MODE 5 with a Full Core Verification in progress.
Battery charger C2
-1 CRD-P-1A TO-P-BOP Main Bearing Oil Pump Which of the following events will cause the 250 VDC battery discharge rate to go up (discharge faster)?  A. Inadvertent HPCS initiation.
B. Inadvertent Div 1 ECCS initiation
. C. Main Turbine Trip.
D. RFW-P-1A trip. ANSWER: C      QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO  KA # & KA VALUE:
263000A1.01  2.5/2.8  10CFR55.41 & 45
- Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the DC Electrical Di stribution controls including:  Battery charging discharging rate.
 
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000188 rev. 6, pages 28 & 29 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
- SRO T2, GP2, #11  RO T2, GP2, #14 LO: 5263 - Given a list of loads important to plant safety, identify its relat ion to 250 VDC bus S2
-1. RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are both incorrect because they will cause no drain on the 250 VDC system directly, and no drain for any indirect reasons. The trip of the
 
feedpump causes a runback of recirc, but no increased discharge either directly or indirectly on the 250 VDC system. C is correct because the Turbine Trip with the Bearing oil pump out of service causes the Emergency
 
Bearing Oil Pump to start, which is powered from S2
-1, 250 VDC.
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
109 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02058 The plant is in MODE 5 with a Full Core Verification in progress.
Which of the following is considered a core alteration?
Which of the following is considered a core alteration?
A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.
A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.
B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a ce ll with no fuel.
B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a cell with no fuel.
C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.
C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.
D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.
D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.34 2.3/3.3 10CFR55.43.6 - Knowledge of the process for determining the internal and external effects on core reactivity.
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.2.34   2.3/3.3 10CFR55.43.6  
- Knowledge of the process for determining the internal and external effects on core reactivity.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE:               NEW QUESITON - SRO T3, #7 LO:                   7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration.
PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON  
RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5 specifically states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core verification is a core alteration.
- SRO T3, #7 LO: 7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration
. RATING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5 specifically  
 
states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core v erification is a core alteration.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
110 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02060 Which of the following is correct when a High High Rad signal for Radwaste Effluent is received during a discharge to the river?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 110                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02060 Which of the following is correct when a High High Rad signal for Radwaste Effluent is received during a discharge to the river?
A. No auto actions, alarm only.
A. No auto actions, alarm only.
B. FDR-V-187 & 188 (RW Effluen t) auto close.
B. FDR-V-187 & 188 (RW Effluent) auto close.
C. FDR-P-45 (RW Eff. Sample Pump) trips, FDR
C. FDR-P-45 (RW Eff. Sample Pump) trips, FDR-V-187 & 188 are closed manually.
-V-187 & 188 are closed manually.
D. CBD-LCV-1 auto closes to isolate the discharge to the river.
D. CBD-LCV-1 auto closes to isolate the discharge to the river.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       272000K1.05 2.8/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM and the following: Radwaste System.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
272000K1.05 2.8/3.1 10CFR 55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
- effect relationships between RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM and the following: Radwaste System.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
82-RSY-0400-T6 rev. 9, page18 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #12 RO T2, GP2, #15 LO:                    5647 - State the auto actions of Radwaste Effluent upon sensing high radiation.
RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        A is incorrect because the Hi alarm has no actions, a Hi Hi causes the effluent isolation valves to close. C is incorrect because the sample pump does not trip and the valves auto close. D is incorrect because the action to isolate the discharge to the river occurs upstream of the CW System. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


82-RSY-0400-T6 rev. 9, page18 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 111                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02061 A RWCU Demineralizer resin transfer is in progress when a leak in the system occurs. WEA-RIS-14 Radwaste Building Exhaust and WEA-RIS-14A Radwaste Building Exhaust Extended Range are both in alarm.
- SRO T2, GP2, #12  RO T2, GP2, #15  LO: 5647 - State the auto actions of Radwaste Effluent upon sensing high radiation.
RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because the Hi alarm has no actions,  a Hi Hi causes the effluent isolation valves to clo se. C is incorrect because the sample pump does not trip and the valves auto close. D is incorrect because the action to isolate the discharge to the river occurs upstream of the CW System. B is
 
correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
111 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02061 A RWCU Demineralizer res in transfer is in progress when a leak in the system occurs. WEA
-RIS-14 Radwaste Building Exhaust and WEA
-RIS-14A Radwaste Building Exhaust Extended Range are both in alarm.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. No auto action o ccurs, these rad monitors are alarm only.
A. No auto action occurs, these rad monitors are alarm only.
B. All resin transfer pumps trip immediately.
B. All resin transfer pumps trip immediately.
C. ROA-FN-1A/1B and WEA
C. ROA-FN-1A/1B and WEA-FN-1A/1B trip.
-FN-1A/1B trip.
D. ROA-FN-1A and WEA-FN-1A trip.
D. ROA-FN-1A and WEA
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       268000A1.01 2.7/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RADWASTE controls including: Radiation level
-FN-1A trip. ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
268000A1.01 2.7/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RADWASTE controls including: Radiation level


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
82-RSY-0400-T6 rev. 9, page 41 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP3, #4 RO T2, GP3, #4 LO:                   5647 - State the auto actions of Radwaste Effluent upon sensing high radiation.
82-RSY-0400-T6 rev. 9, page 41 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Neither of the WEA radiation indicating switches have auto actions associated with Hi indications, only alarm. A is the only correct response.
- SRO T2, GP3, #4 RO T2, GP3, #4 LO: 5647 - State the auto actions of Radwaste Effluent upon sensing high radiation.
RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
Neither of the WEA radiation indicating switches have auto actions associated with Hi indications, only alarm. A is the only correct response.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
112 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02062 The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred. As the Shift Manager you have declared an Alert and have become the Emergency Director.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 112                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02062 The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred. As the Shift Manager you have declared an Alert and have become the Emergency Director.
Which of the following can relieve the Shift Manager as the Emergency Director?
Which of the following can relieve the Shift Manager as the Emergency Director?
A. The OSC Manager or the EOF Manager B. The TSC Manager or the JIC Manager.
A. The OSC Manager or the EOF Manager B. The TSC Manager or the JIC Manager.
C. The OSC Manager or the JIC Manager D. The TSC Manager or the EOF Manager.
C. The OSC Manager or the JIC Manager D. The TSC Manager or the EOF Manager.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.4.40 2.3/4.0 10CFR55.45 - Knowledge of the SROs responsibility in Emergency Plan Implementation.
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.4.40 2.3/4.0 10CFR55.45  
- Knowledge of the SROs responsibility in Emergency Plan Implementation.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 3 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T3, #14 LO:                   6132 - Identify the persons who may assume the position of Emergency Director.
PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 3 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         As stated in PPM 13.1.1, only the TSC or the EOF Manager can assume the Emergency Director position. Neither the OSC nor the JIC Managers are permitted to assume this roll. D is correct.
- SRO T3, #14 LO: 6132 - Identify the persons who may assume the position of Emergen cy Director. RATING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
As stated in PPM 13.1.1, only the TSC or the EOF Manager can assume the Emergency Director position. Neither the OSC nor the JIC Managers are  
 
permitted to assume this roll. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
113 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02070 The plant was operating at 99% power when a scram occurred. Four control rods stopped at position 02.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 113                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02070 The plant was operating at 99% power when a scram occurred. Four control rods stopped at position 02.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Reactor shutdown is-A. not assured; immediately depress the manual scram pushbuttons and initiate ARI.
Reactor shutdown is A. not assured; immediately depress the manual scram pushbuttons and initiate ARI.
B. not assured; immediately confirm reactor power is downscale on the APRMs.
B. not assured; immediately confirm reactor power is downscale on the APRMs.
C. assured; immediately depress the manual scram pushbuttons and initiate ARI.
C. assured; immediately depress the manual scram pushbuttons and initiate ARI.
D. assured; immediately confirm reactor p ower is downscale on the APRMs.
D. assured; immediately confirm reactor power is downscale on the APRMs.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295006AA2.01 4.5/4.6 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor power.
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295006AA2.01 4.5/4.6 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor power.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 3.3.1 REV. 39, page 6 PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 186 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #20 LO:                   8182 - Given a list, identify the criteria that must be met to ensure that the reactor is shutdown with no boron injected.
PPM 3.3.1 REV. 39, page 6 PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 186 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         C and D are incorrect because reactor shutdown cannot be assured with 4 control rods at position 02. B is incorrect because confirmation of reactor power on the APRMs is not an immediate scram action. A is correct because shutdown cannot be assured and the scram procedure requires that the manual scram pushbuttons be depressed and ARI be initiated immediately if all rods do not insert.
- SRO T1, GP1, #20 LO: 8182 - Given a list, identify the criteria that must be met to ensure that the reactor is shutdown with no boron injected.
RATING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
NON E  JUSTIFICATION:
C and D are incorrect because reactor shutdown cannot be assured with 4 control rods at position 02. B is incorrect because confirmation of reactor  
 
power on the APRMs is not an immediate scram action. A is correct  
 
because shutdown ca nnot be assured and the scram procedure requires that the manual scram pushbuttons be depressed and ARI be initiated immediately if all rods do not insert.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
114 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02063 The plant was operating at 96% power when a transient occurred resulting i n high hydrogen concentration in the containment. You have been directed to perform PPM 5.5.16 Emergency Drywell and Wetwell Purging.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 114                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02063 The plant was operating at 96% power when a transient occurred resulting in high hydrogen concentration in the containment. You have been directed to perform PPM 5.5.16 Emergency Drywell and Wetwell Purging.
Which of the following parameters must be monitored during the performance of this procedure?
Which of the following parameters must be monitored during the performance of this procedure?
A. Suppression Chamb er Temperature B. Suppression Pool Level C. Drywell Temperature D. Drywell Pressure ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
A. Suppression Chamber Temperature B. Suppression Pool Level C. Drywell Temperature D. Drywell Pressure ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       500000EA1.07 3.4/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Nitrogen purge system.
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
500000EA1.07 3.4/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Nitrogen purge system.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.5.16 rev. 6, page 3 and PPM 4.603.A7.6-4 rev. 28 page 65 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #26 RO T1, GP1, #12 LO:                   NO LO RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         During a nitrogen purge, containment pressure is the parameter of concern.
PPM 5.5.16 rev. 6, page 3 and PPM 4.603.A7.6
-4 rev. 28 page 65 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T1, GP1, #26 RO T1, GP1, #12 LO: NO LO   RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
Dur ing a nitrogen purge, containment pressure is the parameter of concern.
Without a concurrent containment vent in progress, containment pressure increases. D is correct.
Without a concurrent containment vent in progress, containment pressure increases. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
115 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02064 The plant is operating at 98% power. Maintenance is perf orming repair work in the area of the Main Turbine Front Standard. Each person is allowed a maximum dose of 300 mrem for the job.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 115                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02064 The plant is operating at 98% power. Maintenance is performing repair work in the area of the Main Turbine Front Standard. Each person is allowed a maximum dose of 300 mrem for the job.
Which of the following will increase the allowable individual stay time for this job?
Which of the following will increase the allowable individual stay time for this job?
A. Failure of the Main Oil Pump o n the HP end of the Main Turbine.
A. Failure of the Main Oil Pump on the HP end of the Main Turbine.
B. Condenser air in
B. Condenser air in-leakage greater than the capacity of Offgas.
-leakage greater than the capacity of Offgas.
C. Assignment of three additional Maintenance Personnel.
C. Assignment of three additional Maintenance Personnel.
D. Rotate personnel out of the rad area for short periods of time.
D. Rotate personnel out of the rad area for short periods of time.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295005 2.3.2 2.5/2.9 10CFR55.41, 43.4, & 49 - Knowledge of the ALARA program - Turbine Trip.
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295005 2.3.2 2.5/2.9 10CFR55.41, 43.4, & 49  
- Knowledge of the ALARA program - Turbine Trip.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000129 rev. 9, page 32 LO000161 rev. 11, page 11 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP2, #4 LO:                   5568 - List parameters and setpoints that will cause a turbine trip.
LO000129 rev. 9, page 32 LO000161 rev. 11, page 11 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Because a maximum allowable dose is given, individual stay time can be increased by reduction of the rad field, increasing distance from the source, or adding shielding. Since this is a job on a particular piece of equipment, the distance from the source is fixed. Additional shielding was not given as a possible alternative, therefore only a reduction in the strength of the rad field is possible. C and D are both incorrect because they do not increase the stay time given the maximum dose. A is incorrect because it does not result in a reduction of the rad field; the main turbine does not trip. B is correct because the leak results in a trip of the main turbine and a reactor scram resulting in a reduction of the rad field.
- SRO T1, GP2, #4 LO: 55 68 - List parameters and setpoints that will cause a turbine trip.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
Because a maximum allowable dose is given, individual stay time can be increased by reduction of the rad field, increasing distance fr om the source, or adding shielding. Since this is a job on a particular piece of equipment, the distance from the source is fixed. Additional shielding was not given as a  
 
possible alternative, therefore only a reduction in the strength of the rad field  
 
i s possible. C and D are both incorrect because they do not increase the stay time given the maximum dose. A is incorrect because it does not result in a reduction of the rad field; the main turbine does not trip. B is correct  
 
because the leak results in a trip of the main turbine and a reactor scram resulting in a reduction of the rad field.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
116 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5  ex02065 The plant was operating at 99% power when a transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:   Drywell Temperature = 274°F Drywell Pressure = 59 psig Suppression Chamber Pressure = 54 psig Suppression Pool Temperature = 72°F Suppression Pool Level = 31 feet Which of the following is the cause of these conditions?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 116                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02065 The plant was operating at 99% power when a transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:
Drywell Temperature = 274°F Drywell Pressure = 59 psig Suppression Chamber Pressure = 54 psig Suppression Pool Temperature = 72°F Suppression Pool Level = 31 feet Which of the following is the cause of these conditions?
A. A LOCA with an SRV tail pipe broken above the suppression pool.
A. A LOCA with an SRV tail pipe broken above the suppression pool.
B. A LOCA with a broken Drywell Floor.
B. A LOCA with a broken Drywell Floor.
C. An ATWS with all Bypass Valves failed closed.
C. An ATWS with all Bypass Valves failed closed.
D. An ATWS with a broken Drywell Floor Downcomer.
D. An ATWS with a broken Drywell Floor Downcomer.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       295028EA2.05 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 44.5 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE: Torus/Suppression chamber pressure.
SRO KA # & KA VALUE:
295028EA2.05 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 44.5  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE: Torus/Suppression chamber pressure.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 pages 91 & 92 SOURCE:                NEW QUESITON - SRO T1, GP1, #8 LO:                    8339 - Given a list recognize the primary containment functions that the Pressure Suppression Curve is designed to protect.
RATING:                H4 ATTACHMENT:            YES - PPM 5.0.10 page 91 (without text)
JUSTIFICATION:        The only way to achieve the conditions given is to have a steam discharge into the containment with a bypass of the suppression pool: a loss of the pressure suppression function. The only response that results in this condition is B. B is correct. The other responses do not result in the loss of the pressure suppression function.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 pages 91 & 92 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 117                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02066 An accident occurred causing a radioactive release. An evacuation has been advised for Sector 1. Meteorological conditions have changed with the wind now blowing from 135°.
- SRO T1, GP1, #8 LO: 8339 - Given a list recognize the primary containment functions that the Pressure Suppression Curve is designed to protect.
RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT:
YES - PPM 5.0.10 page 91 (without text)
JUSTIFICATION:
The only way to achieve the conditions given is to have a steam discharge into the co ntainment with a bypass of the suppression pool: a loss of the pressure suppression function. The only response that results in this condition is B. B is correct. The other responses do not result in the loss of
 
the pressure suppression function.
COMME NTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
117 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02066 An accident occurred causing a radioactive release. An evacuation has been advised for Sector 1. Meteorological conditions have changed with the wind now blowing from 135°.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Evacuate-  A. Section 2.
Evacuate A. Section 2.
B. Section 3a.
B. Section 3a.
C. Section 3b.
C. Section 3b.
D. Section 4 ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
D. Section 4 ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295038EK1.03 2.8/3.8 10CFRE55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Meteorological effects on Rad release
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295038EK1.03 2.8/3.8 10CFRE55.41  
- Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the y apply to HIGH OFF
-SITE RELEASE RATE: Meteorological effects on Rad release


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
Columbia Classification Notification Form (CNF) #968-24075 r16 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #24 RO T1, GP2, #17 LO:                   8893 - Identify required PARs fro each Emergency Classification.
Columbia Classification Notification Form (CNF) #968
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           YES - CNF Form 968-24075 rev 16 JUSTIFICATION:         Wind direction has changed 90° from its original direction. It is now blowing from the 135° to 315° , requiring evacuation of Sector 4. D is correct.
-24075 r16   SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T1, GP1, #24 RO T1, GP2, #17 LO: 8893 - Identify required PARs f ro each Emergency Classification.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
YES - CNF Form 968
-24075 rev 16 JUSTIFICATION:
Wind direction has changed 90° from its original direction. It is now blowing from the 135° to 315° , requiring evacuation of Sector 4. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
118 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02067 The plant was operating at 97% power when a complete loss of offsite power occurred. All plant systems responded as designed. Reactor level is  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 118                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02067 The plant was operating at 97% power when a complete loss of offsite power occurred. All plant systems responded as designed. Reactor level is -10 inches and up fast. There have been no operator actions since the LOOP. HPCS-P-2 (HPCS Service Water) then trips.
-10 inches and up fast. There have been no operator actions since the LO OP. HPCS-P-2 (HPCS Service Water) then trips.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. DG-3 is allowed to run indefinitely without HPCS
A. DG-3 is allowed to run indefinitely without HPCS-P-2 in operation.
-P-2 in operation.
B. DG-3 is allowed to run until the HPCS pump is no longer needed for level control.
B. DG-3 is allowed to run until the HPCS pump is no longer needed for lev el control.
C. Immediately trip DG-3 at the local panel with the Emergency Stop pushbutton.
C. Immediately trip DG
D. Immediately trip DG-3 from P601 with the Emergency Stop pushbutton.
-3 at the local panel with the Emergency Stop pushbutton.
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE:       209002K6.03 2.5/2.6 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS): Component Cooling Water system.
D. Immediately trip DG
-3 from P601 with the Emergency Stop pushbutton.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO/RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
209002K6.03 2.5/2.6 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS): Component Cooling Water system.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
ABN-SW rev. 2, page 2 SOURCE:               NEW QUESITON - SRO T2, GP1, #4 RO T2, GP1, #7 LO:                   6760 - State the immediate actions associated with ABN-SW.
ABN-SW rev. 2, page 2 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         With a loss of service water to the HPCS DG, ABN-SW requires that DG3 be tripped with the emergency stop pushbutton at the local panel. C is the only correct action.
- SRO T2, GP1, #4 RO T2, GP1, #7 LO: 6760 - State the immediate actions associated with ABN
-SW. RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
With a loss of service water to the HPCS DG, ABN
-SW requires that DG3 be tripped with the emergency stop pushbutton a t the local panel. C is the only correct action.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
119 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02068 Which of the following activities require the initiation of an Action Request?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 119                                        EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02068 Which of the following activities require the initiation of an Action Request?
A. Relocation of the control switches for SGT
A. Relocation of the control switches for SGT-B-1A1 & 1B1.
-B-1A1 & 1B1.
B. Replacement of the motor operator (same design) for SGT-V-2A.
B. Replacement of the motor operato r (same design) for SGT
C. Performance of an Electrical Surveillance on SGT-V-3A1.
-V-2A. C. Performance of an Electrical Surveillance on SGT
D. Performance of a valve lineup following a refueling outage.
-V-3A1. D. Performance of a valve lineup following a refueling outage.
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         SRO KA # & KA VALUE:       261000 2.2.14 2.1/3.0 10CFR55.43.3, 45 - Knowledge of the process for making configuration changes - SGT
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
SRO   KA # & KA VALUE:
261000 2.2.14 2.1/3.0 10CFR55.43
.3, 45 - Knowledge of the process for making configuration changes  
- SGT  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
SWP-AIT-01 rev. 2, page6 SWP-DES-01 rev. 1, page 7 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #15 LO:                   NO LO RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           YES - SWP-DES-01 rev. 1, page 7 JUSTIFICATION:         A is correct because it is a modification to a system in the power block as defined in SWP-DES-1. B is incorrect because the replacement of a motor operator with the same design motor is a maintenance procedure and not a system modification. C and D are both incorrect because they are covered by surveillance procedures.
SWP-AIT-01 rev. 2, page6   SWP
-DES-01 rev. 1, page 7 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- SRO T2, GP1, #15 LO: NO LO   RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
YES - SWP-DES-01 rev. 1, p age 7   JUSTIFICATION:
A is correct because it is a modification to a system in the power block as defined in SWP
-DES-1. B is incorrect because the replacement of a motor operator with the same design motor is a maintenance procedure and not a system mo dification. C and D are both incorrect because they are covered by surveillance procedures.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
120 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02069 The plant is operating at 99% when reactor level decreases several inches and stabilizes at a new level lower than the setpoint. The Chan nel A level instrument is selected.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 120                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02069 The plant is operating at 99% when reactor level decreases several inches and stabilizes at a new level lower than the setpoint. The Channel A level instrument is selected.
Which of the following is the cause of these indications?
Which of the following is the cause of these indications?
A. MS-RV-4D on Main Steam Line D fails open.
A. MS-RV-4D on Main Steam Line D fails open.
B. MS-V-160A (#1 BPV) fails open.
B. MS-V-160A (#1 BPV) fails open.
C. Steam flow transmitter RFW
C. Steam flow transmitter RFW-DPT-803A fails open instantly.
-DPT-803A fails open instantly.
D. Reactor level transmitter RFW-DPT-4A fails downscale instantly.
D. R eactor level transmitter RFW
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       259002A3.03 3.2/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM including:
-DPT-4A fails downscale instantly.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
259002A3.03 3.2/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to monitor automatic operations of the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM including:
Changes in Main Steam Flow
Changes in Main Steam Flow


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000157 rev. 11, pages 19 & 20 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #24 LO:                   5400 - Predict the expected response of the Feedwater Level Control System with an SRV failed open.
LO000157 rev. 11, pages 19 & 20 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A failure of instrumentation to FWLC causes an instantaneous shift to single element control. The result of this failure is no indicated change in level. C and D are incorrect. B is incorrect because the BPV is located downstream of the flow restrictors and will have no effect on indicated steam flow. A is correct because the open RV causes indicated steam flow to decrease and a corresponding decrease in feed flow until the level signal increase feed flow and stabilizes level at a new lower level.
- RO T2, GP1, #24 LO: 5400 - Predict the expected response of the Feedwater Level Control System with an SRV failed open.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A failure of instrumentation to FWLC causes an instantaneous shift to single element control. The result of this failure is no indicated change in level. C  
 
and D are incorrect. B is incorrect because the BPV is located downstrea m of the flow restrictors and will have no effect on indicated steam flow. A is correct because the open RV causes indicated steam flow to decrease and a  
 
corresponding decrease in feed flow until the level signal increase feed flow  
 
and stabilizes level at a new lower level.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
121 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 ex02084  Several minutes ago several alarms were received in the control room. Upon investigation, the control room operator finds Standby Gas Treatment in operation controlling reactor building


pressure. Reactor Build ing HVAC has tripped. The reactor continues to operate at 99% power.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 121                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02084 Several minutes ago several alarms were received in the control room. Upon investigation, the control room operator finds Standby Gas Treatment in operation controlling reactor building pressure. Reactor Building HVAC has tripped. The reactor continues to operate at 99% power.
Which of the following caused these indications?
Which of the following caused these indications?
A. 1.72 psig in the drywell.
A. 1.72 psig in the drywell.
B. +3 inches reactor level.
B. +3 inches reactor level.
C. Leaking fuel in the spent fuel pool.
C. Leaking fuel in the spent fuel pool.
D. High reactor buildi ng dp. ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
D. High reactor building dp.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       261000A2.12 3.2/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High fuel pool ventilation radiation.
261000A2.12 3.2/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correc t, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High fuel pool ventilation radiation.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages1 & 10 LO000144 rev. 11, page14 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #26 LO:                   5679 - Describe the RB HVAC system response to the LOCA isolation signals - FAZ RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A and B are both incorrect because they would result in a reactor scram. D is incorrect because it does not result in a start of SGT. C is correct because the hi rad/airborne contamination would enter the RB HVAC system from the suction over the fuel pool and cause a Z signal when the ventilation exhaust exceeded 13 mrem/hr.
82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages1 & 10   LO000144 rev. 11, page14 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- RO T2, GP1, #26 LO: 567 9 - Describe the RB HVAC system response to the LOCA isolation signals - FAZ   RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are both incorrect because they would result in a reactor scram. D is incorrect because it does not result in a sta rt of SGT. C is correct because the hi rad/airborne contamination would enter the RB HVAC system from the suction over the fuel pool and cause a Z signal when the ventilation  
 
exhaust exceeded 13 mrem/hr.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
122 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 122                EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
123 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 ex01103 The plant is operating at 89% power. DG
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 123                                        EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01103 The plant is operating at 89% power. DG-1 has been started and loaded per the monthly operability surveillance. During the operability run, Drywell pressure increases to 2.02 psig. Five minutes later, a loss of all offsite power occurs.
-1 has been started and loaded per the monthly operability surveillance. During the operability run, Drywell pressure increases to 2.02 psig. Five minutes later, a loss of all offsite power occurs.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for th ese conditions?
A. DG-1 continues to run until the trip of DG1-7 on the loss of offsite power.
A. DG-1 continues to run until the trip of DG1
B. DG-1 trips and has to be manually restarted. DG1-7 is manually synced to SM-7.
-7 on the loss of offsite power.
C. DG1-7 trips, DG-1 continues to run, DG1-7 auto closes when the loss of all offsite power occurs.
B. DG-1 trips and has to be manually restarted. DG1
D. DG1-7 trips, DG-1 trips, DG-1 restarts and DG1-7 auto closes when the loss of all offsite power occurs.
-7 is manually synced to SM
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:           RO KA # & KA VALUE:         264000A2.09 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Loss of AC power.
-7. C. DG1-7 trips, DG
-1 continues to run, DG1
-7 auto closes when the lo ss of all offsite power occurs.
D. DG1-7 trips, DG
-1 trips, DG
-1 restarts and DG1
-7 auto closes when the loss of all offsite power occurs.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
264000A2.09 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate  


the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Loss of AC
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000200 rev. 8, pages 20 & 21 SOURCE:                 BANK QUESTION 2001 NRC exam- RO T2, GP1, #28 LO:                     5317 - List the four trip signals for DG1-7.
power. REFEREN CE: LO000200 rev. 8, pages 20 & 21 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION 2001 NRC exam
RATING:                 H3 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:           During the operability run, DG-1 is paralleled to the Backup Transformer.
- RO T2, GP1, #28 LO: 5317 - List the four trip signals for DG1
When the high drywell pressure occurs, DG1-7 trips and DG-1 continues to run. When the loss of offsite power occurs, DG1-7 recloses automatically. C is correct.
-7. RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
During the operability run, DG
-1 is paralleled to the Ba ckup Transformer.
When the high drywell pressure occurs, DG1
-7 trips and DG
-1 continues to run. When the loss of offsite power occurs, DG1
-7 recloses automatically. C is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
124 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 124                EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
125 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 ex02071 At which of the following power levels will the c hange in neutron flux cause the most damage during a control rod drop accident?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 125                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02071 At which of the following power levels will the change in neutron flux cause the most damage during a control rod drop accident?
A. 5   B. 20   C. 35   D. 50 ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
A. 5 B. 20 C. 35 D. 50 ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       201003K3.02 2.8/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CONTROL ROD AND DRIVE MECHANISM will have on following: Flux shaping
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
201003K3.02 2.8/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CONTROL ROD AND DRIVE MECHANISM will have on following: Flux shaping


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000137 rev. 11, page3 LO000154 rev.10, pages 2 & 3 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP2, #1 LO:                    7283 - State the purpose of flux shaping and rod sequencing.
RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          The damage caused during a control rod drop accident is caused by the change in flux or reactivity. When power exceeds 20% power, there is no operator error that can cause fuel enthalpy to exceed 280 cal./gram. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


LO000137 rev. 11, page3  LO000154 rev.10, pages 2 & 3 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 126                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00003 The plant is operating at rated power when a fault causes an automatic power reduction to approximately 60% of rated.
- RO T2, GP2, #1 LO: 7283 - State the purpose of flux shaping and rod sequencing.
Assuming no operator actions were taken, which of the following would result in these conditions?
RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
A. SH-6 trip.
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
B. SM-1 trip.
The damage caused during a control rod drop accident is caused by the change in flux or reactivity. When power exceeds 20% power, there is no
C. SM-3 trip D. SM-8 trip ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       202001A4.01 3.7/3.7 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Recirculation pumps
 
operator error that can cause fuel enthalpy t o exceed 280 cal./gram. A is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
126 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex00003 The plant is operating at rated power when a fault causes an automatic power reduction to approximately 60% of rated.
Assuming no operator actions were taken, which of the following would res ult in these conditions?
A. SH-6 trip. B. SM-1 trip. C. SM-3 trip   D. SM-8 trip ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
202001A4.01 3.7/3.7   10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control ro om: Recirculation pumps


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000196 rev. 12, page 32 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - RO T2, G2, #5 LO:                   5030 - State the power supplies for the Recirc pumps.
LO000196 rev. 12, page 32 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A is correct because the loss of power to RRC-P-1B would result in a power reduction to approximately 60% power. B and C would cause a full scram due to a loss of suction pressure trip on the feedpumps (with no operator action). D would cause a 1/2 scram but no reduction in power.
- 2000 NRC EXAM
-   RO T2, G2, #5 LO: 5030 - State the power supplies for the Recirc pumps.
RATING: H3       ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A is cor rect because the loss of power to RRC
-P-1B would result in a power reduction to approximately 60% power. B and C would cause a full scram due to a loss of suction pressure trip on the feedpumps (with no operator  
 
action). D would cause a 1/2 scram but no reduction in power.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
127 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02072 The plant was operating at 100% power when a scram occurred due to an MSIV isolation.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 127                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02072 The plant was operating at 100% power when a scram occurred due to an MSIV isolation.
Which of the following caused this isolation?
Which of the following caused this isolation?
A loss of -
A loss of A. RPS-A B. RPS-B C. IN-2 D. IN-3 ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       239001K2.01 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: MSIV solenoids
A. RPS-A   B. RPS-B   C. IN-2   D. IN-3 ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
239001K2.01 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41  
- Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: MSIV solenoids


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000173 rev. 9, page 13 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #12 LO:                   7783 - Predict the effect a failure of IN2 will have on MSIVs.
LO000173 rev. 9, page 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A, B, and C, are both incorrect because they only de-energize 1/2 of the logic design needed to cause a full isolation. IN-2 both sub channels of the inboard MSIVs causing all 4 to close and a full scram. C is correct.
- SRO T2, GP2, #12 LO: 7783 - Predict the effect a failure of IN2 will have on MSIVs.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A, B, and C, are both incorrect because they only de
-energize 1/2 of the logic design needed to cause a full isolation. IN
-2 both sub c hannels of the inboard MSIVs causing all 4 to close and a full scram. C is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
128 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02073 The plant is operating at 99% power with LPCS
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 128                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02073 The plant is operating at 99% power with LPCS-P-1 running in full flow test for a surveillance. A small leak in the drywell causes drywell pressure to increase to the LPCS initiation setpoint.
-P-1 running in full flow test for a surveillance. A small leak in the drywell causes drywell pressu re to increase to the LPCS initiation setpoint.
Which of the following valves responds first?
Which of the following valves responds first?
A. LPCS-V-1 Suction   B. LPCS-V-5 Injection C. LPCS-FCV-11 Minimum Flow D. LPCS-V-12 Test Return ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
A. LPCS-V-1 Suction B. LPCS-V-5 Injection C. LPCS-FCV-11 Minimum Flow D. LPCS-V-12 Test Return ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295024EA1.03 4.0/3.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: LPCS
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295024EA1.03 4.0/3.9 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: LPCS


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000192 rev. 9 pages 4 and 5 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - LR00688 - RO T1, GP1, #7 LO:                   5482 - List the automatic system response when LPCS initiates.
LO000192 rev. 9 pages 4 and 5 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
RATING:               H2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A is incorrect because there is no auto signal for V-1. B is incorrect because the injection valve does not open until reactor pressure decreases to less than 470 psig. C is incorrect because the min flow valve does not open until flow decreases. D is correct: as soon as the initiation occurs, the Test Return valve closes.
- LR00688 - RO T1, GP1, #7 LO: 54 82 - List the automatic system response when LPCS initiates.
RATING: H2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because there is no auto signal for V
-1. B is incorrect because the injection valve does not open until reactor pressure dec reases to less than 470 psig. C is incorrect because the min flow valve does not open until flow decreases. D is correct: as soon as the initiation occurs, the Test  
 
Return valve closes.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
129 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02074 Which of the following is prevented by the performance of the PC Gas leg of PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 129                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02074 Which of the following is prevented by the performance of the PC Gas leg of PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control?
A. Damage to Standby Gas Treatment from excessive hydrogen concentration.
A. Damage to Standby Gas Treatment from excessive hydrogen concentration.
B. An uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment.
B. An uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment.
C. Damage to drywell equipment from drywell sprays.
C. Damage to drywell equipment from drywell sprays.
D. A failure of the drywell downcomers.
D. A failure of the drywell downcomers.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       500000 2.3.11 2.7/3.2 10CFR55.45 - Ability to control radiation release during high containment hydrogen.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
500000 2.3.11 2.7/3.2 10CFR55.45  
- Ability to control radiation release during high containment hydrogen.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 page 267 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - RO T1, GP1, #13 LO:                   8425 - Identify the possible consequence of a deflagration in containment.
PPM 5.0.10 r ev. 6 page 267 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         PPM 5.0.10 states the reason/basis for the PC Gas control leg of PPM 5.2.1 is to prevent the uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment. B is correct.
- RO T1, GP1, #13 LO: 8425 - Identify the possible consequence of a deflagration in containment.
RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
PPM 5.0.10 states the reason/basis for the PC Gas control le g of PPM 5.2.1 is to prevent the uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
130 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02075 The plant is operating at 99% power. The following conditions exist:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 130                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02075 The plant is operating at 99% power. The following conditions exist:
Five cooling towers are in operation.
Five cooling towers are in operation.
Six Circ Wat er fans are running on each tower.
Six Circ Water fans are running on each tower.
Two Circ Water pumps are running.
Two Circ Water pumps are running.
Condenser vacuum is going down.
Condenser vacuum is going down.
Which of the following is true concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is true concerning these conditions?
A. Starting all available cooling tower fans causes main generator output to go down beca use of an increase in plant auxiliary power.
A. Starting all available cooling tower fans causes main generator output to go down because of an increase in plant auxiliary power.
B. Starting all available cooling tower fans causes main generator output to go up because of an increase in Circ Water flow.
B. Starting all available cooling tower fans causes main generator output to go up because of an increase in Circ Water flow.
C. Starting the third Circ Water Pump causes main condenser vacuum to go down because of an increase in Circ Water flow.
C. Starting the third Circ Water Pump causes main condenser vacuum to go down because of an increase in Circ Water flow.
D. Starting the third Circ Water Pump causes main condenser vacuum to go up because of an increase in condensate sub cooling.
D. Starting the third Circ Water Pump causes main condenser vacuum to go up because of an increase in condensate sub cooling.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       D QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295002AA1.07 3.1/2.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to LOSS OF MAIN CONDENSER VACUUM:
RO KA # & KA VALUE:
295002AA1.07 3.1/2.9 1 0CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to LOSS OF MAIN CONDENSER VACUUM:
Condenser Circ Water System
Condenser Circ Water System


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
BWR Gen. Fun. Thermodynamics, Chap. 4, rev. 3, pages35 & 36 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - RO T1, GP2, #2 LO:                    7393 - Explain vacuum formation in the condenser process.
RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        Vacuum can be increased (back pressure decreased) by increasing the condensate sub cooling. Sub cooling can be increased by increasing CW flow or decreasing CW temperature. D is correct because vacuum increases by increasing CW flow (starting the 3rd pump). C is incorrect because vacuum increases. B is incorrect because starting all available fans does not increase CW flow. A is incorrect because main generator output goes up not down.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


BWR Gen. Fun. Thermodynamics, Chap. 4, rev. 3, pages35 & 36 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 131                EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
- RO T1, GP2, #2 LO: 7393 - Explain vacuum formation in the condenser process.
RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
Vacuum can be increased (back pressure decreased) by increasing the condensate sub cooling. Sub cooling can be increased by increasing CW


flow or dec reasing CW temperature. D is correct because vacuum increases by increasing CW flow (starting the 3 rd pump). C is incorrect because vacuum increases. B is incorrect because starting all available fans does not increase CW flow. A is incorrect because m ain generator output goes up not down. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 132                                   EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02077 The plant was operating at 25% power when an ATWS occurred. You have been directed to insert control rods per PPM 5.5.11 Alternate Control Rod Insertions by the CRS.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
131 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
 
Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
132 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02077 The plant was operating at 25% power when an ATWS occurred. You have been directed to insert control rods per PPM 5.5.11 Alternate Control Rod Insertions by the CRS.
Which of the follo wing is correct concerning these conditions?
A. The continuous in pushbutton can be used for control rod insertion.
A. The continuous in pushbutton can be used for control rod insertion.
B. Single notch insertion must be used for control rod insertion.
B. Single notch insertion must be used for control rod insertion.
C. Control rods must be inserted according to the fast shutdown sequence. D. All control rods must be inserted to position 12 before insertion to position 00.
C. Control rods must be inserted according to the fast shutdown sequence.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
D. All control rods must be inserted to position 12 before insertion to position 00.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       201002 2.4.6 3.1/4.0 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Knowledge of the symptom based EOP mitigation strategies - Reactor Manual control system.
201002 2.4.6 3.1/4.0 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45  
- Knowledge of the symptom based EOP mitigation s trategies
- Reactor Manual control system.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 200 SOURCE:               NEW QESTION - RO T2, GP1, #1 LO:                   NO LO RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         Per the EOP IMPLEMENTATION POLICY given in PPM 5.0.10, the CONTINUOUS IN pushbutton can be used for control rod insertion directed by PPM 5.5.11. A is correct.
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 200 SOURCE: NEW QESTION  
- RO T2, GP1, #1 LO: NO LO   RATING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
Per the EOP IMPLEMENTATION POLICY given in PPM 5.0.10, the C ONTINUOUS IN pushbutton can be used for control rod insertion directed by PPM 5.5.11. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
133 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex01065 With reactor level GT TAF, operation of the LPCS Pump is NOT allowed with suppression pool level LT the Vortex Limit of the pump.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 133                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01065 With reactor level GT TAF, operation of the LPCS Pump is NOT allowed with suppression pool level LT the Vortex Limit of the pump.
Which of the following describes the reason for this limit?
Which of the following describes the reason for this limit?
A. Loss of NPSH results in pump run out and motor overheating.
A. Loss of NPSH results in pump run out and motor overheating.
Line 3,834: Line 2,357:
C. Air entrainment can cause pitting and failure in the spray ring nozzles.
C. Air entrainment can cause pitting and failure in the spray ring nozzles.
D. Air entrainment could occur and cause system damage during subsequent restarts.
D. Air entrainment could occur and cause system damage during subsequent restarts.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       209001K6.03 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM: Suppression Pool water level
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
209001K6.03 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfuncti on of the following will have on the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM: Suppression Pool water level


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 pages 262 & 263 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - RO T2, GP1, #5 LO:                    8388 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes a centrifugal pumps response to operation below its Vortex Limit.
RATING:                H2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:          A is incorrect because a loss of NPSH does not cause pump run out and overheating. B is incorrect because there is no low suction pressure trip on LPCS. C is incorrect because the spray ring is in a high pressure area. D is correct as stated in PPM 5.0.10.
COMMENTS:              This question was used for the 2001 exam but with HPCS as the system in question. The only changes to the question were based on LPCS as the system in question versus HPCS. This is considered a direct bank question.
Examkeyr5


PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 pages 262 & 263 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 134                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02078 A plant startup is in progress with the following conditions:
- 2001 NRC EXAM
-  RO T2, GP1, #5 LO: 8388 - Given a list, identify the statem ent that describes a centrifugal pump's response to operation below its Vortex Limit.
RATING: H2  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because a loss of NPSH does not cause pump run out and overheating. B is incorrect because there is no low suction pressure trip on LPCS. C is incorrect because the spray ring is in a high pressure area. D is correct as stated in PPM 5.0.10.
COMMENTS: This question was used for the 2001 exam but with HPCS as the system in question. The only changes to the question were based on LPCS as the system in question versus HPCS. This is considered a direct bank question.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
134 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02078 A plant startup is in progress with the following conditions:
Reactor power is approximately 3%
Reactor power is approximately 3%
IRM A = 75/125 R8 IRM B = 3 9/40 R7 IRM C = 65/125 R8 IRM D = 25/40 R7 IRM E = 59/125 R8 IRM F = 60/125 R8 IRM G = 47/125 R8 IRM H = 35/125 R8 The High Voltage supply for IRM E then fails.
IRM A = 75/125 R8 IRM B = 39/40 R7 IRM C = 65/125 R8 IRM D = 25/40 R7 IRM E = 59/125 R8 IRM F = 60/125 R8 IRM G = 47/125 R8 IRM H = 35/125 R8 The High Voltage supply for IRM E then fails.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. There is no effect on pl ant operation.
A. There is no effect on plant operation.
B. Full scram.
B. Full scram.
C. Rod out Block.
C. Rod out Block.
D. 1/2 scram on RPS A.
D. 1/2 scram on RPS A.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       215003K3.04 3.6/3.6 10CFR55.41, & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the INTERMEDIATE RANGE MONITOR (IRM)
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
SYSTEM will have on following: Reactor Protection System.
215003K3.04 3.6/3.6 10CFR55.41, & 45  
- Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the INTERMEDIATE RAN GE MONITOR (IRM)
SYSTEM will have on following: Reactor Protection System.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000138 rev. 7, page 13 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #11 LO:
RATING:                5459 - List the IRM scrams and rod blocks ATTACHMENT:            H3 JUSTIFICATION:          NONE The loss of the HV power supply for IRM E causes an INOP scram signal on RPS A. IRM B already has generated a 1/2 scram on RPS B, so the combination results in a full scram. B is correct.
Examkeyr5


LO000138 rev. 7, page 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 135                EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
- RO T2, GP1, #11 LO:  RATING: 5459 - List the IRM scrams and rod blocks ATTACHMENT:
H3 JUSTIFICATION:
NONE  The loss of the HV power supply for IRM E causes an INOP scram signal on RPS A. IRM B already has generated a 1/2 scram on RPS B, so the combination results in a full scram. B is correct.


COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 136                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01042 The plant was operating at 89% power when a transient occurred. The CRS has directed the CRO to open the seven ADS SRVs by arming and depressing the A and C Logic Channel pushbuttons.
135 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     
When the CRO pushes the pushbuttons, the seven ADS SRVs open immediately. All seven ADS SRVs close immediately upon release of the pushbuttons by the CRO.
 
Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
136 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex01042 The plant was operating at 89% power when a transient occur red. The CRS has directed the CRO to open the seven ADS SRVs by arming and depressing the A and C Logic Channel pushbuttons.
When the CRO pushes the pushbuttons, the seven ADS SRVs open immediately. All seven ADS  
 
SRVs close immediately upon release of t he pushbuttons by the CRO.
Which one of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
Which one of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
A. RHR-P-2A is not running.
A. RHR-P-2A is not running.
B. RHR-P-2C is not running.
B. RHR-P-2C is not running.
C. The Division 2 Inhibit switch is in the INHIBIT position.
C. The Division 2 Inhibit switch is in the INHIBIT position.
D. The Division 1 Inhibit swi tch is in the INHIBIT position.
D. The Division 1 Inhibit switch is in the INHIBIT position.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       218000A4.02 4.2/4.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: ADS initiation logic.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
218000A4.02 4.2/4.2 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: ADS initiation logic.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000186 rev. 9, page 4 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTON - 2001 NRC EXAM - RO T2, GP1, #18 LO:                   5073 - State how ADS is manually initiated including permissive.
LO000186 rev. 9, page 4   SOURCE: BANK QUESTON  
RATING:               H3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         With all ADS logic made up (all auto contacts made up and the 105 second timer timed out) and the INHIBIT Switches in inhibit, there is no auto initiation.
- 2001 NRC EXAM  
If all ADS logic is made up and the Arm and Depress logic pushbuttons are pushed with the INHIBIT Switches in inhibit, the valves open. When the pushbutton is released, the valves close. D is correct.
- RO T2, GP1, #18 LO: 5073 - State how ADS is manually initiated including permissive.
RATING: H3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
With all ADS logic made up (all auto contacts made up and the 105 s econd timer timed out) and the INHIBIT Switches in inhibit, there is no auto initiation.
If all ADS logic is made up and the Arm and Depress logic pushbuttons are  
 
pushed with the INHIBIT Switches in inhibit, the valves open. When the  
 
pushbutton is releas ed, the valves close. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
137 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02079 The plant is operating at 100% power. Multiple alarms illuminate on FCP
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 137                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02079 The plant is operating at 100% power. Multiple alarms illuminate on FCP-1, 2, and 3. Immediately following these alarms a plant laborer calls and informs you there is smoke billowing out of the RFW-P-1B room.
-1, 2, and 3. Immediately following these alarms a plant laborer calls and informs you there is smoke billowing out of the RFW-P-1B room. Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
Immediately-A. Evacuate all non
Immediately A. Evacuate all non-emergency personnel from the TG Building.
-emergency personnel from the TG Building.
B. Call OPS 3 to verify the fire.
B. Call OPS 3 to verify the fire.
C. Notify the Hanford FD by use of the pushbutton on FCP
C. Notify the Hanford FD by use of the pushbutton on FCP-1 D. Notify SCC of the location of the fire.
-1   D. Notify SCC of the location of the fire.
ANSWER:       A QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       259001 2.4.25 2.9/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of Fire Protection procedures - Reactor Feedwater Systems
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
259001 2.4.25 2.9/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of Fire Protection procedures  
- Reactor Feedwater Systems


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
ABN-FIRE rev. 3, page 2 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #22 LO:                   6902 - Describe the immediate actions for a fire.
ABN-FIRE rev. 3, page 2 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         B is incorrect because someone has already verified the existence of a fire.
- RO T2, GP1, #22 LO: 6902 - Describe the immediate actions for a fire.
C is incorrect because SCC notifies the Hanford FD. D is incorrect because notification of SCC is an immediate action if the fire is outside of the power block. The immediate actions for ABN-FIRE require that all non-emergency personnel be evacuated from the affected building immediately. A is correct.
RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
B is incorrect because someone has already verified the existence of a fire.
C is incorrect becau se SCC notifies the Hanford FD. D is incorrect because notification of SCC is an immediate action if the fire is outside of the power block. The immediate actions for ABN
-FIRE require that all non
-emergency personnel be evacuated from the affected buildi ng immediately. A is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
138 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02080 The plant is operating at 100% power. A loss of power occurs on SM
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 138                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02080 The plant is operating at 100% power. A loss of power occurs on SM-8 due to a lockout.
-8 due to a lockout.
Which of the following is correct for this condition?
Which of the following is correct for this condition?
APRM power is indicated on-A. all normal power ind icators on P603.
APRM power is indicated on A. all normal power indicators on P603.
B. Division 1 power indications on P603.
B. Division 1 power indications on P603.
C. Division 2 power indications on P603.
C. Division 2 power indications on P603.
D. Graphic Display System on P602.
D. Graphic Display System on P602.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       215005A4.02 2.8/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: CRT display indicators
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
215005A4.02 2.8/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: CRT display indicators


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
ABN-ELEC-SM3/SM8 rev. 0, page 19 GDS Design Spec. SGPS9401 rev/
2, APP A table 1.1, page 1 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #14 LO:                    NO LO RATING:                L3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        The loss of SM-8 causes a loss of all reactor power indication on P603 and a loss of Div 2 APRMs. The GDS system selects the highest power input it receives from the operable APRMs (Div 1) and displays that value. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


ABN-ELEC-SM3/SM8 rev. 0, page 19  GDS Design Spec. SGPS9401 rev/
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 139                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02081 During the last refuel outage, two holes (5 inches by 6 inches) were opened in the floor under H13-P682 in the main control room. The plant was started up and is now operating at 97% power.
2, APP A table 1.1, page 1 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
Which of the following describes the operational implication of operating the plant in this configuration?
- RO T2, GP1, #14 LO: NO LO  RATING: L 3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
The loss of SM
-8 causes a loss of all reactor power indication on P603 and a loss of Div 2 APRMs. The GDS system selects the highest power input it receives from the operable APRMs (Div 1) and displays that value.
D is correct. COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
139 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02081 During the last refuel outage, two holes (5 inches by 6 inches) were opened in the floor under H13
-P682 in the main control room. The plant was started up and is now operating at 97% power.
Which of the followi ng describes the operational implication of operating the plant in this configuration?
A. The normal Control Room Ventilation system flow balance will be changed and will not be able to cool all control room equipment.
A. The normal Control Room Ventilation system flow balance will be changed and will not be able to cool all control room equipment.
B. The Control Room Deluge Syst ems will not be effective because of the change in the spray patterns caused by the change in ventilation.
B. The Control Room Deluge Systems will not be effective because of the change in the spray patterns caused by the change in ventilation.
C. The Control Room Emergency Filtration System will not be able to pressurize the control room when required during emergency conditions.
C. The Control Room Emergency Filtration System will not be able to pressurize the control room when required during emergency conditions.
D. The Control Room Emergency Filtration System will not be able to filter the incoming atmosphere due to the bypass flow path created.
D. The Control Room Emergency Filtration System will not be able to filter the incoming atmosphere due to the bypass flow path created.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       290003K5.02 2.8/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to CONTROL ROOM HVAC: Differential pressure control.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
290003K5.02 2.8/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the opera tional implications of the following concepts as they apply to CONTROL ROOM HVAC: Differential pressure control.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000201 rev. 9, pages 2 & 3 Columbia LER 94-021 SOURCE:                 NEW QUESTON - RO T2, GP2, #19 LO:                     5220 - State the purpose of the Control Room HVAC system.
LO000201 rev. 9, pages 2 & 3 Columbia LER 94
RATING:                 H4 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A is incorrect because there would be no change in the flow balance or cooling for control room equipment. B is incorrect because there are not deluge systems in the control room. D is incorrect because the holes in the floor are downstream from the filters and would have no effect on filtration. C is correct as stated in the LER.
-021   SOURCE: NEW QUESTON  
- RO T2, GP2, #19 LO: 5220 - State the purpose of the Control Room HVAC system.
RATING: H4   ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
A is incorrect because there would be no change in the flow balance or cooling for control room equipment. B is incorrect because there are not  
 
deluge systems in the cont rol room. D is incorrect because the holes in the floor are downstream from the filters and would have no effect on filtration. C is correct as stated in the LER.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
140 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 140                EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
141 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 ex98023 The following conditions exist:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 141                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98023 The following conditions exist:
Isolated ATWS Reactor level +19 inches and down slow Reactor pressure 999 psig and up slow Suppression pool level 31 feet and up slow Suppression pool temperature 220°F and going up Which of the following is correct for the above conditions?
Isolated ATWS Reactor level +19 inches and down slow Reactor pressure 999 psig and up slow Suppression pool level 31 feet and up slow Suppression pool temperature 220°F and going up Which of the following is correct for the above conditions?
A. Start RCIC for reactor level control.
A. Start RCIC for reactor level control.
B. Reduce reactor pressure to 600 psig to allow injection with Condensate Booster Pumps. C. Immediately Emergency Depressurize the reactor.
B. Reduce reactor pressure to 600 psig to allow injection with Condensate Booster Pumps.
C. Immediately Emergency Depressurize the reactor.
D. Start HPCS and reduce suppression pool level.
D. Start HPCS and reduce suppression pool level.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295025EA2.03 3.9/4.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
RO   KA # & KA V ALUE: 295025EA2.03   3.9/4.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45  
- Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
Suppression Pool Temperature.
Suppression Pool Temperature.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
PPM 5.2.1, rev 12 - HCTL SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC EXAM - RO T1, G1, #8 LO:                   8302 - Given plant conditions, determine current operating point on the HCTL curve.
PPM 5.2.1, rev 12  
RATING:                   H3 ATTACHMENT:           YES - PPM 5.2.1 JUSTIFICATION:         A and B are both incorrect because level control is secondary to protecting the containment at this time. D is incorrect because suppression pool level is normal and a level reduction would only hurt at this time.
- HCTL   SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
- 98 NRC EXA M - RO T1, G1, #8 LO: 8302 - Given plant conditions, determine current operating point on the HCTL curve. RATING:     H3   ATTACHMENT:
YES - PPM 5.2.1 JUSTIFICATION:
A and B are both incorrect because level control is secondary to protecting the containment at this time. D is incorrect because suppression pool level is  
 
normal and a level reduction would only hurt at this time.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
142 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex01113 Which of the following describes how low pressure LPCI Injection piping is protected from fu ll reactor pressure?
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 142                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01113 Which of the following describes how low pressure LPCI Injection piping is protected from full reactor pressure?
RHR-V-42A (42B and 42C) are interlocked closed until reactor pressure is less than-A. 160 psig. B. 220 psig   C. 320 psig. D. 470 psig. ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
RHR-V-42A (42B and 42C) are interlocked closed until reactor pressure is less than A. 160 psig.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
B. 220 psig C. 320 psig.
203000K4.02 3.3/3.4 10 CFR55.41.7  
D. 470 psig.
- Knowledge of RHR/LPCI:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:       RO KA # & KA VALUE:     203000K4.02 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41.7 - Knowledge of RHR/LPCI:
INJECTION MODE design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Prevention of piping overpressurization.
INJECTION MODE design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Prevention of piping overpressurization.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000198 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE:               BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - T2, GP1, #4 LO:                   7728 - Describe the physical connections and/or cause and effect relationships between RHR and the RPV.
LO000198 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
RATING:               L2 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:       The LPCI Injection valves are interlocked closed to prevent overpressurization until reactor pressure is reduced to less than 470 psig. D is correct.
- 2001 NRC EXAM  
- T2, GP1, #4   LO: 7728 - Describe the physical connections and/or cause and effect relationships between RHR and the RPV.
RATING: L2   ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
The LPCI Injection valves are interlocked closed to prevent overpressurization until re actor pressure is reduced to less than 470 psig. D is correct.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
143 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex01128 The plant was operating at 97% power when a LOCA occurred. The LOCA signal is sealed in and has not been reset. All plant equipment functioned as designed. RHR
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 143                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01128 The plant was operating at 97% power when a LOCA occurred. The LOCA signal is sealed in and has not been reset. All plant equipment functioned as designed. RHR-P-2A is in operation in Upper Drywell Spray. RHR-P-2B is in operation in Wetwell Spray. A lockout on Bkr 7-1 then causes the Startup Transformer to trip.
-P-2A is in operation in Upper Drywell Spray. RHR
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
-P-2B is in operation in Wetwell Spray. A lockout on Bkr 7
A. RHR-P-2A is in operation with power from the Backup transformer. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from the Backup Transformer B. RHR-P-2A is in operation with power from DG-1. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from DG-2.
-1 then causes the Startup Transformer to trip.
C. RHR-P-2A is off. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from the Backup Transformer D. RHR-P-2A is off. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from DG-2.
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:       RO KA # & KA VALUE:     226001K2.02 2.9/2.9 10CFR55.41.7 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Pumps
A. RHR-P-2A is in operation with power from the Backup transformer. RHR
-P-2B is in operation with power from the Backup Transformer B. RHR-P-2A is in operation with power from DG
-1. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from DG
-2. C. RHR-P-2A is off. RHR
-P-2B is in operation with power from the Backup Transformer D. RHR-P-2A is off. RHR
-P-2B is in operation with power from DG
-2. ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
226001K2.02 2.9/2.9 10CFR55.41.7  
- Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Pumps


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000182 rev. 12. page 30 LO000198 rev. 10, page 43 SOURCE:              BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - RO T2, GP2, #11 LO:                  5058 - Identify the loads on SM-7.
RATING:              H3 ATTACHMENT:          NONE JUSTIFICATION:        RHR-P-2A is powered from SM-7. With the 86 on Bkr 7-1, neither the DG nor the Backup transformer close onto the bus. RHR-P-2A is not in operation. The loss of TR-S causes an undervoltage on SM-8. Bkr B-8 closes and supplies the bus. RHR-P-2B is in operation. C is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


LO000182 rev. 12. page 30  LO000198 rev. 10, page 43 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 144                 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5
- 2001 NRC EXAM
- RO T2, GP2, #11 LO: 5058 - Identify the loads on SM
-7. RATING: H3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
RHR-P-2A is powered from SM
-7. With the 86 on Bkr 7
-1, neither the DG nor the Backup transformer close onto the bus. RHR
-P-2A is not in operation. The loss of TR
-S causes an undervoltage on SM
-8. Bkr B-8 closes and supplies the bus. RHR
-P-2B is in operation. C is correct.
COMME NTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
144 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    


Examkeyr5 COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 145                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex99097 The plant is in MODE 5 with a full core off load 98% completed. RHR-P-2B is in operation in Fuel Pool Cooling Assist mode. Breaker 8-3 trips due to overcurrent.
145 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex99097 The plant is in MODE 5 with a full core off load 98% completed. RHR
-P-2B is in operation in Fuel Pool Cooling Assist mode. Breaker 8
-3 trips due to overcurrent.
Which of the following is correct based on these conditions?
Which of the following is correct based on these conditions?
A. DG-2 starts and supplies bus SM
A. DG-2 starts and supplies bus SM-8.
-8. B. Breaker B-8 closes and supplies bus SM
B. Breaker B-8 closes and supplies bus SM-8.
-8. C. The spent fuel pool temperature begins to increase.
C. The spent fuel pool temperature begins to increase.
D. RHR-P-2C will be started in Fuel Pool Cooling Assist Mode.
D. RHR-P-2C will be started in Fuel Pool Cooling Assist Mode.
ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       233000K2.02 2.8/2.9 10CFR55.41.7 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: RHR pumps
RO   KA # & KA VALUE: 233000K2.02 2.8/2.9 10CFR55.41.7  
- Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: RHR pumps


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO000202 page 14 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION- 99 NRC EXAM RO T2, G3, #3 LO:                    5371- Predict how FPCC responds to a loss of RHR.
RATING:                H3 ATTACHMENT:            N/A COMMENTS:              A trip of breaker 8-3 on overcurrent causes a lockout and none of the power supplies close onto the bus. The result is a loss of RHR-P-2B and a heatup of the spent fuel pool. RHR-P-2C cannot be lined up for FPC Assist. C is correct.
JUSTIFICATION:
Examkeyr5


LO000202 page 14 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 146                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98086 The reactor is in MODE 5 with fuel movement underway. After moving a bundle through the cattle chute and into the vessel cavity, it is observed that the ROD BLOCK INTERLOCK #1 light does not illuminate. The HOIST LOADED indicator is illuminated. The control room reports no rod block indication.
- 99 NRC EXAM RO  T2, G3, #3 LO: 5371- Predict how FPCC responds to a loss of R HR. RATING: H3  ATTACHMENT:
N/A  COMMENTS: A trip of breaker 8
-3 on overcurrent causes a lockout and none of the power supplies close onto the bus. The result is a loss of RHR
-P-2B and a heatup of the spent fuel pool. RHR
-P-2C cannot be lined u p for FPC Assist. C is correct. JUSTIFICATION:
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
146 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5  ex98086 The reactor is in MODE 5 with fuel movement underway. After moving a bundle through the "cattle chute" and into the vessel cavity, it is observed that the "ROD BLOCK INTERLOCK #1
" light does not illuminate. The "HOIST LOADED" indicator is illuminated. The control room reports no rod block indication.
Which of the following actions is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following actions is correct for these conditions?
A. Immediately stop the refuel bridge until the inoperable ro d block is corrected.
A. Immediately stop the refuel bridge until the inoperable rod block is corrected.
B. Immediately initiate action to insert all insertable control rods in core cells containing one or more fuel assemblies.
B. Immediately initiate action to insert all insertable control rods in core cells containing one or more fuel assemblies.
C. The fuel bundle may be moved back to the spent fuel pool, then immediately suspend in
C. The fuel bundle may be moved back to the spent fuel pool, then immediately suspend in-vessel fuel movement.
-vessel fuel movement. D. Fuel movement may continue as long as ROD BLOCK INTERLOCK #2 is operable. ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
D. Fuel movement may continue as long as ROD BLOCK INTERLOCK #2 is operable.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
ANSWER:       C QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.1.11 3.0/3.8 10CFR55.43.2 &45 - Knowledge of less than 1 hour Tech Spec Action statements for systems.
2.1.11 3.0/3.8 10CFR55.43.2 &45  
- Knowledge of less than 1 hour Tech Spec Action statements for systems.
RE FERENCE: TS 3.9.1 and TS Bases 3.9.1 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION
- 98 NRC EXAM
- RO T3, #4  LO: 6926 - State from memory,  Tech Spec actions required to be taken in less than 15 minutes.
RATING: H3    H4 ATTACHMENT:
NONE JUSTIFICATION:
C is correct because TS Bases specifically allow the movement of the component to a safe condition even though the action is for immediate suspension of in vessel fuel movement. Tech Specs does not allow


movement to continue until a second fault occurs.
==REFERENCE:==
TS 3.9.1 and TS Bases 3.9.1 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC EXAM - RO T3, #4 LO:                    6926 - State from memory, Tech Spec actions required to be taken in less than 15 minutes.
RATING:                H3 H4 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        C is correct because TS Bases specifically allow the movement of the component to a safe condition even though the action is for immediate suspension of in vessel fuel movement. Tech Specs does not allow movement to continue until a second fault occurs.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
147 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex00135 The plant is operating at 98% power. At 1500 Wednesday, RHR
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 147                                    EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00135 The plant is operating at 98% power. At 1500 Wednesday, RHR-P-2C is declared inoperable due to a motor failure. At 1900 Wednesday, DG-1 and all systems supported by the diesel are declared inop.
-P-2C is declared inoperable due to a motor failure. At 1900 Wednesday, DG
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
-1 and all systems supported by the diesel are declared inop.
A. Restore RHR-P-2C to operable status in 7 days from 1500 Wednesday.
Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?
B. Restore DG-1 to operable status by 1900 Thursday.
A. Restore RHR
C. Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for OPERABLE offsite circuits by 2000 Wednesday, and restore DG-1 to OPERABLE status by 0700 Saturday.
-P-2C to operable status in 7 days from 1500 Wednesday.
B. Restore DG
-1 to operable status by 1900 Thursday.
C. Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for OPERABLE offsite circuits by 2000 Wednesday, and restore DG
-1 to OPERABLE stat us by 0700 Saturday.
D. Take action within 1 hour (from 1900 Wednesday) to place the unit in MODE 2 within 7 hours, MODE 3 within 13 hours and MODE 4 within 37 hours.
D. Take action within 1 hour (from 1900 Wednesday) to place the unit in MODE 2 within 7 hours, MODE 3 within 13 hours and MODE 4 within 37 hours.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.2.23 2.6/3.8 10CFR55.43.2 & 45 - Ability to track limiting conditions for operations.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.2.23 2.6/3.8   10CFR55
.43.2 & 45  
- Ability to track limiting conditions for operations.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
TS. 3.0.3, 3.5.1 SOURCE:                BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - RO T3, #7 LO:                    9540 - Interpret required Tech Specs from plant conditions.
RATING:                H4 ATTACHMENT:            YES - TS. 3.0.3, 3.5.1 JUSTIFICATION:          When DG-1 and all of its supported systems are declared inop, 3 ECCS Systems are out of service and require entry into TS 3.0.3. D is correct.
COMMENTS:              This question replaces EX00098 on the RO Exam as number 67.
Examkeyr5


TS. 3.0.3, 3.5.1 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 148                                       EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98022 The reactor was operating at 100% power when a loss of feedwater caused a reactor scram approximately 5 minutes ago. HPCS and RCIC automatically started and are restoring reactor level. Reactor level is +10 inches and up slow.
- 2000 NRC EXAM
Which of the following level instruments is most accurate in this situation?
- RO T3, #7  LO: 9540 - Interpret required Tech Specs from plant conditions.
A. Narrow Range B. Wide Range C. Upset Range D. Shutdown Range ANSWER:     B QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295007AA2.03 3.7/3.7 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
RATING: H4  ATTACHMENT:
YES - TS. 3.0.3, 3.5.1 JUSTIFICATION:
When DG-1 and all of its supported systems are declared inop, 3 ECCS Systems are out of service and require entry into TS 3.0.3. D is correct.
COMMENTS: This question replaces EX00098 on the RO Exam as number 67.
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
148 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5  ex98022 The reactor was operating at 100% power when a loss of feedwater caused a reactor scram approximately 5 minutes ago. HPCS and RCIC automatically started and are restoring reactor  
 
level. Reactor level is +10 inches and up slow.
Wh ich  of the following level instruments is most "accurate" in this situation?
A. Narrow Range B. Wide Range C. Upset Range D. Shutdown Range ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295007AA2.03 3.7/3.7 10CFR55.41, 43.5 , & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
Reactor water level
Reactor water level


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000126 rev. 8, page 4 SOURCE:                 BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC EXAM - RO T1, G1, #3 LO:                     5582 - List the calibration conditions for the wide range.
LO000126 rev. 8, page 4 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION  
RATING:                 H2 ATTACHMENT:             NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A and C are incorrect because the narrow range and upset ranges are calibrated with core flow. D is incorrect because the shutdown range is calibrated at 0 psig and 212°F coolant temperature.
- 98 NRC EXAM  
- RO T1, G1, #3 LO: 5582 - List the calibration con ditions for the wide range.
RATING: H2     ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A and C are incorrect because the narrow range and upset ranges are calibrated with core flow. D is incorrect because the shutdown range is  
 
calibrated at 0 psig and 212°F coolant temperature.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
149 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02085 The pressure control leg of PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control directs the operator to open SRVs and reduce reactor pressure if any SRV is cycling.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 149                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02085 The pressure control leg of PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control directs the operator to open SRVs and reduce reactor pressure if any SRV is cycling.
Which of the following is the basis for this direction?
Which of the following is the basis for this direction?
Manual openin g of SRVs-A. minimizes significant dynamic loads on the RPV and containment structures.
Manual opening of SRVs A. minimizes significant dynamic loads on the RPV and containment structures.
B. prevents reactor water level from going above the feedpump trip setpoint.
B. prevents reactor water level from going above the feedpump trip setpoint.
C. prevents reactor water level from going below the scram setpoint.
C. prevents reactor water level from going below the scram setpoint.
D. redu ces stress induced on the Main Condenser.
D. reduces stress induced on the Main Condenser.
ANSWER: A       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     A QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       295007AK3.04 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
295007AK3.04 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
Safety relied valve operation.
Safety relied valve operation.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 128 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - RO T1, GP1, #2 LO:                    8053 - List advantages of reducing RPV pressure when an SRV is cycling.
RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        B and C are both incorrect because manual opening of the SRVs may cause both of these setpoints to be exceeded. D is incorrect because the pressure is not supposed to be reduced below the DEH setpoint. This results in no change in the total steam flow to the condenser. A is correct as stated in PPM 5.0.10 COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 128 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 150                                     EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02086 Which of the following neutron flux trip signals models the fuel thermal transient characteristics?
- RO T1, GP1, #2 LO: 8053 - List advantages of reducing RPV pressure when an SRV is cycling.
A. SRM Flux Hi B. IRM Flux Hi C. APRM Flow Biased D. APRM Neutron ANSWER:     C QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       212000K5.01 2.7/2.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Bypassing of selected scram signals.
RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
B and C are both incorre ct because manual opening of the SRVs may cause both of these setpoints to be exceeded. D is incorrect because the pressure is not supposed to be reduced below the DEH setpoint. This results in no
 
change in the total steam flow to the condenser. A is co rrect as stated in PPM 5.0.10 COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
150 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02086 Which of the following neutron flux trip signals models the fuel thermal transient characteristics?
A. SRM Flux Hi B. IRM Flux Hi C. APRM Flow Biased D. APRM Neutron ANSWER: C       QUESTION TYPE:
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
212000K5.01 2.7/2.9 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledge of REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Bypassing of selected scram signals.


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
 
LO000161 rev. 11, page 11 SOURCE:               NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #9 LO:                   7682 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between RPS and Neutron Monitoring.
LO000161 re
RATING:               L3 ATTACHMENT:           NONE JUSTIFICATION:         A time constant of 6 seconds = or - 1 second is applied to the APRM signal to more closely approximate the thermal characteristics of the fuel. This is the APRM Flow Biased trip. C is correct. A, B, and C are all incorrect because the signals are not corrected to the fuel thermal characteristics.
: v. 11, page 11 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION  
- RO T2, GP1, #9 LO: 7682 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between RPS and Neutron Monitoring.
RATING: L3   ATTACHMENT:
NONE   JUSTIFICATION:
A time constant of 6 se conds = or  
- 1 second is applied to the APRM signal to more closely approximate the thermal characteristics of the fuel. This is the APRM Flow Biased trip. C is correct. A, B, and C are all incorrect  
 
because the signals are not corrected to the fuel the rmal characteristics.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION  WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
Examkeyr5
151 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002     


Examkeyr5 ex02087 The plant is in MODE 5 with the refuel bridge loaded and over the core. A failure in the Electronic Load Cell causes the sensed load to decrease and the HOIST LOADED Light to go out.
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 151                                      EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02087 The plant is in MODE 5 with the refuel bridge loaded and over the core. A failure in the Electronic Load Cell causes the sensed load to decrease and the HOIST LOADED Light to go out.
Which of the followi ng is correct for these conditions?
Which of the following is correct for these conditions?
A. A rod block is generated in the control room.
A. A rod block is generated in the control room.
B. The rod withdraw block indicated in the control room clears.
B. The rod withdraw block indicated in the control room clears.
C. The refuel bridge stops at the location where the failure occurred and can only be moved back into the Spent Fuel Pool.
C. The refuel bridge stops at the location where the failure occurred and can only be moved back into the Spent Fuel Pool.
D. The refuel bridge stops at the location where the failure occurred and cannot be moved until the fault is cleared.
D. The refuel bridge stops at the location where the failure occurred and cannot be moved until the fault is cleared.
ANSWER: B       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:       B QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       234000K3.01 2.9/3.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the FUEL HANDLING EQUIPMENT will have on following: RMCS
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
234000K3.01 2.9/3.9 10CFR55.41 & 45  
- Knowledg e of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the FUEL HANDLING EQUIPMENT will have on following: RMCS


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
LO00207 rev. 9, page 9, 26, 31, and 32 LO000148 rev. 10, page 13 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP3, #2 LO:                    5359 - Refuel interlocks in effect when a control rod is withdrawn and Mode Switch is in REFUEL.
RATING:                L3 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        C and D are both incorrect because the failure does not cause the bridge to stop. The failure causes the existing rod block to clear. B is correct.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5


LO00207 rev. 9, page 9, 26, 31, and 32  LO000148 rev. 10, page 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 152                                   EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02088 Which of the following is a control room operator responsibility?
- RO T2, GP3, #2 LO: 5359 - Refuel interl ocks in effect when a control rod is withdrawn and Mode Switch is in REFUEL.
RATING: L3  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
C and D are both incorrect because the failure does not cause the bridge to stop. The failure causes the existing rod block to clear. B is correct.
COMMENTS:   
 
COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINAT ION OCT. 2002 QUESTION #
152 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002    
 
Examkeyr5 ex02088 Which of the following is a control room operator responsibility?
A. Classify the event.
A. Classify the event.
B. Notify offsite agencies of the event.
B. Notify offsite agencies of the event.
C. Function as the Emergency Director in the absence of the Shift Manager.
C. Function as the Emergency Director in the absence of the Shift Manager.
D. Inform the Shift Manager if any parameter exceeds the emergency action levels.
D. Inform the Shift Manager if any parameter exceeds the emergency action levels.
ANSWER: D       QUESTION TYPE:
ANSWER:     D QUESTION TYPE:         RO KA # & KA VALUE:       2.4.39 3.3/3.1 10CFR55.45 - Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.
RO   KA # & KA VALUE:
2.4.39 3.3/3.1 10CFR55.45  
- Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementa tion.  


==REFERENCE:==
==REFERENCE:==
PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, pages 3 & 4 SOURCE:                NEW QUESTION - RO T3, #10 LO:                    6130 - Describe the duties of the CRO during emergencies.
RATING:                L2 ATTACHMENT:            NONE JUSTIFICATION:        13.1.1 states the CRO has the responsibility to notify the Shift Manager of any condition/parameter that exceeds an EAL. D is correct. A, B, and C are incorrect because they are duties/responsibilities of other control room personnel.
COMMENTS:
Examkeyr5
2002 EXAM MATRIX SRO #    QUESTION      RO#
1        Ex02006      1 2        Ex98030      2 3        Ex02001      3 4        Ex98103      4 5        Ex02002 6        Ex00012      5 7        Ex02003      6 8        Ex00073      7 9        Ex02007      8 10        Ex02004      9 11        Ex00091      10 12        Ex02008      11 13        Ex99099      12 14        Ex02009      13 15        Ex00132      14 16        Ex02010      15 17        Ex02005      16 18        Ex02011      17 19        Ex00042      18 20        Ex02012      19 21        Ex00102      20 22        Ex02013      21 23        Ex01126      22 24        Ex02014 25        Ex02015 26        Ex02016      23 27        Ex01062 28        Ex02017      24 29        Ex00121      25 30        Ex02018      26 31        Ex02090 32        Ex02019      27 33        Ex02020 34        Ex02021      28 35        Ex02022      29 36        Ex02023      30 37        Ex02024      31 38        Ex01087      32 39        Ex02025 40        Ex01039      33 41        Ex02026      34 42        Ex98040      35


PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, pages 3 & 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION
43 Ex02027 36 44 Ex00004 37 45 Ex02028 38 46 Ex02029 39 47 Ex02032 40 48 Ex02030 41 49 Ex02031 42 50 Ex02082 51 Ex02033 43 52 Ex00041 44 53 Ex02034 45 54 Ex00099 46 55 Ex98001 47 56 Ex02035 48 57 Ex02036 49 58 Ex02037 59 Ex00100 60 Ex02089 61 Ex00011 62 Ex00062 50 63 Ex00115 51 64 Ex02038 52 65 Ex02039 53 66 Ex02040 67 Ex02041 54 68 Ex02042 55 69 Ex02043 56 70 Ex02044 57 71 Ex02045 72 Ex02046 73 Ex00044 58 74 Ex00019 59 75 Ex02047 76 Ex02048 60 77 Ex02069 78 Ex00038 79 Ex02049 61 80 Ex02050 62 81 Ex02051 63 82 Ex02052 83 Ex02053 64 84 Ex98116 65 85 Ex02054 66 86 Ex02055 87 Ex02056
- RO T3, #10 LO: 6130 - Describe the duties of the CRO during emergencies.
RATING: L2  ATTACHMENT:
NONE  JUSTIFICATION:
13.1.1 states the CRO has the responsibility to notify the Shift Manager of any condition/parameter that exceeds an EAL. D is correct. A, B, and C are incorrect because they are duties/responsibilities of other control room


personnel.
88 Ex00039 67 89 Ex02059 68 90 Ex02058 91 Ex02060 69 92 Ex02061 70 93 Ex02062 94 Ex02070 95 Ex02063 71 96 Ex02064 97 Ex02065 98 Ex02066 72 99 Ex02067 73 100 Ex02068 Ex02069 74 Ex02084 75 Ex01103 76 Ex02071 77 Ex00003 78 Ex02072 79 Ex02073 80 Ex02074 81 Ex02075 82 Ex02077 83 Ex00053 84 Ex02078 85 Ex01042 86 Ex02079 87 Ex02080 88 Ex02081 89 Ex98023 90 Ex01113 91 Ex01128 92 Ex99097 93 Ex98096 94 Ex00135 95 Ex98022 96 Ex02085 97 Ex02086 98 Ex02087 99 Ex02088 100
COMMENTS:
2002 EXAM MATRIX SRO # QUESTION RO# 1 Ex02006 1 2 Ex98030 2 3 Ex02001 3 4 Ex98103 4 5 Ex02002 6 Ex00012 5 7 Ex02003 6 8 Ex00073 7 9 Ex02007 8 10 Ex02004 9 11 Ex00091 10 12 Ex02008 11 13 Ex99099 12 14 Ex02009 13 15 Ex00132 14 16 Ex02010 15 17 Ex02005 16 18 Ex02011 17 19 Ex00042 18 20 Ex02012 19 21 Ex00102 20 22 Ex02013 21 23 Ex01126 22 24 Ex02014  25 Ex02015  26 Ex02016 23 27 Ex01062  28 Ex02017 24 29 Ex00121 25 30 Ex02018 26 31 Ex02090  32 Ex02019 27 33 Ex02020  34 Ex0202 1 28 35 Ex02022 29 36 Ex02023 30 37 Ex02024 31 38 Ex01087 32 39 Ex02025  40 Ex01039 33 41 Ex02026 34 42 Ex98040 35 43 Ex02027 36 44 Ex00004 37 45 Ex02028 38 46 Ex02029 39 47 Ex02032 40 48 Ex02030 41 49 Ex02031 42 50 Ex02082  51 Ex02033 43 52 Ex00041 44 53 Ex02034 45 54 Ex00099 46 55 Ex98001 47 56 Ex02035 48 57 Ex02036 49 58 Ex02037  59 Ex00100  60 Ex02089  61 Ex00011  62 Ex00062 50 63 Ex00115 51 64 Ex02038 52 65 Ex02039 53 66 Ex02040 67 Ex02041 54 68 Ex02042 55 69 Ex02043 56 70 Ex02044 57 71 Ex02045 72 Ex02046  73 Ex00044 58 74 Ex00019 59 75 Ex02047  76 Ex02048 60 77 Ex02069  78 Ex00038  79 Ex02049 61 80 Ex02050 62 81 Ex02051 63 82 Ex02052 83 Ex02053 64 84 Ex98116 65 85 Ex02054 66 86 Ex02055  87 Ex02056 88 Ex00039 67 89 Ex02059 68 90 Ex02058  91 Ex02060 69 92 Ex02061 70 93 Ex02062  94 Ex02070  95 Ex02063 71 96 Ex02064  97 Ex02065  98 Ex02066 72 99 Ex02067 73 100 Ex02068   Ex02069 74  Ex02084 75  Ex01103 76  Ex02071 77  Ex00003 78  Ex0 2072 79  Ex02073 80  Ex02074 81  Ex02075 82  Ex02077 83  Ex00053 84  Ex02078 85  Ex01042 86  Ex02079 87  Ex02080 88  Ex02081 89  Ex98023 90  Ex01113 91  Ex01128 92  Ex99097 93  Ex98096 94  Ex00135 95  Ex98022 96  Ex02085 97  Ex02086 98  Ex02087 99 Ex02088 100 Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Ar0


Jpmb1gr1 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
Appendix C                Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-287 Task Title: Start SGT B for               Job Performance Measure No:
-287   Task Title: Start SGT B for Containment Venting Job Performance Measure No:
Containment Venting                      JPMB.1.Ar0 K/A  
JPMB.1.Ar0 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
261000A4.07 3.1/3.2 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
261000A4.07 3.1/3.2 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulator
Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1gr1
- Perform          
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Ar0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
 
Initial Conditions:   
 
A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last ho ur. Sample results permit containment venting,  Both SGT trains are operable Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Drywell Noble Gas


monitor indication is well below the High
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last hour. Sample results permit containment venting, Both SGT trains are operable Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Drywell Noble Gas monitor indication is well below the High-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour. Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have been complete through step 5.1.5.
-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour. Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have be en complete through step 5.1.5.
Task Standard:     Preparations for venting the containment are performed in accordance with PPM 2.3.1.
Task Standard:
Required Materials: N/A General             PPM 2.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.1
Preparations for venting the containment are performed in accordance with PPM 2.3.1.
Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 2.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.1 Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:     You have been directed by the CRS to start SGT B in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6. Inform the CRS when you are ready to open CEP-V-1B.
You have been dir ected by the CRS to start SGT "B" in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6. Inform the CRS when you are  
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:    8 minutes Simulator ICs:      198 Malfunctions/Remot  Loaded in IC-198 e Triggers:
Overrides:          Loaded in IC-198 Special Setup      Loaded in IC-198 Instructions:
Page 2 Jpmb1gr1


ready to open CEP
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                 Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
-V-1B. Time Critical Task:
Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 5.1.6: At H13-P813 (Bd H), ensure CEP-V-11 is closed.
NO  Validation Time:
CUE:                 If informed as CRS that CEP-V-11 is open, tell examinee to close CEP-V-11.
8 minutes  Simulator ICs:
Standard:           CEP-V-11 is closed.
198  Malfunctions/Remot e Triggers:
Comment:
Loaded in IC
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.1.7: Ensure SGT-V-2B is open.
-198  Overrides:
CUE:
Loaded in IC
Standard:          Verifies SGT-V-2B is open.
-198  Special Setup Instructions:
Loaded in IC
-198 Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Ar0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step:
YES Performance Step: 1 5.1.6: At H13
-P813 (B d H), ensure CEP
-V-11 is closed.
CUE:   If informed as CRS that CEP
-V-11 is open, tell examinee to close CEP
-V-11. Standard: CEP-V-11 is closed.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 5.1.8: If SGT is required to be operable, enter SGT B an inoperable in the Plant Logging System.
 
CUE:               SGT is logged as inoperable in the Plant Logging System.
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.1.7: Ensure SGT
Standard:           CRS is notified.
-V-2B is open
. CUE:   Standard: Verifies SGT
-V-2B is open.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Page 3 Jpmb1gr1


Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 5.1.8: If SGT is required to be operable, enter SGT B an inoperable in the Plant Logging System.
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 5.1.10: Place SGT-DPIC-1B2 in the MANUAL mode and adjust the controller output to 90% o 95%.
CUE:   SGT is logged as inoper able in the Plant Logging System. Standard: CRS is notified.
CUE:
Standard:          SGT-DPIC-1B2 in the MANUAL mode between 90% and 95%.
Note;              100% output is closed, 0% output is open.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 5 5.1.11: Open SGT-V-5B2.
 
CUE:
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Ar0
Standard:           OpenSSGT-V-5B2.
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 4  Critical Step:
YES Performance Step: 4 5.1.10: Place SGT
-DPIC-1B2 in the MANUAL mode and adjust the controller output to 90% o 95%.
CUE:   Standard: SGT-DPIC-1B2 in the MANUAL mode between 90% and 95%. Note; 100% output is closed, 0% output is open.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES*
 
Performance Step: 6 5.1.12: Momentarily turn SGT-EHC-1B2 control switch to on*and observe SGT-FN-1B2 automatically starts 10 seconds after heaters are energized.
Critical Step:
CUE:
YES Performance Step:  5 5.1.11:  Open SGT
Standard:           Places control switch to on and observes fan start.
-V-5B2. CUE:    Standard: OpenSSGT-V-5B2. Comment:
S AT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES*  Performance Step: 6 5.1.12: Momentarily turn SGT
-EHC-1B2 control switch to on*and observe SGT
-FN-1B2 automatically starts 10 seconds after heaters are energized.
CUE:   Standard: Places control switch to on an d observes fan start.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 7 5.1.13: Adjust SGT-DPIC-1B2 to obtain a SGT flowrate of approximately 5000 CFM.
 
CUE:
Critical Step:
Standard:           SGT flowrate established at approximately 5000 CFM Comment:
YES Performance Step: 7 5.1.13: Adjust SGT
SAT / UNSAT Page 4 Jpmb1gr1
-DPIC-1B2 to obtain a SGT flowrate of approximately 5000 CFM.
CUE:   Standard: SGT flowrate established at approximately 5000 CFM Comment:
SAT / UNSAT


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Ar0
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 Page 5 Jpmb1gr1


Jpmb1gr1 Page 5 Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Ar0
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                 Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 8 4.1.14: Place SGT-DPIC-1B2 in AUTO with the controller set at -1.7 inches.
 
CUE:
Jpmb1gr1 Page 6  Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 8 4.1.14: Place SGT
Standard:           SGT-DPIC-1B2 set at -1.7 inches.
-DPIC-1B2 in AUTO with the controller set at -1.7 inches.
CUE:   Standard: SGT-DPIC-1B2 set at  
-1.7 inches.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 9   5.1.15; If SGT is required to be operable, enter SGT B as operable in the Plant Logging System.
 
CUE:                 SGT is logged in the Plant Logging System.
Critical Step:
Standard:             CRS is notified to log SGT in Plant Logging System.
NO Performance Step: 9 5.1.15; If SGT is required to be operable, enter SGT B as operable in the Plant Logging System.
CUE:   SGT is logged in the Plant Logging System.
Standard: CRS is notified to log SGT in Plant Logging System.
Comment:
Comment:
SA T / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM  
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
JPM START TIME:
-
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Page 6 Jpmb1gr1


AT THIS POINT.
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.1.Ar0 Examinees Name:
JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:       
Examiners Name:
-  JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Ar0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 7 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
JPMB.1.Ar0 Examinee's Name:
Ex aminer's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 7 Jpmb1gr1


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Ar0
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
 
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Jpmb1gr1 Page 8  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
Task Standard:             Preparations for venting the containment are performed in accordance with PPM 2.3.1.
I will explain the initial conditions, whi ch steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   PPM 2.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.1
Task Standard:
Preparations for venting the containment are performed in accordance with PPM 2.3.1.
Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 2.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.1 Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:        NO Initial Conditions:        A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last hour. Sample results permit containment venting, Both SGT trains are operable Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Drywell Noble Gas monitor indication is well below the High-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour. Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have been complete through step 5.1.5.
NO  Initial Conditions:   
INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start SGT B in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6. Inform the CRS when you are ready to open CEP-V-1B.
Page 8 Jpmb1gr1


A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last hour. Sample results permit
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-287                  Validation Time: 8 minutes NUREG 1123


containment venting,  Both SGT trains are operable
==Reference:==
 
261000A4.07     Time Critical: NO 3.1/3.2 Location: SIMULATOR                   Performance Method: PERFORM Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison     Revision Date: 7/28/02 Page 9 Jpmb1gr1
Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Dryw ell Noble Gas monitor indication is well below the High
-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour. Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have been complete through step 5.1.5.
INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start SGT "B" in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6. Inform the CRS when you are ready to open CEP
-V-1B.
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Ar0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 9 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
-287 Validation Time:  8 minutes NUREG 1123 Refe rence: 261000A4.07 3.1/3.2 Time Critical:  NO Location: SIMULATOR Performance Method: PERFORM Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/28/02
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Ar0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 10      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   
 
A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last hour. Sample results permit
 
containment venting,  Both SGT trains are operable
 
Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Drywell Noble Gas monitor indication is well below the High
-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour.
Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have been complete through


step 5.1.5.
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last hour. Sample results permit containment venting, Both SGT trains are operable Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Drywell Noble Gas monitor indication is well below the High-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour.
INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start SGT "B" in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6.
Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have been complete through step 5.1.5.
Inform the CRS when you are ready to open CEP
INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start SGT B in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6.
-V-1B.
Inform the CRS when you are ready to open CEP-V-1B.
Appendix C                  Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Page 10 Jpmb1gr1
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1


00jpm2r4 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-0327-N-TG Task Title: Generator Capability Curve   Job Performance Measure No:
-0327-N-TG   Task Title: Generator Capability Curve Interpretation  
Interpretation - Faulted JPM -           JPMB.1.Br1 Respond to loss of H2 in Main Generator K/A  
- Faulted JPM  
- Respond to loss of H 2 in Main Generator Job Performance Measure No:
JPMB.1.Br1 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
245000K1.01 (3.1
245000K1.01 (3.1/3.3) 245000A4.05 (2.7/2.7)
/3.3) 245000A4.05 (2.7/2.7)
Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Facility Evaluator:
Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulator  
Simulator - Perform Page 1                  00jpm2r4
- Perform        


Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1
Task Standard:     Respond to the loss of H2 by reducing Main Generator output to less than the capability curve.
 
Required Materials: PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6 General             PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6
00jpm2r4 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions:
Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.
Task Standard:
Respond to the loss of H 2 by reducing Main Generator output to less than the capability curve.
Required Materials:
PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2
-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6 General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2
Initiating Cue:     The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% with Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min.
-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6 Initiating Cue:
The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% with Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min.
 
Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.
Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.
Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:   10 minutes Simulator ICs:     199 Malfunctions       Loaded in IC-199
NO   Validation Time:
/Remote Triggers:
10 minutes Simulator ICs:
Overrides:         Loaded in IC-199 Special Setup       Loaded in IC-199 Instructions:
199   Malfunctions
Page 2                    00jpm2r4
/Remote Triggers:
Loaded in IC
-199  Overrides:
Loaded in IC
-199   Special Setup Instructions:
Loaded in IC
-199 Appendix C                  Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1


00jpm2r4 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical St ep: NO Performance Step: 1 Increase reactor power as directed to 100% power.
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 Increase reactor power as directed to 100% power.
Standard: Increase reactor power with recirc flow as directed NOTE:   When the CRO approches the board, insert the H 2 leak causing H 2 pressure to decrease. Stop the leak when H 2 pressure is 70 psig on the computer panel. It takes about 2 1/2 minutes for the leak to cause the GEN H2 PRESS LOW annunciator.
Standard:           Increase reactor power with recirc flow as directed NOTE:               When the CRO approches the board, insert the H2 leak causing H2 pressure to decrease. Stop the leak when H2 pressure is 70 psig on the computer panel. It takes about 2 1/2 minutes for the leak to cause the GEN H2 PRESS LOW annunciator.
CUE:   The candidate will have to be cued that this alarm is his. Comment:
CUE:               The candidate will have to be cued that this alarm is his.
SAT / UNSAT
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 At H13-P620 (BD B) check hydrogen pressure on H2-PI-1.
Standard:          CRO checks pressure as directed and verifies pressure less than 72 psig.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 3                    00jpm2r4


Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 At H13-P620 (BD B) check hydrogen pressure on H 2-PI-1. Standard: CRO checks pressure as directed and verifies pressure less than 72 psig.
Appendix C                Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3      CRO dispatches an operator to check hydrogen pressure at the Generator H2 Control Station on H2-PI-3.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
Standard:               CRO either dispatches or asks CRS to dispatch operator as directed by the procedure.
 
CUE:                    If asked by the CRO to dispatch an operator, acknowledge the operator has been dispatched to chech the H2 and seal oil systems.
Appendix C                  Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Comment:
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1
SAT / UNSAT NOTE: It is possible to reduce reactive load by the use of the voltage regulator to maintain the generator within the capability curve. If needed use the following cue to direct reduction of generator load by the reduction of Recirculation Flow.
CUE: Reduce generator output with Recirc Flow to maintain operation of the generator within the capability curve.
NOTE: STOP THE H2 LEAK AT 70# INDICATED ON THE COMPUTER PANEL.
Page 4                      00jpm2r4


00jpm2r4 Page 4 Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  3 CRO dispatches an operator to check hydrogen pressure at the Generator H 2 Control Station on H2
Appendix C               Job Performance Measure                       Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4     Maintain the Main Generator within the limits of the Generator Capability Curve in PPM 2.5.4 H2 /CO 2 System.
-PI-3. Standard: CRO either dispatches or asks CRS to dispatch operator as directed by the procedure.
Standard:               Reduce Main Generator load by recirculation flow to less than the value in the table in att. 6.6 of 2.5.7.
CUE:  If asked by the CRO to dispatch an operator, acknowledge the opera tor has been dispatched to chech the H 2 and seal oil systems.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
NOTE: It is possible to reduce reactive load by the use of the voltage regulator to maintain the generator within the capability curve. If needed use the following cu e to direct reduction of generator load by the reduction of Recirculation Flow.
CUE:  Reduce generator output with Recirc Flow to maintain operation of the generator within the capability curve.
NOTE:  STOP THE H2 LEAK AT 70# INDICATED ON THE COMPUTER PA NEL.
Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1
 
00jpm2r4 Page 5 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 Maintain the Main Generator within the limits of the Generator Capability Curve in PPM 2.5.4 H 2 /CO 2 System. Standard: Reduce Main Generator load by recirculation flow to less than the value in the tabl e in att. 6.6 of 2.5.7.
1162 MW for 68 psig hydrogen pressure.
1162 MW for 68 psig hydrogen pressure.
CUE: If directed by the CRO to add H 2 to the generator, cue that there is no hydrogen available. A truck is on the way but will not be on site for at least 4 hours.
CUE:                     If directed by the CRO to add H2 to the generator, cue that there is no hydrogen available. A truck is on the way but will not be on site for at least 4 hours.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT TERMINATION CUE:
Comment:
When generator load has been reduced to a value at least as low as the value in the table, announce to the CRO, "THE TERMINATION POINT OF THIS JPM HAS BEEN REACHED."
SAT / UNSAT TERMINATION CUE: When generator load has been reduced to a value at least as low as the value in the table, announce to the CRO, THE TERMINATION POINT OF THIS JPM HAS BEEN REACHED.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:   JPM START TIME:        
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
-   JPM COMPLETI ON TIME:
JPM START TIME:
Appendix C                  Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Page 5                        00jpm2r4


00jpm2r4 Page 6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure      Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.1.Br1 Examinees Name:
JPMB.1.Br1 Examinee's Name:
Examiners Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 6        00jpm2r4


Appendix C                  Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C                  Job Performance Measure                     Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
 
Task Standard:             Respond to the loss of H2 by reducing Main Generator output to less than the capability curve.
00jpm2r4 Page 7  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT I NFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
Required Materials:       PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6 Safety Equipment:         NA General                   PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job  
 
performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Respond to the loss of H 2 by reducing Main Generator output to less than the capability curve.
Required Materials:
PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2
-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6 Safety Equipment:
NA   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6 Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.
NO   Initial Conditions:
Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% with Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min. Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% with Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min. Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0327-N-TG                       Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123  
-0327-N-TG Validation Ti me: 10 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
245000K1.01 (3.1/3.3) 245000A4.05 (2.7/2.7)
245000K1.01               Time Critical: NO (3.1/3.3) 245000A4.05 (2.7/2.7)
Time Critical:  NO Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/23/02
Location: Simulator                             Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison               Revision Date: 7/23/02 Page 7                    00jpm2r4


Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure             Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% with Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min. Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.
Page 8                00jpm2r4


00jpm2r4 Page 8      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Con ditions:
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-0048-A-RCC Task Title: Change RCC Pumps -            Job Performance Measure No:
Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.
Alternate Path JPM - Respond to loss     JPMB.1.Cr6 of RCC Pump K/A  
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% w ith Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min. Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.
 
Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6
 
Jpmb1cr6 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
-0048-A-RCC   Task Title: Change RCC Pumps  
- Alternate Path JPM  
- Respond to loss of RCC Pump Job Performance Measure No:
JPMB.1.Cr6 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
400000K1.02 (3.2/3.4)   Examinee: NRC E xaminer:   Facility Evaluator:
400000K1.02 (3.2/3.4)
Date:
Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulator  
Simulator - Perform Page 1                          Jpmb1cr6
- Perform        


Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The reactor is shutdown following a scram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC-P-1A for breaker maintenance.
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6
Task Standard:      Respond the loss of an RCC pump and the subsequent closure of RCC-V-6 in accordance with PPM 4.8.3.2.
Required Materials: NA General            PPM 2.8.3, rev. 19 page 13, ABN-RCC rev 2, pages3-6,


Jpmb1cr6 Page 2 JPM SETUP INFORMATION
==References:==
and PPM 4.820.B1 rev. 15, drop 4-1 Initiating Cue:    The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Building Close Cooling Water System. After RCC-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.
Notify the CRS when RCC-P-1A is in PTL and RCC-P-1C is in operation with all system parameters normal.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:    10 minutes Simulator ICs:      198 Malfunctions/Remot  Loaded in IC-198 e Triggers:
Overrides:          Loaded in IC-198 Special Setup      Loaded in IC-198 Instructions:
Page 2                             Jpmb1cr6


Initial Conditions:  
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 Ensure suction valve is open for RCC-P-1C.
CUE:                Suction valve for RCC-P-1C is open.
Standard:          Verifies suction valve is open for RCC-P-1C (RCC-V-1C).
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 Ensure discharge valve is open for RCC-P-1C.
CUE:                Discharge valve for RCC-P-1C is open.
Standard:          Verifies discharge valve is open for RCC-P-1C (RCC-V-2A).
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 3 Start RCC-P-1C.
Standard:          Place the control switch for RCC-P-1C in start and releases when the pump starts.
NOTE: May announce the start of RCC-P-1C.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 3                              Jpmb1cr6


The reactor is shutdown following a sc ram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 Stop RCC-P-1A and place the control switch in PTL.
-P-1A for breaker maintenance.
CUE:                IF CALLED AS OPS2, VERIFY THE DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE IS CLOSED.
Task Standard:
Standard:           Stops RCC-P-1A and places the control switch in PTL.
Respond the loss of an RCC pump and the subsequent closure of RCC
NOTE:              When the control switch for RCC-P-1A is placed in the PTL position, RCC-P-1C trips.
-V-6 in accordance with PPM 4.8.3.2.
Comment:
Required Materials:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 5 Refers to PPM 4.820.B1 drop 4-1, RCC PUMP C MOTOR OL TRIP.
NA  General R eferences:
May attempt to restart RCC-P-1A.
PPM 2.8.3, rev. 19 page 13,  ABN
Refers to ABN-RCC Loss of RCC CUE:                If needed cue operator to respond to the Board N annunciator indication on Board S.
-RCC rev 2, pages3
Standard:          As stated above.
-6, and PPM 4.820.B1 rev. 15, drop 4
Comment:
-1  Initiating Cue:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 Verifies RCC-V-6 has closed.
The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Building Close
Standard:          At BD N, verifies RCC-V-6 has closed.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 4                             Jpmb1cr6


Cooling Water System. After RC C-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.
Appendix C         Job Performance Measure         Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 Critical Step: YES*
Notify the CRS when RCC
Performance Step: 7 1. Trip RWCU-P-1A (1B)
-P-1A is in PTL and RCC
: 2. Close RWCU-V-4*
-P-1C is in operation with all system parameters normal.
: 3. Throttle open RWCU-V-104 Standard:           1. Trips RWCU-P-1A (1B)
Time Critical Task:
: 2. Closes RWCU-V-4
NO  Vali dation Time:
: 3. Throttles open RWCU-V-4 Comment:
10 minutes Simulator ICs:
SAT / UNSAT TERMINATION CUE: THE TERMINATION POINT OF THIS JPM HAS BEEN REACHED.
198  Malfunctions/Remot e Triggers:
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
Loaded in IC
JPM START TIME:
-198    Overrides:
-
Loaded in IC
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
-198    Special Setup Instructions:
Page 5                    Jpmb1cr6
Loaded in IC
-198 Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6
 
Jpmb1cr6 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step:  N O  Performance Step:  1 Ensure suction valve is open for RCC
-P-1C. CUE:  Suction valve for RCC
-P-1C is open.
Standard: Verifies suction valve is open for RCC
-P-1C (RCC-V-1C). Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step: YES Performance Step:  2 Ensure discharge valve is open for RCC
-P-1C. CUE:  Discharge valve for RCC
-P-1C is open.
Standard: Verifies discharge valve is open for RCC
-P-1C (RCC-V-2A). Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:  YES Performance Step:  3 Start RCC-P-1C. St andard: Place the control switch for RCC
-P-1C in start and releases when the pump starts.
NOTE: May announce the start
 
of RCC-P-1C. Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6
 
Jpmb1cr6 Page 4 Critical Step:  YES Performance Step:  4 Stop RCC-P-1A and place the control switch in PTL.
CUE:  IF CALLED AS OPS2, VERIFY THE DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE IS CLOSED.
Standard: Stops RCC-P-1A and places the control switch in PTL.
NOTE:    When the control switch for RCC
-P-1A is placed in the PTL position, RCC
-P-1C trips. Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  5 Refers to PPM 4.820.B1 drop 4
-1, RCC PUMP C MOTOR OL TRIP.
May attempt to restart RCC
-P-1A. Refers to ABN
-RCC Loss of RCC CUE:  If needed cue operator to respond to the Board N annunciator indication on Board S.
Standard: As stated above.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  6 Verifies RCC
-V-6 has closed.
Standard: At BD N, verifies RCC
-V-6 has closed.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6
 
Jpmb1cr6 Page 5 Critical Step:
YES*  Performance Step:
7 1. Trip RWCU-P-1A (1B) 2. Close RWCU
-V-4* 3. Throttle open RWCU
-V-104   Standard: 1. Trips RWCU
-P-1A (1B) 2. Closes RWCU
-V-4 3. Throttles open RWCU
-V-4   Comment: SAT / UNSAT


TERMINATION CUE:
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.1.Cr6 Examinees Name:
THE TERMINATION POINT OF THIS JPM HAS BEEN REACHED. JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:       
Examiners Name:
-  JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6
 
Jpmb1cr6 Page 6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
JPMB.1.Cr6 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 6                Jpmb1cr6


Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6
 
Jpmb1cr6 Page 7  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Task Standard:             Respond the loss of an RCC pump and the subsequent closure of RCC-V-6 in accordance with PPM 4.8.3.2.
Respond the loss of an RCC pump and the subsequent closure of RCC
Required Materials:       NA Safety Equipment:         NA General                   PPM 2.8.3, rev. 19 page 13, ABN-RCC rev 2, pages3-6,
-V-6 in accordance with PPM 4.8.3.2.
Required Materials:
NA   Safety Equipment:
NA   General  


==References:==
==References:==
 
and PPM 4.820.B1 rev. 15, drop 4-1 Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       The reactor is shutdown following a scram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC-P-1A for breaker maintenance.
PPM 2.8.3, rev. 19 page 13,  ABN
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Building Close Cooling Water System. After RCC-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.
-RCC rev 2, pages3
Notify the CRS when RCC-P-1A is in PTL and RCC-P-1C is in operation with all system parameters normal.
-6, and PPM 4.820.B1 rev. 15, drop 4
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0048-A-RCC                     Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123  
-1   Time Critical Task:
NO   Initial Conditions:  
 
The reactor is shutdown following a scram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC
-P-1A for breaker maintenance.
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Building Close Cooling Water System. After RCC
-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.
Notify the CRS when RCC
-P-1A is in PTL and RCC
-P-1C is in operation with all s ystem parameters normal.
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
-0048-A-RCC Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
:
:                       Time Critical: NO 400000K1.02 (3.2/3.4)
400000K1.02 (3.2/3.4)
Location: Simulator                           Performance Method: Perform Page 7                               Jpmb1cr6
Time Critical:  NO Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perfo rm Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6
 
Jpmb1cr6 Page 8 Prepared/Revised by:  S Hutchison Revision Date:  7/21/02
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6


Jpmb1cr6 Page 9     STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison     Revision Date: 7/21/02 Page 8                          Jpmb1cr6


T he reactor is shutdown following a scram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC-P-1A for breaker maintenance.
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  The reactor is shutdown following a scram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC-P-1A for breaker maintenance.
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Buildi ng Close Cooling Water System. After RCC-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Building Close Cooling Water System. After RCC-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.
Notify the CRS when RCC
Notify the CRS when RCC-P-1A is in PTL and RCC-P-1C is in operation with all system parameters normal.
-P-1A is in PTL and RCC
Page 9                          Jpmb1cr6
-P-1C is in operation with all system parameters no rmal.
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Dr0


Jpmb1dr0 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
Appendix C                Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-0269 Task Title: Start RCIC with the Arm       Job Performance Measure No:
-0269   Task Title: Start RCIC with the Arm and Depress Pushbutton  
and Depress Pushbutton - faulted -       JPMB.1.Dr0 Recover from RCIC Electrical Overspeed Trip.
- faulted - Recover from RCIC Electrical Overspeed Trip.
K/A  
Job Performance Measure No:
JPMB.1.Dr0 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
217000A4.02 3.
217000A4.02 3.9/3.9 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
9/3.9   Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Facility Evaluator:
Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulator  
Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1dr0
- Perform        


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C               Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedwater.
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Dr0
Task Standard:     Recovery of the RCIC System is completed per PPM 2.4.6 following RCIC Turbine Trip.
 
Required Materials: N/A General             PPM 2.4.6 rev.34, sections 5.2 and 5.10 PPM 4.601.A4
Jpmb1dr0 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
 
Initial Conditions:  
 
The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedwater.
Task Standard:
Recovery of the RCIC System is completed per PPM 2.4.6 following RCIC Turbine Trip.
Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==
rev 20, drop 1-5 Initiating Cue:    You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.
Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of +13 inches to +54 inches.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:    7 min Simulator ICs:      198 Malfunctions/Remot  All loaded in IC-198 e Triggers:
Overrides:          All loaded in IC-198 Special Setup      All loaded in IC-198 Instructions:
Page 2 Jpmb1dr0


PPM 2.4.6 rev.34 , sections 5.2 and 5.10  PPM 4.601.A4 rev 20, drop 1
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
-5  Initiating Cue:
Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 5.2.2: ARM and DEPRESS RCIC-RMS-S36 (RCIC Manual Initiation) pushbutton.
You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.
CUE:
Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of +1 3 inches to +54 inches.
Standard:           Arm and Depress pushbutton is rotated and depressed.
Time Critical Task:
Note:               As the RCIC Turbine accelerates to speed, it will trip on an electrical Overspeed. The examinee will note the failure and respond as follows.
NO  Validation Time:
7 min  Simulator ICs:
198  Malfunctions/Remot e Triggers:
All loaded in IC
-198  Overrides:
All loaded in IC
-198  Special Setup Instructions:
All loaded in IC
-198 Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Dr0
 
Jpmb1dr0 Page 3  PERFO RMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step:
YES Performance Step: 1 5.2.2: ARM and DEPRESS RCIC
-RMS-S36 (RCIC Manual Initiation) pushbutton.
CUE:   Standard: Arm and Depress pushbutton is rotated and depressed.
Note: As the RCIC Turb ine accelerates to speed, it will trip on an electrical Overspeed. The examinee will note the failure and respond as follows.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 4.601.A4:
 
: 1. Confirm RCIC-V-1 is closed.
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 4.601.A4: 1. Confirm RCIC
: 2. Ensure RCIC-V-46 is closed.
-V-1 is closed.
: 2. Ensure RCIC
-V-46 is closed.
: 3. Refer to PPM 2.4.6 for recovery.
: 3. Refer to PPM 2.4.6 for recovery.
CUE:   Standard:   Comment:
CUE:
SAT / UNSAT
Standard:
 
Comment:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 5.10.1, 2, and 3:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 5.10.1, 2, and 3:
For these steps cue the following if asked CUE:   5.10.1 RCIC is operable.
For these steps cue the following if asked CUE:               5.10.1 RCIC is operable.
5.10.2 RCIC will not be inop for GT 10 minutes.
5.10.2 RCIC will not be inop for GT 10 minutes.
5.10.3 The cause of the trip has been corrected and the system is to be restored to service.
5.10.3 The cause of the trip has been corrected and the system is to be restored to service.
Standard:
Standard:
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Page 3 Jpmb1dr0
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Dr0


Jpmb1dr0 Page 4 Comment:
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 5.10.4: N/A 5.10.5: Close or check close RCIC-V-45 isolation valve.
 
CUE:
Critical Step:
Standard:           RCIC-V-45 is closed or verified to be close.
YES Performance Step: 4 5.10.4: N/A 5.10.5: Close or check close RCIC
Comment:
-V-45 isolation v alve. CUE:   Standard: RCIC-V-45 is closed or verified to be close.
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 5 5.10.6: Hold the control switch for RCIC-V-1 in the CLOSE position until both the valve stem and valve actuator indicate fully close.
CUE:
Standard:          The control switch must be held in the CLOSE position until both the stem and the actuator indicate full closed.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 6 5.10.7: Ensure both RCIC-V-63 and RCIC-V-8 (inboard and outboard isolation valves) are open.
 
CUE:
Critical Step:
Standard:           Both RCIC-V-63 and RCIC-V-8 must be verified open.
YES Performance Step: 5 5.10.6: Hold the control switch for RCIC
-V-1 in the CLOSE position until both the valve stem and valve act uator indicate fully close.
CUE:   Standard: The control switch must be held in the CLOSE position until both the stem and the actuator indicate full closed.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Page 4 Jpmb1dr0


Critical Step:
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 7 5.10.8: N/A - No initiation signal present.
YES  Performance Step: 6 5.10.7: Ensure both RCIC-V-63 and RCIC
CUE:
-V-8 (inboard and outboard isolation valves) are open.
Standard:
CUE:   Standard: Both RCIC-V-63 and RCIC
-V-8 must be verified open.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 8 5.10.9:
 
: a. Open RCIC-V-54.
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
: b. Slowly jog open RCIC-V-1.
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Dr0
: c. Ensure the valve stem and actuator indicate open.
 
CUE:
Jpmb1dr0 Page 5 Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  7 5.10.8:  N/A
Standard:           Valve manipulations performed per PPM 2.4.6 Comment:
- No initiation s ignal present.
SAT / UNSAT ANNOUNCE TO THE EXAMINEE THAT THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM HAS BEEN REACHED.
CUE:    Standard:    Comment:
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
SAT / UNSAT
JPM START TIME:
 
-
Critical Step:
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
YES Performance Step: 8 5.10.9: a. Open RCIC-V-54. b. Slowly jog open RCIC
Page 5 Jpmb1dr0
-V-1. c. Ensure the valve stem and actuator indicate open.
CUE:   Standard: Valve manipulations p erformed per PPM 2.4.6 Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
ANNOUNCE TO THE EXAMINEE THAT THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE  
 
JPM HAS BEEN REACHED.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:   JPM START TIME:        
-   JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Dr0


Jpmb1dr0 Page 6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Numb er:   JPMB.1.Dr0 Examinee's Name:
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.1.Dr0 Examinees Name:
Examiner's Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 6 Jpmb1dr0


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Dr0
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
 
Task Standard:             Recovery of the RCIC System is completed per PPM 2.4.6 following RCIC Turbine Trip.
Jpmb1dr0 Page 7  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINE E: I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job  
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   PPM 2.4.6 rev.34, sections 5.2 and 5.10 PPM 4.601.A4
 
performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Recovery of the RCIC Sys tem is completed per PPM 2.4.6 following RCIC Turbine Trip.
Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==
 
rev 20, drop 1-5 Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedwater.
PPM 2.4.6 rev.34, sections 5.2 and 5.10  PPM 4.601.A4 rev 20, drop 1
-5   Time Critical Task:
NO   Initial Conditio ns:
The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedwater.
INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.
INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.
Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of +13 inches to +54 inches.
Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of +13 inches to +54 inches.
Page 7 Jpmb1dr0


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure             Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0269                 Validation Time: 7 min NUREG 1123  
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Dr0
 
Jpmb1dr0 Page 8 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WI TH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
-0269 Validation Time: 7 min NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
217000A4.02 3.9/3.9 Time Critical:  NO Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/30/02
217000A4.02     Time Critical: NO 3.9/3.9 Location: Simulator                   Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison     Revision Date: 7/30/02 Page 8 Jpmb1dr0


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure             Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedwater.
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Dr0
INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.
 
Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of
Jpmb1dr0 Page 9      STUDENT INFORMA TION    Initial Conditions:  
 
The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedw ater.       INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using  
 
the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.
Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of  
+13 inches to +54 inches.
+13 inches to +54 inches.
Page 9 Jpmb1dr0


Appendix C                 Job Performance Measure                       Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 Facility: WNP-2                         Task No: RO-0390-N-AC Task Title: Transfer 480V Bus Power     Job Performance Measure No:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPM B.1.e rev 2
Supply From Normal to Alternate -       JPMB.1.e Alternate Path.
 
K/A  
JPMB1ER2 Page 1 Facility: WNP
-2 Task No: RO
-0390-N-AC   Task Title: Transfer 480V Bus Power Supply From Normal to Alternate  
- Alternate Path.
Job Performance Measure No:
JPMB.1.e   K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
262001A4.04 3.6/3.7 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
262001A4.04 3.6/3.7 Examinee:                               NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                     Date:
Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulator  
Simulator - Perform Page 1 JPMB1ER2
- Perform        


Appendix C                 Job Performance Measure                       Form ES
Appendix C           Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through circuit SM-1.
-C-1 Worksheet   JPM B.1.e rev 2
Task Standard:      Bus SL-11 is transferred from the normal power supply to the alternate power supply, in accordance with plant procedures.
Required Materials: N/A General            PPM 2.7.1B rev 14, section 5.0


JPMB1ER2 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
==References:==


Initial Conditions:     
Initiating Cue:    The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11-1, to the alternate source, CB 21-11, per PPM 2.7.1B.
Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL-11 to SL-21 is completed.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:    5 minutes Simulator ICs:      199 Malfunctions/      Loaded in IC-199 Remote Triggers:
Overrides:          Loaded in IC-199 Special Setup      Loaded in IC-199 Instructions:
Page 2 JPMB1ER2


Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through circuit SM
Appendix C          Job Performance Measure                        Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
-1. Task Standard:
Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 5.1.1:
Bus SL-11 is transferred from the normal power supply to the alternate power supply, in accordance with plant procedures.
Ensure the CB-21/11 green tripped light is illuminated and the green position flag is being displayed in the CB-21/11 control switch window.
Required Materials:
Standard:          Verifies green tripped light is illuminated and the green position flag is displayed in the window.
N/A  General
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 5.1.2:
Place the BUS 11, 21, and 31 Trip Permissive selector switch in the TRIP CB-11/1 position.
Standard:           Trip switch place in the TRIP CB-11/1 position.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 3 5.1.3:
Place the CB-21/11control switch to the CLOSE position.
Standard:          CB-21/11 control switch in CLOSE.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 3 JPMB1ER2


==References:==
Appendix C          Job Performance Measure                      Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 4 5.1.4:
Ensure the CB-21/11 green tripped light extinguishes and red closed light illuminates.
Standard:          Place the CS for CB-21/11 in the close position.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES*
Performance Step: 5 5.1.5/5.1.6:
a) Ensure CB11/1 auto trips and the green tripped light illuminates at the time of breaker CB-21/11 closure.
b) *Manually trip CB-11/1 c) Verify CB-11/1 is tripped by the green tripped light and the green flag is displayed in the control switch window.
Standard:          Verifies indications and *trips CB-11/1.
NOTE: Candidate may announce the action to the CRS Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 4 JPMB1ER2


PPM 2.7.1B rev 14, section 5.0 Initia ting Cue: The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL
Appendix C         Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 5 5.1.7:
-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11
Place the BUS11, 21, and 31 Trip Permissive Selector switch in an off position.
-1, to the alternate source, CB 21
Standard:           Place the switch in an off position.
-11, per PPM 2.7.1B.
Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL
-11 to SL-21 is completed.
Time Critical Task:
NO  Vali dation Time:
5 minutes  Simulator ICs:
199  Malfunctions/
Remote Triggers:
Loaded in IC
-199  Overrides:
Loaded in IC
-199    Special Setup Instructions:
Loaded in IC
-199 Appendix C                 Job Performance Measure                       Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   JPM B.1.e rev 2
 
JPMB1ER2 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step:
YE S  Performance Step: 1 5.1.1: Ensure the CB
-21/11 green tripped light is illuminated and the green position flag is being displayed in the CB
-21/11 control switch window.
Standard: Verifies green tripped light is illuminated and the green position fl ag is displayed in the window.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.
 
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
Critical Step:
JPM START TIME:
YES  Performance Step:  2 5.1.2: Place the BUS 11, 21, and 31 Trip Permissive selector switch in the TRIP CB
-
-11/1 position.
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Standard: Trip switch place in the TRIP CB
Page 5 JPMB1ER2
-11/1 position.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES  Performance Step:  3 5.1.3: Place the CB
-21/11control switch to the CLOSE position.
Standard: CB-21/11 control switch in CLOSE.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Appendix C                Job Performance Measure                      Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPM B.1.e rev 2
 
JPMB1ER2 Page 4  Critical Step:  NO Performa nce Step:  4 5.1.4: Ensure the CB
-21/11 green tripped light extinguishes and red closed light illuminates.
Standard: Place the CS for CB
-21/11 in the close position.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES*  Performance Step:  5 5.1.5/5.1.6:
a) Ensure CB11/1 auto trips and the green tripped light illuminates at the time of breaker CB
-21/11 closure.
b) *Manually trip CB
-11/1 c) Verify CB-11/1 is tripped by the green tripped light and the green flag is displayed in the control switch window. Standar d: Verifies indications and *trips CB
-11/1. NOTE: Candidate may announce the action to the CRS Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Appendix C                Job Performance Measure                      Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPM B.1.e rev 2
 
JPMB1ER2 Page 5 Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  5 5.1.7: Place the BUS11, 21, and 31 Trip Permissive Selector switch in an off position.
Standard: Place the switch in an off position.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM  
 
AT THIS POINT.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:   JPM START TIME:        
-   JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C                Job Performance Measure                      Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPM B.1.e rev 2


JPMB1ER2 Page 6 VERIFICATION OF C OMPLETION  JPM Number:
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.1.ER2 Examinees Name:
JPMB.1.ER2 Examinee's Name:
Examiners Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 6 JPMB1ER2


Appendix C                 Job Performance Measure                       Form ES
Appendix C                   Job Performance Measure                     Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPM B.1.e rev 2
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
 
Task Standard:             Bus SL-11 is transferred from the normal power supply to the alternate power supply, in accordance with plant procedures.
JPMB1ER2 Page 7  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   PPM 2.7.1B rev 12, section 5.1
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job  
 
performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Bus SL-11 is transferred from the normal power supply to the alternate power supply, in accordance with plant procedures.
Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 2.7.1B rev 12, section 5.1 Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through circuit SM-1.
NO   Initial Conditions:  
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11-1, to the alternate source, CB 21-11, per PPM 2.7.1B.
 
Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL-11 to SL-21 is completed.
Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through circuit SM
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0390-N-AC                       Validation Time: 5 minutes NUREG 1123  
-1. INITIATIN G CUE   The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL
-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11
-1, to the alternate source, CB 21
-11, per PPM 2.7.1B.
Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL
-11 to SL-21 is completed.
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
-0390-N-AC Validation Time: 5 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
262001A4.04 3.6/3.7 Time Critical:  NO Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/21/02
262001A4.04               Time Critical: NO 3.6/3.7 Location: Simulator                             Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison               Revision Date: 7/21/02 Page 7 JPMB1ER2
 
Appendix C                Job Performance Measure                      Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPM B.1.e rev 2
 
JPMB1ER2 Page 8      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   
 
Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through c ircuit SM-1. INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL
-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11
-1, to the alternate source, CB 21
-11, per PPM 2.7.1B. Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL
-11 to SL-21 is completed.


Appendix C                     Job Performance Me asure                  Form ES
Appendix C           Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through circuit SM-1.
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Fr0
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11-1, to the alternate source, CB 21-11, per PPM 2.7.1B.
Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL-11 to SL-21 is completed.
Page 8 JPMB1ER2


Jpmb1gr1 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
Appendix C                  Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-659 Task Title: Shift Control Rod Drive       Job Performance Measure No:
-659   Task Title: Shift Control Rod Drive Pumps Job Performance Measure No:
Pumps                                    JPMB.1.F K/A  
JPMB.1.F   K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
201001A4.01 3.1/3.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
201001A4.01 3.1/3.1 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulator  
Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1gr1
- Perform        
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Me asure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Fr0


Jpmb1gr1 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant is at shutdown following a scram. All systems are normal for this condition.
 
Task Standard:     The operating CRD pump will be changed per PPM 2.1.1.
Initial Conditions:  
Required Materials: N/A General             PPM 2.1.1 rev. 30 Control Rod Drive System
 
The plant is at shutdown following a scram. All systems are normal for this condition.
Task Standard:
The operating CRD pump will be changed per PPM 2.1.1.
Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 2.1.1 rev. 30 Control Rod Drive System Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:     You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM 2.1.1 section 5.6. Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is stable.
You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM 2.1
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:   4 minutes Simulator ICs:     199 Malfunctions/Remot Loaded in 199 e Triggers:
.1 section 5.6. Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is stable.
Overrides:          Loaded in 199 Special Setup      Loaded in 199 Instructions:
Time Critical Task:
Page 2 Jpmb1gr1
NO   Validation Time:
4 minutes   Simulator ICs:
199   Malfunctions/Remot e Triggers:
Loaded in 199 Overrides:
Loaded in 199 Speci al Setup Instructions:
Loaded in 199


Appendix C                     Job Performance Me asure                  Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Fr0
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.6.1: Request an Equipment Operator to check the CRD pumps locally for a start.
 
CUE:               Report as OPS-2 that the pump is ready for a start.
Jpmb1gr1 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Standard:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.6.1: Request an Equipment Operator to check the CRD pumps locally for a start.
Comment:
CUE:   Report as OPS
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.6.2: Place CRD-FC-600 in manual.
-2 that the pump is ready for a start.
CUE:
Standard:   Comment:
Standard:          CRD-FC-600 is placed in manual.
SAT / UNSAT
Note:              Step 5.6.3 is N/A.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 3 5.6.4: Start CRD-P-1B CUE:
Standard:          CRD-P-1B is started.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 3 Jpmb1gr1


Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.6.2: Place CRD
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 5.6.5: Stop CRD-P-1A CUE:
-FC-600 in manual.
Standard:           CRD-P-1A is stopped.
CUE:   Standard: CRD-FC-600 is placed in manual.
Note: Step 5.6.3 is N/A.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 5 5.6.6: Null controller CRD-FC-600 and transfer to auto.
 
CUE:
C ritical Step:
Standard:           Controller is nulled prior to returning to automatic.
YES Performance Step: 3 5.6.4: Start CRD
-P-1B CUE:   Standard: CRD-P-1B is started.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 5.6.7: Slowly adjust CRD-V-3 to establish a drive water differential pressure of 260 psid on CRD-DPI-602.
 
CUE:
Appendix C                    Job Performance Me asure                  Form ES
Standard:
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Fr0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 4  Critical Step:
YES  Performance Step: 4 5.6.5: Stop CRD
-P-1A CUE:    Standard: CRD-P-1A is stopped.
Co mment:   SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES  Performance Step:  5 5.6.6:  Null controller CRD
-FC-600 and transfer to auto.
CUE:    Standard: Controller is nulled prior to returning to automatic.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.
 
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
Critical Step:  N O  Performance Step:  6 5.6.7: Slowly adjust CRD
JPM START TIME:
-V-3 to establish a drive water differential pressure of 260 psid on CRD
-
-DPI-602. CUE:    Standard:    Comment:
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
SAT / UNSAT
Page 4 Jpmb1gr1


THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.1.Fr0 Examinees Name:
 
Examiners Name:
AT THIS POINT. JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:       
-  JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C                     Job Performance Me asure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Fr0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 5 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
JPMB.1.Fr0 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 5 Jpmb1gr1


Appendix C                     Job Performance Me asure                   Form ES
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Fr0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 6  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Task Standard:             The operating CRD pump will be changed per PPM 2.1.1.
The operating CRD pump will be changed per PPM 2.1.1.
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   PPM 2.1.1 rev. 30 Control Rod Drive System
Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 2.1.1 rev. 30 Cont rol Rod Drive System Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       The plant is at shutdown following a scram. All systems are normal for this condition.
NO   Initial Conditions:  
INITIATING CUE You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM 2.1.1 section 5.6. Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is stable.
 
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-659                             Validation Time: 4 minutes NUREG 1123  
The plant is at shutdown following a scram. A ll systems are normal for this condition.
INITIATING CUE You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM 2.1.1 section 5.6. Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is  
 
stable. INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NO T SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
-659 Validation Time: 4 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
201001A4.01 3.1/3.1 Time Critical:  NO Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/24/02
201001A4.01               Time Critical: NO 3.1/3.1 Location: Simulator                             Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison               Revision Date: 7/24/02 Page 6 Jpmb1gr1
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Me asure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Fr0
 
Jpmb1gr1 Page 7      S TUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   


The plant is at shutdown following a scram. All systems are normal for t his condition.
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant is at shutdown following a scram. All systems are normal for this condition.
INITIATING CUE You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM  
INITIATING CUE You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM 2.1.1 section 5.6.
 
2.1.1 section 5.6.
Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is stable.
Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is stable.
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Page 7 Jpmb1gr1
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Gr1


Jpmb1gr1                                                                         
Appendix C                Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-0298-N-PC Task Title: Purge the Drywell             Job Performance Measure No:
 
JPMB.1.G K/A  
Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
-0298-N-PC   Task Title: Purge the Drywell Job Performance Measure No:
JPMB.1.G   K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
223001A4.07 4.2/4.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
223001A4.07 4.2/4.1 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Date:
Method of testing:
Method of test ing:   Simulator  
Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1gr1
- Perform        
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Gr1
 
Jpmb1gr1                                                                          
 
Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION


Initial Conditions:  
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:
 
A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:
: 1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
: 1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
: 2. "B" SGT is in operation for support of the purge.
: 2. B SGT is in operation for support of the purge.
: 3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the   Primary Containment due to the loss of  
: 3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the Primary Containment due to the loss of Nitrogen inerting.
 
Nitrogen inerting.
: 4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours ago and approve the purge.
: 4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours ago and approve the purge.
: 5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting are  
: 5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting are complete.
 
Task Standard:     Simulate the lineup and purging of the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 section 5.3.
complete. Task Standard:
Required Materials: N/A General             PPM 5.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.3
Simulate the lineup and purging of the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 section 5.3.
Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 5.3.1 r ev. 39, section 5.3 Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:     The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the drywell purge is in progress and the pressure control has been established.
The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the  
NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:    15 minutes Simulator ICs:      N/A Malfunctions/Remot  N/A e Triggers:
Overrides:          N/A Special Setup      N/A Instructions:
Page 2 Jpmb1gr1


drywell purge is in progress and the pressure control has
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 Page 3 Jpmb1gr1


been established.
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.
NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.
Time Critical Task:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.3.9: At H13-P813 (Bd H) ensure ROA-FIC-A in MANUAL and adjust the controller output to zero.
NO Validation Time:
CUE:
15 minutes Simulator ICs:
Standard:           Simulate actions as directed by procedure.
N/A Malfunctions/Remot e Triggers:
N/A Overrides:
N/A Special Setup Instructions:
N/A Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Gr1
 
Jpmb1gr1                                                                         
 
Page 3 Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Gr1
 
Jpmb1gr1                                                                         
 
Page 4  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.3.9: At H13
-P813 (Bd H) ensure ROA
-FIC-A in MANUAL and adjust the controller output to zero.
CUE:   Standard: Simulate actions as directed by procedure.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.3.10 and 11
 
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.3.10 and 11
: 1. Ensure SGT is operating per section 5.1.
: 1. Ensure SGT is operating per section 5.1.
: 2. The plant is in MODE 4 so the SGT train does not have to be logged as inoperable.
: 2. The plant is in MODE 4 so the SGT train does not have to be logged as inoperable.
CUE:   Cue as requ ired for above.
CUE:               Cue as required for above.
Standard:   Comment:
Standard:
SAT / UNSAT
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 3 5.3.12: At H13-P813 (Bd H), open CEP-V-1A and CEP-V-2A.
CUE:
Standard:          Correctly indicate CEP-V-1A and 2A OPEN.
NOTE: Valve opening does not have to be logged in MODE 4.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 4 Jpmb1gr1


Critical Step:
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 5.3.13: Open SGT-V-1B CUE:
YES  Performance Step:  3 5.3.12:  At H13
Standard:           Correctly indicates SGT-V-1B open.
-P813 (Bd H), open CEP
Comment:
-V-1A and CEP
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 5 5.3.14: At H13-P813 (Bd H) open CSP-V-1 and CSP-V-2.
-V-2A. CUE:    Standard: Correctly indicate CEP
CUE:
-V-1A and 2A OPEN.
Standard:           Correctly indicates CSP-V-1 and CSP-V-2 are open.
NOTE: Valve opening does not have to be logged in MODE 4. Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 6 5.3.15: At H13-P813 (Bd H) open CSP-V-11.
 
CUE:
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Standard:          Correctly indicates CSP-V-11 is open.
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Gr1
Comment:
 
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 7 5.3.16: Record the purge start time in OSP-INST-H101.
Jpmb1gr1                                                                         
CUE:                Start time has been recorded.
 
Standard:
Page 5    Critical Step:
YES Performance Step: 4 5.3.13: Open SGT
-V-1B CUE:   Standard: Correctly indicates SGT
-V-1B open. Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES Performance S tep: 5 5.3.14: At H13
-P813 (Bd H) open CSP
-V-1 and CSP-V-2. CUE:   Standard: Correctly indicates CSP
-V-1 and CSP-V-2 are open.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Page 5 Jpmb1gr1


Critical Step:
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 8 5.3.17: At H13-P813 (Bd H) slowly increase ROA-FIC-1 controller output. Monitor drywell pressure on CMS-PR-1 (2) at H13-P601.
YES Performance Step:  6 5.3.15: At H13
CUE:
-P813 (Bd H) open CSP
Standard:           Simulates controller output increase on ROA-FIC-1.
-V-11. C UE:   Standard: Correctly indicates CSP
-V-11 is open.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 9   5.3.18: Close SGT-V-2B.
 
CUE:
Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  7 5.3.16:  Record the purge start time in OSP
Standard:             Simulate SGT-V-2B closed.
-INST-H101. CUE:  Start time has been recorded.
Standard:    Comment:
S AT / UNSAT
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Gr1
 
Jpmb1gr1                                                                         
 
Page 6  Critical Step:
YES Performance Step: 8 5.3.17:  At H13
-P813 (Bd H) slowly increase ROA
-FIC-1 controller output. Monitor drywell pressure on CMS
-PR-1 (2) at H13
-P601. CUE:   Standard: Simulates controller output increase on ROA
-F IC-1. Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES  Performance Step:  9 5.3.18: Close SGT
-V-2B. CUE:   Standard: Simulate SGT
-V-2B closed.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 10   5.3.19: Place SGT-DPIC-1B2 in MANUAL and adjust ROA purge supply and SGT flow rates, indicated on ROA-FIC-1 and SGT-DPIC-1B2 respectively as required to control drywell pressure LE 1.0 psig.
 
CUE:                   Following demonstration of controllers, CUE:
Critical Step:
Drywell pressure is 0.5 psig and stable.
YES Performance Step: 10 5.3.19: Place SGT
Standard:             Simulate adjusting controllers as directed.
-DP IC-1B2 in MANUAL and adjust ROA purge supply and SGT flow rates, indicated on ROA-FIC-1 and SGT-DPIC-1B2 respectively as required to control drywell pressure LE 1.0 psig.
CUE:   Following demonstration of controllers, CUE:
Drywell pressure is 0.5 psig an d stable. Standard: Simulate adjusting controllers as directed.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.
 
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM  
JPM START TIME:
 
AT THIS POINT.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:   JPM START TIME:        
-
-
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Page 6 Jpmb1gr1
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Gr1


Jpmb1gr1                                                                         
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 JPM COMPLETION TIME:
 
VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.1.Gr1 Examinees Name:
Page 7 JPM COMPLETION TIME:   V ERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
Examiners Name:
JPMB.1.Gr1 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 7 Jpmb1gr1


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Gr1
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:            Simulate the lineup and purging of the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 section 5.3.
Required Materials:        N/A Safety Equipment:          N/A General                    PPM 5.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.3.


Jpmb1gr1                                                                         
==References:==


Page 8  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job
 
performance measure will be satisfied.
Tas k Standard:
Simulate the lineup and purging of the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 section 5.3.
Required Materials:
N/A  Safety Equipment:
N/A  General
 
==References:==
 
PPM 5.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.3.
Time Critical Task:
NO   Initial Conditions:  
 
A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:
: 1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
: 1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
: 2. "B" SGT is in ope ration for support of the purge.
: 2. B SGT is in operation for support of the purge.
: 3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the   Primary Containment due to the loss of  
: 3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the Primary Containment due to the loss of Nitrogen inerting.
 
Nitrogen inerting.
: 4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours ago and approve the purge.
: 4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours ago and approve the purge.
: 5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting are complete. INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the drywell purge is in progress and the pressure  
: 5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting are complete.
 
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the drywell purge is in progress and the pressure control has been established.
control has bee n established.
NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A Page 8 Jpmb1gr1
NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Gr1
 
Jpmb1gr1                                                                          
 
Page 9 SIMULATE ONLY JPM.
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.1.Gr1


Jpmb1gr1                                                                          
Appendix C        Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 SIMULATE ONLY JPM.
Page 9 Jpmb1gr1


Page 10 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0298-N-PC               Validation Time: 15 minutes NUREG 1123  
-0298-N-PC Validation Time: 15 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
223001A4.07 4.2/4.1 Time Cri tical:  NO Location: Main Control Room Performance Method: Simulate Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/21/02
223001A4.07       Time Critical: NO 4.2/4.1 Location: Main Control Room             Performance Method: Simulate Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison       Revision Date: 7/21/02 Page 10 Jpmb1gr1


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C               Job Performance Measure             Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.1.Gr1
 
Jpmb1gr1                                                                         
 
Page 11      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  
 
A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:
: 1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
: 1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
: 2. "B" SGT is in operation for support of the purge. 3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the   Primary Containment due to the loss of Nitrogen inerting.
: 2. B SGT is in operation for support of the purge.
: 3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the Primary Containment due to the loss of Nitrogen inerting.
: 4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours ago and approve the purge.
: 4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours ago and approve the purge.
: 5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting  
: 5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting are complete.
 
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the drywell purge is in progress and the pressure control has been established.
are comple te.     INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting  
NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.
 
Page 11 Jpmb1gr1
at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the drywell purge is in progress and  
 
the pressure control has been established.
NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PE RFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C               Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-0117 (SRO Upgrade Task)
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.AR9
SRO-0251-A-RSP Task Title: Control Room Evacuation -     Job Performance Measure No:
 
Preparations for ED                      JPMB.2.Ar9 K/A  
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
-0117 (SRO Upgrade Task) SRO-0251-A-RSP   Task Title:
Control Room Evacuation  
- Preparations for ED Job Performance Measure No:
JPMB.2.Ar9 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
295016AA1.08 (4.04.0)   Examinee: N RC Examiner:
295016AA1.08 (4.04.0)
Facility Evaluator:
Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Date:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Plant - Simulate        
Plant - Simulate Page 1 JPMB.2.Ar9
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.2.AR9
 
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
 
Initial Conditions:   


The Control Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire.
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The Control Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire.
The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.
The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.
Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown  
Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown Panels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 of ABN-CR-EVAC.
 
SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.
P anels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 of ABN
Task Standard:     Preparations for opening SRVs from the Remote Shutdown Panel are complete in accordance with ABN-CR-EVAC section 4.2.
-CR-EVAC. SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.
Required Materials: N/A General             ABN-CR-EVAC rev. 2, section 4.2
Task Standard:
Preparations for opening SRVs from the Remote Shutdown Panel are complete in accordance with ABN
-CR-EVAC section 4.2.
Requi red Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


ABN-CR-EVAC rev. 2, section 4.2 Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:     The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized and ready for operation.
The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.
-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:    10 Minutes Simulator ICs:      N/A Malfunctions/Remot  N/A e Triggers:
-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized an d ready for operation.
Overrides:          N/A Special Setup      N/A Instructions:
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE  
Page 2 JPMB.2.Ar9


PERFORMED.
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Page 3 JPMB.2.Ar9
Time Critical Task:
NO Validation Time:
10 Minutes Simulator ICs:
N/A Malfunctions/Remot e Triggers:
N/A Overrides:
N/A Special Setup Instructions:
N/A Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.AR9


JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 3 Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                 Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.AR9
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.
 
Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 4.2.1: Place the following switches in EMERG:
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 4  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
RHR-RPV INSTRUMENTATION POWER TRANSFER RCIC FLOW CONTROL RCIC-FIC-1R POWER TRANSFER CUE:
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL  
Standard:           Control manipulations simulated correctly.
 
BE PERFORMED.
Critical Step:
YES Performance Step: 1 4.2.1: Place the following switches in EMERG:
RHR-RPV INSTRUMENTATION POWER TRANSFER RCIC FLOW CONTROL RCIC
-FIC-1R POWER TRANSFER CUE:   Standard: Control manipulations simulated correctly.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 4.2.2: Monitor the following:
RCIC flow rate: RCIC-FI-1R/1 = 600 gpm RPV pressure: MS-PI-2 = 992 psig RPV water level: MS-LI-10 = -141 inches and down slow RHR-P-2B flow rate: RHR-FI-5 = min flow SW-P-1B discharge pressure: SW-PI-32BR = 198 psig CUE:                Cue as required.
Standard:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 4 JPMB.2.Ar9


Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 4.2.2: Monitor the following:
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 4.2.3, 4, 5, and 6:
RCIC flow rate: RCIC
CUE:               These steps are in progress.
-FI-1R/1 = 600 gpm RPV pressure: MS
Standard:
-PI-2 = 992 psig RPV water level: MS
Comment:
-LI-10 = -141 inches and down slow RHR-P-2B flow rate:  RHR
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 4.2.7:
-FI-5 = min flow SW-P-1B discharge pressure:  SW
At FRTP-1, place the following switches in the EMERG position:
-PI-32BR = 198 psig CUE:   Cue as required.
                          - FRTS-1
Standard:   Comment:
                          - FRTS-2
SAT / UNSAT
                          - FRTS-5
                          - FRTS-6
                          - E-RMS-FRTS7 CUE:               Cue as required.
Standard:           Control manipulations simulated correctly.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 5 4.2.8: Establish communications between DG-2, and SM-8 Operators.
CUE:                Communications are established.
Standard:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 5 JPMB.2.Ar9


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 4.2.9: If evacuating the control room because of fire, enter and perform ABN-FIRE concurrently.
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.AR9
CUE:                ABN-FIRE HAS BEEN ENTERED Standard:
 
Comment:
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 5  Critical Step:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 7 4.2.10: If not already performed, classify the event.
NO Performance Step: 3 4.2.3, 4, 5, and 6:
CUE:                The event has been classified.
CUE:   These steps are in progress.
Standard:
Standard:   Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 8 4.2.11: N/A this step.
 
CUE:               SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.
Critical Step:
Standard:
YES  Performance Step: 4 4.2.7: At FRTP-1, place the f ollowing switches in the EMERG position: - FRTS FRTS FRTS FRTS-6          - E-RMS-FRTS7 CUE:  Cue as required.
Comment:
Standard: Control manipulations simulated correctly.
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 9  4.2.12: Place RHR-P-2B and SW-P-1B in service.
CUE:                 RHR-P-2B and SW-P-1B are in operation.
Standard:
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Page 6 JPMB.2.Ar9
 
Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  5 4.2.8:  Establish communications between DG
-2, and SM-8  Operators.
CUE:  Communications are established.
Standard:    Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.2.AR9
 
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 6 Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  6 4.2.9:  If evacuating the control room because of fire, ent er and perform ABN
-FIRE concurrently.
CUE:  ABN-FIRE HAS BEEN ENTERED Standard:    Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  7 4.2.10:  If not already performed, classify the event.
CUE:  The event has been classified.
Standard:    Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:  8 4.2.11:  N/A this step.
CUE:  SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.
Standard:    Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:  NO Performance Step:
9 4.2.12:  Place RHR
-P-2B and SW-P-1B in service.
CUE:  RHR-P-2B and SW-P-1B are in operation.
Standard:    Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.2.AR9


JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 7 Critical Step:
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 10 4.2.13: Ensure the following relief valve control switches are in the CLOSE position at the Remote Shutdown Panel:
YES Performance Step: 10 4.2.13: Ensure the following relief valve control switches are in th e CLOSE position at the Remote Shutdown Panel:
MS-RV-4C MS-RV-4B MS-RV-4A CUE:                 Cue as needed.
MS-RV-4C MS-RV-4B MS-RV-4A CUE:   Cue as needed.
Standard:           The relief valves are indicated correctly.
Standard: The relief valves are indicated correctly.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 11 4.2.14: Place the MS-RV-4A, 4B, & 4C POWER TRANSFER switch to the EMERG position.
 
CUE:                 Switch is in EMERG.
Critical Step:
Standard:           Correct Power Transfer switch is indicated.
YES Performance Step: 11 4.2.14: Place the MS
-RV-4A, 4B, & 4C POWER TRANSFER switch to the EMERG position.
CUE:   Switch is in EMERG.
Standard: Correct Power Transfer switch is indicated.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.
 
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM  
JPM START TIME:
-
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Page 7 JPMB.2.Ar9


AT THIS POINT.
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.2.Ar9 Examinees Name:
JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:       
Examiners Name:
-  JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.AR9
 
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 8 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
JPMB.2.Ar9 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time t o Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 8 JPMB.2.Ar9


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.AR9
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
 
Task Standard:             Preparations for opening SRVs from the Remote Shutdown Panel are complete in accordance with ABN-CR-EVAC section 4.2.
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 9  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   ABN-CR-EVAC rev. 2, section 4.2
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task succes sfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Preparations for opening SRVs from the Remote Shutdown Panel are complete in accordance with ABN
-CR-EVAC section 4.2.
Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipment
: N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


ABN-CR-EVAC rev. 2, section 4.2 Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       The Control Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire.
NO   Initial Conditions:  
 
The C ontrol Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire.
The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.
The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.
Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote a nd Alternate Remote Shutdown Panels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 of ABN
Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown Panels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 of ABN-CR-EVAC.
-CR-EVAC. SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.
SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.
Page 9 JPMB.2.Ar9


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C               Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized and ready for operation.
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.AR9
 
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 10 INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN
-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS
-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized and ready for operation.
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number
INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0117 (SRO Upgrade         Validation Time: 10 min.
: RO-0117 (SRO Upgrade Task) SRO-0251-A-RSP Validation Time:  10 min.
Task)
NUREG 1123  
SRO-0251-A-RSP NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Time Critical: NO 295016AA1.08 (4.04.0)
Location: Plant                            Performance Method: Simulate7/30/02 Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison          Revision Date:
Page 10 JPMB.2.Ar9


295016AA1.08  (4.04.0)
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure           Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The Control Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire.
Time Critical:  NO Location:  Plant Performance Method:  Simulate7/30/02 Prepared/Revised by:  S Hutchison Revision Date: 
The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.
 
Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown Panels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 of ABN-CR-EVAC.
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.
-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.AR9
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized and ready for operation.
 
JPMB.2.Ar9 Page 11      STUDE NT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  
 
The Control Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire. The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.
Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote and Alternate Remote  
 
Shutdown Panels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, a nd 7.4 of ABN
-CR-EVAC. SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN
-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS
-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized a nd ready for operation.
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.
Page 11 JPMB.2.Ar9


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C               Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-0247 Task Title: Close RPS EPA Breakers       Job Performance Measure No:
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4
 
JPMB.2.Br4
 
Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
-0247   Task Title: Close RPS EPA Breakers Job Performance Measure No:
JPMB.2.Br4 K/A  
JPMB.2.Br4 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
212000A.02 3.7/3.9 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
212000A.02 3.7/3.9 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date: 02/22/01 Method of testing:
Date: 02/22/01
Plant - Simulate Page 1 JPMB.2.Br4
 
Met hod of testing:
Plant - Simulate        
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4
 
JPMB.2.Br4
 
Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
 
Initial Conditions:   


RPS Division A has been de
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: RPS Division A has been de-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.
-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.
Task Standard:     Actions taken to close RPS-EPA-3A are in accordance with PPM 2.7.6.
Task Standard:
Required Materials: N/A General             PPM 2.7.6 rev. 16, section 5.3
Actions taken to close RPS
-EPA-3A are in accordance with PPM 2.7.6.
Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 2.7.6 rev. 16, section 5.3 Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:     The CRS has directed you to close EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A. Inform the CRS when RPS-EPA-3A is closed.
The CRS has directed you to close EPA breaker RP S-EPA-3A. Inform the CRS when RPS
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED.
-EPA-3A is closed.
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:    8 minutes Simulator ICs:      N/A Malfunctions/Remot  N/A e Triggers:
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT  
Overrides:          N/A Special Setup      N/A Instructions:
Page 2 JPMB.2.Br4


BE PERFORMED.
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                 Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Time Critical Task:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.3.1: Ensure Section 5.1 has been completed.
NO  Validation Time:
CUE:               This was given in the initial conditions and should not have to be cued.
8 minutes  Simulator ICs:
Standard:
N/A  Malfunctions/Remot e Trig gers: N/A  Overrides:
Comment:
N/A  Special Setup Instructions:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 5.3.2: Obtain keys 166 and 168 from the control room.
N/A Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
CUE:               When the candidate identifies the need to go to the control room for the keys, cue - You have the necessary keys.
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4
Standard:
 
Comment:
JPMB.2.Br4
SAT / UNSAT Page 3 JPMB.2.Br4
 
Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.3.1: Ensure Section 5.1 has been completed.
CUE:   This was given in the initial conditions and should not have to be cued.
Standard:   Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES Performance Step: 2 5.3.2: Obtain keys 166 and 168 from the control room.
CUE:   When the candidate identifies the need to go to the control room for th e keys, cue  
- "You have the necessary keys".
Standard:   Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4


JPMB.2.Br4
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 Critical Step: YES*
 
Performance Step: 3 5.3.3:In RPS-MG2 Room, close EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A as follows:
Page 4 Critical Step:
: a. Ensure keylock switch S1 is in the NORMAL position.
YES* Performance Step: 3
: b. Ensure keylock switch S2 in the OPER position.
 
CUE:  5.3.3:In RPS
-MG2 Room, close EPA breaker RPS
-EPA-3A as follows:
: a. Ensure keylock switch S1 is in the NO RMAL position. b. Ensure keylock switch S2 in the OPER position.
: c. Ensure the POWER IN indicator is illuminated.
: c. Ensure the POWER IN indicator is illuminated.
: d. Ensure the following indicators are extinguished;
: d. Ensure the following indicators are extinguished;
Line 5,702: Line 3,439:
: 2. UNDERVOLTAGE
: 2. UNDERVOLTAGE
: 3. UNDERFREQUENCY
: 3. UNDERFREQUENCY
: 4. POWER OUT The UNDERVOLTAGE and UNDERFREQUENCY lights are i lluminated.
: 4. POWER OUT CUE:                The UNDERVOLTAGE and UNDERFREQUENCY lights are illuminated.
: e. Rotate keylock switch S2 to the RESET position and return to OPERATE.*
: e. Rotate keylock switch S2 to the RESET position and return to OPERATE.*
: f. Reset EPA breaker RPS
: f. Reset EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A by opening it fully.*
-EPA-3A by opening it fully.* g. Close RPS-EPA-3A.
: g. Close RPS-EPA-3A. *
* h. Ensure POWER OUT light is illuminated.
: h. Ensure POWER OUT light is illuminated.
Standard: Steps are completed in accordance with PPM 2.7.6.
Standard:           Steps are completed in accordance with PPM 2.7.6.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
JPM START TIME:
-
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Page 4 JPMB.2.Br4


THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.2.Br4 Examinees Name:
 
Examiners Name:
AT THIS POINT.
Date Performed:
JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:       
-  JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4
 
JPMB.2.Br4
 
Page 5 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
JPMB.2.Br4 Examinee's Name:   Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 5 JPMB.2.Br4


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4
 
JPMB.2.Br4
 
Page 6  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Task Standard:             Actions taken to close RPS-EPA-3A are in accordance with PPM 2.7.6.
Actions taken to close RPS
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   PPM 2.7.6 rev. 16, section 5.3
-EPA-3A are in accordance w ith PPM 2.7.6.
Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 2.7.6 rev. 16, section 5.3 Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       RPS Division A has been de-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.
NO   Initial Conditions:  
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to close EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A. Inform the CRS when RPS-EPA-3A is closed.
 
RPS Division A has been de
-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to close EPA breaker RPS
-EPA-3A. Inform the CR S when RPS-EPA-3A is closed.
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED.
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED.
Page 6 JPMB.2.Br4


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0247                 Validation Time: 8 minutes NUREG 1123  
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4
 
JPMB.2.Br4
 
Page 7 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
-0247 Validation Time: 8 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
212000A.02      Time Critical: NO 3.7/3.9 Location: Plant                      Performance Method: Simulate Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison      Revision Date: 7/30/02 Page 7 JPMB.2.Br4


212000A.02 3.7/3.9 Time Critical:  NO Location:  Plant Performance Method:  Simulate Prepared/Revised by:  S Hutchison Revision Date:  7/30/02
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure             Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: RPS Division A has been de-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.
 
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to close EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A. Inform the CRS when RPS-EPA-3A is closed.
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   Form ES
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED.
-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4
 
JPMB.2.Br4
 
Page 8      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  
 
RPS Division A has been de
-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to close EPA bre aker RPS-EPA-3A. Inform the CRS when RPS
-EPA-3A is closed.
THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED.
 
CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED.
CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED.
Page 8 JPMB.2.Br4


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO
Appendix C               Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: RO-0706-N-DGHP Task Title: Perform Manual Start of the   Job Performance Measure No:
-0706-N-DGHP   Task Title: Perform Manual Start of the HPCS DG from Local Panel Job Performance Measure No:
HPCS DG from Local Panel                  JPMB.2.Cr3 K/A  
JPMB.2.Cr3 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
264000A4.04 3.7/3.7 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
264000A4.04 3.7/3.7 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facil ity Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
PLANT - Simulate        
PLANT - Simulate Page 1
 
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
 
Initial Conditions:   


A manual start of DG
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A manual start of DG-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of SOP-DG3-START.
-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of S OP-DG3-START. The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position.
The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position.
DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.
DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.
The plant is in a non
The plant is in a non-emergency condition, SM-2 is energized from TR-S.
-emergency condition, SM
DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.
-2 is energized from TR
HPCS-P-2 HPCS Service Water is in service.
-S. DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.
HPCS-P-2 HP CS Service Water is in service.
Generator space heater breaker is open.
Generator space heater breaker is open.
All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service.
All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service.
Task Standard:
Task Standard:     The task will be completed when the candidate has simulated the start of DG-3 per SOP-SG3-START section 5.1.
The task will be completed when the candidate has simulated the start of DG
Required Materials: N/A General             SOP-SG3-START rev. 0
-3 per SOP-SG3-START section 5.1. Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


SOP-SG3-START rev. 0 Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:     The CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP-DG3-START. Notify the CRS when DG-3 is operating at 900 rpm.
The CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP
-DG3-START. Notify the CRS wh en DG-3 is operating at 900 rpm.
CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.
CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.
Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time:   15 min.
NO   Validation Time:
Overrides:         N/A Special Setup       N/A Page 2
15 min. Overrides:
N/A   Special Setup N/A Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 3 Instructions:


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 4  PERFORMANCE INFORMATI ON  CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.
Appendix C   Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Instructions:
Page 3
 
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.
START TIME:
START TIME:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step:  1 5.1.5: Place the Unit Mode Select Switch to the AUTO position. a. Ensure the red light illuminates (E
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.1.5: Place the Unit Mode Select Switch to the AUTO position.
-CP-DG/EP3). b. Enter in the Plant Tracking Log as Operable.
: a. Ensure the red light illuminates (E-CP-DG/EP3).
CUE: Red light on.
: b. Enter in the Plant Tracking Log as Operable.
CUE:                 Red light on.
DG-3 is logged as operable.
DG-3 is logged as operable.
Standard:   Comment:
Standard:
SAT / UNSAT
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2  5.1.6: Verify HPCS-P-2 is running.
CUE:                AS REQUIRED Standard:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3  5.1.7: Verify SW flow to the Diesel Engine GT 780 GPM (SW-FIS-9 local).
CUE:                Flow GT 780 gpm.
Standard:            Verifies flow on SW-FIS-9.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 4


Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.1.6: Verify HPCS
Appendix C            Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 4 5.1.8: Verify the annunciator alarms are clear on E-CP-DG-RP3, except drop 1.1 and 3.1.
-P-2 is running.
CUE:                AS REQUIRED Standard:          Alarms indicated on E-CP-DG-RP3.
CUE: AS REQUIRED Standard:   Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 5 5.1.9: Verify HPCS Diesel Generator annunciators are clear (except drop 6.8 at H13-P601).
CUE:                AS REQUIRED Standard:          Calls control room for verification.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 5.1.10: At E-CP-DG/CP3, verifies the Generator Space Heater, breaker 1, is open CUE:                AS REQUIRED Standard:          Indicates breaker at E-CP-DG-CP3 Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 5.1.11: N/A step 5.1.11 CUE:               AS REQUIRED Standard:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 5


Critical Step: NO Performance Step:  3 5.1.7:  Verify SW flow to the Diesel Engine GT 780 GPM (SW-FIS-9 local). CUE:  Flow GT 780 gpm.
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 6
Standard: Verifies flow on SW
-FIS-9. Comment: SAT / UNSAT


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 5 Critical Step
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                       Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 7 5.1.12:
: NO  Performance Step: 4 5.1.8: Verify the annunciator alarms are clear on E
Place the Diesel Generator Mode Selector switch to the LOCAL position. (Located in the control room)
-CP-DG-RP3, except drop 1.1 and 3.1.
Depress the UNIT START pushbutton at E-CP-DG/EP3.
CUE: AS REQUIRED Standard: Alarms indicated on E
CUE:                DG Mode Selector Switch is in the Local position.
-CP-DG-RP3. Comment: SAT / UNSAT
NOTE: IF THE OPERATOR PRESSES THE ENGINE START PB (INSTEAD OF THE UNIT START PB), THE DIESEL FAILS TO START.
Standard:          At E-CP-DG/EP3, depress the UNIT START pushbutton
* Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 8 5.1.13: Verify the air start motors disengaged after engine start.
CUE:                CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:          Indicate location of at least 1 air start motor.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 9 5.1.14: Verify adequate oil in the starting a in-line lubricators within approximately 2 minutes of the diesel start.
CUE:               CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:           Indicate the location of at least 1 in-line lubricator.
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Page 7


Critical Step: NO Performance Step:  5 5.1.9:  Verify HPCS Diesel Generator annunciators are clear (except drop 6.8 at H13
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 10 Classify and log the start in the Plant Logging System.
-P601). CUE:  AS REQUIRED Standard: Calls control room for verification.
CUE:                 CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
Comment:
 
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 11 5.1.16: N/A this step.
Critical Step: NO Performance Step:  6 5.1.10:  At E
CUE:                 CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:
-CP-DG/CP3, verifi es the Generator Space Heater, breaker 1, is open CUE:  AS REQUIRED Standard: Indicates breaker at E
Comment:
-CP-DG-CP3  Comment: SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 12 5.1.17: Verify engine speed is approximately 900 RPM.
 
CUE:                 CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:           Indicate speed on HPCS-SI-DG3.
Critical Step: NO Performance Step:  6 5.1.11: N/A step 5.1.11 CUE:  AS REQUIRED Standard:    Comment: SA T / UNSAT 
Comment:
 
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 6 Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 7 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 7 5.1.12: Place the Diesel Generator Mode Selector switch to the LOCAL position. (Located in the control room)
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
Depress the UNIT START pushbutton at E
JPM START TIME:
-CP-DG/EP3. CUE: DG Mode Selector Switch is in the Local position.
-
NOTE: IF THE OPERATOR PRESSES THE ENGINE START PB (INSTEAD OF THE UNIT START PB), THE DIESEL FAILS TO START.
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Standard: At E-CP-DG/EP3, depress the UNIT START pushbutton
Page 8
* Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES  Performance Step: 8 5.1.13: Verify the air start motors disengaged after engine start.
CUE: CUE AS REQUIRED Standard: Indicate location of at least 1 air start motor.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 9 5.1.14: Verify adequate oil in the starting a in
-line lubricators within approximately 2 minutes of the diesel start. CUE: CUE AS REQUIRED Standard: Indicate the location of at least 1 in
-line lubricator.
Comment: SAT / UNSAT


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 8 Critical Step: NO Performance Step:
Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 9
10 Classify and log the start  in the Plant Logging System.
CUE:  CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:    Comment: SAT / UNSAT


Critical Step: NO Performance Step:  11 5.1.16:  N/A this step.
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         JPMB.2.Cr3 Examinees Name:
CUE:  CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:    Comment: SAT / UNSAT
Examiners Name:
 
Critical Step: NO Performance Step:  12 5.1.17:  Verify engine speed is approximately 900 RPM.
CUE:  CUE AS REQUIRED Standard: Indicate speed on HPCS
-SI-DG3. Comment: SAT / UNSAT
 
THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE J PM AT THIS POINT.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:       
-  JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 9 Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
JPMB.2.Cr3 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number o f Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 10


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 11  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you c omplete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Task Standard:             The task will be completed when the candidate has simulated the start of DG-3 per SOP-SG3-START section 5.1.
The task will be completed when the candidate has simulated the start of DG
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   SOP-SG3-START rev. 0
-3 per SOP-SG3-START section 5.1. Required Materials:
N/A   Sa fety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


SOP-SG3-START rev. 0 Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       A manual start of DG-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of SOP-DG3-START.
NO   Initial Conditions:  
The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position.
 
A manual start of DG
-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of SOP
-DG3-START. The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position.
DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.
DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.
The plant is in a non
The plant is in a non-emergency condition, SM-2 is energized from TR-S.
-emergency condition, SM
DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.
-2 is energized from TR
-S. DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.
HPCS-P-2 HPCS Service Water is in service.
HPCS-P-2 HPCS Service Water is in service.
Generator space heater breaker is open.
Generator space heater breaker is open.
All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service.
All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service.
INITIATING CUE Th e CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP-DG3-START. Notify the CRS when DG-3 is operating at 900 rpm.
-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP-DG3-START. Notify the CRS when DG
CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS Page 11
-3 is operating at 900 rpm.
 
CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 12 AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.
Appendix C           Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.
Page 12


Appendix C                     Job Performance Measure                   F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet   JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 13  INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO
Appendix C             Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0706-N-DGHP           Validation Time: 10 min.
-0706-N-DGHP Validation Time: 10 min.
NUREG 1123  
NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
264000A4.04 3.7/3.7 Time Critical:  NO Location: PLANT Performance Method: SIMULATE Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/2 9/02 Appendix C                    Job Performance Measure                  F orm ES-C-1 Worksheet  JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 14  STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   
264000A4.04     Time Critical: NO 3.7/3.7 Location: PLANT                       Performance Method: SIMULATE Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison     Revision Date: 7/29/02 Page 13


A manual start of DG
Appendix C              Job Performance Measure            Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A manual start of DG-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of SOP-DG3-START.
-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of SOP-DG3-START. The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position. DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.
The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position.
The plant is in a non
DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.
-emergency condition, SM
The plant is in a non-emergency condition, SM-2 is energized from TR-S.
-2 is energized from TR
DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.
-S. DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.
HPCS-P-2 HPCS Service Water is in service.
HPCS-P-2 HPCS Serv ice Water is in service.
Generator space heater breaker is open.
Generator space heater breaker is open.
All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13
All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service.
-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service. INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP
INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP-DG3-START. Notify the CRS when DG-3 is operating at 900 rpm.
-DG3-START. Notify the CRS when DG
-3 is operating at 900 rpm.
CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.
CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.
Page 14


Append ix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure             Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No: N/A Task Title: Determination of Adequate     Job Performance Measure No:
-C-1 Worksheet   RA.1
Feedwater Temperature Prior to AIA        RA.1-1JPMr0 K/A  
-1JPMr0                                                
 
Ra1-1r0 Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: N/A Task Title:
Determination of Adequate Feedwater Temperature Prior to AIA Job Performance Measure No:
RA.1-1JPMr0   K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.7 3.7/4.4 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
2.1.7 3.7/4.4 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evalu ator: Date:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
Page 1 Ra1-1r0


Append ix C           Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions:
-C-1 Worksheet   RA.1
Task Standard:        Correctly determines action regarding entering AIA per PPM 3.1.2.
-1JPMr0                                                
Required Materials:  N/A General


Ra1-1r0 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
==References:==
PPM 3.1.2 rev. 57 Initiating Cue:      Using the above information, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flow map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your answer.
Inform the CRS        when  you  have  completed    this determination.
Time Critical Task:  N/A Validation Time:      8 minutes Simulator ICs:        N/A Malfunctions/Remote  N/A Triggers:
Overrides:            N/A Special Setup        N/A Instructions:
Page 2 Ra1-1r0


Initial Conditions:  
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1  Determines reactor power from Single Loop Power to Flow Map.
CUE:
Standard:            Using the 22500 gpm loop flow rate and 54% control rod line given in the initial conditions, determines that power is 30% (+ or - 2%).
NOTE:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2  Determines feedwater temperature is satisfactory for entering AIA CUE:
Standard:            Using the 30% power from the above step and attachment 7.3 of PPM 3.1.2, determines that 296° F feedwater temperature is to the left of the line and is satisfactory.
NOTE:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD INFORM THE CRS OF HIS COMPLETED DETERMINATION.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
JPM START TIME:
Page 3 Ra1-1r0


Task Standard:
Appendix C    Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0
Correct ly determines action regarding entering AIA per PPM 3.1.2.
-
Required Materials:
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
N/A  General
Page 4 Ra1-1r0


==References:==
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         RA.1-1JPMr0 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 5 Ra1-1r0


PPM 3.1.2 rev. 57 Initiating Cue:
Appendix C             Admin Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
Using the above information, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flo w map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your answer.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Inform the CRS when you have completed this determination.
Task Standard:             Correctly determines action regarding entering AIA per PPM 3.1.2.
Time Critical Task:
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   PPM 3.1.2 rev. 57
N/A  Validation Time:
8 minutes  Simulator ICs:
N/A  Malfunction s/Remote Triggers: N/A  Overrides:
N/A  Special Setup Instructions:
N/A Append ix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   RA.1
-1JPMr0                                                
 
Ra1-1r0 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step:
YES  Performance Step:  1 Determines reactor power from Single Loop Power to Flow Map. CUE:    Standard: Using the 22500 gpm loop flow rate and 54% control rod line given in the initial conditions, determines that power is
 
30% (+ or
- 2%). NOTE:  Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
Critical Step:
YES  Performance Step:  2 Determines feedwater temperature is s atisfactory for entering AIA CUE:    Standard: Using the 30% power from the above step and attachment 7.3 of PPM 3.1.2, determines that 296° F
 
feedwater temperature is to the left of the line and is
 
satisfactory.
NOTE:  Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
THE EXAMINEE SHOULD INFORM THE CRS OF HIS COMPLETED DETERMINATION.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:       
 
Append ix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  RA.1
-1JPMr0                                                 
 
Ra1-1r0 Page 4- JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Append ix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  RA.1
-1JPMr0                                                 
 
Ra1-1r0 Page 5 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
RA.1-1JPMr0  Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Per formed:    Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:    Time to Complete:
 
Append ix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  RA.1
-1JPMr0                                                 
 
Ra1-1r0 Page 6  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or disc uss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Correctly determines action regarding entering AIA per PPM 3.1.2.
Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipment:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 3.1.2 rev. 57 Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:       NO Initial Conditions:       A plant startup is in progress with RRC-P-1A tagged out for repair. The following conditions exist:
NO   Initial Conditions:  
 
A plant startup is in progress with RRC
-P-1A tagged out for repair. The following conditions exist:
Feedwater temperature = 296° F RRC Loop B flow = 22500 gpm Rod Line = 54%
Feedwater temperature = 296° F RRC Loop B flow = 22500 gpm Rod Line = 54%
It is necessary to enter the Area of Increased Awareness INITIATING CUE Usin g the above information, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flow map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your answer.
It is necessary to enter the Area of Increased Awareness INITIATING CUE Using the above information, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flow map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your answer.
Inform the CRS when you have completed this determina tion.
Inform the CRS when you have completed this determination.
Append ix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
Page 6 Ra1-1r0
-C-1 Worksheet  RA.1
-1JPMr0                                                 


Ra1-1r0 Page 7 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: N/A Validation Time: 8 minutes NUREG 1123  
Appendix C          Admin Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: N/A                           Validation Time: 8 minutes NUREG 1123  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.7 3.7/4.
2.1.7 3.7/4.         Time Critical: NO Location: Any location with references. Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison           Revision Date: 6/26/02 Page 7 Ra1-1r0
Time Critical: NO Location: Any location with references.
Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised b y: S Hutchison Revision Date: 6/26/02
 
Append ix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  RA.1
-1JPMr0                                                 
 
Ra1-1r0 Page 8      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   


A plant startup is in pro gress with RRC
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure            Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  A plant startup is in progress with RRC-P-1A tagged out for repair. The following conditions exist:
-P-1A tagged out for repair. The following conditions exist:
Feedwater temperature = 296° F RRC Loop B flow = 22500 gpm Rod Line = 54%
Feedwater temperature = 296° F RRC Loop B flow = 22500 gpm Rod Line = 54%
It is necessary to enter the Area of Increased Awareness     INITIATING CUE Using the above inform ation, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flow map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your
It is necessary to enter the Area of Increased Awareness INITIATING CUE Using the above information, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flow map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your answer.
Inform the CRS when you have completed this determination.
Page 8 Ra1-1r0


answer. Inform the CRS when you have completed this determination.
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia Generating Station      RA.3-1 and RA.3-2            OCTOBER 2002 Question No.      A co-worker has been injured and is unconscious in a High High Radiation area.
RA.3-1:          You have decided to enter the area and carry the worker to safety.
What is the Columbia Generating Station administrative maximum allowable dose in a life saving situation?
CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER:        25 rem TEDE


ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia G enerating Station        RA.3
===Response===
-1 and RA.3
SAT / UNSAT 2.3.1 (2.6/3.0)  6016              GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 8 page 1                             00ra1r3
-2                    OCTOBER 2002 page 1
00ra1r3 Question No.
RA.3-1: A co-worker has been injured and is unconscious in a High High Radiation area.
You have decided to enter the area and carry the worker to safety.
What is the Columbia Generating Station administrative maximum allowable


dose in a li fe saving situation?
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia Generating Station     RA.3-1 and RA.3-2                 OCTOBER 2002 Question No.     You have been directed to enter a radiation area with a general area dose rate of RA.3-2            245 mrem/hr.
CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER: 25 rem TEDE Response:        SAT / UNSAT 2.3.1  (2.6/3.0) 6016 GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 8
What are the dosimetry requirements for entering this area?
 
CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER:       Any ONE of the following is correct;
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia G enerating Station       RA.3
* A radiation monitoring device that continuously indicates the radiation dose rate in the area (e.g., survey instrument)
-1 and RA.3
-2                     OCTOBER 2002 page 2
00ra1r3  Question No.
RA.3-2 You have been directed to enter a radiation area with a general area dose rate of 245 mrem/hr. What are the dosimetry requirements for entering this area?
CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER: Any ONE of the following is correct;
* A radiation monitoring device that continuously indicates the radiation dose rate in the area (e.g., survey inst rument)
* A radiation monitoring device that continuously integrates the radiation dose rate in the area and alarms when a preset integrated dose is received (e.g., an alarming electronic dosimeter), with an appropriate alarm setpoint.
* A radiation monitoring device that continuously integrates the radiation dose rate in the area and alarms when a preset integrated dose is received (e.g., an alarming electronic dosimeter), with an appropriate alarm setpoint.
* A r adiation monitoring device that continuously transmits dose rate and cumulative dose to a remote receiver monitored by Health Physics personnel responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure within the area (e.g., an electronic dosime ter    used in conjunction with a remote monitoring system)
* A radiation monitoring device that continuously transmits dose rate and cumulative dose to a remote receiver monitored by Health Physics personnel responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure within the area (e.g., an electronic dosimeter used in conjunction with a remote monitoring system)
* A self-reading dosimeter and, - Be under the surveillance (as specified in the RWP), while in the area of and individual at the work site who is  
* A self-reading dosimeter and,
                                    - Be under the surveillance (as specified in the RWP), while in the area of and individual at the work site who is qualified in radiation protection procedures and who is equipped with a radiation dose rate monitoring and indicating device and is responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure within the area
                                    - Be under the surveillance (as specified in the RWP), by means of close circuit television, of an individual qualified in radiation protection procedures who is responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure in the area.


qualified in radiation protection procedures and who is equipped with a radiation dose rate monitoring and indicating device and is responsible for controlling
===Response===
SAT / UNSAT 2.3.1 (2.6/3.0)              6036                                PPM 11.2.7.3 rev 18, pages 4 and 5 page 2                                00ra1r3


personnel radiation exposure within the area
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia Generating Station      RA.3-1 and RA.3-2            OCTOBER 2002 Question No.      A co-worker has been injured and is unconscious in a High High Radiation area.
- Be under the surveillance (as specified in the RWP), by means of close circuit television, of an in dividual qualified in radiation protection procedures who is responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure in the area.
RA.3-1:          You have decided to enter the area and carry the worker to safety.
Response:        SAT / UNSAT 2.3.1 (2.6/3.0) 6036 PPM 11.2.7.3 rev 18, pages 4 and 5
What is the Columbia Generating Station administrative maximum allowable dose in a life saving situation?
CLOSED REFERENCE page 3                             00ra1r3


ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia G enerating Station        RA.3
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia Generating Station   RA.3-1 and RA.3-2                 OCTOBER 2002 Question No.     You have been directed to enter a radiation area with a general area dose rate of RA.3-2            245 mrem/hr.
-1 and RA.3
-2                    OCTOBER 2002 page 3
00ra1r3  Question No.
RA.3-1: A co-wo rker has been injured and is unconscious in a High High Radiation area.
You have decided to enter the area and carry the worker to safety.
What is the Columbia Generating Station administrative maximum allowable
 
dose in a life saving situation?
CLOSED R EFERENCE ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia G enerating Station        RA.3
-1 and RA.3
-2                     OCTOBER 2002 page 4
00ra1r3  Question No.
RA.3-2 You have been directed to enter a radiation area with a general area dose rate of 245 mrem/hr.
What are the dosimetry requirements for entering this area?
What are the dosimetry requirements for entering this area?
CLOSED REFERENCE
CLOSED REFERENCE page 4                                00ra1r3


ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station       RA.4
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station   RA.4-1 and RA.4-2           OCTOBER 2002 Question No. At which Emergency Action Level are the Columbia Administrative Exposure RA.4-1:          Hold points automatically waived?
-1 and RA.4
CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER:         Alert
-2                     OCTOBER 2002 page 1
02ra4r1  Question No.
RA.4-1: At which Emergency Action Level are the Columbia Administrative Exposure Hold points automatically waived?
CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER: Alert Response:        SAT / UNSAT 2.4.29  (2.6/4.0) 6019 PPM 13.2.1 rev. 15, page 2


ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station        RA.4
===Response===
-1 and RA.4
SAT / UNSAT 2.4.29 (2.6/4.0) 6019              PPM 13.2.1 rev. 15, page 2 page 1                          02ra4r1
-2                     OCTOBER 2002 page 2
02ra4r1 Question No.
RA.4-2 The plant was operating at 100% power on Sunday morning when a transient occurred which required an emergency to be declared. The Shift manager is in


the plant but cannot be contacted and his exact whereabouts are not known to the  
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station    RA.4-1 and RA.4-2                OCTOBER 2002 Question No. The plant was operating at 100% power on Sunday morning when a transient RA.4-2          occurred which required an emergency to be declared. The Shift manager is in the plant but cannot be contacted and his exact whereabouts are not known to the control room staff.
Who is the Emergency Director?
CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER:        The Control Room Supervisor


con trol room staff.
===Response===
Who is the Emergency Director?
SAT / UNSAT 2.4.29 (2.6/4.0)               6132                           PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 page 7 page 2                              02ra4r1
CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER:  The Control Room Supervisor Response:        SAT / UNSAT 2.4.29 (2.6/4.0) 6132 PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 page 7


ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station       RA.4
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station   RA.4-1 and RA.4-2             OCTOBER 2002 Question No. At which Emergency Action Level are the Columbia Administrative Exposure RA.4-1:          Hold points automatically waived?
-1 and RA.4
CLOSED REFERENCE page 3                          02ra4r1
-2                     OCTOBER 2002 page 3
02ra4r1  Question No.
RA.4-1: At which Emergency Action Level are the Columbia Administrative Exposure Hold points automatically waived?
CLOSED REFERENCE


ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station       RA.4
ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station     RA.4-1 and RA.4-2               OCTOBER 2002 Question No. The plant was operating at 100% power on Sunday morning when a transient RA.4-2          occurred which required an emergency to be declared. The Shift manager is in the plant but cannot be contacted and his exact whereabouts are not known to the control room staff.
-1 and RA.4
-2                     OCTOBER 2002 page 4
02ra4r1  Question No.
RA.4-2 The plant was operating at 100% power on Sunday morning when a transient occurred which required an emergency to be declared. The Shift manager is in the plant but cannot be contacted and his exact whereabouts are not known to the control room staff.
Who is the Emergency Director?
Who is the Emergency Director?
CLOSED REFERENCE
CLOSED REFERENCE page 4                              02ra4r1
 
Appe ndix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.1
-1JPMr0                                               


Sa1-1jpm Page 1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No:
Appendix C          Admin Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station     Task No:
Task Title:
Task Title: DETERMINATION OF             Job Performance Measure No:
DETERMINATION OF HEAVY LOAD OVER THE SPENT FUEL POOL Job Performance Measure No:
HEAVY LOAD OVER THE SPENT                SA1.1-1JPMr0 FUEL POOL K/A  
SA1.1-1JPMr0   K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.20 4.3/4.2 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
2.1.20 4.3/4.2 Examinee:                                 NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:                       Date:
Da te:
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
Page 1 Sa1-1jpm


Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  The plant has been operating at 99% power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is to start in 6 weeks. All plant systems are normal for 99% power. A load of 1490 pounds has to be lifted high enough to clear the handrails around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at that height.
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.1
Task Standard:      The proposed lift will not be allowed for the given conditions per PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2.
-1JPMr0                                              
Required Materials:  N/A General              PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2


Sa1-1jpm Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
==References:==


Initial Conditions:  
Initiating Cue:     Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer.
Time Critical Task:  NO Validation Time:    10 minutes Simulator ICs:      N/A Malfunctions/Remot  N/A e Triggers:
Overrides:          N/A Special Setup        N/A Instructions:
Page 2 Sa1-1jpm


The plant has been operating at 99%
Appendix C       Admin Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is to start in 6 weeks. All
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 1.3.40 tep 5.2.45: Refer to Attachment 7.5 to determine:
 
Irradiated fuel has been subcritical for at least 90 days.
plant systems are normal for 99% power. A load of 1490
One train of control room air conditioning is in operation.
 
Monitors are available to monitor an offsite release.
pounds has to be lifted high enough to clear the handrails
CUE:
 
Standard:           Determine equipment requirements for the desired lift over the spent fuel pool satifactory.
around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south
NOTE:               Hand examinee LCS 1.9.2 when required.
 
side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at
 
that height.
Task Standard:
The proposed lift will not be allowed for the given conditions per PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2.
Required Materials:
N/A  General
 
==References:==
 
PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2 Initiating Cue:
Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer.
Time Critical Task:
NO  Validation Time:
10 minutes Simulator ICs:
N/A  Malfunct ions/Remot e Triggers:
N/A  Overrides:
N/A  Special Setup Instructions:
N/A Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.1
-1JPMr0                                              
 
Sa1-1jpm Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step:  1 1.3.40 tep 5.2.45: Refer to Attachment 7.5 to determine:
Irradiated fuel has been sub critical for at least 90 days.
One train of control room air conditioning is in operation.
Monitors are available to monitor an offsite release.
CUE:   Standard: Determine equipment requirements for the desired lift over the spent fuel pool satifactory
. NOTE: Hand examinee LCS 1.9.2 when required.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step:   Using LCS 1.9.2, determine the following:
 
Critical Step:
YES Performance Step:
Using LCS 1.9.2, determine the following:
1490 pounds can only be lifted and transported 3 inches over the spent fuel pool.
1490 pounds can only be lifted and transported 3 inches over the spent fuel pool.
The desi red lift cannot be made because of the height limitation over the spent fuel pool.
The desired lift cannot be made because of the height limitation over the spent fuel pool.
CUE:   Standard: Dtermination is made that the lift cannot be made with the given conditions.
CUE:
Standard:           Dtermination is made that the lift cannot be made with the given conditions.
Comment:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
SAT / UNSAT Page 3 Sa1-1jpm


Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C     Admin Job Performance Measure     Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE JPM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.1
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
-1JPMr0                                               
JPM START TIME:
-
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Page 4 Sa1-1jpm


Sa1-1jpm Page 4 THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE JPM TO THE EX AMINER AT THIS POINT.
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         SA.1-1JPMr0 Examinees Name:
JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:          
Examiners Name:
-  JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appe ndix C            Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.1
-1JPMr0                                              
 
Sa1-1jpm Page 5 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
SA.1-1JPMr0   Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Num ber of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 5 Sa1-1jpm


Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C             Admin Job Performance Measure                     Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.1
-1JPMr0                                              
 
Sa1-1jpm Page 6  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Task Standard:             The proposed lift will not be allowed for the given conditions per PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2.
The proposed lift will not be allowed for the given conditions per PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2.
Required Materials:       N/A Safety Equipment:         N/A General                   PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2
Required Materials:
N/A   Safety Equipm ent: N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2 Time Critical Task:
Time Critical Task:        NO Initial Conditions:        The plant has been operating at 99% power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is to start in 6 weeks. All plant systems are normal for 99% power. A load of 1490 pounds has to be lifted high enough to clear the handrails around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at that height.
NO  Initial Conditions:   
INITIATING CUE Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer.
Page 6 Sa1-1jpm


The plant has been operating at 99% power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is to start in 6 weeks. All
Appendix C          Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number:                              Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123


plant systems are normal for 99% power. A load of 1490
==Reference:==
 
2.1.20              Time Critical: NO 4.3/4.2 Location: Any with reference material    Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison          Revision Date: 6/26/02 Page 7 Sa1-1jpm
pounds has to be lifted high enou gh to clear the handrails around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at


that height.
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:
INITIATING CUE Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer
The plant has been operating at 99% power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is to start in 6 weeks. All plant systems are normal for 99% power. A load of 1490 pounds has to be lifted high enough to clear the handrails around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at that height.
.
INITIATING CUE Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer.
Appe ndix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
Page 8 Sa1-1jpm
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.1
-1JPMr0                                               


Sa1-1jpm Page 7 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number:
Appendix C          Admin Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station    Task No: SRO-0026 Task Title: COMPLETE PLANNED              Job Performance Measure No:
Validation Time:  10 minutes NUREG 1123
SPECIAL EXPOSURE                          SA.3JPM K/A


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.20 4.3/4.2 Time Critical: NO Location: Any with reference material Performance Method:  Perform Prepared/Revised by:
2.3.4 2.5/3.1 Examinee:                                NRC Examiner:
S Hutchison Revision Date:  6/26/02
Facility Evaluator:                      Date:
Method of testing:
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
Page 1 Sa3jpmr0


Appe ndix C           Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES
Appendix C         Admin Job Performance Measure                   Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.1
Task Standard:        Increased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN-RPP-07.
-1JPMr0                                               
Required Materials:  N/A General


Sa1-1jpm Page 8      STUDENT INFORMATION
==References:==
GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 13 Initiating Cue:      The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is 30 years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years.
He is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. The following information applies to the operator.
: 1. John Q Operator
: 2. SS # - 555-55-5555
: 3. DOB - 01/01/71
: 4. 1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
: 5. 6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
: 6. All dose is from Energy Northwest exposure.
As the operators supervisor, complete the Increased Exposure Request per GEN-RPP-07.
Time Critical Task:  N/A Validation Time:     10 minutes Simulator ICs:        N/A Malfunctions/Remote  N/A Page 2 Sa3jpmr0


Initial Conditions:  
Appendix C  Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 Triggers:
Overrides:      N/A Special Setup  N/A Instructions:
Page 3 Sa3jpmr0


The plant has been operatin g at 99% power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure                  Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1  Complete the first 3 sections of the Increased Exposure Request as the Supervisor of the designated operator.
CUE:
Standard:            Increased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN-RPP-07.
Grading Standard - compare candidates completed form with the attached form. Passing Criteria = each required section must match the attached form. The reason and justification must match the intent.
NOTE:
Comment:
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE CNF FORM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
JPM START TIME:
-
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Page 4 Sa3jpmr0


to start in 6 weeks. All plant systems are normal for
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:        SA.3JPMr0 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 5 Sa3jpmr0


99% power. A load of 1490 pounds has to be lifted
Appendix C              Admin Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:            Increased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN-RPP-07.
Required Materials:        N/A Safety Equipment:          N/A General                    GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 13


high enough to clear the ha ndrails around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at that
==References:==


height. INITIATING CUE Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer.
Time Critical Task:        NO Initial Conditions:        The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.
Appendix C           Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
INITIATING CUE The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is 30 years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years. He is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. The following information applies to the operator.
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.3JPMr0
: 7. John Q Operator
: 8. SS # - 555-55-5555
: 9. DOB - 01/01/71
: 10. 1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
: 11. 6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
: 12. All dose is from Energy Northwest exposure.
As the operators supervisor, complete the Increased Exposure Request per Page 6 Sa3jpmr0
 
Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 GEN-RPP-07.
Page 7 Sa3jpmr0


Sa3jpmr0 Page 1 Facility:  Columbia Generating Station Task No: SRO
Appendix C          Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: SRO-0026                     Validation Time:
-0026   Task Title:
NUREG 1123
COMPLETE PLANNED SPECIAL EXPOSURE Job Performance Measure No:
SA.3JPM  K/A


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.3.4 2.5/3.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
2.3.4 2.5/3.1       Time Critical:
Facility Evaluator:
Location: Any location with references. Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison          Revision Date: 6/27/02 Page 8 Sa3jpmr0
Date:
Method o f testing:
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)


Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure               Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:    The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.3JPMr0
INITIATING CUE The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell.
The operator selected is 30 years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years. He is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. The following information applies to the operator.
: 13.      John Q Operator
: 14.      SS # - 555-55-5555
: 15.      DOB - 01/01/71
: 16.      1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
: 17.      6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
: 18.      All dose is from Energy Northwest exposure.
As the operators supervisor, complete the Increased Exposure Request per GEN-RPP-07.
Page 9 Sa3jpmr0


Sa3jpmr0 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
Appendix C          Admin Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station    Task No: SRO-0529 Task Title: CLASSIFY A SECURITY          Job Performance Measure No:
EVENT                                    SA.4JPMr0 K/A


Initial Conditions:  
==Reference:==
 
2.4.41 2.3/4.1 Examinee:                                NRC Examiner:
The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is expected to
Facility Evaluator:                      Date:
 
Method of testing:
receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An
Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
Page 1 Sa4jpmr0


Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operation of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI considers this a credible threat. An Unusual Event was declared 50 minutes ago.
Task Standard:
Task Standard:       The security event is classified correctly per PPM 13.1.1.
Inc reased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN
Required Materials: N/A General             PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 27
-RPP-07. Required Materials:
N/A   General  


==References:==
==References:==


GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 13 Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:
The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is re quired to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is 30 years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years.
Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that an explosive device has been discovered in Service Water Pump house A. All personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.
He is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. The following information applies to t he operator.
Meteorological data:
: 1. John Q Operator
Stability class E Wind direction 245 Wind speed 4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition Time Critical Task: YES - 15 MINUTES Validation Time:    10 minutes Simulator ICs:      N/A Malfunctions/Remot  N/A e Triggers:
: 2. SS # - 555-55-5555 3. DOB - 01/01/71 4. 1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
Overrides:           N/A Special Setup        N/A Instructions:
: 5. 6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
Page 2 Sa4jpmr0
: 6. All dose is from Energy Northwest exposure.
As the operator's supervisor, complete the Increased


Exposure Request per GEN
Appendix C       Admin Job Performance Measure                 Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
-RPP-07. Ti me Critical Task:
Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 Complete the CNF Form for this condition.
N/A  Validation Time:
CUE:
10 minutes Simulator ICs:
Standard:           CNF Form is completed as attached.
N/A  Malfunctions/Remote N/A Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
Grading standard: The Form must be completed as a reclassification and as a Site area Emergency.
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.3JPMr0
Description of the event (box 7) must meet the intent of the reference CNF Form.
 
NOTE:
Sa3jpmr0 Page 3 Triggers:  Overrides:
Comment:
N/A  Special Setup Instructions:
SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE CNF FORM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.
N/A Appendix C           Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
JPM TERMINATION TIME:
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.3JPMr0
JPM START TIME:
 
-
Sa3jpmr0 Page 4  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Critical Step:
Page 3 Sa4jpmr0
YES  Performanc e Step:  1 Complete the first 3 sections of the Increased Exposure Request as the Supervisor of the designated operator.
CUE:   Standard: Increased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN
-RPP-07. Grading Standard
- compare candidates completed form with the attached form. Passing Criteria = each required section must match the attached form. The reason and
 
justification must match the intent.
NOTE: Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE CNF FORM TO THE EXAMINE R AT THIS POINT. JPM TERMINATION TIME:   JPM START TIME:        
-   JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.3JPMr0


Sa3jpmr0 Page 5 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number:         SA.4JPMr0 Examinees Name:
SA.3JPMr0  Examinee's Name:
Examiners Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:   Time to Complete:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Page 4 Sa4jpmr0


Appendix C           Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
Appendix C             Admin Job Performance Measure                     Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
-C-1 Worksheet   SA.3JPMr0
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:            The security event is classified correctly per PPM 13.1.1.
Required Materials:        N/A Safety Equipment:          N/A General                    PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 27


Sa3jpmr0 Page 6  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
==References:==
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you com plete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
Increased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN
-RPP-07. Required Materials:
N/A  Safety Equipment:
N/A  General Refere nces: GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 13 Time Critical Task:
NO  Initial Conditions:   


The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is expected to
Time Critical Task:        NO Initial Conditions:        The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operation of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI considers this a credible threat. An Unusual Event was declared 50 minutes ago.
INITIATING CUE Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that an explosive device has been discovered in Service Water Pump house A. All personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.
Meteorological data:
Stability class E Wind direction 245 Wind speed 4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition Page 5 Sa4jpmr0


receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An
Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 Page 6 Sa4jpmr0


Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.
Appendix C          Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: SRO-0529                    Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123
INIT IATING CUE The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is 30


years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years. He is
==Reference:==
 
2.4.41              Time Critical: YES 15 MINUTES 2.3/4.1 Location: Any with reference material     Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison         Revision Date: 6/26/02 Page 7 Sa4jpmr0
expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. The following
 
information applies to the operator.
: 7. John Q Operator
: 8. SS # - 555-55-5555 9. DOB - 01/01/71 10. 1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
: 11. 6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
: 12. All dose is from Energy Northwest expo sure. As the operator's supervisor, complete the Increased Exposure Request per Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.3JPMr0
 
Sa3jpmr0 Page 7 GEN-RPP-07.
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.3JPMr0
 
Sa3jpmr0 Page 8 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number:  SRO
-0026 Validation Time:
NUREG 1123
 
==Reference:==
2.3.4 2.5/3.1 Time Critical:
Locati on: Any location with references.
Performance Method:  Perform Prepared/Revised by:  S Hutchison Revision Date:  6/27/02
 
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.3JPMr0
 
Sa3jpmr0 Page 9      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   
 
The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot
 
spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator
 
selected is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.
INITIATING CUE The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve
 
manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell.
The operator selected is 30 years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years. He is expected to receive a total of 350
 
mrem to perform the task. The following information applies to the
 
operator.
: 13. John Q Operator
: 14. SS # - 555-55-5555 15. DOB - 01/01/71 16. 1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
: 17. 6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
: 18. All dose is from Energy Northwest exposure.
As the operator's supervisor, complete the Increased Exposure
 
Request per GEN
-RPP-07.
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.4JPMr0
 
Sa4jpmr0 Page 1 Facility:  Columbia Generating Station Task No:  SRO
-0529  Task Title:
CLASSIFY A SECURITY EVENT Job Performance Measure No:
SA.4JPMr0  K/A
 
==Reference:==
2.4.41  2.3/4.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:
Date:
Method of tes ting:    Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)
 
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.4JPMr0
 
Sa4jpmr0 Page 2  JPM SETUP INFORMATION
 
Initial Conditions:   
 
The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid
-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operation of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI
 
considers this a credible threat. An Unusual Event was
 
declared 50 minutes ago.
T ask Standard:
The security event is classified correctly per PPM 13.1.1.
Required Materials:
N/A  General
 
==References:==
 
PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 27 Initiating Cue:
Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that
 
an explosive device ha s been discovered in Service Water Pump house A. All personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.
Meteorological data:
Stability class E Wind direction  245 Wind speed  4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition Time Cri tical Task:
YES - 15 MINUTES Validation Time:
10 minutes Simulator ICs:
N/A Malfunctions/Remot e Triggers:
N/A Overrides:
N/A Special Setup Instructions:
N/A Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.4JPMr0
 
Sa4jpmr0 Page 3  PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:
Critical Step:  NO Performance Step
:  1 Complete the CNF Form for this condition.
CUE:    Standard: CNF Form is completed as attached.
Grading standard:  The Form must be completed as a
 
reclassification and as a Site area Emergency. 
 
Description of the event (box 7) must meet the intent of the reference CNF Form.
NOTE:  Comment:
SAT / UNSAT
 
THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE CNF FORM  TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS
 
POINT. JPM TERMINATION TIME:  JPM START TIME:       
-  JPM COMPLETION TIME:
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.4JPMr0
 
Sa4jpmr0 Page 4 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Numbe r:  SA.4JPMr0  Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:    Time to Complete:
 
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.4JPMr0
 
Sa4jpmr0 Page 5  JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job
 
performance measure will be satisfied.
Task Standard:
The security event is clas sified correctly per PPM 13.1.1.
Required Materials:
N/A  Safety Equipment:
N/A  General
 
==References:==
 
PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 27 Time Critical Task:
NO  Initial Conditions:   
 
The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid
-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operatio n of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI considers this a credible threat. An Unusual Event was declared 50 minutes ago.
INITIATING CUE Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that an explosive device has
 
been discovered in Servi ce Water Pump house A. All personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.
Meteorological data:
Stability class E Wind direction  245 Wind speed  4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition
 
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.4JPMr0
 
Sa4jpmr0 Page 6 Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.4JPMr0
 
Sa4jpmr0 Page 7 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: SRO
-0529 Validation Time:  10 minutes NUREG 1123
 
==Reference:==
2.4.41 2.3/4.1 Time Critical:
YES 15 MINUTES Location: Any with reference material Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revisi on Date: 6/26/02
 
Appendix C            Admin Job Performance Measure                Form ES
-C-1 Worksheet  SA.4JPMr0
 
Sa4jpmr0 Page 8      STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:   
 
The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid
-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operation of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI considers this a credible threat. 
 
An Unusual Event was declared 50 minutes ago. INITIATING CUE Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that an explosive
 
device has been discovered in Service Water Pump house A. All


personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.
Appendix C        Admin Job Performance Measure              Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:  The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operation of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI considers this a credible threat.
An Unusual Event was declared 50 minutes ago.
INITIATING CUE Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that an explosive device has been discovered in Service Water Pump house A. All personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.
Meteorological data:
Meteorological data:
Stability class E Wind direction 245 Wind speed 4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition}}
Stability class E Wind direction 245 Wind speed 4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition Page 8 Sa4jpmr0}}

Revision as of 04:58, 24 November 2019

Columbia Generating Station - Init Exam - 10/2002 - Draft Exam
ML030360299
Person / Time
Site: Columbia Energy Northwest icon.png
Issue date: 04/11/2002
From: Gody A
NRC Region 4
To: Parrish J
Energy Northwest
References
-RFPFR, 50-397/02-301
Download: ML030360299 (352)
v • d • e


Text

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: SRO-0066 RO-0559 Task Title: Comply with Conduct of Job Performance Measure No:

Operations - Complete Shift Turnover BA.1-2JPM forms for Simulator Scenario K/A

Reference:

2.1.3 3.0/3.4 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date: 02/22/01 Method of testing:

Admin - Perform Page 1 BA.1-2jpmf0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:

Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.

IRM C is out of service and bypassed.

SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power.

The Plant Logging System is inoperable.

Task Standard: Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 1.3.1 rev. 56, Operating Policies, Programs, and

References:

Practices, attachments 6.8.2 and 6.8.6.

Initiating Cue: Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.

When you are finished, hand the completed turnover sheet to the examiner.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remot N/A e Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup This JPM is to be performed in conjunction with and prior to Instructions: Dynamic Scenario #1 Page 2 BA.1-2jpmf0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 Complete the appropriate Shift Turnover Sheet using the Initial Conditions given and the frozen simulator.

CUE:

Standard: Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE JPM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 3 BA.1-2jpmf0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: Ba.1-2.JPM Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 4 BA.1-2jpmf0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Shift Turnover forms must be completed with the information shown on the attached copies. Information on the attached forms is the minimum required for credit.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 1.3.1 rev. 56, Operating Policies, Programs, and

References:

Practices, attachments 6.8.2 and 6.8.6.

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:

Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.

IRM C is out of service and bypassed.

SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power.

The Plant Logging System is inoperable.

INITIATING CUE Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.

When you are finished, hand the completed turnover sheet to the examiner.

Page 5 BA.1-2jpmf0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: SRO-0066 RO-0559 Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

2.1.3 3.0/3.4 Time Critical: NO Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/23/02 Page 6 BA.1-2jpmf0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.1-2JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A reactor startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:

Control rods are being withdrawn to bring the reactor critical.

IRM C is out of service and bypassed.

SGT-V-2B was just found closed with no control power.

The Plant Logging System is inoperable.

INITIATING CUE Given the Initial Conditions and the frozen simulator, complete a Shift Turnover Sheet for the oncoming Shift.

When you are finished, hand the completed turnover sheet to the examiner.

Page 7 BA.1-2jpmf0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: N/A Task Title: USE EWD TO EXPLAIN Job Performance Measure No:

OVERRIDE SWITCH FOR LPCS-V-5 BA.2JPMr0 K/A

Reference:

2.1.24 2.8/3.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)

Page 1 BA2JPMR0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: N/A Task Standard: The task is completed successfully when the candidate explains the effects of LPCS-RMS-S22 on the operation of LPCS-V-5.

Required Materials: N/A General

References:

EWD 8E-006 Initiating Cue: Using EWD 8E-006 explain the purpose of LPCS-RMS-S21 Override switch for LPCS-V-5. Include in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.

Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.

Time Critical Task: N/A Validation Time: 10 minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remote N/A Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Instructions:

Page 2 BA2JPMR0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 Must indicate each of the following:

LPCS-RMS-S21 contacts 7 - 8 close to energize LPCS-RLY-K22.

LPCS-RLY-K22 contacts 2 - 1, 12 - 11, and LPCS-RMS-S21 contact 2 - 1 , all open.

This allows LPCS-RMS-V/5 to be throttled.

CUE:

Standard: Credit is given when the candidate has explained the above using EWD 8E-006 NOTE:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAIMNES SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE END OF THE JPM WHEN HE HAS COMPLETED THE EXPLANATION..

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 3 BA2JPMR0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: BA.2JPMr0 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 4 BA2JPMR0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: The task is completed successfully when the candidate explains the effects of LPCS-RMS-S22 on the operation of LPCS-V-5.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General EWD 8E-006

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: N/A INITIATING CUE Using EWD 8E-006 explain the purpose of LPCS-RMS-S21 Override switch for LPCS-V-5. Include in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.

Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.

Page 5 BA2JPMR0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: N/A Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

2.1.24 Time Critical: NO 2.8/3.1 Location: Any location with references. Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 6/26/02 Page 6 BA2JPMR0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet BA.2JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: N/A INITIATING CUE Using EWD 8E-006 explain the purpose of LPCS-RMS-S21 Override switch for LPCS-V-5. Include in your discussion all the expected effects this switch has on the operation of LPCS-V-5 and an explanation of how this is accomplished.

Indicate when you are finished with your explanation.

Page 7 BA2JPMR0

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: COLUMBIA Scenario No.: 1 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: _________________________ Operators: __________________________

_________________________ __________________________

_________________________ __________________________

Initial conditions: IC-191 (batch file NRC02.1.txt). The reactor is approaching criticality. IRM C is out of service and bypassed. SGT-V-2B has lost control power and is shut.

Turnover: A plant startup is in progress. The reactor is approaching criticality. The off-going shift pulled rods up through RWM group 12. The C IRM failed downscale 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> ago and the associated bypass switch is caution tagged. As the startup continues, RWCU will need to be lined up for reactor water level control. The off-going shift just found SGT-V-2B in the closed position. Upon attempting to open the valve from the control room, the valve lost control power.

Event Malf. Event Event Description No. No. Type*

1. Initiated by R (RO) Withdraw control rods to bring the reactor critical.

turnover

2. Initiated by N (BOP) Establish Reactor Water Cleanup blow-down flow for Reactor Water turnover Level control.
3. Trigger 3 C (BOP) Loss of REA-FN-1B resulting in a high reactor building pressure and entry into EOP Secondary Containment Control, 5.3.1.
4. Trigger 4 I (RO) IRM A fails upscale resulting in a half scram on the A side of RPS.
5. Trigger 5 M (All) An earthquake results in a Loss of All Offsite Power and a LOCA.

(Columbia IPE)

6. Initiated as C The Division 1 emergency bus, SM-7, locks-out resulting in a loss of part of power to the bus and its loads.

Trigger 5

7. Initiated as C The output breaker of the HPCS diesel generator fails to auto close part of requiring the operator to manually close the breaker in order to operate Trigger 5 HPCS.
8. Initiated as C The injection valve for the C loop of RHR, RHR-V-42C, fails to auto part of open on an injection signal.

Trigger 5

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 1 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 1

==

Description:==

Withdraw control rods to bring the reactor critical.

This event is initiated by the turnover sheet and is terminated when criticality is achieved.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior T=0 when SRO Directs RO to continue pulling control rods to achieve criticality.

crew assumes shift RO Withdraws control rods to continue startup (PPM 3.1.2):

- closely monitors flux levels during rod withdrawal

- verifies prior to each rod withdrawal:

Ø correct rod selected

Ø correct start/stop position

- for each rod that is fully withdrawn:

Ø checks coupling integrity - initials sequence sheet (PPM 9.3.9)

Ø ensures position 48 corresponds to FULL OUT light BOP Monitors plant conditions COMMENTS: Rod pull starts at RWM group 13.

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 2 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 2

==

Description:==

Establish Reactor Water Cleanup blow-down flow for Reactor Water Level control.

This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. Should the crew hold off, there is enough heat addition occurring to cause reactor water level to rise slowly with a resultant Hi Reactor Water Level alarm.

This events termination point is when blow-down flow has been established and reactor water level is returning to its normal setpoint.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports that Reactor Water Level is on an increasing trend SRO Directs BOP to establish level control using RWCU blowdown to the condenser BOP Initiates RWCU reject flow to maintain reactor water level at setpoint per PPM 3.1.2, step 5.3.9.

COMMENTS:

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 3 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 3

==

Description:==

Loss of REA-FN-1B resulting in a high reactor building pressure and entry into EOP Secondary Containment Control, 5.3.1.

This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 3 after the RO brings the reactor to criticality, or by direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when Standby Gas Treatment has been started and Reactor Building pressure is returning to a negative state.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports the receipt of the secondary containment high-pressure alarm and notes that it is a possible EOP entry.

Goes to the back panel (P812) to investigate the cause of the abnormal condition in secondary containment.

Reports that REA-FN-1B has tripped and that Reactor Bldg. pressure is positive.

SRO If Reactor Bldg. pressure is positive, enters EOP 5.3.1, Secondary Containment Control, based on Reactor Bldg. pressure at or above 0 H2O BOP Refers to the annunciator response procedures (PPM 4.812.R2,9-1)

Ø attempts to start REA-FN-1A

Ø if neither reactor bldg. exhaust fan can be started:

§ immediately secures Rx Bldg. Inlet Fan

§ closes ROA-V-1 & 2, REA-V-1 & 2

§ *starts a train of SGT to maintain Rx Bldg. pressure negative

§ refers to PPM 2.3.5, SGT System

§ notifies Chemistry to monitor Rx Bldg

§ refers to ODCM 6.1.2.1 and LCS 1.3.3.1

§ restores Rx Bldg. ventilation as soon as possible

Ø refers to ABN-HVAC

Ø ensures Rx Bldg. pressure is maintained satisfactorily Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 4 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 May send an equipment operator to investigate the loss of fan 1B and check the start of fan 1A OPS-2 CUE: If asked to investigate the loss of REA-FN-1B, report that there is no apparent cause identified in your visual inspection. If requested to do pre or post fan start checks on REA-FN-1A or SGT, report that the checks are satisfactory.

  • CRITICAL TASK RO Monitors plant Continues with plant startup SRO Exits EOP 5.3.1 when Rx Bldg. Pressure is restored and with shift manager permission SHIFT MANAGER CUE: When asked for permission to exit the EOPs, provide permission to exit the EOPs since the entry condition has cleared and no emergency exists.

COMMENTS: REA-FN-1A will fail to start requiring the operator to start SGT.

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 5 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 4

==

Description:==

IRM A fails upscale resulting in a half scram on the A side of RPS.

This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 4 after the crew has exited EOP 5.3.1, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint is when IRM A has been bypassed and RPS A has been reset.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports half scram on RPS A Reports that IRM A has failed upscale and caused the RPS actuation Refers to the Half Scram System A annunciator response procedure:

Ø checks full core display for individual controls rods that might have scrammed

Ø directs or performs a PA announcement to stop all maintenance or surveillance testing that has the potential for generating a trip in the unaffected RPS channel

Ø when half scram has been reset, ensures scram group solenoid lights for Groups 1,2,3 and 4 are energized and that backup scram system lights have extinguished Refers to IRM annunciator response procedures:

Ø determines which IRM is upscale

Ø ranges associated IRM up to bring on scale

Ø considers bypassing the inoperable IRM channel

Ø resets the half scram

Ø informs CRS that the procedure references tech specs and license control specs for instrument operability SRO When IRM A is determined to be the problem, directs bypassing of IRM A

Refers to Tech Specs and License Control Specs for IRM A:

Ø TS 3.3.1.1

Ø LCS 1.3.2.1 Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 6 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1

Ø LCS 1.3.3.1

Ø Determines that none of the specs are applicable with just one IRM inoperable May make PA announcement regarding stopping maintenance/ surveillance that could result in the trip of the other division of RPS Directs that the half scram be reset BOP Monitors plant COMMENTS:

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 7 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 5

==

Description:==

An earthquake results in a Loss of All Offsite Power and a LOCA.

This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 5 after the SRO has competed the Tech Spec determination in event 4, or by direction of the lead examiner. This event endpoint is the scenario endpoint.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SEISMIC SIM: Preset Seismic CD player on track 4 with a volume level of 0. Start CD player approx. 3 seconds before initiating TRIGGER 5. Allow CD to play approx. 40 seconds before securing. After securing, set volume level to -10 and randomly run 10-15 second aftershocks over the remainder of the scenario.

CUE: As OPS1, report that you felt seismic activity in the radwaste building; there is a lot of dust in the air.

SRO/RO/BOP Recognize/report Operating Basis Earthquake Exceeded alarm Directs/performs actions of ARP:

  • verifies alarm on Board L, numerous red indicators are illuminated
  • initiates a reactor shutdown
  • Monitors control room instrumentation for evidence of increases in:
  • Drywell leakage
  • Drywell pressure
  • Drywell gaseous or particulate activity
  • Leak detection temperature changes
  • Directs a walk-down of the plant by equipment operators to determine damage caused by the seismic activity.

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 8 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 RO Performs immediate scram actions

  • Places mode switch to shutdown
  • Reports power/pressure/level (reports level below +13-EOP entry condition)
  • Reports all rods in
  • Inserts SRMs/IRMs RO/BOP Reports high drywell pressure GT 1.68 psig, EOP entry condition SRO Enters PPM 5.1.1 on low RPV level and 5.2.1 on high DW pressure:
  • Directs RO/BOP to verify isolation, initiations, and DG starts
  • *Directs RO to maintain RPV level between -161 and +54 (will give a band within these limits) with Table 1 systems.
  • *Directs RO/BOP spray of WW before reaching 12 psig in the WW
  • Directs RO/BOP to confirm RRC pumps are stopped and stop DW cooling fans in prep for DW spray
  • *Directs RO/BOP to spray DW when WW press exceeds 12 psig and within DSIL
  • *Directs the securing of containment sprays when pressure drops LE 1.68 psig in respective area.
  • At -50 RPV level, directs verification of expected isolations and initiations
  • *At -129, if ADS timer has started, direct inhibition of ADS
  • *At TAF, determines that LP ECCS is available and that current trend will drop level below -192; determines Emergency RPV depressurization is required; enters PPM 5.1.3, Emerg. RPV Depress.
  • *Directs RO/BOP to open 7 SRVs, ADS preferred.
  • CRITICAL TASK BOP Operates SRVs to maintain reactor pressure in the prescribed band.

Verifies that Main Turbine and Main Generator have tripped Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 9 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Starts RCIC to aid in pressure/level control BOP Reports electric plant status:

Ø loss of the start-up and back-up transformers (loss of off-site power)

Ø lockout on SM-7

Ø SM-8 is powered from DG #2

Ø SW-P-1B auto starts

Ø SW-P-1A not running - trips DG1 RO/BOP Starts RCC-P-1C and trips RCC-P-1A (which lost power when SM-7 was lost).

SRO May enter ABN-ELEC-LOOP for guidance on restoration of electrical power RO/BOP When directed to carry out actions of ABN-ELEC-LOOP:

Ø Ensures fire protection headers are pressurized from diesel fire pumps

Ø Directs an EO to reset local trips on CAS compressors

Ø Starts CAS compressors

Ø Ensures that Main and Feedpump Turbine DC lube oil systems are operating RO/BOP Reports that expected initiations, isolations, and DG starts have occurred except that HPCS DG output breaker failed to close automatically and DG

  1. 1 was tripped due to no service water available (lockout on SM-7)
  • Sprays the WW when directed Confirms that RCC pumps and DW fans have been secured
  • Sprays the DW when directed Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 10 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1

  • Secures WW/DW sprays when if or when LT 1.68 psig in each area
  • Opens 7 SRVs (ADS preferred) to emergency depressurize the RPV.
  • CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP Contacts the load dispatcher (Munro Control Center) to find out status of off-site power supplies CUE: As the load dispatcher, if asked status of off-site power supplies, inform the control room that crews are out inspecting the transmission lines; time for power return is unknown.

SRO Directs restoration of RPV level to band of +13 to +54 RO/BOP Controls injection systems to restore RPV level to new band.

COMMENTS:

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 11 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 6

==

Description:==

The Division 1 emergency bus, SM-7, locks-out resulting in a loss of power to the bus and its loads.

This event is automatically initiated 5 seconds after the earthquake in Event 5 is initiated. The event termination point occurs upon completion of the applicable subsequent actions (listed below) for ABN-ELEC-SM1/SM7 or when the scenario is terminated, whichever occurs first.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports lockout on SM-7 Reports start of DG-1 SRO Refers to ABN-ELEC-SM1/SM7 for guidance on restoration of power and loads on SM-7 Requests work group assistance in determining problem with SM-7 RO/BOP When directed, carries out actions of ABN-ELEC-SM1/SM7:

Ø restores CRD Hydraulics by starting CRD-P-1B

Ø emergency trips DG-1 due to no service water cooling available

Ø restores TSW by placing TSW-P-1A in PTL and starting TSW-P-1B

Ø ensures that RCC-P-1B & 1C are operating

Ø starts SGT-FN-1B2 to maintain reactor building pressure negative

Ø ensures power is available to the selected Hotwell Level Controller

Ø places CB-B7 in PTL

Ø places CB-1/7 in PTL COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 12 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 7

==

Description:==

The output breaker of the HPCS diesel generator fails to auto close requiring the operator to manually close the breaker in order to operate HPCS.

This event is self-initiated upon the receipt of a HPCS initiation signal. The event endpoint occurs when the operator manually closes the output breaker of the HPCS DG.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports that the HPCS DG output breaker failed to close automatically

  • Manually closes the output breaker of the HPCS DG to SM-4:

Ø takes synch selector switch to D GEN./BUS position

Ø shuts CB4 DG3 Breaker

  • CRITICAL TASK SRO *If the operator has not attempted to manually shut the DG output breaker, directs the RO/BOP to manually shut the breaker.
  • CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 13 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 8

==

Description:==

The injection valve for the C loop of RHR, RHR-V-42C, fails to auto open on an injection signal.

This event is preset and will be evident when RHR has an initiation signal and reactor pressure is LT 470 psig. The event endpoint will occur when the operator manually opens RHR-V-2C with the previously mentioned conditions existing.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP *Reports the failure of RHR-V-2C to open on an injection signal Manually opens RHR-V-2C

  • CRITICAL TASK SRO *If operator fails to attempt to manually open RHR-V-2C, directs RO/BOP to open the valve
  • CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS: This event runs during the Earthquake/LOCA/LOOP (event 5)

SCENARIO ENDPOINT - When the reactor has been emergency depressurized and reactor water level has been returned to the band of

+13 to +54, the scenario may be terminated.

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 14 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 SRO TURNOVER INFORMATION A plant startup is in progress. The reactor is approaching criticality. The off-going shift pulled rods up through RWM group 12.

The C IRM failed downscale 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> ago and the associated bypass switch is caution tagged.

As the startup continues, RWCU will need to be lined up for reactor water level control.

The off-going shift just found SGT-V-2B in the closed position. Upon attempting to open the valve from the control room, the valve lost control power.

Scenario 1, 2002 exam Page 15 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: COLUMBIA Scenario No.: 2 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: _________________________ Operators: __________________________

_________________________ __________________________

_________________________ __________________________

Initial conditions: IC-194 (batch file NRC02.2.txt). The reactor is at 100% power on a beginning of life core. Diesel Generator #1 is operating at full load for its monthly operability check. RHR-V-24B is tagged out while the motor operator is being replaced.

Turnover: The plant is at 100% power. DG-1 is fully loaded for OSP-ELEC-M701 (currently at step 7.5.62). There are 20 minutes left on the one-hour diesel run. Wetwell temperature is slowly rising due to two SRVs that are leaking by. The off-going shift recommends that suppression pool cooling be initiated as soon as you take the shift. RHR-V-24B is tagged out while the motor operator is being replaced (job completion is expected in two hours).

Event Malf. No. Event Event Description No. Type*

1. Initiated by N (BOP) Place RHR loop A into the suppression pool cooling mode.

turnover

2. Trigger 2 C (BOP) High-pressure feedwater heater 6A level controller fails high resulting in the trip of feedwater heater 6A.
3. Initiated by R (RO) Reduces reactor power with recirc flow in accordance with the turnover subsequent actions of ABN-POWER.
4. Trigger 4 C (RO) The A recirc pump fails to follow the automatic controller and must be taken to manual for reduction and balance of recirc flow.
5. AUTO I (RO) APRM A gain drifts during the power reduction resulting in APRM Trigger 5 at indication reading out of specification for Tech Spec tolerance.

95% power

6. Trigger 6 N (BOP) Reduces load on DG-1 at completion of OSP-ELEC-M701.

C (BOP) DG-1 Governor begins oscillating requiring the emergency trip of the diesel from the control room. (Columbia LER 98-014)

7. Trigger 7 C (All) DEH oil leak resulting in a Main Turbine trip and a loss of Bypass Valves.
8. Initiated by M (All) Reactor scrams due to the Main Turbine trip. A 100% ATWS prevents event 7 inward rod movement by scram (Columbia IPE)

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 1 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 event 7 inward rod movement by scram (Columbia IPE) actions

9. Initiated C The Graphical Display System (GDS) locks up during the Main Turbine manually by trip transient.

disconnect of GDS computers

10. AUTO C The SLC common discharge header ruptures in the reactor building Trigger 10 preventing boron from reaching the core.

on SLC initiation (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 2 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 1

==

Description:==

Place RHR loop A into the Suppression Pool Cooling mode.

This even is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event endpoint occurs when the A loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling mode.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Directs the BOP to place the A loop of RHR into the Suppression Pool Cooling mode per SOP-RHR-SPC.

BOP Carries out actions of SOP-RHR-SPC:

Ø starts SW-P-1A (or allows to auto start upon start of RHR-P-2A)

Ø starts RHR-P-2A

Ø verifies RHR-FCV-64A opens during low flow conditions

Ø throttles open RHR-FCV-24A

Ø verifies RHR-FCV-64A closes at approximately 800 gpm flow

Ø closes RHR-V-48A

Ø monitors Suppression Pool temperature

Ø reports to CRS that the A Loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling mode COMMENTS: 8/6/02 Added RHR-V-2B tagged out to initial conditions and turnover sheet to force the crew to place Loop A of RHR into suppression pool cooling to accommodate recent procedure change.

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 3 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 2

==

Description:==

High-pressure feedwater heater 6A level controller fails high resulting in the trip of feedwater heater 6A.

This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 2 after Loop A of RHR is placed into Suppression Pool Cooling mode. The event endpoint occurs when core flow is LE 80Mlbm/hr.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports Heater 6A Level High Refers to Annunciator Response Procedure (4.820.A2, 8-2)

Ø check setpoint on HD-LIC-6A and adjust as required to clear alarm

Ø if necessary, takes manual control of HD-LIC-6A or HD-LIC-6A2 and restores normal level.

RO Monitors plant for loss of feedwater heating affects.

BOP Reports Heater 6A Level High Trip and MSR Drain Tank Level High Refers to Annunciator Response Procedures (4.820.A2, 7-2 & 4.840.A2, 1-2; 4-1)

Ø checks automatic actions

Ø informs CRS that the procedure refers to ABN-POWER

Ø places HD-LIC-6A in MANUAL and opens drain valve HD-LCV-6A1 to 100%

Ø places HD-LIC-6A2 in MANUAL and opens dump valve HD-LCV-6A2 TO approximately 50%.

Ø Verifies proper operation of MSR Drain tank level controllers and takes to MANUAL as necessary to control level.

SRO Refers to ABN-POWER for actions associated with Loss of FW Heating:

Ø Directs power to be maintained at LE 3486 MWt

Ø *Directs reactor power reduction with core flow to be reduced Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 4 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 to LE 80Mlbm/hr

Ø Directs insertion of control rods per the fast shutdown sequence to maintain rod line below 100%

Ø Directs the reduction of power per PPM 3.2.4 to stay within the acceptable feedwater temperature-to-power operating region of Att. 7.1

  • CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP Carries out actions of ABN-POWER:

Ø *Maintains power LE 3486 MWt

Ø Monitors for thermal hydraulic instabilities

Ø *When directed, reduces core flow to LE 80 Mlbm/hr at a rate not to cause a Level 8 trip of the Main and FW turbines. (see event 3)

Ø When directed, inserts control rods to maintain rod line below 100%

Ø Ensures power is within the acceptable feedwater temperature-to-power operating region of Attachment 7.1 of PPM 3.2.4

  • CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS:

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 5 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 3

==

Description:==

Reduces reactor power with recirc flow in accordance with the subsequent actions of ABN-POWER.

This event is initiated by the procedure addressed in Event #2. The event endpoint occurs when core flow is LE 80Mlbm/hr (this event is a subset of event 2, thus having the same endpoint)

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Directs the RO to reduce power with recirc flow to LE 80 Mlbm/hr core flow Cautions the RO to reduce power at a rate to prevent a Level 8 trip of the main and feedwater turbines.

RO Reduces reactor power by reducing core flow with reactor recirc system at a rate as to prevent a Level 8 trip.

Informs the CRS when he has reached LE 80 Mlbm/hr BOP Monitors plant COMMENTS: Event 3 actions are a subset of Event 2 Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 6 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 4

==

Description:==

The A recirc pump fails to follow the automatic controller and must be taken to manual for reduction and balance of recirc flow.

This event is initiated by the power reduction requirement of ABN-POWER addressed in Event 2 & 3.

The malfunctions are setup to automatically clear themselves to allow manual control of RRC when the Manual button is depressed on the A RRC pump controller. The event endpoint occurs when the A RRC pump controller has been taken to MANUAL and pump speed reduced while in manual.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Realizes that the A RRC pump speed is not changing when a change is commanded with the automatic controller.

Reports the equipment problem to the SRO Takes manual control of the A RRC controller and maintains pump speeds matched during the power reduction.

SRO If manual control is not taken by the RO, directs the RO to place the A RRC pump controller in Manual and maintain pump speeds matched during the power reduction.

COMMENTS:

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 7 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 5

==

Description:==

APRM A gain drifts during the power reduction resulting in APRM indication reading out of specification for Tech Spec tolerance.

This event AUTOMATICALLY initiates TRIGGER 5 when reactor power drops below 95% on APRM B. The GAF malfunction ramps to its new value over a 6-minute period. The event endpoint occurs when APRM A has been bypassed.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports that APRM A is not tracking with the other APRMs during the power reduction.

References the PPCRS overview screen or L-4 screen to determine APRM GAFs and determines that APRM A is out of spec.

SRO Directs the STA to perform a GAF adjustment on APRM A per TSP-APRM-C301.

Directs RO to maintain reactor power constant while gain adjustment is made on the A APRM Directs the RO to bypass APRM A STA CUE: When directed to perform TSP-APRM-C301, inform the CRS that you will proceed to adjust the gain after action to reduce power per ABN-POWER. Five minutes after completion of power reduction, report back that the gain adjust is not working.

RO Bypasses APRM A for gain adjustment SRO After STA informs that the APRM A gain adjust is not working, references Tech Specs and determines that no action is required.

If APRM A is not already bypassed, directs APRM A to be bypassed.

Prepares a tracking LCO for the inoperable APRM COMMENTS: 8/6/02 - Changed statement regarding output of APRM from non-conservative to out of spec for Tech Spec tolerance.

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 8 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 6

==

Description:==

Reduces load on DG-1 at completion of OSP-ELEC-M701. DG-1 Governor begins oscillating requiring the emergency trip of the diesel from the control room.

This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 6 when the BOP begins to reduce load on DG-1, or as directed by the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when DG-1 has been emergency tripped from Board C.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Informs the CRS that the run time is completed for the DG-1 surveillance and that he will be reducing DG-1 output.

While reducing DG-1 load, determines that the DG-1 governor is oscillating and reports this to the CRS.

SRO Directs the BOP to manually trip DG-1 BOP Emergency trips DG-1 from Board C.

COMMENTS:

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 9 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 7

==

Description:==

DEH oil leak resulting in a Main Turbine trip and a loss of Bypass Valves.

This event is MANUALLY initiated with TRIGGER 7 after the BOP operator trips DG-1 or as directed by the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the reactor is scrammed.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports DEH reservoir low and low-low Refers to the annunciator response procedure (4.820.B1, 6-7)

Ø Has an equipment operator check local level indication for the DEH reservoir

Ø Notifies CRS of reference to ABN-DEH-LEAK SRO Directs actions of ABN-DEH-LEAK:

Ø *Directs manual scram of the reactor and entry into PPM 3.3.1

Ø Directs tripping of the Main Turbine

Ø Directs tripping of the Main Generator

  • CRITICAL TASK RO *Manually scrams the reactor and carries out immediate scram actions:

Ø Takes the mode switch to SHUTDOWN

Ø Reports reactor power, reactor pressure, and reactor level

Ø Inserts SRMs and IRMs

Ø Reports control rod status

  • CRITICAL TASK BOP Trips the Main Turbine and the Main Generator Verifies transfer of electric buses from the Normal transformer to the Startup transformer COMMENTS:

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 10 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 8

==

Description:==

Reactor scrams - A 100% ATWS prevents inward rod movement by scram This event is initiated by actions taken in Event 7. The event endpoint occurs when all control rods are in their full-in position.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Continues with reactor scram actions:

Ø Reports that all rods are not in - ATWS

Ø Depresses manual scram pushbuttons

Ø Initiates ARI

Ø Inserts SRMs and IRMs

Ø Reports that there is still no inward rod motion SRO Enters PPM 5.1.2 due to ATWS condition

  • *directs BOP to inhibit ADS and take manual control of HPCS
  • *directs RO to trip both RRC pumps and initiate SLC
  • directs RO/BOP to ensure isolations and auto initiations have occurred
  • directs BOP to bypass MSIV isolations per PPM 5.5.6 and ECCS valve interlocks per PP 5.5.1
  • *directs RO to stop and prevent FW injection and maintain RPV level

-65 to -192 (or some band in between)

  • directs BOP to maintain RPV pressure 800-1000 psig using SRVs
  • *directs RO/BOP to attempt to insert control rods using PPM 5.5.10 and 5.5.11
  • CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP *Inhibits ADS
  • Takes manual control of HPCS
  • Manually initiates HPCS with ARM and DEPRESS
  • Secures HPCS pump and/or shuts HPCS-V-4 Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 11 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1

  • Trips RRC pumps and initiates SLC Verifies +13 isolations Bypasses MSIV isolations using PPM 5.5.6
  • Obtains procedure package and keys from EOP drawer
  • At P609, places MS-RMS-S84 to BYPASS position
  • At P611, places MS-RMS-S85 to BYPASS position
  • Reports completion of PPM 5.5.6 to the SRO Bypasses ECCS valve interlocks using PPM 5.5.1 and inserting keys:
  • At P625, takes HPCS-RMS-S25 to OVERRIDE
  • At P629, takes LPCS-RMS-S21 to OVERRIDE
  • At P629, takes RHR-RMS-S105 to OVERRIDE
  • At P618, takes RHR-RMS-S106 to OVERRIDE
  • At P618, takes RHR-RMS-S107 to OVERRIDE
  • Maintains water level using FW system Reports that control rods appear to be drifting into the core.
  • Overrides ARI logic using PPM 5.5.10: (see note 1)
  • Obtains procedure package and fuse pullers from EOP drawer
  • At P650, pulls one of the following fuses on TB1:
  • F01; F02; F03; F04
  • At P650, pulls one of the following fuses on TB2:
  • F01; F02; F03; F04
  • Reports to SRO that PPM 5.5.10 is complete
  • Performs actions of PPM 5.5.11: (see note 1)
  • Obtains procedure package and tools from EOP drawer
  • Determines that the appropriate sections of the procedure for the existing conditions are Tabs B and F.

TAB B:

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 12 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1

  • Places SDV HIGH LEVEL TRIP control switch to BYPASS
  • Overrides RPS trip signals:
  • Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS-RLY-K9B and terminal stud 4 on PRS-RLY-K12F in P611
  • Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS-RLY-K9D and terminal stud 4 on PRS-RLY-K12H in P611
  • Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS-RLY-K9A and terminal stud 4 on PRS-RLY-K12E in P609
  • Installs jumper between terminal stud 2 on RPS-RLY-K9C and terminal stud 4 on PRS-RLY-K12G in P609
  • When SDV has drained for more than 2 minutes, checks rod density and initiates a manual scram
  • Reports any rod movement, or lack thereof, to the SRO SIM CUE: When Tab B is completed and after the RO has attempted his first re-scram, remove the Hydraulic ATWS malfunctions to allow inward rod motion on the next re-scram.

TAB F:

  • Starts second CRD pump if available
  • Places SDV HIGH LEVEL TRIP control switch to BYPASS
  • Bypasses all RSCS rod blocks:
  • Installs a jumper from terminal 7 to terminal 8 on the following two Bailey Alarm Cards on P613
  • AHH (MS-PS-654A)
  • AGG (MS-PS-654B)
  • Places RWM bypass switch to BYPASS Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 13 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Manually drives rods and informs SRO of results

  • CRITICAL TASK RO Reports when all rods are in SRO Exits PPM 5.1.2 and re-enters 5.1.1
  • directs RO to stop SLC and restore RPV level to +13 to +54
  • may direct BOP to remove RPS jumpers COMMENTS: NOTE 1: These tasks may not be necessary depending on how the crew prioritizes their actions.

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 14 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 9

==

Description:==

The Graphical Display System (GDS) locks up during the Main Turbine trip transient.

This event is initiated manually (by disconnecting the GDS monitors in the panels) as soon as the verbal scram report is completed by the RO. The event endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports the loss of the Graphical Display System SRO Directs RO/SRO to monitor parameters on hardwired instrumentation COMMENTS:

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 15 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 10

==

Description:==

The SLC common discharge header ruptures in the reactor building preventing boron from reaching the core.

This event is automatically initiated by TRIGGER 10 as soon as the SLC system is taken to ON. The event endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports that SLC system discharge pressure has dropped approximately 50 psig and that flow rate had dropped from 84 psig to 14 psig with both pumps indicating energized.

SRO Dispatches OPS-2 to investigate the SLC system OPS-2 CUE: If requested to investigate the SLC system, wait several minutes and report back that there is a leak at the combined outlet header downstream of the Squib Valves.

SRO May direct SLC to be secured due to the leak, or may decide to leave it running since there is 14 gpm of borated solution being injected into the reactor.

RO If directed, secures both SLC pumps due to the SLC system leak.

COMMENTS:

SCENARIO ENDPOINT: When all control rods are in and reactor water level has been restored to its normal band and SLC is secured, the scenario may be terminated.

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 16 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 SRO TURNOVER INFORMATION The plant is at 100% power.

DG-1 is fully loaded for OSP-ELEC-M701 (currently at step 7.5.62). There are 20 minutes left on the one-hour diesel run.

Wetwell temperature is slowly rising due to two SRVs that are leaking by. The off-going shift recommends that suppression pool cooling be initiated as soon as you take the shift. RHR-V-24B is tagged out for replacement of the motor operator. The expected time to job completion is two hours.

Scenario 2, 2002 exam Page 17 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: COLUMBIA Scenario No.: 3 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: _________________________ Operators: __________________________

_________________________ __________________________

_________________________ __________________________

Initial conditions: IC-195 (batch file NRC02.3.txt). Reactor power is at 22% on a beginning of life core. The feedwater system is in a 10 Valve lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps in operation.

Turnover: The reactor is at 22% power with a reactor shutdown in progress. The feedwater system is in a 10 Valve lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps in operation. A power reduction to 15% has been directed, at which point, the B reactor feedwater pump will be taken out of service. You are to hold the plant at 15% with the main turbine on line while the Feedwater system engineer gathers data on the feedwater system.

Event Malf. No. Event Event Description No. Type*

1. Initiated by R (RO) Reactor power reduction to 15% by inserting control rods turnover
2. Trigger 2 I (RO) The C Recirc Flow Unit fails downscale resulting in a rod block requiring the RO to bypass the unit.
3. Trigger 3 I (RO) The RWM fails, requiring the RO to bypass the RWM.
4. Initiated by N (BOP) The B RFP is removed from service turnover
5. Trigger 5 C (BOP) The running plant service water pump trips. The standby plant service water pump fails to auto start requiring the BOP to manually start it.
6. Trigger 6 C (BOP) The hotwell level controller fails causing a low condenser hotwell level, requiring the BOP to manually restore level and transfer control to the standby controller.
7. Trigger 7 C (All) The shaft of the running plant service water pump shears, resulting in a total loss of plant service water, requiring a manual reactor scram.
8. Trigger 8 M (All) A large LOCA occurs on the B reactor recirc loop.
9. Preset C The HPCS pump experiences reduced head resulting in the loss of injection capability.
10. Preset C RHR pump 2A fails to auto start on its initiation signal.
  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 1 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 1

==

Description:==

Reactor power reduction to 15% by inserting control rods This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event endpoint occurs when power has been reduced by 5% from its original value.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Directs a power reduction to 15%

RO Verifies that the title on the pull sheet is the same as the title on the RWM display Inserts control rods to reduce power using the rod pull sequence sheets in the reverse order.

Monitors reactor power Monitors RWM tracking while in the LPAP Notes the time when RSCS and RWM LPSP indication is received.

Informs the CRS when power is at 15%

COMMENTS: 8/6/02 Changed initial power level and desired power level from 25 and 20 to 22 and 15 respectively to provide the necessary drop below the LPSP for RWM for event 3. Event 4 was moved to the event 2 position with the remaining events remaining in progression in order to better test the operators reaction to this event.

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 2 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 2

==

Description:==

The C Recirc Flow Unit fails downscale resulting in a rod block requiring the RO to bypass the unit.

This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 2 after the RO begins inserting control rods, or by the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the C Recirc Flow Unit has been bypassed.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports Flow Reference Off Normal and Rod Out Block annunciators Refers to annunciator response procedures (4.603.A8, 3-6 & 4.603.A7, 2-7)

Ø Determines which flow comparater channel is causing the alarm by checking lights at P608 or P603

Ø Informs the CRS that the procedure says to consider bypassing the failed channel SRO Directs the RO to bypass the failed channel Refers to LCS 1.3.2.1 and TS 3.3.1.1 (will have to go to TS bases for inoperable flow unit)

RO Bypasses the C recirc flow unit COMMENTS:

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 3 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 3

==

Description:==

The RWM fails, requiring the RO to bypass the RWM.

This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 3 after the RO bypasses the failed recirc flow unit in Event 2, or by the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the RWM has been bypassed.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO Reports that the RWM is not following the rod insertion sequence.

NOTE: The operator may not notice that there is a problem with the RWM until he reaches the LPSP (approx. 17%).

Stops rod movement and awaits further direction from the CRS.

SRO Refers to ABN-RWM:

Ø Determines if the reactor is within the LPSP

Ø If within the LPSP, directs the RO to stop any further rod motion, except my manual scram if necessary.

Ø Refers to Tech Specs 3.3.2.1 and determines that the RWM is not required until 10% RTP.

Ø Directs the RWM to be reinitialized per PPM 2.1.4

Ø After determining that the RWM will not return to service, directs the RWM be manually bypassed per PPM 2.1.4 and complies with Tech Spec 3.3.2.1, *requiring that rod movement be verified in compliance with the BPWS by a second licensed operator or member of the technical staff.

NOTE: All rod movements (except during emergency situations) are required to be verified by a second licensed operator or tech staff by Columbia Generating Station procedures.

  • CRITICAL TASK COMMENTS:

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 4 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 4

==

Description:==

The B RFP is removed from service This event is initiated by the turnover sheet. The event endpoint occurs when the feedpump turbine has been placed on the turning gear.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Directs the shutdown of the B RFP per PPM 2.2.4, section 5.17 BOP Performs PPM 2.2.4, section 5.17:

Ø informs HP of potential change in radiological conditions

Ø opens COND-V-149

Ø lowers speed of RFP turbine B until the MIN lamp illuminates

Ø ensures that the startup valve is responding as necessary to control the Reactor Water Level

Ø Places RFW-FIC-2B in Manual.

Ø Trips RFP turbine B

Ø Ensures that RFW-FCV-2B closed. Adjust RFW-FIC-2B controller output to zero

Ø Closes RFW-V-102B, pump discharge

Ø Ensures MS-V-142B, BS-V-44B, and BS-V-45B auto open

Ø Closes MS-V-105B

Ø Closes BS-V-17B

Ø As the turbine slows to LT 1 RPM, places the turbine turning gear control switch to AUTO ENGAGE and ensures turning gear engagement.

Ø Starts the Aux. Oil Pump for the feedwater turbine

Ø Stops the main oil pump for the feedwater turbine

Ø Informs the CRS that the B RFP is removed from service COMMENTS:

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 5 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 5

==

Description:==

The running plant service water pump trips. The standby Plant Service Water pump fails to auto start requiring the BOP to manually start it This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 5 after the BOP completes the RFP removal event or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the standby Plant Service Water pump has been manually started.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Responds to TSW-P-1B motor trip annunciator Carries out actions of the ARP:

Ø Notifies the CRS of the loss of the operating TSW pump and the failure of the standby pump to auto start.

Ø Manually starts the standby TSW pump

Ø Ensures the discharge valve for the running pump opens

Ø Ensures the discharge valve for the tripped pump closes

Ø Checks the TSW discharge header pressure increasing on TSW-PI-28

Ø Informs CRS of reference to ABN-TSW SRO Refers to ABN-TSW and verifies that ARP actions meet the requirements of the ABN.

RO Monitors:

Ø reactor level, pressure, and power

Ø equipment for temperature increases

Ø drywell pressure for increase COMMENTS:

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 6 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 6

==

Description:==

The hotwell level controller fails causing a low condenser hotwell level, requiring the BOP to manually restore level and transfer control to the standby controller.

This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 6 after the completion of event 5 or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when Hotwell Level Control has been transferred to the alternate controller and hotwell level is recovering.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports Main Condenser Hotwell Level Low annunciator.

SRO Gives BOP direction to carry out actions of the ARP (4.840.A3, 7-4).

BOP Carries out actions of the ARP:

Ø Checks in-service hotwell level controller for level indication

Ø Reports that the in-service hotwell level controller indicates low hotwell level and that the controller output is demanding the low level rather than responding to raise hotwell level.

Ø Checks hotwell LCVs aligned for raising hotwell level and notes that they are not due to the apparent controller failure

Ø Checks COND-V-17 is open

Ø Checks CST levels are normal

Ø Recommends that the Hotwell Level Control be swapped to the alternate controller SRO Directs that the alternate Hotwell Level Controller be placed into service May direct EO to investigate hotwell level control system.

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 7 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 BOP Continues with the ARP:

Ø Places both Hotwell Level Controllers into MANUAL

Ø Places the on-coming controller at 50%

Ø Shifts Hotwell Level Control by placing the Condenser Hotwell Level Select switch to COND-LIC-1

Ø If desired, places the on-coming controller in AUTO COMMENTS: 8/6/02 Added clarification to the event title to show the direction of the hotwell level failure Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 8 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 7

==

Description:==

The shaft of the running plant service water pump shears, resulting in a total loss of plant service water, requiring a manual reactor scram.

This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 7 after the BOP completes the swap of hotwell level controllers, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the immediate operator actions for a scram have been completed.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior BOP Reports Plant Service Water Header Pressure Low annunciator References and carries out actions of ARP (4.840.A5, 5-7):

Ø Checks discharge pressure on P840

Ø Checks TSW-PCV-20 operating properly

Ø Sends equipment operators to check for TSW leakage and system operation

Ø Determines that running pump amps are low and may deduce that there is a problem with the running TSW pump.

Ø Informs the CRS that the ARP refers to ABN-TSW SRO Refers to ABN-TSW:

Ø Determines that neither TSW pump is running and declares a total loss of TSW

Ø Directs the RO to reduce RRC flow and SCRAM the reactor RO Carries out immediate SCRAM actions:

Ø *Takes mode switch to SHUTDOWN

Ø Reports reactor power, pressure, and level (reports level below

+13 and states that this is an EOP entry condition)

Ø Inserts IRMs and SRMs

Ø Reports that all control rods are in

Ø Refers to PPM 3.3.1 to verify that all immediate actions have been carried out.

  • CRITICAL TASK Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 9 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 SRO Enters EOP 5.1.1 (RPV Control) based on low reactor water level

Ø Directs the BOP or RO to verify isolations associated with reactor water level below Level 2.

Ø Directs the RO to maintain reactor water level in a band of +13 to +54 using table one injection systems (feed, RCIC, CRD, Condensate, HPCS)

Ø Directs the BOP to maintain reactor pressure in a band of 800 to 1000 psig using BPVs (and alternate pressure control systems if necessary)

Ø Directs RO to enter and carry out actions of PPM 3.3.1 RO Lines up the feedwater system for startup level control with the 10 valves in automatic to maintain the prescribed water level band Verifies that RRC pumps are at 15 Hz, or trips RRC pumps if directed Swaps at least four IRM/APRM recorders to IRM and ranges IRMs down to monitor power Verifies that the SCRAM has been announced over the Plant PA BOP Monitors BPV operation to ensure reactor pressure remains in the prescribed band.

Trips the Main Turbine when output is LT 50 Mwe and verifies Main Generator output breakers have opened Verifies power transfer to TR-S May start RCIC to aid in pressure/level control SRO Directs alignment of Fire Water to the CAS and SA compressors per ABN-TSW Directs monitoring of TSW cooled equipment COMMENTS:

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 10 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 8

==

Description:==

A large LOCA occurs on the B reactor recirc loop.

This event is MANUALLY initiated by TRIGGER 8 after the immediate scram actions have been completed, or at the direction of the lead examiner. The event endpoint occurs when the scenario is terminated.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO Re-enters PPM 5.1.1 on low RPV level and 5.2.1 on high DW pressure:

  • Directs RO/BOP to verify isolation, initiations, and DG starts
  • *Directs RO to maintain RPV level between -161 and +54 (will give a band within these limits) with Table 1 systems.
  • *Directs RO/BOP spray of WW before reaching 12 psig in the WW
  • Directs RO/BOP to confirm RRC pumps are stopped and stop DW cooling fans in prep for DW spray
  • *Directs RO/BOP to spray DW when WW press exceeds 12 psig and within DSIL
  • *Directs the securing of containment sprays when pressure drops LE 1.68 psig in respective area.
  • At -50 RPV level, directs verification of expected isolations and initiations
  • *At -129, if ADS timer has started, direct inhibition of ADS
  • *At TAF, determines that LP ECCS is available and that current trend will drop level below -192; determines Emergency RPV depressurization is required; enters PPM 5.1.3, Emerg. RPV Depress.
  • *Directs RO/BOP to open 7 SRVs, ADS preferred.
  • CRITICAL TASK RO/BOP Reports that expected initiations, isolations, and DG starts have occurred except that HPCS-V-4 has failed closed (see event 11).
  • Uses RCIC and FW systems to maintain RPV level
  • Sprays the WW when directed Confirms that RCC pumps and DW fans have been secured
  • Sprays the DW when directed Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 11 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1

  • Secures WW/DW sprays when if or when LT 1.68 psig in each area
  • Opens 7 SRVs (ADS preferred) to emergency depressurize the RPV.
  • CRITICAL TASK SRO Directs restoration of RPV level to band of +13 to +54 RO/BOP Controls injection systems to restore RPV level to new band.

COMMENTS:

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 12 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 9

==

Description:==

The HPCS pump experiences reduced head resulting in the loss of injection capability.

This event is self-initiating when the HPCS pump starts. The event endpoint occurs when HPCS has been secured.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports that HPCS is not injecting even though it is running SRO Directs HPCS secured RO/BOP Secures HPCS COMMENTS:

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 13 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Event No. 10

==

Description:==

RHR pump 2A fails to auto start on its auto initiation signal.

This event is self-initiating when the RHR pump receives an initiation signal. The event endpoint occurs when RHR-P-2A has been manually started.

Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior RO/BOP Reports that RHR-P-2A failed to auto start

  • Manually starts RHR-P-2A
  • CRITICAL TASK SRO If the operator fails to attempt the manual start of RHR-P-2A, then directs the operator to start RHR-P-2A COMMENTS:

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 14 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 SRO TURNOVER INFORMATION The reactor is at 22% power with a reactor shutdown in progress.

The feedwater system is in a 10 Valve lineup with 2 reactor feed pumps in operation.

A power reduction to 15% has been directed, at which point, the B reactor feedwater pump will be taken out of service. You are to hold the plant at 15% power with the main turbine on line while the Feedwater system engineer gathers data on the feedwater system.

Scenario 3, 2002 exam Page 15 NUREG 1021, Revision 8, Supplement 1

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 1 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02006 The plant is operating at 100% power.

Which of the following describes the effect of pushing the STOP pushbutton for RRC-P-1B?

A. Shuts down the both of the associated ASD channels and opens the source and load breakers causing the pump to trip. RRC-P-1A runs back to 51 hertz.

B. Shuts down the both of the associated ASD channels and opens the source and load breakers causing the pump to trip. RRC-P-1A continues to run at 60 hertz.

C. Trips the slave channel only, RRC-P-1B runs back to 51 hertz, RRC-P-1A continues to run at 60 hertz.

D. Trips the slave channel only, RRC-P-1B runs back to 30 hertz, RRC-P-1A runs back to 30 hertz.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 202002A1.01 3.2/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the Recirculation System controls including: Recirculation Pump Flow

REFERENCE:

LO000184 rev 13, pages 15, 16, 21, and 22 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #1 RO T2, GP1, #2 LO: 9681 - Describe the operation of the following ASD controls on P602, including expected indications and system response: STOP pushbutton.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Pushing the STOP pushbutton causes both ASD channels to trip and open both the supply and load breakers. This causes the pump to trip. The trip has no effect on the remaining loop. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 2 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98030 The reactor was operating at 99% power when the reactor scrammed. The following conditions exist:

TR-S has tripped on overcurrent HPCS and RCIC auto started, RCIC is maintaining level in the normal band Drywell pressure is .92 psig Both Recirc pumps have tripped CB-RPT-3A/4A and CB-RPT-3B/4B are open Both feed pumps are off Which of the following caused the scram?

A. Reactor level + 8 inches B. MSIV isolation C. Reactor pressure 1069 psig D. Main turbine trip ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295005AK2.03 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP and the following:

Recirculation System.

REFERENCE:

LO000196 rev. 12, pages 13 and 14 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 1998 NRC EXAM - SRO T1,G2, #4 RO T1, G1, #5 LO: 5023 - Predict the impact on the RRC System of each of the following conditions or events: e. EOC-RPT logic.

RATING: H3 H4 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The only trip that causes BOTH CB-RPT-3A (3B) and 4A (4B) to open is the EOC-RPT trip coming from a turbine trip.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 3 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 4 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02001 An inboard and outboard NS4 isolation has just occurred. The plant continues to operate at 99%

power.

Which of the following is the cause of this isolation?

A. 86 lockout on Bkr 7-1 B. 86 lockout on Bkr 8-3 C. Loss of SL-71 D. Loss of SL-81 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295003AK3.06 3.7/3.7 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reason for the following responses as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Containment Isolation.

REFERENCE:

LO000182 pages 56, 57, and 88 LO000161 page 16, LO000173 page 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION SRO T1, GP1, #1 RO T1, GP2, #3 LO: 5604 - List the actions that would occur on a loss of one or both RPS power supplies to the NS4 Logic.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The cause for the inboard and outboard isolation is a loss of RPS B. B is the only selection that causes a loss of RPS B. A causes a loss of RPS A, which would result in the closure of the outboard valves only. C and D would not result in any closure of isolation valves.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 5 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98103 The plant is operating at 100% power when a jet pump nozzle separates from the rams head.

Which of the following describes expected plant indications?

RRC loop flow on the loop with the failed nozzle.....

A. increases, actual core flow decreases, indicated core flow increases, and core thermal power decreases.

B. decreases, actual core flow decreases, indicated core flow increases, and core thermal power decreases.

C. increases, actual core flow increases, indicated core flow decreases, and core thermal power increases.

D. decreases, actual core flow increases, indicated core flow increases, and core thermal power increases.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295001AK2.02 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF FORCED CORE FLOW CIRCULATION and the following: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation

REFERENCE:

LO000196 rev/ 12. page 29 SOURCE: BANK QUSTION - 98 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP2, #2 RO T1, GP2, #1 LO: 5023 - Predict the impact on the RRC System of each of the following conditions or events: a. Jet Pump Failure RATING: H3 H4 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because when the failure occurs, RRC flow increase due to lower resistance, actual core flow decreases because there are fewer jet pumps in operation. Indicated flow increases because there is more flow through the failed jet pump, this is reverse but the flow indicators do not differentiate between forward and reverse flow. Core thermal power decreases due to the decrease in core flow.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 6 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02002 The plant had been operating for an extended run at full power when an accident occurred. Primary Containment pressure is approaching the Primary Containment Pressure Limit (PCPL).

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. The Drywell must be vented to prevent a failure of the wetwell to drywell interface.

B. The Wetwell must be vented to prevent a failure of the wetwell to drywell interface.

C. Primary containment must be vented irrespective of offsite release to prevent failure of the containment and subsequent loss of ECCS Systems.

D. Primary containment can be vented to prevent failure of the containment and subsequent loss of ECCS Systems when the projected offsite release rate is within limits.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295010 2.4.6 3.1/4.0 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Knowledge of symptom base EOP mitigation strategies during High Drywell Pressure.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, pages 93, 94, and 260 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #7 LO: 8364 - Given a list, identify the two reasons for venting the primary containment irrespective of offsite release rates when the Primary Containment Pressure Limit is reached.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 5.0.10 states that the containment must be vented prior to exceeding the PCPL to prevent potential containment failure and the potential loss of ECCS Systems. C is correct. D is incorrect because containment integrity is maintained at this point irrespective of offsite release. A and B are incorrect because PCPL has no effect on the WW to DW interface.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 7 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00012 The plant was operating at 100% power when a fire caused the abandonment of the Control Room.

The CRO1, at the Remote Shutdown Panel is attempting to contact the CRS at the Alternate Remote Shutdown Panel. The door between the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown rooms is jammed closed and cannot be opened.

Which of the following describes the communication systems permanently installed at both of these panels for communication with the other room?

A. Plant page and plant radio B. Plant page and plant phones C. Sound powered phones and plant radio D. Sound powered phones and plant phones ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295016AK2.02 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the interrelations between CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT and the following: Local control stations.

REFERENCE:

LO000210 rev. 5, pages 3 & 4 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM- Direct - SR0 T1, GP1, #6 RO T1, GP2, #8 LO: 7739 - State the communications systems available at the Remote Shutdown room.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Sound powered phones and Plant phones are the only systems available at both the RSD Panel and ARSD Panel. D is the correct answer. The other 3 are all incorrect because one or both are not available in either the RSD or the ARSD Panels.

COMMENTS: This question has been slightly modified. It is still counted as direct from the Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 8 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 bank.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 9 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02003 The EOPs direct entering PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control when suppression pool level cannot be maintained greater than 19 feet 2 inches.

Which of the following is the basis for this direction?

A. Specific directions for reactor level control with low suppression pool level are given in PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control.

B. Steam condensation during a LOCA cannot be assured with suppression pool level less than 19 feet 2 inches.

C. Suppression pool volume below 19 feet 2 inches is not adequate for steam condensation during a 100% power ATWS D. The conditions for entry into PPM 5.2.1 Primary containment Control may not have caused an entry into PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295030EK3.06 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Reactor SCRAM

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev 6 page 263 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION SRO T1, GP1, #19 RO T, GP2, #14 LO: 8383 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the reason for entering PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control if wetwell level cannot be maintained below the SRVTPLL RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 5.0.10 gives the reason as stated in D. A is incorrect because there are no specific directions for low suppression pool level in 5.1.1. B is incorrect because during a LOCA, steam is exhausted through the DW floor downcomers, which exhaust below the SRV tailpipes. C is incorrect suppression pool volume below 19 feet 2 inches is not considered for ATWS.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 10 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00073 The plant is in MODE 5 with the full core offloaded following an extended run at rated power. The normal cooling water supply to Fuel Pool Cooling Heat Exchangers has been lost.

Which of the following systems can be used as a backup cooling supply?

A. RCC Reactor Closed Cooling Water B. CST Condensate Storage and Transfer C. TSW Plant Service Water D. SSW Standby Service Water ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295018AA1.01 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING WATER: Backup Systems

REFERENCE:

LO000202 rev. 10, page 16 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP2, #6 RO T1, GP2,

  1. 11 LO: 5371 - Given Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System operating mode and various plant conditions, predict how key FPC/plant parameters will respond to the failure of the following support systems: a. Reactor Building Closed Cooling Water System RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: RCC is the primary source of cooling for FPC and not the backup. TSW and CST are not hard piped into the FPC heat exchangers. Standby Service Water is the system hard piped into the FPC heat exchangers for a backup system. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 11 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02007 The plant was operating at 98% power when a transient occurred. The following indications were received:

  • Rod groups 1, 2, 3, and 4, power available lights (white) are out on P603 and P609
  • Both RWCU Pumps have tripped
  • AR-EX-1A trips
  • NS4 Groups 2, 5, 6, and 7 (outboard) isolated Which of the following is the reason for these indications?

A. Reference leg leak on MS-LT-26A (Wide Range MS-LR/PR-623A)

B. Variable leg leak on MS-LT-26D (Wide Range MS-LR/PR-623B)

C. Failed (low) undervoltage relay (27) on the EPA Breakers for RPS A.

D. Failed (low) undervoltage relay (27) on the EPA Breakers for RPS B.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 212000K6.05 3.5/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM: RPS sensor inputs

REFERENCE:

LO000161 rev. 11, pages 7 and 16, LO000126 rev 8, pages 8 and 10 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #5 RO T2, GP1, #8 LO: 5957 - Describe the function of these RPS EPA breaker components: d.

Undervoltage light RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The indications given are for a loss of RPS making A and B incorrect. The loss of group 1, 2, 3, and 4 white lights and the outboard isolation indicate the loss of RPS A. C is correct.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 12 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 13 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02004 An accident has occurred causing a Site Area Emergency due to offsite release rate. Rad Waste building ventilation has tripped off.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

Attempt to restart Rad Waste Building Ventilation to A. assure any release from the Radwaste Building is discharged through an elevated and monitored release point.

B. provide for Radwaste Building atmosphere recirculation and reduce the amount of radioactivity present.

C. cause a ground level release and limit the dispersion of radioactive material.

D. limit the intrusion of radioactive material from the Reactor Building.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295017AK3.02 3.3/3.5 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE:

Plant Ventilation

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 page 302 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION LR00967- MODIFIED - SRO T1, GP1, #15 RO T1, GP2, #9 LO: 8477 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the purpose of restarting turbine building and Radwaste building HVAC during attempts to control offsite radioactivity release rates above the ALERT level.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B & C are incorrect because operation of RW Ventilation provides for an elevated exhaust, not recirculation of atmosphere. D is incorrect because RW building Ventilation is not designed to limit intrusion of radioactive material from the RB. A is correct as stated in the basis for PPM 5.4.1.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 14 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00091 The plant is in MODE 5 with fuel movement underway. The CRO notes both EDR-V-394 and 395, EDR-P-5 Discharge to Waste Collector Tank in Radwaste, have closed.

Which of the following caused these indications?

A. EDR-5 sump level High High B. Drywell pressure 1.59 psig C. ARM-RIS-23, CRD Pump Room, 215 mr/hr D. Rx Building Exhaust Plenum 16 mr/hr ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295036EA1.04 3.1/3.4 10CFR55.41 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH SUMP/AREA WATER LEVEL: Radiation Monitoring

REFERENCE:

LO000139 rev. 9, page 7 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM SRO T1, GP, #15 RO T1, GP3, #4 LO: 5333 - List the isolation signal and setpoints for the following valves: EDR-V-394 & 395, ED-R-5 Sump Pump discharge isolation RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: EDR-V-394 and 395 isolate on an FAZ signal. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 15 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02008 The plant is operating at 99% power when an undervoltage occurs on SM-7 due to a spurious trip of BKR 1-7. CRA-FN-2A1 (MC-7B) has tripped from the loss of power.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. CRA-FN-2A1 must be manually restarted when MC-7B is repowered.

B. CRA-FN-2A1 auto starts 3 seconds following the undervoltage.

C. CRA-FN-2A1 auto starts 5.5 seconds after the undervoltage.

D. CRA-FN-2A1 auto starts 10 seconds after the undervoltage.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 223001K2.09 2.7/2.9 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Drywell Cooling Fans

REFERENCE:

LO000127 rev. 10, pages 30 & 31 LO000182 rev. 12 pages 41 and 88 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #13 RO T2, GP1, #19 LO: NO LO RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: MC-7B loses power during the undervoltage on SM-7. Since it is a critical power supply, it repowers and the fan starts 5.5 seconds later when B-7 closes. C is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 16 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex99099 A plant startup is in progress. you have been given the direction to start the A Reactor Feed Pump.

What are the requirements for procedure usage for this evolution?

A. The procedure need not be present for this evolution if the operator assigned is familiar with the task.

B. The procedure must be present but steps can be skipped for more efficient operation of the plant if they are noted administratively on the front page of the procedure.

C. The procedure need not be present for this evolution but the steps of the procedure must be performed in order.

D. The procedure must be present and strict adherence to the procedure is required for operating the equipment.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.20 4.3/4.2 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 Ability to execute procedure steps.

REFERENCE:

SWP-PRO-01 rev. 3, page 11 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 99 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #4 RO, T3, #2 LO: 6063 - State the requirement concerning whether or not approved plant procedures shall be used in the performance of plant activities.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: N/A COMMENTS:

JUSTIFICATION: The Company standard for procedure usage is STRICT ADHERENCE to the procedure. If the evolution is a complex operation and memory cannot be relied on then the procedure must be present. D is correct.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 17 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02009 The plant is operating at 96% power with a normal electrical plant lineup when breaker 1-11 trips, breaker 21-11 auto closes and repowers SL-11 from SL-21.

Which of the following conditions caused these indications?

A. Undervoltage on SL-11 B. 86 lockout trip of breaker N1-1 C. Undervoltage on SM-1 D. Overcurrent on SL-11 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 262001A3.02 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION including: Automatic bus transfer.

REFERENCE:

LO000182 rev. 12, pages 62, 63, and 64 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #20 RO T2, GP2, #13 LO: 7767 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between SL11 and : c. Breaker 21-11 RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A, C, and D are incorrect because neither undervoltage on SL-11 or SM-1 nor overcurrent on SL-11 cause closure of 21-11. Only a lockout associated with TR-N1 or TR-S cause breaker 11-1 to trip and close breaker 21-11. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 18 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00132 The plant is in MODE 3 and the CRS has directed you to flush RHR to Radwaste in preparation for starting Shutdown Cooling per PPM 2.4.2.

Which of the following is correct for this condition?

RHR can be flushed to A. MWR-TK-23A/B Chemical Waste Tank B. FDR-TK-9 Floor Drain Sample Tank C. EDR-TK-4A/B Waste Sample Tanks D. EDR-TK-5 Waste Surge Tank ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.10 2.9/3.3 10CFR55.43 - Ability to perform procedures to reduce excess levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-0200-T6 page 2 and figure 1 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #12 RO T3, #9 LO: 5652 - Describe the normal flow path through the equipment drain processing system.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: N/A JUSTIFICATION: Of the listed tanks, only EDR-TK-5 is capable of receiving RHR flush water.

D is correct.

COMMENTS: Removed section of answers/distracters that required knowledge of HP actions. Changed distracters to RW tanks and made the question a memory question.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 19 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02010 The precautions for OSP-RSCS-C401 RSCS CFT Prior to Reactor Startup, prohibit selecting a bypassed control rod to verify RSCS Operability.

Which of the following describes the method used to verify that the selected control rod is available for RSCS Operability?

A. Depress the RODS FULL IN/BYPASS pushbutton to illuminate the BYPASS light.

All bypassed control rods are indicated by a red LED.

B. Depress the ALL RODS/FREE RODS pushbutton to illuminate the FREE RODS light. All bypassed control rods are indicated by a flashing yellow LED.

C. If a bypassed control rod is selected on the rod select matrix, the RSCS INOP annunciator illuminates.

D. If a bypassed control rod is selected on the rod select matrix, the white position indication (XX-YY) does not illuminate on the full core display.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 201004A4.01 3.4/3.5 10CFR41 & 45 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: System bypass switches

REFERENCE:

LO000160 rev. 9, page 7 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - LO0898 - SRO T2, GP2, #3 RO T2, GP2, #3 LO: 5807 - State the function of the following indications and controls on the RSCS operator console: RODS FULL IN/BYPASS.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect because a flashing yellow LED indicates the rod is selected on the rod select matrix. C is incorrect because selection of a bypassed control rod does not cause an INOP RSCS. D is incorrect because selection of a bypassed control rod does not cause the full core indication to change. A is correct because the purpose of the BYPASS position is to cause all bypassed control rods to indicate as stated.

COMMENTS: This question has been reworded but has not changed enough for a modified question. It is the same as Bank Question LO00898.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 20 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02005 An accident has occurred following an extended run at power. RCIC room temperature is approaching its maximum safe operating value.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control must be entered to:

A. Ensure containment integrity.

B. Ensure adequate core cooling.

C. Reduce the dependence on RCIC for reactor level control.

D. Reduce the energy discharged to the Sec. Containment to decay heat level.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295032EK3.02 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE: Reactor SCRAM

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 300 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP2, #11 RO T1, GP3, #2 LO: 8457 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the reason for entering PPM 5.1.1, RPV CONTROL if secondary containment parameters are approaching their Maximum Safe Operating Values and a primary system is discharging reactor coolant into secondary containment.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because entering PPM 5.1.1 does not ensure either containment integrity or adequate core cooling. D is incorrect again because entry into PPM 5.1.1 does not reduce the dependence on RCIC. C is correct as stated in PPM 5.0.10.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 21 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 22 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02011 A plant startup is in progress at 234 psig and a RWCU blowdown in progress to the main condenser. Several alarms are received and upon investigation, the RO notes RWCU-FCV-33 closed. The RWCU lineup is otherwise normal.

Which of the following is the cause of these indications?

A. RWCU pressure upstream of RWCU-FCV-33 is 17 psig.

B. RWCU pressure downstream of RWCU-FCV-33 is 157 psig.

C. Reactor level is +5 inches.

D. Reactor level is -62 inches.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 204000A3.01 3.3/3.3 10CFR41 & 45 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM including:

Pressure downstream of pressure regulating valve

REFERENCE:

LO000190 rev. 10, pages 8-11 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #6 RO T2, GP2, #6 LO: 5035 - List all RWCU System and filter Demineralizer isolations including setpoints and valves affected.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: System pressure must be either less than 5# upstream of 33 or greater than 140 downstream of 33 to isolate the valve. B would cause the valve to close and is correct. C and D are incorrect because reactor level of +5 inches has no effect on RWCU, while any level less than -50 inches causes a complete system isolation (V-1 & 4 close also).

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 23 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00042 The plant was operating at 99% power when a transient occurred. The following conditions exist:

P603 A7 drop 2.2 RPV PRESS HIGH TRIP Illuminated P603 A8 drop 2.2 RPV PRESS HIGH TRIP Illuminated P603 A8 drop 3.4 1/2 SCRAM SYSTEM B Illuminated Reactor Pressure RFW-PI-605 1076 psig Reactor Power 99%

Which of the following procedures is entered first?

A. ABN - PRESSURE B. ABN - POWER C. PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control D. PPM 5.1.2 RPV Control - ATWS ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.45 3.3/3.6 10CFR55.43 - Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 30 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #15 RO T3, #11 LO: 8044 - Given abnormal and annunciator response procedure steps that conflict with EOP steps being performed, determine which procedural steps take precedence.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 1.3.1 directs the priority/precedence of the Volume 5 procedures over the Vol. 4 Abnormals. With reactor pressure >1060 PPM 5.1.1 should be entered and the actions directed there taken. Even though this scenario is an ATWS, PPM 5.1.1 is the correct procedure. C is correct.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 24 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:

ex02012 A reactor startup is in progress with power at 60 on IRM range 2. Several alarms activate along with a Rod Out Block and a 1/2 Scram on RPS A.

Which of the following caused these indications?

A. Failure of DP-SO-A (24 VDC)

B. Failure of DP-S1-1A (125 VDC)

C. SRM A failed upscale.

D. IRM E ranged from range 2 to range 4.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 215003K2.01 2.5/2.7 10CFR41 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: IRM channels/detectors

REFERENCE:

LO000138 rev. 7, page 7 and LO000188 rev. 6, pages 27, 29, and 34 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - MODIFIED - SRO T2, GP2, #10 RO T2, GP1, #10 LO: 7655 - Predict the effects a failure of 24VDC bus SOA will have on: c. IRM RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A failure of DP-SO-A causes a rod block and additionally a 1/2 scram from The IRM Inop. None of the other malfunctions cause a 1/2 scram. A is correct.

COMMENTS: This question was modified from LR01007, LO00532, and LX00058 and given a new number for this exam.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 25 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00102 The plant was operating at 98% power when a Main Turbine trip causes a reactor scram. The lights in the control room go out for approximately 5.5 seconds and then some of the lights come back on.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. BKRs S-1, S-2, and S-3 have closed and are providing power.

B. BKRs N-1, N-2, and N-3 have closed and are providing power.

C. SM-7 and SM-8 are powered from DG-1 and DG-2.

D. SM-7 and SM-8 are powered from TR-B.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295003AA2.05 3.9/4.2 10CFR55.41, 43 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Whether a partial or complete loss of AC power has occurred

REFERENCE:

LO000182 rev. 12, page 30 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP1, #2 RO T1, GP2,

  1. 4 LO: 5047 - State the open/closed status of the N and S breakers for SM1, 2, 3, SH5, and SH6 for: MT trip and TRS loss.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because the control room lights would not have gone out it the S BKRs had closed. B is incorrect be cause the N BKRs are the normal supply when the main turbine is on the line. C is incorrect because the light would have been out for at least 7 seconds if the DGs were powering the bus. D is correct because all control room lights, except those powered from MC-7C and 7E, and 8C and 8E would come back on when SM-7 and SM-8 were repowered.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 26 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02013 Which of the following systems is designed to maintain control room temperature at 75°F +/- 3°F for personnel habitability if the normal cooling supply system fails?

A. Radwaste Chilled Water (WCH)

B. Control Room Emergency Chilled Water (CCH)

C. Standby Service Water (SW)

D. Turbine Service Water (TSW)

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 290003K3.01 3.5/3.8 10CFR41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CONTROL ROOM HVAC will have on following: Control room habitability.

REFERENCE:

LO000201 rev. 9, pages 8, 19, and 20 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #13 RO T2, GP2, #18 LO: 5221 - State the purpose of each of the following system components: k.

Control room emergency chillers RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because Radwaste Chilled water is the normal source for cooling. C is incorrect because Service Water will only maintain control room temperature at 104 °F for equipment. D is incorrect because TSW by itself does not cool the control room. B, Control room Emergency Chilled Water is the backup source of cooling water for personnel habitability. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 27 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01126 A plant startup is underway with the A2 sequence selected. All rod withdrawals in RSCS groups 1-4 have been completed.

Which of the following is the correct control rod density for this condition?

A. 25%

B. 50%

C. 75%

D. 100%

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 201004K5.02 3.1/3.3 10CFR55.41.5/45.3 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to ROD SEQUENCE CONTROL SYSTEM: Sequences and groups

REFERENCE:

LO000160 rev 10, page 7 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, GP2, #2 RO T2, GP2, #2 LO: 5806 - Explain the following term: Control rod density RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Completion of the 1st 4 RSCS rod groups places 50% of the rods in the full out position. This is 50% rod density. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 28 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02014 The plant is operating at 97% power when a radioactive spill occurs in the Radwaste Building.

WEA-RIS-14 indicates 1.39E5 cpm and is stable. It will take at least 90 minutes before a plan is in place to begin work on the cleanup.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. Declare an Alert.

B. Declare a Site Area Emergency.

C. A four hour notification to the NRC is required.

D. A one hour notification to the NRC is required.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 288000 2.4.30 2/3.6 10CFR55.43.5 & 45: Plant Ventilation Systems -

Knowledge of which events related to system operations/status should be reported to outside agencies.

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.10.1 rev. 22, page 9, PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, pages 19 & 35 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP3, #3 LO: 6008 - State the notification requirements to State and Local Government agencies after declaring an Emergency Classification at Columbia.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 PPM 1.10.1 rev. 22, page 9 JUSTIFICATION: The value given for WEA-RIS-14 is greater than the threshold for a UE if the release is expected to last more than an hour. Since it will take longer than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> for a work plan, a UE must be declared. By declaring a UE, a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> notification is required. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 29 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02015 A plant transient occurred approximately two minutes ago. The reactor had been operating at 99%

power for the last six months. The following conditions exist:

  • Reactor level is 56 inches on the Narrow Range
  • Reactor pressure is cycling between 1080 psig and 1094 psig
  • No operator actions have been taken except the immediate scram actions Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

The transient was caused by A. an APRM A INOP with a coincident loss of RPS-B.

B. a main generator trip from phase differential current.

C. a coincident loss of both SM-7 and SM-8.

D. a loss of SM-1.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295006AA2.04 4.1/4.1 10CFR55.41,. 43.5, and 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor Pressure

REFERENCE:

LO000128 rev.8, page 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #3 LO: 7682 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between RPS and the following: MSIVs RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: From the information given it can be deduced that the MSIVs are isolated -

pressure is at about 1090 psig and cycling. Reactor level is given at greater than +60 inches with neither HPCS nor RCIC having been initiated. A is incorrect because there would be no MSIV isolation at this point. B would cause a regular scram and no isolation. D would cause a loss of feedwater and an auto start of both HPCS and RCIC. A loss of both SM-7 and SM-8 would cause an immediate MSIV isolation and scram. C is correct.

COMMENTS: After further research, the question stands as written. This is the response of the simulator under these conditions.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 30 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02016 The plant has been operating at 99% power for the past 8 months. One SRV is leaking.

Suppression pool temperature is 84°F and going up.

Which of the following is the reason to maintain the suppression pool temperature LT the Tech Spec LCO?

A. Ensures peak containment temperature and pressure are LT the maximum allowable limits during a DBA LOCA.

B. The wetwell to drywell interface integrity will not be challenged during the DBA LOCA..

C. Code allowable stresses on the Wetwell Floor will not be exceeded during an emergency depressurization.

D. SRV Tailpipe integrity will not be challenged during an emergency depressurization.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295013AK3.01 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE: Suppression pool cooling operation

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 248 TS 3.6.2.1 and bases pages B 3.6.2.1-1 & 2 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #10 RO T1, GP2, #7 LO: 6925 - Identify the basis for any LCO.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is correct as stated in the bases document. B, C, and D are all incorrect applications of other containment limits.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 31 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01062 The plant was operating at 75% power when a transient occurred causing reactor level to decrease to -7 inches.

Which of the following is correct concerning the initial direction from the CRS?

CRO-1 should be directed to A. P603, and Board A.

CRO-2 Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601 and P602 B. P602, P603, and Board A.

CRO-2 Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601 C. P602 and P603 CRO-2 Board A, Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601 D. P603 CRO-2 Board A, Board B and Board C CRO-3 P601, and P602 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.6 2.1/4.3 10CFR55.43.5/45.12/45.13 - Ability to supervise and assume a management role during plant transients and upset conditions.

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 28 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #1 LO: 6092 - State the responsibilities of the Control Room Supervisor.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 1.3.1 states that the initial response for the CROs as those in B. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 32 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02017 The plant was operating at 99% power when an accident occurred. Core conditions have caused fuel damage. A release has been in progress for the last 23 minutes with TEA-RIS-13 indicating 4.6E4 cpm.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. Declare a General Emergency B. Declare a Site Area Emergency C. Enter PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control D. Enter PPM 5.4.1 Radioactivity Release Control ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295017AA2.03 3.1/3.9 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45.8 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Radiation levels

REFERENCE:

PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 age 302 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #16 RO T1, GP2, #10 LO: 8017 - Given plant conditions, recognize an EOP entry condition and enter the appropriate flow chart RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 pages 19 & 35 JUSTIFICATION: The indication given for TEA-RIS-13 requires that an Alert be declared. PPM 5.4.1 entry is required when the release rate exceeds the Alert level. D is the correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 33 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00121 A plant startup is underway. The following conditions exist:

APRM A, E, D 11%

APRM C and B 13%

APRM F out of service - bypassed IRM indications 25 to 35 on R10 for A, C, E, B, F, and H IRM G out of service - bypassed IRM D 41 on R10 Reactor pressure 819 psig Which of the following is the correct decision concerning these conditions?

A. Do not place the Mode Switch in RUN; a scram will occur from APRM C and D.

B. Do not place the Mode Switch in RUN; a MSL isolation will occur.

C. Place the Mode Switch in RUN; a mode change to RUN is allowed with at least 2 APRMs per trip system above 5%.

D. Place the Mode Switch in RUN; a mode change to RUN is allowed with at least 3 IRMs per trip system LE 40 on R10 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.2 4.0/3.5 10CFR55.45 - Ability to manipulate the console controls as required to operate the facility between shutdown and designated power levels.

REFERENCE:

LO000128 rev. 8, page21 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM- SRO T3, #8 RO T3, #5 WNP-2 LER 84-108 LO: NO LO RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NO JUSTIFICATION: C and D are incorrect because the MS to run causes a full isolation and RX Scram. A is incorrect because the APRM scram setpoint is 15% with the MS in STARTUP. B is correct because MSL pressure of less than 831 psig in RUN causes a full MSIV isolation and reactor scram.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 34 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02018 The plant is operating at 99% power with SM-4 de-energized and tagged out for maintenance.

COND-P-2A trips due to a lockout.

Assuming no operator actions, which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. RCIC initiates and injects until reactor level increases to +54 inches, RCIC-V-45 and 13 close until reactor level returns to -50 inches, where RCIC injects again.

B. HPCS initiates and injects until reactor level increases to +54 inches, HPCS-V-4 closes until reactor level returns to -50 inches, where HPCS injects again.

C. Recirc pumps runback to 30 hertz on low reactor water level and the feedpumps return reactor level to the normal operating band.

D. RHR injects and fills the RPV following an Automatic Depressurization System initiation.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295031EK2.04 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL and the following: Reactor Core Isolation Cooling

REFERENCE:

LO000180 rev. 11 pages 20 & 21 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #22 RO T1, GP1, #10 LO: 5714 - List the signal and setpoints that will cause a RCIC System initiation.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The loss of COND-P-2A causes a loss of feedwater (loss of feedpumps).

Reactor level decreases to less than -50 inches and initiates RCIC. Because SM-4 is tagged out, HPCS does not start. RCIC returns level to +54 inches and RCIC-V-13 & 45 close. Reactor level does not decrease to the point of ADS/RHR initiation. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 35 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 36 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Ex02090 You have assigned a maintenance person to repair a valve inside a valve room which is a posted RADIATION AREA. The job is projected to take four hours. The maintenance person has 1.985 rem TEDE this year.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

The maintenance person is allowed to work on this valve for a maximum of A. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> B. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> C. 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> D. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.1 2.6/3.0 10CFR55.41.2/43.4/45.9/45.1 - Knowledge of 10 CFR 20 and related facility radiation control requirements

REFERENCE:

GEN-RPP-07 rev. 3, page 7 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION #98126 - MODIFIED - SRO T3, #13 LO: 6013 - Define radiation area.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The Radiation area minimum threshold is 5 mr/hr. The maximum amount of time available to a worker for a 15 mr limit (2 rem admin limit) would be 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in the area.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 37 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02019 The plant is operating at 95% power with suppression pool level slowly and steadily going up. All systems are in the normal standby lineup.

Which of the following is the cause of the increasing suppression pool level?

A seat leak on A. RCIC-V-22 & 59 - Test Bypass B. HPCS-V Full Flow Test C. RHR-V-24B - Full Flow Test D. LPCS-V Test Return ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 209002K1.03 3.0/3.0 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) and the following: water leg pump

REFERENCE:

LO000174 rev. 9, fig. 1 LO000192 rev. 9, fig. 1 LO000198 rev. 10, fig. 1 LO000180 rev. 11, fig. 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #3 RO T2, GP1, #6 LO: NO LO RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C and D are incorrect because both systems take the water leg pump suction from the suppression pool, and a leak would cause no net change in suppression pool level. A is incorrect because the RCIC is normally lined up with suction to the CSTs, but the Test Bypass line goes to the CSTs and not the suppression pool. B is correct because HPCS is normally lined up with the suction from the CSTs and a leak through the Full Flow Test valve would result in a net increase in suppression pool volume and level.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 38 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 39 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02020 The plant is currently operating at 87% power. While performing a surveillance on Monday, MS-LIS-37A Level 1 input to ECCS Div 1 was determined to be inoperable at 1500. All required actions were taken. At 0300 on Tuesday, MS-LIS-37B, Level 1 input to ECCS Div 2 was found to be set at

-144.5 inches.

Concerning these conditions, which of the following is correct?

A. No further action is required, MS-LIS-37B is set within tolerance.

B. Declare HPCS inoperable in 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

C. Declare supported features inoperable within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, declare HPCS inoperable in 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

D. Declare supported features inoperable within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> and place the channel in the trip condition within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 216000 2.2.25 2.5/3.7 10CFR55.43.2 - Knowledge of bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits:

Concerning Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation.

REFERENCE:

TS 3.3.5.1 pages -1, -2, -8, -9, & -10 and bases pages B 3.3.5.1 -9, -10, -

27, -28, & -29 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #9 LO: 10306 - With Tech Specs provided, determine LCO compliance for a given operational condition.

RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.3.5.1 pages -1, -2, -8, -9, & -10 and bases pages B 3.3.5.1 -9,

-10, -27, -28, & -29 JUSTIFICATION: MS-LIS-37B is out of spec and it is the redundant initiation capability per TS.

Because of this, the supported features must be declared inop within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> and the channel must be placed in the trip condition within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. The HPCS initiation function is not affected so HPCS does not have to be declared inop. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 40 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02021 The plant was operating at 99% power when loss of feedwater occurred. RCIC is in operation from its alternate source of water, and has restored reactor level to normal. The CRO reports RCIC discharge flow and discharge pressure are starting to oscillate and getting worse.

Which of the following describes the cause of these indications?

A. Low CST level B. Low reactor water level C. Low reactor pressure D. Low suppression pool level.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 217000K5.01 2.6/2.6 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC): Indications of pump cavitation

REFERENCE:

General Physics BWR Gen. Fundamentals Chapter 2: Pumps pages 21 & 22 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, GP1, #11 RO T2, GP1,

  1. 16 LO: 7145 - Describe cavitation, including symptoms, effects on centrifugal pump operation and methods of prevention.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: GP Gen. Fun. Chapter 4 describes the effect of cavitation as an oscillation of discharge pressure. Cavitation is caused by a loss of NPSH. NPSH is the difference between the pressure on the suction side of the pump and the saturation pressure of the liquid being pumped. D is correct. It is the only possibility that lowers the suction pressure of the RCIC pump.

COMMENTS: This question is similar to ex00053 which was used on the 2000 ILC exam.

The question stem has been only changed enough to use it for the RCIC system. This is not considered a MODIFIED BANK question, but it was given a new number.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 41 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02022 With the plant at 100% power, which of the following would indicate a leaking Main Steam Relief Valve?

A. Elevated SRV Acoustic Monitor indication.

B. Elevated SRV Tailpipe Temperature indication.

C. An SRV with a red indicating light on P628.

D. An SRV with a red indicating light on P631 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 239002K4.06 3.5/3.7 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following:

Detection of valve leakage

REFERENCE:

LO000129 rev. 8, pages 10 - 12 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #17 RO T2, GP1, #21 LO: 5528 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between the SRVs and : Tailpipe thermocouples.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C and D are incorrect because these lights only indicate the solenoids are energized and not actual valve position or leakage. A is incorrect because the Acoustic Monitoring system was removed and is no longer in service. B is correct because an elevated temperature indicates steam flow through the valve.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 42 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02023 The plant is in MODE 4. Maintenance was performed on the breaker for ROA-FN-1A and it is now ready for a test start. The following conditions exist:

The breaker is racked in and the fuses are installed.

The CRO places the control switch to start on both ROA-FN-1A and REA-FN-1A. He notes there is no control room indication of a start on ROA-FN-1A.

He places both control switches in the stop position and notes the green light is out for ROA-FN-1A and illuminated for REA-FN-1A.

The panel lights are checked and are found to be OK.

Concerning these conditions, which of the following is true?

A. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.7 inches of H2O and stabilizes.

B. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.0 inches of H2O and stabilizes.

C. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.7 inches of H2O and all Reactor Building Ventilation fans trip. Pressure returns to 0 inches of H2O D. Reactor building pressure increases to 4.0 inches of H2O and all Reactor Building Ventilation fans trip. Standby Gas Treatment auto starts and maintains reactor building pressure at -.25 inches of H2O.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 290001A1.01 3.1/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the SECONDARY CONTAINMENT controls including: System Lineups

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages 5, 12, & 13 EWD-80E-001 WNP-2 LER 88-007 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #23 RO T2, GP2, #17 LO: 5677 - State the purpose of the alternate relief path damper.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The information given indicates a blown or improperly installed trip fuse. The result of starting a fan with no trip circuit is a running fan that cannot be stopped from the control switch. In this case pressure would increase until both Div 2 fans trip and continue to increase pressure until the suction damper opened fully and limited pressure to 4.7 inches of H2O. A is correct.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 43 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02024 The plant is operating at 95% power when several alarms are received on P603 including a Rod Out Block. On closer inspection the CRO notes that the UPSC, INOP, and DNSC indicating lights are illuminated on P603 for the A Rod Block Monitor.

Which of the following caused these indications?

A. Loss of RPS B.

B. Loss of RPS A.

C. An edge rod was selected.

D. RBM A was bypassed with the joystick.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 215002K6.01 3.0/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ROD BLOCK MONITOR SYSTEM: RPS

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-0800-T1 rev. 8, pages 17 & 18 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #9 RO T2, GP2, #9 LO: 7667 - Predict the effects the following failures have on the RBM System:

RPS RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The RBM System is divisionally powered from RPS. A loss of RPS-A causes the given indications. Selecting an edge rod or bypassing with the joystick does not result in a rod block. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 44 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01087 The plant is in Mode 5 with the refuel bridge (unloaded) over the spent fuel pool and refueling operations in progress. The Mode Switch is placed in the START/HOT STANDBY Position.

Which of the following is the result of this action?

The Refuel Bridge automatically stops A. only when it is over the reactor cavity.

B. at any location over the Spent Fuel Pool or the Reactor Cavity.

C. as it approaches the Reactor Cavity from the Spent Fuel Pool.

D. only as it approaches the Reactor Cavity from the Spent Fuel Pool when loaded with a fuel bundle.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.46 3.5/3.6 10CFR55.43 & 45 - Ability to verify alarms are consistent with the plant conditions

REFERENCE:

LO000207 rev 8, page 25 & 26 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, # 16 RO T3, #12 LO: 5360 - List and explain all the conditions pertaining to fuel handling equipment that can cause a control rod block when the reactor mode switch in either the REFUEL position or the START/HOT STBY position.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Placing the Mode Switch to START/HOT STANDBY causes the refuel bridge to stop when the bridge is on the refueling switch #2. This prevents the bridge from traveling over the core with the Mode Switch in START/HOT STANDBY. A and B are both incorrect because the bridge is not limited when over the core or in the Spent Fuel Pool. D is incorrect because the hoist does not have to be loaded for the bridge to stop. C is correct.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 45 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 46 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02025 Preparations are in progress for a plant startup. The following conditions exist:

  • RCIC is out of service for repair for the next two hours
  • MS-LIS-24C (reactor level 3) is set at 9.1 inches
  • All other plant equipment and conditions are normal You have been directed to begin the startup.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. The Mode Switch cannot be placed in STARTUP until the MS-LIS-24C setpoint is returned to an allowable value.

B. The Mode Switch cannot be placed in STARTUP until RCIC is returned to service.

C. Place the Mode Switch in STARTUP, MS-LIS-24C is not required to be within specifications in MODE 2.

D. Place the Mode Switch in STARTUP, RCIC is not required to be in service until steam dome pressure is GT 150 psig.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295009 2.2.24 2.6/3.8 10cfr55.43.2 & 45 - Ability to analyze the affect of maintenance activities on LCO status.

REFERENCE:

PPM 4.603.A7 rev. 28, page 15 Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 pages -1 & -8 TS 3.0.4 pages 3.0-1 & -2 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #6 LO: 10308 - With Tech Specs provided and given an operational condition, determine if a Mode change or other change in plant condition is allowed.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 4.603.A7 rev. 28, page 15 Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 pages -1 & -8 TS 3.0.4 pages 3.0-1 & -2 JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because placing the Mode Switch in STARTUP at this point relies on an action statement for the out of spec level switch (MS-LIS-24C), which is not allowed by TS 3.0.4. B is incorrect because RCIC is not required to be operable until steam dome pressure is GT 150 psig. C and D are incorrect because the Mode Switch cannot be placed in STARTUP until MS-LIS-24C calibration is within spec.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 47 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01039 Which of the following is designed to prevent secondary containment over-pressurization during a postulated piping break in the area between the Drywell and the Turbine Building?

A. Standby Gas Treatment.

B. Reactor Building Ventilation.

C. Reactor Building Blowout Panels.

D. Main Steam Tunnel Blowout Panels.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295035EK1.02 3.7/4.2 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE: Radiation release

REFERENCE:

LO000139 rev. 9, page 6 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP2. #14 RO T1, GP3,

  1. 3 LO: 7003 - State the actions that occur on a Main Steam tunnel High Pressure.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: An over pressurization in the Main Steam Tunnel results pressure relief through the MST Blowout panels. This relief minimizes the damage to the Secondary Containment and limits radioactive releases from any other part of the Sec. Cont. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 48 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02026 A reactor scram just occurred. Several control rods do not indicate full-in How are these control rods identified on the Rod Worth Minimizer?

A. A list containing each rod not full in by its numerical position (i.e. 30-31).

B. Both a list containing each rod not-full-in by its numerical position (i.e. 30-31) and a full core display with rods not-full-in indicated by * * (2 dots).

C. A full core display map with rods full-in indicated by ++ and rods not full in indicated by >>.

D. A full core display map with rods full-in indicated by >> and rods not full in indicated by ++.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295015AK2.05 2.6/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between INCOMPLETE SCRAM and the following: Rod Worth Minimizer

REFERENCE:

LO000154 rev. 10, pages 12, 13, 16, & fig. 10 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #12 RO T1, GP1, #6 LO: 5908 - Given a set of RWM displays, explain the following symbols:

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because any control rod not full in following a scram automatically is indicated on the RWM by a numerical listing of its position in the core. B, C, and D are all incorrect because . . indicated a rod inserted past position 02 in the scram mode, ++ indicates a rod fully withdrawn, and >

> is not a RWM indication.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 49 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98040 The plant is shutdown. RHR has been lined up for suppression pool cooling and RCIC is running for level control, when S2-1 is de-energized.

Which of the following describes the effect on plant operation?

A. CN-V-65 auto closes and isolates the N2 supply to the containment.

B. TO-P-BOP main turbine bearing oil pump trips and trips the MT turning gear.

C. RCC-V-6 auto closes and isolates the non-drywell RCC loads.

D. RCIC will continue to operate and provide level control.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295004AK2.03 3.3/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER and the following: DC bus loads

REFERENCE:

ABN-ELEC-250VDC rev. 0, page 5 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC EXAM SRO T1, GP2, #3 RO T1, GP2, #5 LO: 7657 - Predict the effect a failure of 250 VDC bus S2-1 will have on RCIC.

RATING: H3 H4 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because CN-V-65 is blocked open. B and C are both incorrect because neither pierce of equipment is powdered from 250 VDC. D is correct because the loss of S2-1 will not prevent RCIC from operating.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 50 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 51 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02027 The plant is operating at 78% power when a total loss of DP-S1-2 occurs. Shortly thereafter a DBA LOCA occurs.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. HPCS-P-1 does not start due to a loss of power to the initiation logic and breaker.

B. RHR-P-2B does not start due to a loss of power to the initiation logic and breaker.

C. RHR-P-2A starts but does not inject due to he loss of power to the injection valve.

D. LPCS-P-1 starts but does not inject due to the loss of power to the injection valve.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 203000K2.03 2.7/2.9 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Initiation logic

REFERENCE:

EWD-9E-002, 47E-003, & 47E-003A SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #2 RO T2, GP1, #3 LO: 7653 - Predict the effects of a failure of 125VDC bus S1-21 will have on RHR.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because HPCS logic is from Div 3 power. C and D are both incorrect because the injection valve is AC powered and will open. B is correct because of the loss of control power.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 52 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00004 The reactor is at rated power with TIP Channel C inserted for LPRM calibration when a loss of SM-1 occurs.

Assuming no operator action, which of the following is correct?

A. The TIP drive continues to insert the detector to the Core Top Limit and completes the Tip trace. The detector then withdraws into the shield chamber and the ball valve closes.

B. The squib valve for TIP channel C fires immediately isolating the drive mechanism.

C. The inserted TIP detector withdraws into the shield chamber, the ball valve closes, and TIP-V-15, Tip Purge Isolation Valve closes.

D. The inserted TIP detector stops until power is restored to SM-1 and then completes the TIP trace.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 215001K4.01 2.9/3.3 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of TRAVERSING IN-CORE PROBE design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Primary containment isolation.

REFERENCE:

LO000155 page 13 and 16 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, G3, #2 RO T2, G3, #1 LO: 6989 - Explain the TIP system response to a LOCA signal.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because the drive does not continue for a complete trace. B is incorrect because the squib does not fire on and isolation signal. D is incorrect because the loss of power has no direct affect on the TIP drive.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 53 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02028 The plant is in MODE 2 with a control rod withdrawal in progress. An LPRM failure has caused an I&C technician to take the LPRM mode selector switch out of OPERATE. This results in 13 LPRMS assigned to APRM A.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. A rod block is applied by the RMCS. Rod withdrawal can continue following bypass of APRM A.

B. A rod block is applied by the RMCS. Rod withdrawal can continue following bypass of the failed LPRM.

C. No rod block is applied by the RMCS for this failure.

D. No rod block is applied by the RMCS until rod movement is attempted.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 215005K3.03 3.3/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the APRM/LPRM will have on following: Reactor Manual Control System

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-0500-T2 rev. 8, page18 LO000148 rev. 10, page 14 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #8 RO T2, GP1, #13 LO: 5795 - Identify the conditions that will cause rod blocks: d. RMCS Block RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Less than 14 LPRMs in OPERATE to an APRM results in an APRM Inop and a control rod out block applied by the RMCS. Taking the MODE switch out of operate for the failed LPRM caused the APRM inop. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 54 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02029 The plant was operating at 75% power when an ATWS with a full MSIV isolation occurred.

Suppression chamber pressure is 27 psig and up, with drywell pressure trending up approximately 0.5 psig less than suppression chamber.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. The wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are covered with water.

B. The wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are working correctly.

C. A drywell downcomer has failed below the water level in the suppression pool.

D. The drywell to suppression chamber interface has ruptured.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 223001A3.02 3.4/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the PRIMARY CONTAINMENT SYSTEM AND AUXILIARIES including: Vacuum breaker relief valve operation.

REFERENCE:

LO000127 rev. 10, page 8 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #14 RO T2, GP1, #20 LO: 5636 - State the purpose of the following major components: wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The information given indicates a leak in an SRV downcomer. Suppression chamber pressure is increasing above drywell pressure by 0.5 psig which indicates that the wetwell to drywell vacuum breakers are working correctly.

B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 55 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02032 Reactor building ventilation has failed. The CRO has started Standby Gas Treatment by placing the control switch for SGT-EHC-1B-2 in the ON position.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. Room discharge valve (SGT-V-4A2), auto opens.

B. The associated Elevated release discharge valve (SGT-V-5A1), auto closes.

C. The incoming gas temperature is raised by the electric heaters to reduce humidity and increase efficiency of the moisture separators.

D. The incoming gas temperature is raised by the electric heaters to reduce humidity and increase efficiency of the charcoal adsorbers.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 261000A1.07 2.8/2.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM controls including: SGTS train temperature;.

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-0400-T3 rev. 10, pages 3-5 & 10 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, 19 RO T2, GP1, #25 LO: 5825 - State the purpose of the SGT electrical heating coils.

5829 - Describe the SGT System response to operation of the heater control switch.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are incorrect because these valves act in opposite direction as given.

D is incorrect because the moisture separators are upstream of the heaters and take moisture out prior to the heating coils. D is the stated purpose of the electric heating coils.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 56 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02030 What is the purpose of sequencing loads on DG-1 and 2?

A. Prevents the possibility of over speeding the diesel.

B. Prevents a generator loss of excitation trip.

C. Reduces the automatically connected loads.

D. Reduces the tendency for the diesel engine to run under souping conditions.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 264000K5.06 3.4/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET): Load sequencing

REFERENCE:

LO000200 rev. 8, pages 40 & 41 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #21 RO T2, GP1, #27 LO: NO LO RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because load sequencing would have no effect on the possibility of over speeding the DG or preventing a loss of excitation trip.

D is incorrect because souping is prevented by not operating the DG for long periods of time under lightly loaded conditions. C is correct as given in the systems text.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 57 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02031 Which of the following design features acts first to limit Secondary Containment overpressure?

A. Opening of ROA-AD-5, ROA suction relief damper.

B. Trip of the operating Standby Gas Treatment fans.

C. Secondary Containment (606 elevation) blowout panels.

D. Trip of reactor building supply and exhaust fans.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 290001K4.02 3.4/3.5 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of SECONDARY CONTAINMENT design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Protection against over pressurization.

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages 5 & 12 - 13 LO000139 rev.9, page 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #22 RO T2, GP2, #16 LO: 5678 - Explain how Reactor Building pressure is maintained by the Reactor Building HVAC system including the controller setpoint.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect because there is no SGT trip on high pressure. C and D are both incorrect because the blowout panels and the fan trips occur at a higher pressure than the suction damper actuations. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 58 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02082 The plant is operating at 99% power when both ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE and SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW annuciators alarm simultaneously.

Which of the following is correct for this condition?

Annunciator A. ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE should be responded to first because the setpoint for this alarm is an LCO entry.

B. ROD ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE should be responded to first because this alarm indicates an unscramable control rod.

C. SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW should be responded to first because a full reactor scram may occur without operator response.

D. SCRAM VALVE PILOT AIR HEADER PRESSURE LOW should be responded to first because control rods may not scram if scram air header pressure decreases too far.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 201001 2.4.45 3.3/3.6 10CFR55.43.5 & 45 - Concerning the CRDH system, the ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.

REFERENCE:

PPM 4.603.A7, drop6-7, rev. 28 page 70 PPM 4.603.A8, drop 6-4, rev. 18, page 58 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON - SRO T2, GP2, #1 LO: NO LO RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because this annunciator is neither an LCO entry nor is it an indication that the control rod will not scram. D is incorrect because without scram pilot valve air header pressure, the control rods will scram. C is correct: with decreasing scram pilot air header pressure, a scram will occur with no operator action and no change in the leakage.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 59 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02033 The plant is operating at 99% power when a fault occurs. The RWM will no longer display the current control rod position information.

Which of the following caused this indication?

A loss of A. RPS-A B. US-PP C. IN-2 D. IN-3 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 201006A2.01 2.5/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the ROD WORTH MINIMIZER SYSTEM (RWM); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those: Power supply loss

REFERENCE:

LO000154 rev. 10, page 25 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #4 RO T2, GP2, #4 LO: 5916 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between RWM and: e. IN1 RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A loss of power causes the indications given. US-PP is the power supply to the RWM. B is the correct answer, none of the distracters have an effect on the RWM.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 60 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00041 The plant is at 25% power following a maintenance outage for work in the drywell. The Primary Containment is being inerted when the EO reports that the Liquid Nitrogen Storage Tank Level is at 49 inches and down slow on CN-LIS-1. ADS header pressure has been 149 psig for the last four minutes.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service but stopped at step 1 and CIA-V-39A and 39B remained open.

B. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service and CIA-V-39A and 39B remained open.

C. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service but stopped at step 1 and CIA-V-39A and 39B have isolated.

D. The CIA programmers placed their respective banks in service and CIA-V-39A and 39B have isolated.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.9 2.5/3.4 10CFR55.43 - Knowledge of the process for performing a containment purge.

REFERENCE:

PPM 2.3.1 rev 39, page 31 LO000156 rev. 6, page 8 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION 2000 NRC EXAM - WNP-2 LER 90-022 - SRO T3, #13 RO T3, #7 LO: 5150 - State the 3 signals that cause auto initiation of the nitrogen bottle bank programmer to maintain system pressure.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: LER 90-022 documents the problem of CIA header isolation and inoperability due to inerting the containment with low levels of nitrogen in the nitrogen storage tank. CIA header pressure drops and causes CIA-V-39A and 39B to isolate. D is correct.

COMMENTS: Question rewritten to make it closed reference. Removed reference from handout.

Changed question to ADS pressure.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 61 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02034 The plant is operating at 33% power when the CRO arms and depresses both MSIV ISOLATION LOGIC B and D pushbuttons Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. All inboard and outboard isolation valves close; MSIVS stay open.

B. All inboard and outboard isolation valves close; MSIVS close.

C. The inboard and outboard MSIVs close.

D. There are no isolation valve closures.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.21 3.7/4.3 10CFR55.43 & 45 - Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status of safety functions: Radioactivity Release control

REFERENCE:

LO000173 rev. 9, page 9 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION LX00747 - MODIFIED - SRO T3, #17 RO T3, #13 LO: 5600 - Explain the response to arming and depressing the MSIV isolation logic pushbuttons on P601.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Depressing the B pushbutton, causes an Outboard isolation. Depressing D causes an Inboard isolation. The combination of the 2 pushbuttons does not cause anything other than the combined results of press each individually. A is correct. There is no MSIV motion.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 62 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00099 The reactor was operating at 78% power coming out of a refueling outage. A large steam leak in the drywell caused the following plant conditions:

Wetwell level 39 feet Drywell pressure 30 psig Reactor pressure 214 psig Reactor level -145 inches and stable RCIC tripped several minutes ago.

Which of the following caused the RCIC trip?

A. Low reactor level.

B. Isolation from low reactor pressure.

C. Low suction pressure.

D. High exhaust pressure.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.7 3.7/4.4 10CFR55.55.43 - Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments base on operating characteristics/ reactor behavior / and instrument interpretation.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, page 70 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - #EX00099 - 2000 NRC EXAM- SRO T3, #3 RO, T3,

  1. 1 LO: 5722 - List the RCIC isolation signals and setpoints.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because there is no trip on low reactor level. Low pressure isolation has not yet been reached for B. C is incorrect because suction pressure would be relatively high from the conditions given. D is correct based on the explanation of Caution 4 in the EOPs.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 63 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98001 PPM 5.1.2 has been entered due to ATWS conditions. Level/power conditions exist.

Which of the following is true?

Reactor water level is lowered to .....

A. lower the height of the fluid columns, thereby reducing natural circulation and reactor power B. reduce inlet sub-cooling, which reduces the void fraction and reactor power C. reduce the rate of steam removal from the core, which reduces the void fraction and reactor power D. increase natural circulation driving head and flow through the core to reduce reactor power ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295031EK1.03 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Water level effects on reactor power.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 Rev 6, page 155 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - ex98001 - 98 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP1, #21 RO T1, GP1, #9 LO: 7498 - Explain the causes of natural circulation in BWRs.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B and C have correct initial conditions, inlet sub cooling and steam production both decrease, but the void fraction would INCREASE from these effects, not decrease. In D, natural circulation head would decrease, not increase.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 64 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02035 A fire has occurred in the area of Reactor Narrow Range level instrumentation tubing in the reactor building.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

Reactor water level instrumentation operability must be determined because A. heating in the variable leg results in unstable and higher indicated level than actual.

B. heating in the reference leg results in unstable and higher indicated level than actual.

C. water spray from the fire suppression systems causes failures of reactor level instrumentation from operation in non-qualified atmosphere.

D. smoke from the fire causes failures of reactor level instrumentation from operation in non-qualified atmosphere.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 600000AK3.04 2.8/3.4 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: actions contained in the abnormal procedures for plant fire on sight.

REFERENCE:

ABN-FIRE rev. 3 page 12 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - LX00017 - SRO T1, GP2, #17 RO T1, GP2, #19 LO: 7166 - Given a potential failure mode for a differential pressure cell used for level indication, describe how indicated level will be affected.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Any heat source place on the reference leg of a level instrument can cause false hi level indications due to the reduction in density of the ref. leg. Heating in the variable leg would cause a false lower indicated level. Smoke and water in the atmosphere would have no impact on the level instrument. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 65 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02036 A plant startup is in progress. The following conditions exist:

  • All IRMs are inserted and indicate downscale on Range 1
  • All SRMs are inserted - the RETRACT PERMIT light is NOT illuminated for SRM A.
  • The mode switch is in the STARTUP/HOT STANDBY position Which of the following is correct?

If SRM A is selected and a withdraw signal is applied, the detector A. does not move and a rod block is generated.

B. does not move and RETRACT NOT PERMITED annunciator illuminates.

C. retracts and a 1/2 scram is generated on RPS A.

D. retracts and a rod block is generated.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 215004A4.06 3.2-3.1 10CFE55.41 & 48 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: SRM back panel switches, meters, and indicating lights.

REFERENCE:

LO000132 rev. 9, page 18 and 19 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #6 RO T2, GP1, #12 LO: 5942 - Explain what is meant by SRM RETRACT PERMIT light when energized.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because the detector starts to withdraw as soon as the withdraw signal is initiated. C is incorrect because there is no 1/2 scram initiated. D is correct. At less than 100 counts, a rod block is generated if a detector is withdrawn.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 66 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 67 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02037 The plant was operating at 99% power when a LOCA occurred. The following conditions exist:

  • RPV pressure = 30 psig
  • Drywell temperature = 300°F
  • All level indicators are swinging 20 to 40 inches
  • Control rod 30-31 is stuck full out Which of the following is the correct procedure for these conditions?

A. 5.1.3 Emergency RPV Depressurization B. 5.1.4 RPV Flooding C. 5.1.5 Emergency RPV Depressurization - ATWS D. 5.1.6 RPV Flooding - ATWS ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 216000 2.1.6 10CFR43.5 & 45 - Ability to supervise and assume a management role during plant transients and upset conditions (Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation)

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #7 LO: 8017 - Given plant conditions, recognize an EOP entry conditions and enter the appropriate flow chart.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control JUSTIFICATION: C and D are both incorrect because one control rod full out does not meet the criteria for an ATWS. With erratic level indications and conditions outside the bounds of saturation conditions for level indications, the direction is given to exit both the level and pressure legs of PPM 5.1.1 and enter PPM 5.1.4. B is correct.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 68 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 69 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00100 The plant is operating at 97% power with a discharge from the Waste Collector Tank to the Circ.

Water Blowdown line underway. Process Rad Monitor FDR-RIS-606 (Radwaste Effluent) fails downscale.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. The discharge may continue for up to 30 days provided grab samples are collected and analyzed for radioactivity of at least 10-7 microcurie/ml, at least once every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

B. The discharge may continue for up to 30 days provided that the discharge flowrate is estimated at least once every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> during the release.

C. Stop the discharge. The discharge may continue when 2 independent samples have been analyzed and 2 technically qualified members of the plant staff have independently verified the release calculations and the discharge valve lineup.

D. Stop the discharge. The discharge may continue when a temporary monitor has been installed and the monitor calibration has been verified by analysis of 2 independent batch samples.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.3.3 1.8/2.9 10CFR55.43.4 - Knowledge of SRO responsibilities for auxiliary system that are outside the control room.

REFERENCE:

ODCM 6.1.1 table 6.1.1.1-1 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #9 LO: NO LO RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - ODCM 6.1.1 table 6.1.1.1-1, PPM 4.602.A5.6-6 JUSTIFICATION: A and B are incorrect because they both allow the discharge to continue and the actions given are for the SW monitors and for the flowrate monitor of Rad Waste. D is incorrect because there is no action allowing the use of a temporary monitor in the place of FDR-RIS-606. C is correct. This is the action given in the ODCM.

COMMENTS: I need some more direction on this one from Ryan. The direction to stop the discharge is on one page and the actions are determined after referring to another table then referring to specific actions. Talk to Ryan. Made A and B action 101 and 102 of table 6.1.1.1-1.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 70 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 71 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02089 The plant is in MODE 2 following a refuel outage. The following conditions exist:

Reactor power = 2%

RCIC is in Full Flow Test operation Suppression pool temperature = 106°F Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. Stop RCIC immediately to preserve the heat absorption capability of the suppression pool.

B. Place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN immediately to preserve the heat absorption capability of the suppression pool.

C. Reduce suppression pool temperature to less than 90°F within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to prevent exceeding the HCTL during a LOCA.

D. Reduce reactor power to less than 1% within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to prevent exceeding the HCTL during a LOCA.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.49 4.0/4.0 10CFR55.41, 43.2, & 45 - Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate operation of system components and controls.

REFERENCE:

Tech Spec 3.6.2.1 and TS Bases B 3.6.2.1 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION SRO T3, #13 LO: 6926 - Given a set of plant conditions, be able to identify and state from memory the Technical Specification actions required to be taken within 15 minutes or less.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect because at this temperature, there is no requirement to place the Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN. C is incorrect because there is no requirement to reduce suppression pool temperature to less than 90° within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> for any reason. D is incorrect because at this temperature there is no requirement to reduce power to less than 1%. A is correct as state in the action statement and the Bases.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 72 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00011 Which of the following describes the reactivity effect the End of Cycle Recirc Pump Trip (EOC RPT) is designed to minimize?

A. Control rod insertion may not initially add enough negative reactivity to overcome the positive reactivity added by the pressure increase from a turbine trip.

B. Control rod insertion initially adds positive reactivity late in core life that must be compensated for by the trip of both Recirc pumps.

C. Recirc Pumps must be tripped to reduce the positive reactivity addition from the turbine trip and prevent exceeding MAPRAT.

D. Recirc Pumps must be tripped late in core life to minimize the effect of all control rods withdrawn to the full out position and prevent exceeding the LHGR ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295007AA2.02 4.1/4.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:

Reactor Power

REFERENCE:

TS Bases B3.3.4.1 EOC-RPT Instrumentation SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP1, #5 LO: 6925 - Identify the basis for any LCO.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: TS Bases states the EOC-RPT trip is designed to overcome the lack of negative reactivity in the first few feet of control rod insertion on a scram.

This lack of negative reactivity is cause by EOC flux shape. The Recirc pumps are tripped to supplement the control rod negative reactivity on a turbine trip. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 73 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00062 The reactor is operating at rated conditions.

Which of the following describes how CRDM graphitar seal embrittlement is prevented?

A. The CRD Mechanism is monitored for temperature by a thermocouple in the instrument tube and maintained less than 250°F.

B. The CRD Mechanism is monitored for temperature by a thermocouple in the outer tube and maintained less than 250°F.

C. Cooling water from CRDH is supplied to the P-over port at a high enough flow rate to ensure sufficient cooling of the CRD Mechanism.

D. Cooling water from CRDH is supplied to the outside of the thermal sleeve at a high enough flow rate to ensure sufficient cooling of the CRD Mechanism.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 214000K4.02 2.5/2.5 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of ROD POSITION INFORMATION SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Thermocouple

REFERENCE:

LO000137 pages 10 and 13 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T2, GP2, #8 RO T2, GP2, #8 LO: 5217 - Explain how rod temperatures are monitored.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C and D are both incorrect because they describe an incorrect flow path. B is incorrect because the thermocouple is located inside the instrument tube not the base of the stop piston.

COMMENTS: Changed the reference to the base of the stop piston to the outer tube to make B more clearly incorrect.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 74 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 75 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00115 The plant is in MODE 3 with a reactor level reduction occurring through the A RHR Heat Exchanger Vents to the Suppression Pool. The Suppression Pool high level alarm has been sealed in for a period of time when the HPCS Suction Switchover occurs.

Which of the following describes the required action for these conditions?

A. Be in MODE 3 in 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

B. Restore suppression pool water level to within limits and restore HPCS suction to the CSTs within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

C. Enter PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and restore suppression pool water level to within limits in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

D. Enter PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control and restore suppression pool water level to within limits in 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.33 3.4/4.0 10CFR55.43 - Ability to recognize indications for system operating parameters which are entry level conditions of technical specifications.

REFERENCE:

TS 3.6.2.2 PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 246 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T3, #5 RO T3, #3 WNP-2 LER 91-015 LO: 5429 - List the automatic initiations and interlocks associated with HPCS system components.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - TS 3.6.2.2 JUSTIFICATION: The high level suppression pool suction switchover for HPCS occurs at +3 inches in the suppression pool. This level requires entry into PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control. This is also above the LCO for suppression pool water level. TS require that suppression pool level be restored to within limits in 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />. There is no requirement to return the HPCS suction valves to CST suction. D is correct.

COMMENTS: After review, Ryan said make distracter A Be in MODE 4 in 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. This is clearly incorrect.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 76 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 77 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02038 A plant startup is in progress following a refueling outage. Primary containment is being inerted with nitrogen supplied through the high flow inerting supply header. Drywell pressure has increased to 1.78 psig.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. Inerting continues as established.

B. CSP-V-106 and 107 (N2 tank isolations) close to isolate the high flow header.

C. CSP-V-93 and 96 (containment isolations) close to isolate the high flow header.

D. CSP-V-97 and 98 (containment isolations) close to isolate the high flow header ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295010AK2.04 2.6/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE and the following: Nitrogen makeup system.

REFERENCE:

LO000162 rev. 6 pages 7 & 8 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #8 RO T1, GP1, #4 LO: 5159 - State the auto close signals for nitrogen makeup line containment isolation valves.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect because these valves close on low header temperature. C and D are both incorrect because while these valves do close on hi drywell pressure, they are on the low flow header and have no effect on the hi flow header. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 78 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02039 According to PPM 5.0.10 Flowchart Training Manual, which of the following is a possible consequence of rapid injection of water into the RPV during ATWS conditions?

A. Thermal shock to feedwater nozzles.

B. Fuel damage.

C. Rapid pressure decrease exceeding 100°F/hour.

D. Feed pump trip on high RPV level.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295015AK1.03 3.8/3.9 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM: reactivity affects.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 page 71 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - SRO T1, GP1, #11 RO T1, GP1, #5 LO: 8499 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the plant response to rapid injection of water into the RPV during an ATWS.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 5.0.10 states that rapid injection into the core during ATWS conditions may result in a large increase in reactivity large enough to cause fuel damage. B is the only correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 79 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02040 The plant was operating at 86% power when a fire occurred in the main control room. As the CRS you have directed that the plant be scrammed from the control room and a shutdown be performed from the remote shutdown panel. The following conditions exist:

Reactor Pressure = 945 psig Reactor Level = -72 inches Drywell pressure = 1.75 psig Which of the following is correct concerning level indication installed at the Remote Shutdown Panel?

A. The narrow range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps have tripped.

B. The narrow range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps are in operation.

C. The wide range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps have tripped.

D. The wide range is accurate because the Recirc Pumps are in operation.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295016AA2.02 4.3/4.4 10CFR5541, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT:

Reactor Water Level

REFERENCE:

LO000126 rev. 8 page 4 and LO000210 rev. 5 page 15 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #13 LO: 5885 - List the systems and alignments that can be performed from the RSD Panel RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Only the Wide Range is installed at the Remote Shutdown panel for level monitoring, so A and B are incorrect. The wide range is calibrated for no jet pump flow and with level at -72 inches both Recirc Pumps have tripped. This makes C correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 80 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 81 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02041 The plant was operating at 100% power when an accident occurred. The following conditions now exist:

RPV Level = -89 inches and stable RPV Pressure = 997 psig and stable Wetwell Level = 19 feet and down slow Wetwell Temperature = 180°F and up slow Drywell Pressure = 20 psig and down slow Drywell Temperature = 300°F and down slow.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. Emergency Depressurize the reactor because the Drywell Temperature has exceeded the Drywell Design Temperature Limit.

B. Emergency Depressurize the reactor because the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit has been exceeded.

C. Spray the Wetwell because the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit has been exceeded.

D. Spray the Drywell because the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit has been exceeded.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295026 2.1.25 2.3/3.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45 - Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs, monographs, and tables which contain performance data for High Suppression Pool Water Temperature.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.2.1 WW Temp leg and HCTL Curves SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #18 RO T1, GP2, #12 LO: 8303- Describe the reason for emergency depressurizing the RPV if wetwell termperature and reactor pressure connot be maintained below the HCTL.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.2.1 WW Temp Leg and HCTL curves JUSTIFICATION: C and D are both incorrect because DSIL has not yet been exceeded. A is incorrect because Drywell temp is less than the design limit and going down.

B is correct because the wetwell temperature has exceeded the HCTL.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 82 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02042 The plant was operating at 99% power when an accident occurred. The following conditions exist:

An electrical fault has caused a lockout on SM-8.

MS-LIS-38A (level 3 input to ADS) has failed upscale.

Reactor level has been at -135 inches for the last 2 minutes.

All other plant equipment has operated as designed.

Assuming no operator actions, which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. ADS auto initiated from the Division 1 logic.

B. ADS auto initiated from the Division 2 logic.

C. ADS will not initiate automatically.

D. ADS will not initiate manually.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 218000K1.03 3.7/3.8 10CFR5541 & 45 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM and the following: Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation.

REFERENCE:

PPM 4.601.A3 rev. 13 page 4 LO000186 rev. 9, page 5 and fig. 7 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #12 RO T2, GP1, #17 LO: 5071 - State the condition that will automatically initiate ADS.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Under the conditions given, ADS will not auto initiate. There is not ECCS Div 2 systems and the Div 1 level 3 confirmatory y switch is out of service.

However, because of the arrangement of the logic, ADS could be manually initiated by a manual arm and depress initiation. Therefore, C is the only correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 83 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02043 The plant was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. The following conditions exist:

RPV pressure = 403 psig RHR-V-42B is closed with the amber override light illuminated RHR B is in the drywell spray mode Assuming no operator actions, which of the following is correct.

A. RHR-V-42B cannot be opened until one of the drywell spray valves is closed.

B. RHR-V-42B cannot be opened until both drywell spray valves are closed.

C. Drywell spray valves automatically close if RHR-V-42B is opened.

D. Drywell spray valves stay open if drywell pressure becomes negative.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 226001A2.20 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RHR/LPCI: CONTAINMENT SPRAY SYSTEM MODE; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: LOCA

REFERENCE:

LO000198 rev. 10, pages 16, 19, & 20 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - #LO000835 - SRO T2, GP1, #16 RO T2, GP2, #10 LO: 5781 - List the interlocks and trips for the RHR system.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because the 42 valves (injection for LPCI) can be opened anytime the control switch is place in open and reactor pressure is less than 470 psig. C is incorrect because there are no auto close signals for the 16 or 17 valves (drywell spray valves). D is correct for the same reason given in C.

COMMENTS: Same question as LO00835 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 84 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 85 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02044 The plant is operating at 90% power. FWLC is operating in 3-Element control with RPV Level instrument A as the selected level input.

Which of the following describes the effect on ACTUAL RPV LEVEL if an open circuit occurs in the selected RPV level instrument output causing it to fail downscale?

RPV level A. goes up to the level 8 setpoint.

B. goes down to the level 3 setpoint.

C. goes down approximately 3 inches and returns to normal.

D. remains steady at the selected setpoint.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO/SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 259002A2.02 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Loss of any number of Reactor Feedwater Inputs.

REFERENCE:

LO000157 rev. 11 pages 7 & 8 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - LX00406 - SRO T2, GP1, #18 RO T2, GP1, #23 LO: 5400 - Predict the expected response of the feedwater level control system in both Single and Three Element control to a failure of the selected level input.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Per the FWLC systems text, a failure of the selected FW level input to the FWLC system results in no change in the actual RPV level. FWLC auto shifts to the alternate level input. D is the correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 86 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 87 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02045 Which of the following describes the basis for the requirement to match Recirculation flows at high power levels?

Matched flows ensure A. there are no axial flux anomalies at rated conditions.

B. there are no radial flux anomalies at rated conditions.

C. that during a LOCA due to a Recirc piping break, the assumptions of the LOCA analysis are satisfied.

D. that during a LOCA due to a Recirc piping break, the assumptions of the EOP Basis document are satisfied.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 202001 2.2.25 2.5/3.7 10CFR55.43.2 - Knowledge of basis in Technical Specifications concerning the Recirc System.

REFERENCE:

TS 3.4.1 and TS 3.4.1 Bases SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #5 LO: 6925 - Identify the basis for any LCO.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are incorrect because as long as the reactor is not operating in the area of increased awareness, there is no concern with reactivity oscillations.

D is incorrect because the TS basis for 3.4.1 states as long as the loop flows are matched, the assumptions of the LOCA analysis are satisfied. C is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 88 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02046 The plant was operating at 98% power when an ATWS occurred. The main turbine has tripped.

There are 6 SRVs open.

Assuming no operator actions have been taken concerning pressure control, what is reactor pressure?

A. 1091 B. 1101 C. 1111 D. 1121 ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295037EA2.06 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: Reactor pressure

REFERENCE:

LO000128 rev. 8, page 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #4 LO: 5527 - List the opening setpoints for the SRVS RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: At 1101 psig in the reactor, there should be 6 SRVs open. 2 open at 1091 and 4 open at 1101. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 89 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00044 The plant was operating at 99% power when a Main Turbine Trip occurred but the reactor did not scram. Direction in the EOPs is given to manually open SRVs until pressure drops to 945 psig.

Which of the following describes the basis for this direction?

A. Assures that all possible energy is directed to the main condenser.

B. Maximizes the amount of steam condensed in the wetwell.

C. Maintains reactor water inventory in the containment.

D. Maintains pressure below the scram setpoint and allows resetting of the scram.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295037EK3.06 3.8/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN:

Maintaining heat sinks external to the containment.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev 6, page 175 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - EX00044 - SRO T1, GP1, #23 RO T1, GP1, # 11 LO: 8162 - Given a list identify the advantages of reducing reactor pressure to 945 psig if SRVS are cycling.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 5.0.10 says reducing reactor pressure to 945 psig with SRVs minimizes the addition of energy to the containment. D is correct, COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 90 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00019 The plant was operating at 99% power when a LOCA Signal was received. After verifying auto actions, the CRO notes neither LPCS-P-1 nor RHR-P-2A auto started nor do they have breaker indication on P601. Neither pump will start manually with their control switches on P601.

Which ONE of the following is the correct explanation for these conditions?

A loss of.

A. both B1-1 and C1-1 prior to the LOCA signal B. both B1-1 and C1-1 after the LOCA signal C. both B1-2 and C1-2 after the LOCA signal D. both B1-2 and C1-2 prior to the LOCA signal ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295004AA2.01 3.5/3.9 10CFR55.41, 43.5 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: Cause of partial or complete loss of DC power.

REFERENCE:

ABN-ELEC-125VDC rev. 1, page 11 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - EX00019 - SRO T1, GP2, #1 LO: 5262 - Relationship of RHR to 125 VDC RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A loss of Div 1 DC prior to a LOCA signal causes a loss of indication on P601 and a failure of the LPCS pump to start with either the control switch or from a LOCA signal. A is correct. D is incorrect because it references Div 2 DC power.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 91 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02047 The plant is operating at 100% power when a leak in the CAS System causes pressure to go down.

The following conditions exist:

CAS-C-1A, 1B, & 1C are running.

CAS-PCV-1, Dryer Bypass is open.

SA-PCV-2, Control/Service Air Crosstie is closed.

Annunciator CONTROL AIR HDR PRESS LOW is illuminated.

Annunciator SERVICE AIR HDR PRESS LOW is illuminated.

Annunciator SERVICE AIR HDR ISOLATED is illuminated.

Concerning these indications, which of the following is the correct Control Air Header pressure?

A. 72 B. 82 C. 92 D. 102 ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295019AA2.01 3.5/3.6 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR: Service air isolation valves

REFERENCE:

LO000205 rev. 8, page23 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP2, #7 LO: 5878 - List the expected automatic control air system response to a leak in the control air system.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: CAS-PCV-1 opens at 75 psig, which is the lowest pressure of any on the given indications. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 92 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02048 Which of the following is the reason an Emergency Depressurization is required if Secondary Containment Temperature exceeds its Max Safe Operating Value in more than one area?

Emergency Depressurization A. requires a manual scram, which may not have occurred up to this point.

B. reduces the total energy released to the primary and secondary containment.

C. promptly places the primary system in its lowest possible energy state.

D. rejects heat to the main condenser in preference to the reactor building.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO\RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295032EK3.01 3.5/3.8 10CFR55.42 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Emergency Depressurization

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 299 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON - SRO T1, GP2, #10 RO T1, GP3, #1 LO: 8459 - Given a list identify the statement that describes the two reasons for emergency depressurizing the RPV if on secondary containment parameter is above Maximum Safe Operation Levels in more than one area and a primary system is discharging reactor coolant into secondary containment .

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because Emergency Depressurization does not require a manual scram. B is incorrect because the total energy released is the same, it is just directed to the wetwell. D is incorrect because the Emergency Depressurization is completed using SRVs and not BPVs. C is the reason stated in PPM 5.0.10 and is the correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 93 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02069 The plant is operating at 88% power when the following auto actions take place:

SGT starts CSP/CEP isolates CN makeups isolate CR and TSC Emerg. Filtration starts and aligns to remote air intakes RB Emerg. Room Coolers start RB Lighting quenches RB EDR and FDR discharge headers isolate The plant remains operating at power following the initiations.

Which of the following is correct concerning these initiations?

These initiations were caused by a leak.

A. in the Recirc Pump Suction line.

B. from a Main Steam Line flow element.

C. from RWCU in the Heat Exchanger Room.

D. of spent resin from a RWCU Demin during regeneration.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295034EA2.02 3.7/4.2 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SECONDARY CONTAINMENT VENTILATION HIGH RADIATION Cause of the high radiation areas

REFERENCE:

ABN-FAZ-QC pages 3 & 4 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - MODIFIED - 2000 NRC EXAM EX00022 - SRO T1, GP2, #13 LO: 6914 - Given plant conditions identify those annunciators and indications that would indicate an FAZ actuation and entry into ABN-FAZ.

RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are incorrect because they would have scrammed the reactor along with starting the listed equipment. D is incorrect because the RWCU demins are located in the Radwaste building and would not cause a Z signal. C is correct because a leak in the RWCU heat exchanger room would cause spread of contamination throughout the reactor building and result in a Z signal trip.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 94 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00038 The plant is in MODE 1 at rated conditions with shift turnover in progress. The oncoming Shift Manager has been notified of the absence of the oncoming Mechanical Maintenance person and Plant Laborer due to an automobile accident.

Based on these conditions, which of the following is correct?

A. Both the Maintenance person and the Plant Laborer must be replaced within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of the start of the shift.

B. One equipment Operator can be designated as an emergency maintenance person, but the on duty Plant Laborer must remain on duty until relieved.

C. Neither the Maintenance person nor the Plant Laborer from the previous shift can leave the plant until relieved by a qualified employee.

D. One Health Physics person can be designated an emergency maintenance person and the Plant Laborer position can be left unmanned.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 600000 2.1.5 2.3/3.4 10CFR55.41, 43.5 - Ability to locate and use procedures and directives related to shift staffing and activities: Fire related.

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 44 & 45 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - 2000 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP21, #16 LO: 6071 - State the minimum staffing level and crew makeup required, both administrative and legal for any given situation.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 1.3.1 rev 56, page 44 & 45 JUSTIFICATION: Because the Laborer is a member of the Plant Fire brigade, he has to be relieved prior to leaving the plant, and must stay until relieved by a qualified Fire Brigade member. The Maintenance person is not a member of the Fire Brigade and can be replaced by one of the equipment operators on shift for emergency maintenance. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 95 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02049 The plant was operating at 89% power when a transient occurred resulting in a scram. It is now several minutes following the scram and the following conditions exist:

Reactor level = 53 inches and rising.

Reactor pressure = 1057 and steady.

RCIC is on at 600 gpm in auto.

HPCS and Feedwater are both off.

Assuming no further operator actions, which of the following will occur given these conditions?

A. RCIC-V-13 and 45 close.

RCIC-V-13 and 45 must be manually reopened to restart RCIC.

B. RCIC-V-13 and 45 close.

Reactor pressure increases and causes a scram signal.

RCIC-V-13 and 45 open when level is reduced to the initiation setpoint.

C. RCIC trips, RCIC-V-1 closes.

RCIC-V-1must be manually reopen to restart RCIC.

D. RCIC trips, RCIC-V-1 closes.

Reactor pressure increases and causes a scram signal.

RCIC-V-1 opens when level is reduced to the initiation setpoint.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 217000K3.02 3.6/3.6 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) will have on following: Reactor vessel pressure

REFERENCE:

LO000180 rev., 11, pages10-12 & 20, 21 lo000161 rev. 11, page11 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #10 RO T2, GP1, #15 LO: 5722 - list the RCIC system isolation signal and setpoints.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: RCIC-V-45 and 13 auto close at +54.5 inches. They auto open at -50 inches and initiate RCIC. Due to the design of RCIC, steam supply from the vessel and vessel return in the head spray line, it acts to suppress vessel pressure when in operation. When level reaches level 8 and the valves close, reactor pressure increases. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 96 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02050 Which of the following design features prevents vertical thermal stratification in the Suppression Pool?

A. SRV discharge quenchers are located in the upper elevations of the Suppression Pool.

B. Drywell floor downcomers are located in the upper elevations of the Suppression Pool.

C. RHR discharge lines are located below the elevation of the suctions lines.

D. RHR discharge lines are located above the elevation of the suctions lines.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295013AK1.01 2.5/2.6 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE: Pool Stratification.

REFERENCE:

Columbia FSAR 6.2.2.3 page 6.2-33 & 3 4 and figure 6.2-32 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #9 RO T1, GP2, #7 LO: NO LO RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C is incorrect because the FSAR states that the RHR discharge lines are located above the elevation of the suction lines for prevention of stratification.

A and B are incorrect because they are both located at a lower elevation in the suppression pool. D is correct as stated in the Columbia Generating Station FSAR.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 97 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02051 The plant is operating at 100% power when conditions inside the Reactor Building cause Reactor Building ventilation radiation level to increase to 18 mr/hr.

Which of the following is correct?

A. Manual action should have been taken to isolate Reactor Building Ventilation and start Standby Gas Treatment prior to exceeding the initiation setpoint to prevent a site boundary release.

B. Manual action should have been taken to isolate Reactor Building Ventilation and start Standby Gas Treatment prior to allow a ground level release from the reactor building and prevent a site boundary release.

C. SGT is verified to be in operation and Reactor Building Ventilation is verified to be isolated to allow a ground level release from the reactor building and prevent a site boundary release.

D. SGT is verified to be in operation and Reactor Building Ventilation is verified to be isolated to prevent a radioactive release to the environment from a system that should have isolated.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295038EA1.06 3.5/3.6 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Plant Ventilation

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 291 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #16 RO T1, GP2, #10 LO: 8460 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes the purpose to confirming RB HVAC isolation and SGT initiation when and FAZ exists.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because auto actions should have occurred before the indicated rad level was this high (13 mr/hr). C is incorrect because operation of SGT and isolation of RB Ventilation do NOT cause a ground level release. D is correct as defined by PPM 5.0.10 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 98 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 COMMENTS:

ex02052 The plant had been operating at 100% power for several months. A normal controlled shutdown to cold conditions is in progress. Reactor power is approximately 20 on range 8 of all IRMs, with a control rod insertion in progress. An event occurs that causes the reactor to scram on high power.

Which of the following is the minimum power level attained that caused the scram?

A. 1%

B. 6%

C. 10%

D. 16%

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295014AA2.01 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to INADVERTENT REACTIVITY ADDITION: Reactor Power

REFERENCE:

LO000138 rev. 7, page 8 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - COLUMBIA LER86-004 SRO T1, GP1, #17 LO: 5452 - Describe the correlation between IRM and APRM readings.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: As stated in the LER, reactor pressure perturbations from bypass valve operation caused an increase in reactor power. The increase in power causes an increase in IRM indication. When IRM levels increase to 120/125s of scale, a scram is inserted. Power level of 16% would cause a scram from mode switch position, but the IRM scram happens much sooner. B is the only correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 99 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02053 What is the basis for the 135° F Tech Spec LCO for Drywell Temperature?

Maintaining Drywell Temperature less than the LCO value assures that the A. external design pressure will not be exceed when starting one loop of RHR Drywell Spray.

B. drywell to wetwell interface will not fail during the blowdown portion of a DBA LOCA.

C. equipment inside the Drywell needed to mitigate the effects of a DBA LOCA will operate under conditions expected for the accident.

D. peak post LOCA drywell temperature does not exceed the design temperature of 290° F.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295028EK1.02 2.9/3.1 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE: Equipment environmental qualification.

REFERENCE:

Tech Spec Bases B3.6.1.4 page B3.6.1.4-1 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP2, #9 RO T1, GP2, #13 LO: 5635 - List the value for drywell design temperature.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The Basis for TS 3.6.1.4 states that as long as Drywell temperature is maintained less than the TS LCO of 135° F, that equipment inside the containment needed to mitigate the effects of a DBA LOCA will operate as expected. C is correct. A, B, and D are all misapplications or misstatements of other limits.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 100 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 101 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98116 The plant is in MODE 5 with fuel movement underway. A fuel bundle has been dropped and released enough radioactivity into the reactor coolant and to the 606 elevation of the reactor building to result in Reactor Building Exhaust Plenum high radiation of 22 mr/hr.

Which of the following systems is designed to minimize the leakage to the outside atmosphere during these conditions?

A. Control Room Ventilation B. Secondary Containment C. Primary Containment D. Reactor Building Ventilation.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295033EK1.03 3.9/4.2 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Radiation release.

REFERENCE:

LO000139 rev. 9, page 3 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - DIRECT - 98 NRC EXAM - SRO T1, GP2, #12 RO T1, G2, #116 LO: 6999 - State the purpose of Secondary Containment RATING: L3 L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B is the correct answer. The purpose of the Sec Cont is to minimize the release of radioactivity under these conditions. The other systems either would not limit the spread of radioactivity to the environment or are isolated.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 102 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02054 The plant is shutdown with RHR-P-2B running in the Shutdown Cooling Mode.

RRC-P-1A is off with RRC-V-67A (1A discharge) closed.

RRC-P-1B is off with RRC-V-67B (1B discharge) closed.

Reactor level is +60 inches RRC-V-67A is then inadvertently opened.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. No effect on Shutdown Cooling, the suction for RHR-P-2B is from Recirculation Loop B.

B. No effect on Shutdown Cooling, the discharge from RHR-P-2B for Shutdown Cooling goes directly into the core.

C. Shutdown Cooling has bypassed the core and may cause undetected heating of the vessel if level falls below +50 inches.

D. Shutdown Cooling has bypassed the core and may cause undetected heating of the vessel if level falls below +60 inches.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 205000K6.03 3.1/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM/MODE: Recirculation system.

REFERENCE:

SOP-RHR-SDC rev. 0, page 16 and LO000198 rev 10, page 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #7 RO T2, GP2, #7 LO: 5774 - Describe the flow path for RHR Shutdown Cooling.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: As stated in PPM 2.4.2, when the 67A valve is opened, a short circuit pathway is opened. If Reactor level is reduced to less than 60 inches, core circulation cannot be assured and undetected heating is the result. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 103 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02055 The plant is in MODE 4. The following conditions exist:

Reactor level = 72 inches Coolant temperature = 160°F RRC-P-1A = Off RRC-P-1B = Off RHR-P-2B = On in Shutdown Cooling.

What is the basis for the level limitation under these conditions?

Reactor level at 72 inches ensures water level is A. above the turn around point , there is flow through the core, and thermal stratification will be prevented B. below the dryer skirt, there is flow from the steam dryer through the core, and thermal stratification is prevented.

C. below the feedwater spargers which promotes better mixing of incoming feedwater to prevent uneven heating of the reactor pressure vessel.

D. above the jet pumps which promotes mixing from the recirculation loops and prevents uneven heating in the reactor pressure vessel.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 290002 2.4.21 (2) 3.7/4.3 10CFR55.43.5 & 45 - Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to assess the status safety functions including: 2 Core cooling and heat removal - Reactor Vessel internals.

REFERENCE:

PPM 3.2.1 rev. 46, page 7 LO000198 rev. 10, page 38 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SROT2, GP3, #2 LO: NO LO RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Reactor level at 72 inches ensures water is above the turnaround point and that thermal stratification will be avoided. A is correct. B is incorrect because reactor level is above the dryer skirt at 72 inches. C is incorrect because level is above the feedwater spargers. D is incorrect because mixing from the recirc loops does not promote core flow/circulation.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 104 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 105 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02056 As the Shift Manager, you have been notified that an employee with unescorted access has processed through the Primary Access Point and into the protected area without being observed by a Security Officer. There are no Security Officers in the Primary Access point.

Which of the following is the correct action for these conditions?

A. No action is necessary, the employee has unescorted access and passed through the explosive and metal detectors.

B. Notify the NRC within 14 days.

C. Immediately make a verbal notification to the Security Supervisor and notify the NRC within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

D. Immediately make a verbal notification to the Security Supervisor and notify the NRC within 14 days.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.13 2.0/2.9 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45 - Knowledge of the facility requirements for controlling vital/controlled access.

REFERENCE:

PPM 1.10.1 rev 22 pages 6 & 11 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC ADMIN EXAM - SRO T3, #2 WNP02 LER 96-S01-00 LO: 6011 - Given procedures determine reportability for a specific event.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 1.10.1 pages 6 & 11 JUSTIFICATION: PPM 1.10.1 requires that any condition/event that threatens or lessens the physical security of the plant be reported to the Security Supervisor immediately. Furthermore, the actual event was reported under 10cfr73 app G, which requires a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> notification to the NRC. C is the correct answer.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 106 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 107 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00039 The plant is in MODE 5 with control rod removal underway. Control rod 30-31 has to be uncoupled from above the core.

Which of the following tools is used for this action?

A. Fuel support tool B. Control rod grapple C. Control rod guide tube grapple D. Control rod latch tool ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.27 2.6/3.5 10CFR55.43 - Knowledge of the refueling process.

REFERENCE:

LO000207 rev. 9, page 15 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION #3982- Slightly Modified - SRO T3, #6 LO: 7701 - State the purpose of the control rod latch tool.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The tool used to unlatch and remove a control rod from above the core is the control rod latch tool. D is correct.

COMMENTS: Changed question for clarification.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 108 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02059 The plant is operating at 99% power with the following equipment out of service:

Battery charger C2-1 CRD-P-1A TO-P-BOP Main Bearing Oil Pump Which of the following events will cause the 250 VDC battery discharge rate to go up (discharge faster)?

A. Inadvertent HPCS initiation.

B. Inadvertent Div 1 ECCS initiation.

C. Main Turbine Trip.

D. RFW-P-1A trip.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 263000A1.01 2.5/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the DC Electrical Distribution controls including: Battery charging discharging rate.

REFERENCE:

LO000188 rev. 6, pages 28 & 29 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #11 RO T2, GP2, #14 LO: 5263 - Given a list of loads important to plant safety, identify its relation to 250 VDC bus S2-1.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because they will cause no drain on the 250 VDC system directly, and no drain for any indirect reasons. The trip of the feedpump causes a runback of recirc, but no increased discharge either directly or indirectly on the 250 VDC system. C is correct because the Turbine Trip with the Bearing oil pump out of service causes the Emergency Bearing Oil Pump to start, which is powered from S2-1, 250 VDC.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 109 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02058 The plant is in MODE 5 with a Full Core Verification in progress.

Which of the following is considered a core alteration?

A. Withdrawal of one SRM with the control switch from the control room.

B. Withdrawal of a control rod from a cell with no fuel.

C. Movement of an irradiated fuel bundle in the Fuel Pool.

D. Reseating of a fuel bundle in the core with the refuel mast.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.34 2.3/3.3 10CFR55.43.6 - Knowledge of the process for determining the internal and external effects on core reactivity.

REFERENCE:

PPM 6.3.5 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON - SRO T3, #7 LO: 7699 - For a given refueling operation, determine if the evolution is a Core Alteration.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A , B, and C are all incorrect because they do not meet the Tech Spec definition of a core alteration. D is correct because PPM 6.3.5 specifically states the reseating of a fuel bundle during core verification is a core alteration.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 110 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02060 Which of the following is correct when a High High Rad signal for Radwaste Effluent is received during a discharge to the river?

A. No auto actions, alarm only.

B. FDR-V-187 & 188 (RW Effluent) auto close.

C. FDR-P-45 (RW Eff. Sample Pump) trips, FDR-V-187 & 188 are closed manually.

D. CBD-LCV-1 auto closes to isolate the discharge to the river.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 272000K1.05 2.8/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM and the following: Radwaste System.

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-0400-T6 rev. 9, page18 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #12 RO T2, GP2, #15 LO: 5647 - State the auto actions of Radwaste Effluent upon sensing high radiation.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because the Hi alarm has no actions, a Hi Hi causes the effluent isolation valves to close. C is incorrect because the sample pump does not trip and the valves auto close. D is incorrect because the action to isolate the discharge to the river occurs upstream of the CW System. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 111 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02061 A RWCU Demineralizer resin transfer is in progress when a leak in the system occurs. WEA-RIS-14 Radwaste Building Exhaust and WEA-RIS-14A Radwaste Building Exhaust Extended Range are both in alarm.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. No auto action occurs, these rad monitors are alarm only.

B. All resin transfer pumps trip immediately.

C. ROA-FN-1A/1B and WEA-FN-1A/1B trip.

D. ROA-FN-1A and WEA-FN-1A trip.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 268000A1.01 2.7/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RADWASTE controls including: Radiation level

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-0400-T6 rev. 9, page 41 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP3, #4 RO T2, GP3, #4 LO: 5647 - State the auto actions of Radwaste Effluent upon sensing high radiation.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Neither of the WEA radiation indicating switches have auto actions associated with Hi indications, only alarm. A is the only correct response.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 112 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02062 The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred. As the Shift Manager you have declared an Alert and have become the Emergency Director.

Which of the following can relieve the Shift Manager as the Emergency Director?

A. The OSC Manager or the EOF Manager B. The TSC Manager or the JIC Manager.

C. The OSC Manager or the JIC Manager D. The TSC Manager or the EOF Manager.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.40 2.3/4.0 10CFR55.45 - Knowledge of the SROs responsibility in Emergency Plan Implementation.

REFERENCE:

PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 3 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T3, #14 LO: 6132 - Identify the persons who may assume the position of Emergency Director.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: As stated in PPM 13.1.1, only the TSC or the EOF Manager can assume the Emergency Director position. Neither the OSC nor the JIC Managers are permitted to assume this roll. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 113 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02070 The plant was operating at 99% power when a scram occurred. Four control rods stopped at position 02.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

Reactor shutdown is A. not assured; immediately depress the manual scram pushbuttons and initiate ARI.

B. not assured; immediately confirm reactor power is downscale on the APRMs.

C. assured; immediately depress the manual scram pushbuttons and initiate ARI.

D. assured; immediately confirm reactor power is downscale on the APRMs.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295006AA2.01 4.5/4.6 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Reactor power.

REFERENCE:

PPM 3.3.1 REV. 39, page 6 PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 186 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #20 LO: 8182 - Given a list, identify the criteria that must be met to ensure that the reactor is shutdown with no boron injected.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C and D are incorrect because reactor shutdown cannot be assured with 4 control rods at position 02. B is incorrect because confirmation of reactor power on the APRMs is not an immediate scram action. A is correct because shutdown cannot be assured and the scram procedure requires that the manual scram pushbuttons be depressed and ARI be initiated immediately if all rods do not insert.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 114 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02063 The plant was operating at 96% power when a transient occurred resulting in high hydrogen concentration in the containment. You have been directed to perform PPM 5.5.16 Emergency Drywell and Wetwell Purging.

Which of the following parameters must be monitored during the performance of this procedure?

A. Suppression Chamber Temperature B. Suppression Pool Level C. Drywell Temperature D. Drywell Pressure ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 500000EA1.07 3.4/3.3 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to SCRAM: Nitrogen purge system.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.5.16 rev. 6, page 3 and PPM 4.603.A7.6-4 rev. 28 page 65 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #26 RO T1, GP1, #12 LO: NO LO RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: During a nitrogen purge, containment pressure is the parameter of concern.

Without a concurrent containment vent in progress, containment pressure increases. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 115 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02064 The plant is operating at 98% power. Maintenance is performing repair work in the area of the Main Turbine Front Standard. Each person is allowed a maximum dose of 300 mrem for the job.

Which of the following will increase the allowable individual stay time for this job?

A. Failure of the Main Oil Pump on the HP end of the Main Turbine.

B. Condenser air in-leakage greater than the capacity of Offgas.

C. Assignment of three additional Maintenance Personnel.

D. Rotate personnel out of the rad area for short periods of time.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295005 2.3.2 2.5/2.9 10CFR55.41, 43.4, & 49 - Knowledge of the ALARA program - Turbine Trip.

REFERENCE:

LO000129 rev. 9, page 32 LO000161 rev. 11, page 11 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP2, #4 LO: 5568 - List parameters and setpoints that will cause a turbine trip.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Because a maximum allowable dose is given, individual stay time can be increased by reduction of the rad field, increasing distance from the source, or adding shielding. Since this is a job on a particular piece of equipment, the distance from the source is fixed. Additional shielding was not given as a possible alternative, therefore only a reduction in the strength of the rad field is possible. C and D are both incorrect because they do not increase the stay time given the maximum dose. A is incorrect because it does not result in a reduction of the rad field; the main turbine does not trip. B is correct because the leak results in a trip of the main turbine and a reactor scram resulting in a reduction of the rad field.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 116 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02065 The plant was operating at 99% power when a transient occurred. The following conditions now exist:

Drywell Temperature = 274°F Drywell Pressure = 59 psig Suppression Chamber Pressure = 54 psig Suppression Pool Temperature = 72°F Suppression Pool Level = 31 feet Which of the following is the cause of these conditions?

A. A LOCA with an SRV tail pipe broken above the suppression pool.

B. A LOCA with a broken Drywell Floor.

C. An ATWS with all Bypass Valves failed closed.

D. An ATWS with a broken Drywell Floor Downcomer.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 295028EA2.05 3.6/3.8 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 44.5 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE: Torus/Suppression chamber pressure.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 pages 91 & 92 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON - SRO T1, GP1, #8 LO: 8339 - Given a list recognize the primary containment functions that the Pressure Suppression Curve is designed to protect.

RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.0.10 page 91 (without text)

JUSTIFICATION: The only way to achieve the conditions given is to have a steam discharge into the containment with a bypass of the suppression pool: a loss of the pressure suppression function. The only response that results in this condition is B. B is correct. The other responses do not result in the loss of the pressure suppression function.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 117 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02066 An accident occurred causing a radioactive release. An evacuation has been advised for Sector 1. Meteorological conditions have changed with the wind now blowing from 135°.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

Evacuate A. Section 2.

B. Section 3a.

C. Section 3b.

D. Section 4 ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295038EK1.03 2.8/3.8 10CFRE55.41 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Meteorological effects on Rad release

REFERENCE:

Columbia Classification Notification Form (CNF) #968-24075 r16 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T1, GP1, #24 RO T1, GP2, #17 LO: 8893 - Identify required PARs fro each Emergency Classification.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - CNF Form 968-24075 rev 16 JUSTIFICATION: Wind direction has changed 90° from its original direction. It is now blowing from the 135° to 315° , requiring evacuation of Sector 4. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 118 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02067 The plant was operating at 97% power when a complete loss of offsite power occurred. All plant systems responded as designed. Reactor level is -10 inches and up fast. There have been no operator actions since the LOOP. HPCS-P-2 (HPCS Service Water) then trips.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. DG-3 is allowed to run indefinitely without HPCS-P-2 in operation.

B. DG-3 is allowed to run until the HPCS pump is no longer needed for level control.

C. Immediately trip DG-3 at the local panel with the Emergency Stop pushbutton.

D. Immediately trip DG-3 from P601 with the Emergency Stop pushbutton.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: SRO/RO KA # & KA VALUE: 209002K6.03 2.5/2.6 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS): Component Cooling Water system.

REFERENCE:

ABN-SW rev. 2, page 2 SOURCE: NEW QUESITON - SRO T2, GP1, #4 RO T2, GP1, #7 LO: 6760 - State the immediate actions associated with ABN-SW.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: With a loss of service water to the HPCS DG, ABN-SW requires that DG3 be tripped with the emergency stop pushbutton at the local panel. C is the only correct action.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 119 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02068 Which of the following activities require the initiation of an Action Request?

A. Relocation of the control switches for SGT-B-1A1 & 1B1.

B. Replacement of the motor operator (same design) for SGT-V-2A.

C. Performance of an Electrical Surveillance on SGT-V-3A1.

D. Performance of a valve lineup following a refueling outage.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: SRO KA # & KA VALUE: 261000 2.2.14 2.1/3.0 10CFR55.43.3, 45 - Knowledge of the process for making configuration changes - SGT

REFERENCE:

SWP-AIT-01 rev. 2, page6 SWP-DES-01 rev. 1, page 7 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP1, #15 LO: NO LO RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - SWP-DES-01 rev. 1, page 7 JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because it is a modification to a system in the power block as defined in SWP-DES-1. B is incorrect because the replacement of a motor operator with the same design motor is a maintenance procedure and not a system modification. C and D are both incorrect because they are covered by surveillance procedures.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 120 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02069 The plant is operating at 99% when reactor level decreases several inches and stabilizes at a new level lower than the setpoint. The Channel A level instrument is selected.

Which of the following is the cause of these indications?

A. MS-RV-4D on Main Steam Line D fails open.

B. MS-V-160A (#1 BPV) fails open.

C. Steam flow transmitter RFW-DPT-803A fails open instantly.

D. Reactor level transmitter RFW-DPT-4A fails downscale instantly.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 259002A3.03 3.2/3.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to monitor automatic operations of the REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM including:

Changes in Main Steam Flow

REFERENCE:

LO000157 rev. 11, pages 19 & 20 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #24 LO: 5400 - Predict the expected response of the Feedwater Level Control System with an SRV failed open.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A failure of instrumentation to FWLC causes an instantaneous shift to single element control. The result of this failure is no indicated change in level. C and D are incorrect. B is incorrect because the BPV is located downstream of the flow restrictors and will have no effect on indicated steam flow. A is correct because the open RV causes indicated steam flow to decrease and a corresponding decrease in feed flow until the level signal increase feed flow and stabilizes level at a new lower level.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 121 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02084 Several minutes ago several alarms were received in the control room. Upon investigation, the control room operator finds Standby Gas Treatment in operation controlling reactor building pressure. Reactor Building HVAC has tripped. The reactor continues to operate at 99% power.

Which of the following caused these indications?

A. 1.72 psig in the drywell.

B. +3 inches reactor level.

C. Leaking fuel in the spent fuel pool.

D. High reactor building dp.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 261000A2.12 3.2/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High fuel pool ventilation radiation.

REFERENCE:

82-RSY-1000-T6 rev. 8, pages1 & 10 LO000144 rev. 11, page14 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #26 LO: 5679 - Describe the RB HVAC system response to the LOCA isolation signals - FAZ RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because they would result in a reactor scram. D is incorrect because it does not result in a start of SGT. C is correct because the hi rad/airborne contamination would enter the RB HVAC system from the suction over the fuel pool and cause a Z signal when the ventilation exhaust exceeded 13 mrem/hr.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 122 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 123 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01103 The plant is operating at 89% power. DG-1 has been started and loaded per the monthly operability surveillance. During the operability run, Drywell pressure increases to 2.02 psig. Five minutes later, a loss of all offsite power occurs.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. DG-1 continues to run until the trip of DG1-7 on the loss of offsite power.

B. DG-1 trips and has to be manually restarted. DG1-7 is manually synced to SM-7.

C. DG1-7 trips, DG-1 continues to run, DG1-7 auto closes when the loss of all offsite power occurs.

D. DG1-7 trips, DG-1 trips, DG-1 restarts and DG1-7 auto closes when the loss of all offsite power occurs.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 264000A2.09 3.7/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEL/JET); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Loss of AC power.

REFERENCE:

LO000200 rev. 8, pages 20 & 21 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION 2001 NRC exam- RO T2, GP1, #28 LO: 5317 - List the four trip signals for DG1-7.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: During the operability run, DG-1 is paralleled to the Backup Transformer.

When the high drywell pressure occurs, DG1-7 trips and DG-1 continues to run. When the loss of offsite power occurs, DG1-7 recloses automatically. C is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 124 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 125 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02071 At which of the following power levels will the change in neutron flux cause the most damage during a control rod drop accident?

A. 5 B. 20 C. 35 D. 50 ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 201003K3.02 2.8/3.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CONTROL ROD AND DRIVE MECHANISM will have on following: Flux shaping

REFERENCE:

LO000137 rev. 11, page3 LO000154 rev.10, pages 2 & 3 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP2, #1 LO: 7283 - State the purpose of flux shaping and rod sequencing.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The damage caused during a control rod drop accident is caused by the change in flux or reactivity. When power exceeds 20% power, there is no operator error that can cause fuel enthalpy to exceed 280 cal./gram. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 126 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00003 The plant is operating at rated power when a fault causes an automatic power reduction to approximately 60% of rated.

Assuming no operator actions were taken, which of the following would result in these conditions?

A. SH-6 trip.

B. SM-1 trip.

C. SM-3 trip D. SM-8 trip ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 202001A4.01 3.7/3.7 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Recirculation pumps

REFERENCE:

LO000196 rev. 12, page 32 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - RO T2, G2, #5 LO: 5030 - State the power supplies for the Recirc pumps.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is correct because the loss of power to RRC-P-1B would result in a power reduction to approximately 60% power. B and C would cause a full scram due to a loss of suction pressure trip on the feedpumps (with no operator action). D would cause a 1/2 scram but no reduction in power.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 127 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02072 The plant was operating at 100% power when a scram occurred due to an MSIV isolation.

Which of the following caused this isolation?

A loss of A. RPS-A B. RPS-B C. IN-2 D. IN-3 ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 239001K2.01 3.2/3.3 10CFR55.41 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: MSIV solenoids

REFERENCE:

LO000173 rev. 9, page 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - SRO T2, GP2, #12 LO: 7783 - Predict the effect a failure of IN2 will have on MSIVs.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A, B, and C, are both incorrect because they only de-energize 1/2 of the logic design needed to cause a full isolation. IN-2 both sub channels of the inboard MSIVs causing all 4 to close and a full scram. C is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 128 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02073 The plant is operating at 99% power with LPCS-P-1 running in full flow test for a surveillance. A small leak in the drywell causes drywell pressure to increase to the LPCS initiation setpoint.

Which of the following valves responds first?

A. LPCS-V-1 Suction B. LPCS-V-5 Injection C. LPCS-FCV-11 Minimum Flow D. LPCS-V-12 Test Return ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295024EA1.03 4.0/3.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: LPCS

REFERENCE:

LO000192 rev. 9 pages 4 and 5 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - LR00688 - RO T1, GP1, #7 LO: 5482 - List the automatic system response when LPCS initiates.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because there is no auto signal for V-1. B is incorrect because the injection valve does not open until reactor pressure decreases to less than 470 psig. C is incorrect because the min flow valve does not open until flow decreases. D is correct: as soon as the initiation occurs, the Test Return valve closes.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 129 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02074 Which of the following is prevented by the performance of the PC Gas leg of PPM 5.2.1 Primary Containment Control?

A. Damage to Standby Gas Treatment from excessive hydrogen concentration.

B. An uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment.

C. Damage to drywell equipment from drywell sprays.

D. A failure of the drywell downcomers.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 500000 2.3.11 2.7/3.2 10CFR55.45 - Ability to control radiation release during high containment hydrogen.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 page 267 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T1, GP1, #13 LO: 8425 - Identify the possible consequence of a deflagration in containment.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: PPM 5.0.10 states the reason/basis for the PC Gas control leg of PPM 5.2.1 is to prevent the uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 130 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02075 The plant is operating at 99% power. The following conditions exist:

Five cooling towers are in operation.

Six Circ Water fans are running on each tower.

Two Circ Water pumps are running.

Condenser vacuum is going down.

Which of the following is true concerning these conditions?

A. Starting all available cooling tower fans causes main generator output to go down because of an increase in plant auxiliary power.

B. Starting all available cooling tower fans causes main generator output to go up because of an increase in Circ Water flow.

C. Starting the third Circ Water Pump causes main condenser vacuum to go down because of an increase in Circ Water flow.

D. Starting the third Circ Water Pump causes main condenser vacuum to go up because of an increase in condensate sub cooling.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295002AA1.07 3.1/2.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to LOSS OF MAIN CONDENSER VACUUM:

Condenser Circ Water System

REFERENCE:

BWR Gen. Fun. Thermodynamics, Chap. 4, rev. 3, pages35 & 36 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T1, GP2, #2 LO: 7393 - Explain vacuum formation in the condenser process.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Vacuum can be increased (back pressure decreased) by increasing the condensate sub cooling. Sub cooling can be increased by increasing CW flow or decreasing CW temperature. D is correct because vacuum increases by increasing CW flow (starting the 3rd pump). C is incorrect because vacuum increases. B is incorrect because starting all available fans does not increase CW flow. A is incorrect because main generator output goes up not down.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 131 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 132 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02077 The plant was operating at 25% power when an ATWS occurred. You have been directed to insert control rods per PPM 5.5.11 Alternate Control Rod Insertions by the CRS.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. The continuous in pushbutton can be used for control rod insertion.

B. Single notch insertion must be used for control rod insertion.

C. Control rods must be inserted according to the fast shutdown sequence.

D. All control rods must be inserted to position 12 before insertion to position 00.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 201002 2.4.6 3.1/4.0 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Knowledge of the symptom based EOP mitigation strategies - Reactor Manual control system.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 200 SOURCE: NEW QESTION - RO T2, GP1, #1 LO: NO LO RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: Per the EOP IMPLEMENTATION POLICY given in PPM 5.0.10, the CONTINUOUS IN pushbutton can be used for control rod insertion directed by PPM 5.5.11. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 133 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01065 With reactor level GT TAF, operation of the LPCS Pump is NOT allowed with suppression pool level LT the Vortex Limit of the pump.

Which of the following describes the reason for this limit?

A. Loss of NPSH results in pump run out and motor overheating.

B. Loss of NPSH results in a pump trip from low suction pressure.

C. Air entrainment can cause pitting and failure in the spray ring nozzles.

D. Air entrainment could occur and cause system damage during subsequent restarts.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 209001K6.03 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM: Suppression Pool water level

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6 pages 262 & 263 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - RO T2, GP1, #5 LO: 8388 - Given a list, identify the statement that describes a centrifugal pumps response to operation below its Vortex Limit.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because a loss of NPSH does not cause pump run out and overheating. B is incorrect because there is no low suction pressure trip on LPCS. C is incorrect because the spray ring is in a high pressure area. D is correct as stated in PPM 5.0.10.

COMMENTS: This question was used for the 2001 exam but with HPCS as the system in question. The only changes to the question were based on LPCS as the system in question versus HPCS. This is considered a direct bank question.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 134 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02078 A plant startup is in progress with the following conditions:

Reactor power is approximately 3%

IRM A = 75/125 R8 IRM B = 39/40 R7 IRM C = 65/125 R8 IRM D = 25/40 R7 IRM E = 59/125 R8 IRM F = 60/125 R8 IRM G = 47/125 R8 IRM H = 35/125 R8 The High Voltage supply for IRM E then fails.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. There is no effect on plant operation.

B. Full scram.

C. Rod out Block.

D. 1/2 scram on RPS A.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 215003K3.04 3.6/3.6 10CFR55.41, & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the INTERMEDIATE RANGE MONITOR (IRM)

SYSTEM will have on following: Reactor Protection System.

REFERENCE:

LO000138 rev. 7, page 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #11 LO:

RATING: 5459 - List the IRM scrams and rod blocks ATTACHMENT: H3 JUSTIFICATION: NONE The loss of the HV power supply for IRM E causes an INOP scram signal on RPS A. IRM B already has generated a 1/2 scram on RPS B, so the combination results in a full scram. B is correct.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 135 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 136 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01042 The plant was operating at 89% power when a transient occurred. The CRS has directed the CRO to open the seven ADS SRVs by arming and depressing the A and C Logic Channel pushbuttons.

When the CRO pushes the pushbuttons, the seven ADS SRVs open immediately. All seven ADS SRVs close immediately upon release of the pushbuttons by the CRO.

Which one of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. RHR-P-2A is not running.

B. RHR-P-2C is not running.

C. The Division 2 Inhibit switch is in the INHIBIT position.

D. The Division 1 Inhibit switch is in the INHIBIT position.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 218000A4.02 4.2/4.2 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: ADS initiation logic.

REFERENCE:

LO000186 rev. 9, page 4 SOURCE: BANK QUESTON - 2001 NRC EXAM - RO T2, GP1, #18 LO: 5073 - State how ADS is manually initiated including permissive.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: With all ADS logic made up (all auto contacts made up and the 105 second timer timed out) and the INHIBIT Switches in inhibit, there is no auto initiation.

If all ADS logic is made up and the Arm and Depress logic pushbuttons are pushed with the INHIBIT Switches in inhibit, the valves open. When the pushbutton is released, the valves close. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 137 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02079 The plant is operating at 100% power. Multiple alarms illuminate on FCP-1, 2, and 3. Immediately following these alarms a plant laborer calls and informs you there is smoke billowing out of the RFW-P-1B room.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

Immediately A. Evacuate all non-emergency personnel from the TG Building.

B. Call OPS 3 to verify the fire.

C. Notify the Hanford FD by use of the pushbutton on FCP-1 D. Notify SCC of the location of the fire.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 259001 2.4.25 2.9/3.4 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of Fire Protection procedures - Reactor Feedwater Systems

REFERENCE:

ABN-FIRE rev. 3, page 2 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #22 LO: 6902 - Describe the immediate actions for a fire.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B is incorrect because someone has already verified the existence of a fire.

C is incorrect because SCC notifies the Hanford FD. D is incorrect because notification of SCC is an immediate action if the fire is outside of the power block. The immediate actions for ABN-FIRE require that all non-emergency personnel be evacuated from the affected building immediately. A is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 138 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02080 The plant is operating at 100% power. A loss of power occurs on SM-8 due to a lockout.

Which of the following is correct for this condition?

APRM power is indicated on A. all normal power indicators on P603.

B. Division 1 power indications on P603.

C. Division 2 power indications on P603.

D. Graphic Display System on P602.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 215005A4.02 2.8/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: CRT display indicators

REFERENCE:

ABN-ELEC-SM3/SM8 rev. 0, page 19 GDS Design Spec. SGPS9401 rev/

2, APP A table 1.1, page 1 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #14 LO: NO LO RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The loss of SM-8 causes a loss of all reactor power indication on P603 and a loss of Div 2 APRMs. The GDS system selects the highest power input it receives from the operable APRMs (Div 1) and displays that value. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 139 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02081 During the last refuel outage, two holes (5 inches by 6 inches) were opened in the floor under H13-P682 in the main control room. The plant was started up and is now operating at 97% power.

Which of the following describes the operational implication of operating the plant in this configuration?

A. The normal Control Room Ventilation system flow balance will be changed and will not be able to cool all control room equipment.

B. The Control Room Deluge Systems will not be effective because of the change in the spray patterns caused by the change in ventilation.

C. The Control Room Emergency Filtration System will not be able to pressurize the control room when required during emergency conditions.

D. The Control Room Emergency Filtration System will not be able to filter the incoming atmosphere due to the bypass flow path created.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 290003K5.02 2.8/2.8 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to CONTROL ROOM HVAC: Differential pressure control.

REFERENCE:

LO000201 rev. 9, pages 2 & 3 Columbia LER 94-021 SOURCE: NEW QUESTON - RO T2, GP2, #19 LO: 5220 - State the purpose of the Control Room HVAC system.

RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A is incorrect because there would be no change in the flow balance or cooling for control room equipment. B is incorrect because there are not deluge systems in the control room. D is incorrect because the holes in the floor are downstream from the filters and would have no effect on filtration. C is correct as stated in the LER.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 140 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 141 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98023 The following conditions exist:

Isolated ATWS Reactor level +19 inches and down slow Reactor pressure 999 psig and up slow Suppression pool level 31 feet and up slow Suppression pool temperature 220°F and going up Which of the following is correct for the above conditions?

A. Start RCIC for reactor level control.

B. Reduce reactor pressure to 600 psig to allow injection with Condensate Booster Pumps.

C. Immediately Emergency Depressurize the reactor.

D. Start HPCS and reduce suppression pool level.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295025EA2.03 3.9/4.1 10CFR55.41, 43.5, &45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:

Suppression Pool Temperature.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.2.1, rev 12 - HCTL SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC EXAM - RO T1, G1, #8 LO: 8302 - Given plant conditions, determine current operating point on the HCTL curve.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: YES - PPM 5.2.1 JUSTIFICATION: A and B are both incorrect because level control is secondary to protecting the containment at this time. D is incorrect because suppression pool level is normal and a level reduction would only hurt at this time.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 142 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01113 Which of the following describes how low pressure LPCI Injection piping is protected from full reactor pressure?

RHR-V-42A (42B and 42C) are interlocked closed until reactor pressure is less than A. 160 psig.

B. 220 psig C. 320 psig.

D. 470 psig.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 203000K4.02 3.3/3.4 10CFR55.41.7 - Knowledge of RHR/LPCI:

INJECTION MODE design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Prevention of piping overpressurization.

REFERENCE:

LO000198 rev. 10, page 3 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - T2, GP1, #4 LO: 7728 - Describe the physical connections and/or cause and effect relationships between RHR and the RPV.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: The LPCI Injection valves are interlocked closed to prevent overpressurization until reactor pressure is reduced to less than 470 psig. D is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 143 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex01128 The plant was operating at 97% power when a LOCA occurred. The LOCA signal is sealed in and has not been reset. All plant equipment functioned as designed. RHR-P-2A is in operation in Upper Drywell Spray. RHR-P-2B is in operation in Wetwell Spray. A lockout on Bkr 7-1 then causes the Startup Transformer to trip.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. RHR-P-2A is in operation with power from the Backup transformer. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from the Backup Transformer B. RHR-P-2A is in operation with power from DG-1. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from DG-2.

C. RHR-P-2A is off. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from the Backup Transformer D. RHR-P-2A is off. RHR-P-2B is in operation with power from DG-2.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 226001K2.02 2.9/2.9 10CFR55.41.7 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Pumps

REFERENCE:

LO000182 rev. 12. page 30 LO000198 rev. 10, page 43 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2001 NRC EXAM - RO T2, GP2, #11 LO: 5058 - Identify the loads on SM-7.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: RHR-P-2A is powered from SM-7. With the 86 on Bkr 7-1, neither the DG nor the Backup transformer close onto the bus. RHR-P-2A is not in operation. The loss of TR-S causes an undervoltage on SM-8. Bkr B-8 closes and supplies the bus. RHR-P-2B is in operation. C is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 144 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 145 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex99097 The plant is in MODE 5 with a full core off load 98% completed. RHR-P-2B is in operation in Fuel Pool Cooling Assist mode. Breaker 8-3 trips due to overcurrent.

Which of the following is correct based on these conditions?

A. DG-2 starts and supplies bus SM-8.

B. Breaker B-8 closes and supplies bus SM-8.

C. The spent fuel pool temperature begins to increase.

D. RHR-P-2C will be started in Fuel Pool Cooling Assist Mode.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 233000K2.02 2.8/2.9 10CFR55.41.7 - Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: RHR pumps

REFERENCE:

LO000202 page 14 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION- 99 NRC EXAM RO T2, G3, #3 LO: 5371- Predict how FPCC responds to a loss of RHR.

RATING: H3 ATTACHMENT: N/A COMMENTS: A trip of breaker 8-3 on overcurrent causes a lockout and none of the power supplies close onto the bus. The result is a loss of RHR-P-2B and a heatup of the spent fuel pool. RHR-P-2C cannot be lined up for FPC Assist. C is correct.

JUSTIFICATION:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 146 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98086 The reactor is in MODE 5 with fuel movement underway. After moving a bundle through the cattle chute and into the vessel cavity, it is observed that the ROD BLOCK INTERLOCK #1 light does not illuminate. The HOIST LOADED indicator is illuminated. The control room reports no rod block indication.

Which of the following actions is correct for these conditions?

A. Immediately stop the refuel bridge until the inoperable rod block is corrected.

B. Immediately initiate action to insert all insertable control rods in core cells containing one or more fuel assemblies.

C. The fuel bundle may be moved back to the spent fuel pool, then immediately suspend in-vessel fuel movement.

D. Fuel movement may continue as long as ROD BLOCK INTERLOCK #2 is operable.

ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.1.11 3.0/3.8 10CFR55.43.2 &45 - Knowledge of less than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Tech Spec Action statements for systems.

REFERENCE:

TS 3.9.1 and TS Bases 3.9.1 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC EXAM - RO T3, #4 LO: 6926 - State from memory, Tech Spec actions required to be taken in less than 15 minutes.

RATING: H3 H4 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C is correct because TS Bases specifically allow the movement of the component to a safe condition even though the action is for immediate suspension of in vessel fuel movement. Tech Specs does not allow movement to continue until a second fault occurs.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 147 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex00135 The plant is operating at 98% power. At 1500 Wednesday, RHR-P-2C is declared inoperable due to a motor failure. At 1900 Wednesday, DG-1 and all systems supported by the diesel are declared inop.

Which of the following is correct concerning these conditions?

A. Restore RHR-P-2C to operable status in 7 days from 1500 Wednesday.

B. Restore DG-1 to operable status by 1900 Thursday.

C. Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for OPERABLE offsite circuits by 2000 Wednesday, and restore DG-1 to OPERABLE status by 0700 Saturday.

D. Take action within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> (from 1900 Wednesday) to place the unit in MODE 2 within 7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br />, MODE 3 within 13 hours1.50463e-4 days <br />0.00361 hours <br />2.149471e-5 weeks <br />4.9465e-6 months <br /> and MODE 4 within 37 hours4.282407e-4 days <br />0.0103 hours <br />6.117725e-5 weeks <br />1.40785e-5 months <br />.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.2.23 2.6/3.8 10CFR55.43.2 & 45 - Ability to track limiting conditions for operations.

REFERENCE:

TS. 3.0.3, 3.5.1 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 2000 NRC EXAM - RO T3, #7 LO: 9540 - Interpret required Tech Specs from plant conditions.

RATING: H4 ATTACHMENT: YES - TS. 3.0.3, 3.5.1 JUSTIFICATION: When DG-1 and all of its supported systems are declared inop, 3 ECCS Systems are out of service and require entry into TS 3.0.3. D is correct.

COMMENTS: This question replaces EX00098 on the RO Exam as number 67.

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 148 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex98022 The reactor was operating at 100% power when a loss of feedwater caused a reactor scram approximately 5 minutes ago. HPCS and RCIC automatically started and are restoring reactor level. Reactor level is +10 inches and up slow.

Which of the following level instruments is most accurate in this situation?

A. Narrow Range B. Wide Range C. Upset Range D. Shutdown Range ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295007AA2.03 3.7/3.7 10CFR55.41, 43.5, & 45 - Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:

Reactor water level

REFERENCE:

LO000126 rev. 8, page 4 SOURCE: BANK QUESTION - 98 NRC EXAM - RO T1, G1, #3 LO: 5582 - List the calibration conditions for the wide range.

RATING: H2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A and C are incorrect because the narrow range and upset ranges are calibrated with core flow. D is incorrect because the shutdown range is calibrated at 0 psig and 212°F coolant temperature.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 149 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02085 The pressure control leg of PPM 5.1.1 RPV Control directs the operator to open SRVs and reduce reactor pressure if any SRV is cycling.

Which of the following is the basis for this direction?

Manual opening of SRVs A. minimizes significant dynamic loads on the RPV and containment structures.

B. prevents reactor water level from going above the feedpump trip setpoint.

C. prevents reactor water level from going below the scram setpoint.

D. reduces stress induced on the Main Condenser.

ANSWER: A QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 295007AK3.04 4.0/4.1 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:

Safety relied valve operation.

REFERENCE:

PPM 5.0.10 rev. 6, page 128 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T1, GP1, #2 LO: 8053 - List advantages of reducing RPV pressure when an SRV is cycling.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: B and C are both incorrect because manual opening of the SRVs may cause both of these setpoints to be exceeded. D is incorrect because the pressure is not supposed to be reduced below the DEH setpoint. This results in no change in the total steam flow to the condenser. A is correct as stated in PPM 5.0.10 COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 150 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02086 Which of the following neutron flux trip signals models the fuel thermal transient characteristics?

A. SRM Flux Hi B. IRM Flux Hi C. APRM Flow Biased D. APRM Neutron ANSWER: C QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 212000K5.01 2.7/2.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Bypassing of selected scram signals.

REFERENCE:

LO000161 rev. 11, page 11 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP1, #9 LO: 7682 - Describe the physical connection and/or cause and effect relationship between RPS and Neutron Monitoring.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: A time constant of 6 seconds = or - 1 second is applied to the APRM signal to more closely approximate the thermal characteristics of the fuel. This is the APRM Flow Biased trip. C is correct. A, B, and C are all incorrect because the signals are not corrected to the fuel thermal characteristics.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 151 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02087 The plant is in MODE 5 with the refuel bridge loaded and over the core. A failure in the Electronic Load Cell causes the sensed load to decrease and the HOIST LOADED Light to go out.

Which of the following is correct for these conditions?

A. A rod block is generated in the control room.

B. The rod withdraw block indicated in the control room clears.

C. The refuel bridge stops at the location where the failure occurred and can only be moved back into the Spent Fuel Pool.

D. The refuel bridge stops at the location where the failure occurred and cannot be moved until the fault is cleared.

ANSWER: B QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 234000K3.01 2.9/3.9 10CFR55.41 & 45 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the FUEL HANDLING EQUIPMENT will have on following: RMCS

REFERENCE:

LO00207 rev. 9, page 9, 26, 31, and 32 LO000148 rev. 10, page 13 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T2, GP3, #2 LO: 5359 - Refuel interlocks in effect when a control rod is withdrawn and Mode Switch is in REFUEL.

RATING: L3 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: C and D are both incorrect because the failure does not cause the bridge to stop. The failure causes the existing rod block to clear. B is correct.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

COLUMBIA GENERATING STATION WRITTEN EXAMINATION OCT. 2002 QUESTION # 152 EXAM KEY 10/04/2002 ex02088 Which of the following is a control room operator responsibility?

A. Classify the event.

B. Notify offsite agencies of the event.

C. Function as the Emergency Director in the absence of the Shift Manager.

D. Inform the Shift Manager if any parameter exceeds the emergency action levels.

ANSWER: D QUESTION TYPE: RO KA # & KA VALUE: 2.4.39 3.3/3.1 10CFR55.45 - Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.

REFERENCE:

PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, pages 3 & 4 SOURCE: NEW QUESTION - RO T3, #10 LO: 6130 - Describe the duties of the CRO during emergencies.

RATING: L2 ATTACHMENT: NONE JUSTIFICATION: 13.1.1 states the CRO has the responsibility to notify the Shift Manager of any condition/parameter that exceeds an EAL. D is correct. A, B, and C are incorrect because they are duties/responsibilities of other control room personnel.

COMMENTS:

Examkeyr5

2002 EXAM MATRIX SRO # QUESTION RO#

1 Ex02006 1 2 Ex98030 2 3 Ex02001 3 4 Ex98103 4 5 Ex02002 6 Ex00012 5 7 Ex02003 6 8 Ex00073 7 9 Ex02007 8 10 Ex02004 9 11 Ex00091 10 12 Ex02008 11 13 Ex99099 12 14 Ex02009 13 15 Ex00132 14 16 Ex02010 15 17 Ex02005 16 18 Ex02011 17 19 Ex00042 18 20 Ex02012 19 21 Ex00102 20 22 Ex02013 21 23 Ex01126 22 24 Ex02014 25 Ex02015 26 Ex02016 23 27 Ex01062 28 Ex02017 24 29 Ex00121 25 30 Ex02018 26 31 Ex02090 32 Ex02019 27 33 Ex02020 34 Ex02021 28 35 Ex02022 29 36 Ex02023 30 37 Ex02024 31 38 Ex01087 32 39 Ex02025 40 Ex01039 33 41 Ex02026 34 42 Ex98040 35

43 Ex02027 36 44 Ex00004 37 45 Ex02028 38 46 Ex02029 39 47 Ex02032 40 48 Ex02030 41 49 Ex02031 42 50 Ex02082 51 Ex02033 43 52 Ex00041 44 53 Ex02034 45 54 Ex00099 46 55 Ex98001 47 56 Ex02035 48 57 Ex02036 49 58 Ex02037 59 Ex00100 60 Ex02089 61 Ex00011 62 Ex00062 50 63 Ex00115 51 64 Ex02038 52 65 Ex02039 53 66 Ex02040 67 Ex02041 54 68 Ex02042 55 69 Ex02043 56 70 Ex02044 57 71 Ex02045 72 Ex02046 73 Ex00044 58 74 Ex00019 59 75 Ex02047 76 Ex02048 60 77 Ex02069 78 Ex00038 79 Ex02049 61 80 Ex02050 62 81 Ex02051 63 82 Ex02052 83 Ex02053 64 84 Ex98116 65 85 Ex02054 66 86 Ex02055 87 Ex02056

88 Ex00039 67 89 Ex02059 68 90 Ex02058 91 Ex02060 69 92 Ex02061 70 93 Ex02062 94 Ex02070 95 Ex02063 71 96 Ex02064 97 Ex02065 98 Ex02066 72 99 Ex02067 73 100 Ex02068 Ex02069 74 Ex02084 75 Ex01103 76 Ex02071 77 Ex00003 78 Ex02072 79 Ex02073 80 Ex02074 81 Ex02075 82 Ex02077 83 Ex00053 84 Ex02078 85 Ex01042 86 Ex02079 87 Ex02080 88 Ex02081 89 Ex98023 90 Ex01113 91 Ex01128 92 Ex99097 93 Ex98096 94 Ex00135 95 Ex98022 96 Ex02085 97 Ex02086 98 Ex02087 99 Ex02088 100

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-287 Task Title: Start SGT B for Job Performance Measure No:

Containment Venting JPMB.1.Ar0 K/A

Reference:

261000A4.07 3.1/3.2 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last hour. Sample results permit containment venting, Both SGT trains are operable Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Drywell Noble Gas monitor indication is well below the High-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour. Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have been complete through step 5.1.5.

Task Standard: Preparations for venting the containment are performed in accordance with PPM 2.3.1.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 2.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.1

References:

Initiating Cue: You have been directed by the CRS to start SGT B in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6. Inform the CRS when you are ready to open CEP-V-1B.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 8 minutes Simulator ICs: 198 Malfunctions/Remot Loaded in IC-198 e Triggers:

Overrides: Loaded in IC-198 Special Setup Loaded in IC-198 Instructions:

Page 2 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 5.1.6: At H13-P813 (Bd H), ensure CEP-V-11 is closed.

CUE: If informed as CRS that CEP-V-11 is open, tell examinee to close CEP-V-11.

Standard: CEP-V-11 is closed.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.1.7: Ensure SGT-V-2B is open.

CUE:

Standard: Verifies SGT-V-2B is open.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 5.1.8: If SGT is required to be operable, enter SGT B an inoperable in the Plant Logging System.

CUE: SGT is logged as inoperable in the Plant Logging System.

Standard: CRS is notified.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 3 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 5.1.10: Place SGT-DPIC-1B2 in the MANUAL mode and adjust the controller output to 90% o 95%.

CUE:

Standard: SGT-DPIC-1B2 in the MANUAL mode between 90% and 95%.

Note; 100% output is closed, 0% output is open.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 5 5.1.11: Open SGT-V-5B2.

CUE:

Standard: OpenSSGT-V-5B2.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES*

Performance Step: 6 5.1.12: Momentarily turn SGT-EHC-1B2 control switch to on*and observe SGT-FN-1B2 automatically starts 10 seconds after heaters are energized.

CUE:

Standard: Places control switch to on and observes fan start.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 7 5.1.13: Adjust SGT-DPIC-1B2 to obtain a SGT flowrate of approximately 5000 CFM.

CUE:

Standard: SGT flowrate established at approximately 5000 CFM Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 4 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 Page 5 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 8 4.1.14: Place SGT-DPIC-1B2 in AUTO with the controller set at -1.7 inches.

CUE:

Standard: SGT-DPIC-1B2 set at -1.7 inches.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 9 5.1.15; If SGT is required to be operable, enter SGT B as operable in the Plant Logging System.

CUE: SGT is logged in the Plant Logging System.

Standard: CRS is notified to log SGT in Plant Logging System.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 6 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.1.Ar0 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 7 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Preparations for venting the containment are performed in accordance with PPM 2.3.1.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 2.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.1

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last hour. Sample results permit containment venting, Both SGT trains are operable Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Drywell Noble Gas monitor indication is well below the High-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour. Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have been complete through step 5.1.5.

INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start SGT B in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6. Inform the CRS when you are ready to open CEP-V-1B.

Page 8 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-287 Validation Time: 8 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

261000A4.07 Time Critical: NO 3.1/3.2 Location: SIMULATOR Performance Method: PERFORM Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/28/02 Page 9 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Ar0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A drywell atmosphere sample has been analyzed by chemistry within the last hour. Sample results permit containment venting, Both SGT trains are operable Reactor Building HVAC is operational. Drywell Noble Gas monitor indication is well below the High-High setpoint and has not changed in the past hour.

Steps in PPM 2.3.1 have been complete through step 5.1.5.

INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start SGT B in preparation for venting the drywell in accordance with PPM 2.3.1, starting at step 5.1.6.

Inform the CRS when you are ready to open CEP-V-1B.

Page 10 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-0327-N-TG Task Title: Generator Capability Curve Job Performance Measure No:

Interpretation - Faulted JPM - JPMB.1.Br1 Respond to loss of H2 in Main Generator K/A

Reference:

245000K1.01 (3.1/3.3) 245000A4.05 (2.7/2.7)

Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Simulator - Perform Page 1 00jpm2r4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.

Task Standard: Respond to the loss of H2 by reducing Main Generator output to less than the capability curve.

Required Materials: PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6 General PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6

References:

Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% with Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min.

Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 minutes Simulator ICs: 199 Malfunctions Loaded in IC-199

/Remote Triggers:

Overrides: Loaded in IC-199 Special Setup Loaded in IC-199 Instructions:

Page 2 00jpm2r4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 Increase reactor power as directed to 100% power.

Standard: Increase reactor power with recirc flow as directed NOTE: When the CRO approches the board, insert the H2 leak causing H2 pressure to decrease. Stop the leak when H2 pressure is 70 psig on the computer panel. It takes about 2 1/2 minutes for the leak to cause the GEN H2 PRESS LOW annunciator.

CUE: The candidate will have to be cued that this alarm is his.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 At H13-P620 (BD B) check hydrogen pressure on H2-PI-1.

Standard: CRO checks pressure as directed and verifies pressure less than 72 psig.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 3 00jpm2r4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 CRO dispatches an operator to check hydrogen pressure at the Generator H2 Control Station on H2-PI-3.

Standard: CRO either dispatches or asks CRS to dispatch operator as directed by the procedure.

CUE: If asked by the CRO to dispatch an operator, acknowledge the operator has been dispatched to chech the H2 and seal oil systems.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT NOTE: It is possible to reduce reactive load by the use of the voltage regulator to maintain the generator within the capability curve. If needed use the following cue to direct reduction of generator load by the reduction of Recirculation Flow.

CUE: Reduce generator output with Recirc Flow to maintain operation of the generator within the capability curve.

NOTE: STOP THE H2 LEAK AT 70# INDICATED ON THE COMPUTER PANEL.

Page 4 00jpm2r4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 Maintain the Main Generator within the limits of the Generator Capability Curve in PPM 2.5.4 H2 /CO 2 System.

Standard: Reduce Main Generator load by recirculation flow to less than the value in the table in att. 6.6 of 2.5.7.

1162 MW for 68 psig hydrogen pressure.

CUE: If directed by the CRO to add H2 to the generator, cue that there is no hydrogen available. A truck is on the way but will not be on site for at least 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT TERMINATION CUE: When generator load has been reduced to a value at least as low as the value in the table, announce to the CRO, THE TERMINATION POINT OF THIS JPM HAS BEEN REACHED.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 5 00jpm2r4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.1.Br1 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 6 00jpm2r4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Respond to the loss of H2 by reducing Main Generator output to less than the capability curve.

Required Materials: PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6 Safety Equipment: NA General PPM 4.820.B3 drop 2-3, PPM 2.5.7 att. 6.6

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% with Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min. Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.

INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0327-N-TG Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

245000K1.01 Time Critical: NO (3.1/3.3) 245000A4.05 (2.7/2.7)

Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/23/02 Page 7 00jpm2r4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Br1 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: Reactor power is 97%. The Plant is operating normally.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to increase reactor power to 100% with Recirculation Flow at the rate of 5 MWe/min. Notify the CRS when Reactor Power is 100%.

Page 8 00jpm2r4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-0048-A-RCC Task Title: Change RCC Pumps - Job Performance Measure No:

Alternate Path JPM - Respond to loss JPMB.1.Cr6 of RCC Pump K/A

Reference:

400000K1.02 (3.2/3.4)

Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The reactor is shutdown following a scram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC-P-1A for breaker maintenance.

Task Standard: Respond the loss of an RCC pump and the subsequent closure of RCC-V-6 in accordance with PPM 4.8.3.2.

Required Materials: NA General PPM 2.8.3, rev. 19 page 13, ABN-RCC rev 2, pages3-6,

References:

and PPM 4.820.B1 rev. 15, drop 4-1 Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Building Close Cooling Water System. After RCC-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.

Notify the CRS when RCC-P-1A is in PTL and RCC-P-1C is in operation with all system parameters normal.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 minutes Simulator ICs: 198 Malfunctions/Remot Loaded in IC-198 e Triggers:

Overrides: Loaded in IC-198 Special Setup Loaded in IC-198 Instructions:

Page 2 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 Ensure suction valve is open for RCC-P-1C.

CUE: Suction valve for RCC-P-1C is open.

Standard: Verifies suction valve is open for RCC-P-1C (RCC-V-1C).

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 Ensure discharge valve is open for RCC-P-1C.

CUE: Discharge valve for RCC-P-1C is open.

Standard: Verifies discharge valve is open for RCC-P-1C (RCC-V-2A).

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 3 Start RCC-P-1C.

Standard: Place the control switch for RCC-P-1C in start and releases when the pump starts.

NOTE: May announce the start of RCC-P-1C.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 3 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 Stop RCC-P-1A and place the control switch in PTL.

CUE: IF CALLED AS OPS2, VERIFY THE DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE IS CLOSED.

Standard: Stops RCC-P-1A and places the control switch in PTL.

NOTE: When the control switch for RCC-P-1A is placed in the PTL position, RCC-P-1C trips.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 5 Refers to PPM 4.820.B1 drop 4-1, RCC PUMP C MOTOR OL TRIP.

May attempt to restart RCC-P-1A.

Refers to ABN-RCC Loss of RCC CUE: If needed cue operator to respond to the Board N annunciator indication on Board S.

Standard: As stated above.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 Verifies RCC-V-6 has closed.

Standard: At BD N, verifies RCC-V-6 has closed.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 4 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 Critical Step: YES*

Performance Step: 7 1. Trip RWCU-P-1A (1B)

2. Close RWCU-V-4*
3. Throttle open RWCU-V-104 Standard: 1. Trips RWCU-P-1A (1B)
2. Closes RWCU-V-4
3. Throttles open RWCU-V-4 Comment:

SAT / UNSAT TERMINATION CUE: THE TERMINATION POINT OF THIS JPM HAS BEEN REACHED.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 5 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.1.Cr6 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 6 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Respond the loss of an RCC pump and the subsequent closure of RCC-V-6 in accordance with PPM 4.8.3.2.

Required Materials: NA Safety Equipment: NA General PPM 2.8.3, rev. 19 page 13, ABN-RCC rev 2, pages3-6,

References:

and PPM 4.820.B1 rev. 15, drop 4-1 Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: The reactor is shutdown following a scram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC-P-1A for breaker maintenance.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Building Close Cooling Water System. After RCC-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.

Notify the CRS when RCC-P-1A is in PTL and RCC-P-1C is in operation with all system parameters normal.

INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0048-A-RCC Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

Time Critical: NO 400000K1.02 (3.2/3.4)

Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Page 7 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/21/02 Page 8 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.c rev 6 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The reactor is shutdown following a scram. All equipment is normal. Maintenance needs to tag out RCC-P-1A for breaker maintenance.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you change RCC Pumps per PPM 2.8.3, section 5.4 Reactor and Radwaste Building Close Cooling Water System. After RCC-P-1A has been stopped, Place the control switch in Pull to Lock in preparation for hanging the tag for maintenance.

Notify the CRS when RCC-P-1A is in PTL and RCC-P-1C is in operation with all system parameters normal.

Page 9 Jpmb1cr6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-0269 Task Title: Start RCIC with the Arm Job Performance Measure No:

and Depress Pushbutton - faulted - JPMB.1.Dr0 Recover from RCIC Electrical Overspeed Trip.

K/A

Reference:

217000A4.02 3.9/3.9 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedwater.

Task Standard: Recovery of the RCIC System is completed per PPM 2.4.6 following RCIC Turbine Trip.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 2.4.6 rev.34, sections 5.2 and 5.10 PPM 4.601.A4

References:

rev 20, drop 1-5 Initiating Cue: You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.

Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of +13 inches to +54 inches.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 7 min Simulator ICs: 198 Malfunctions/Remot All loaded in IC-198 e Triggers:

Overrides: All loaded in IC-198 Special Setup All loaded in IC-198 Instructions:

Page 2 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 5.2.2: ARM and DEPRESS RCIC-RMS-S36 (RCIC Manual Initiation) pushbutton.

CUE:

Standard: Arm and Depress pushbutton is rotated and depressed.

Note: As the RCIC Turbine accelerates to speed, it will trip on an electrical Overspeed. The examinee will note the failure and respond as follows.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 4.601.A4:

1. Confirm RCIC-V-1 is closed.
2. Ensure RCIC-V-46 is closed.
3. Refer to PPM 2.4.6 for recovery.

CUE:

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 5.10.1, 2, and 3:

For these steps cue the following if asked CUE: 5.10.1 RCIC is operable.

5.10.2 RCIC will not be inop for GT 10 minutes.

5.10.3 The cause of the trip has been corrected and the system is to be restored to service.

Standard:

Page 3 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 5.10.4: N/A 5.10.5: Close or check close RCIC-V-45 isolation valve.

CUE:

Standard: RCIC-V-45 is closed or verified to be close.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 5 5.10.6: Hold the control switch for RCIC-V-1 in the CLOSE position until both the valve stem and valve actuator indicate fully close.

CUE:

Standard: The control switch must be held in the CLOSE position until both the stem and the actuator indicate full closed.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 6 5.10.7: Ensure both RCIC-V-63 and RCIC-V-8 (inboard and outboard isolation valves) are open.

CUE:

Standard: Both RCIC-V-63 and RCIC-V-8 must be verified open.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 4 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 7 5.10.8: N/A - No initiation signal present.

CUE:

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 8 5.10.9:

a. Open RCIC-V-54.
b. Slowly jog open RCIC-V-1.
c. Ensure the valve stem and actuator indicate open.

CUE:

Standard: Valve manipulations performed per PPM 2.4.6 Comment:

SAT / UNSAT ANNOUNCE TO THE EXAMINEE THAT THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM HAS BEEN REACHED.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 5 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.1.Dr0 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 6 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Recovery of the RCIC System is completed per PPM 2.4.6 following RCIC Turbine Trip.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 2.4.6 rev.34, sections 5.2 and 5.10 PPM 4.601.A4

References:

rev 20, drop 1-5 Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedwater.

INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.

Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of +13 inches to +54 inches.

Page 7 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0269 Validation Time: 7 min NUREG 1123

Reference:

217000A4.02 Time Critical: NO 3.9/3.9 Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/30/02 Page 8 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Dr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant was operating at 100% power when a transient occurred causing a loss of feedwater.

INITIATING CUE You have been directed by the CRS to start RCIC for level control using the Arm and Depress Pushbutton.

Notify the CRS when RCIC is injecting and level is stable in the band of

+13 inches to +54 inches.

Page 9 Jpmb1dr0

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 Facility: WNP-2 Task No: RO-0390-N-AC Task Title: Transfer 480V Bus Power Job Performance Measure No:

Supply From Normal to Alternate - JPMB.1.e Alternate Path.

K/A

Reference:

262001A4.04 3.6/3.7 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Simulator - Perform Page 1 JPMB1ER2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through circuit SM-1.

Task Standard: Bus SL-11 is transferred from the normal power supply to the alternate power supply, in accordance with plant procedures.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 2.7.1B rev 14, section 5.0

References:

Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11-1, to the alternate source, CB 21-11, per PPM 2.7.1B.

Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL-11 to SL-21 is completed.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 5 minutes Simulator ICs: 199 Malfunctions/ Loaded in IC-199 Remote Triggers:

Overrides: Loaded in IC-199 Special Setup Loaded in IC-199 Instructions:

Page 2 JPMB1ER2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 5.1.1:

Ensure the CB-21/11 green tripped light is illuminated and the green position flag is being displayed in the CB-21/11 control switch window.

Standard: Verifies green tripped light is illuminated and the green position flag is displayed in the window.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 5.1.2:

Place the BUS 11, 21, and 31 Trip Permissive selector switch in the TRIP CB-11/1 position.

Standard: Trip switch place in the TRIP CB-11/1 position.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 3 5.1.3:

Place the CB-21/11control switch to the CLOSE position.

Standard: CB-21/11 control switch in CLOSE.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 3 JPMB1ER2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 4 5.1.4:

Ensure the CB-21/11 green tripped light extinguishes and red closed light illuminates.

Standard: Place the CS for CB-21/11 in the close position.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES*

Performance Step: 5 5.1.5/5.1.6:

a) Ensure CB11/1 auto trips and the green tripped light illuminates at the time of breaker CB-21/11 closure.

b) *Manually trip CB-11/1 c) Verify CB-11/1 is tripped by the green tripped light and the green flag is displayed in the control switch window.

Standard: Verifies indications and *trips CB-11/1.

NOTE: Candidate may announce the action to the CRS Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 4 JPMB1ER2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 5 5.1.7:

Place the BUS11, 21, and 31 Trip Permissive Selector switch in an off position.

Standard: Place the switch in an off position.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 5 JPMB1ER2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.1.ER2 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 6 JPMB1ER2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Bus SL-11 is transferred from the normal power supply to the alternate power supply, in accordance with plant procedures.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 2.7.1B rev 12, section 5.1

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through circuit SM-1.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11-1, to the alternate source, CB 21-11, per PPM 2.7.1B.

Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL-11 to SL-21 is completed.

INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0390-N-AC Validation Time: 5 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

262001A4.04 Time Critical: NO 3.6/3.7 Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/21/02 Page 7 JPMB1ER2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPM B.1.e rev 2 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: Bus SL-11 is currently powered from the normal power supply through circuit SM-1.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to transfer the SL-11 power source from the normal source, CB 11-1, to the alternate source, CB 21-11, per PPM 2.7.1B.

Inform the CRS when the transfer of SL-11 to SL-21 is completed.

Page 8 JPMB1ER2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-659 Task Title: Shift Control Rod Drive Job Performance Measure No:

Pumps JPMB.1.F K/A

Reference:

201001A4.01 3.1/3.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant is at shutdown following a scram. All systems are normal for this condition.

Task Standard: The operating CRD pump will be changed per PPM 2.1.1.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 2.1.1 rev. 30 Control Rod Drive System

References:

Initiating Cue: You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM 2.1.1 section 5.6. Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is stable.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 4 minutes Simulator ICs: 199 Malfunctions/Remot Loaded in 199 e Triggers:

Overrides: Loaded in 199 Special Setup Loaded in 199 Instructions:

Page 2 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.6.1: Request an Equipment Operator to check the CRD pumps locally for a start.

CUE: Report as OPS-2 that the pump is ready for a start.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.6.2: Place CRD-FC-600 in manual.

CUE:

Standard: CRD-FC-600 is placed in manual.

Note: Step 5.6.3 is N/A.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 3 5.6.4: Start CRD-P-1B CUE:

Standard: CRD-P-1B is started.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 3 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 5.6.5: Stop CRD-P-1A CUE:

Standard: CRD-P-1A is stopped.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 5 5.6.6: Null controller CRD-FC-600 and transfer to auto.

CUE:

Standard: Controller is nulled prior to returning to automatic.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 5.6.7: Slowly adjust CRD-V-3 to establish a drive water differential pressure of 260 psid on CRD-DPI-602.

CUE:

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 4 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.1.Fr0 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 5 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: The operating CRD pump will be changed per PPM 2.1.1.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 2.1.1 rev. 30 Control Rod Drive System

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: The plant is at shutdown following a scram. All systems are normal for this condition.

INITIATING CUE You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM 2.1.1 section 5.6. Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is stable.

INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-659 Validation Time: 4 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

201001A4.01 Time Critical: NO 3.1/3.1 Location: Simulator Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/24/02 Page 6 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Fr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant is at shutdown following a scram. All systems are normal for this condition.

INITIATING CUE You have been directed to Change the operating CRD pump per PPM 2.1.1 section 5.6.

Notify the CRS when the task is completed and the CRD System is stable.

Page 7 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-0298-N-PC Task Title: Purge the Drywell Job Performance Measure No:

JPMB.1.G K/A

Reference:

223001A4.07 4.2/4.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Simulator - Perform Page 1 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:

1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
2. B SGT is in operation for support of the purge.
3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the Primary Containment due to the loss of Nitrogen inerting.
4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago and approve the purge.
5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting are complete.

Task Standard: Simulate the lineup and purging of the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 section 5.3.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 5.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.3

References:

Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the drywell purge is in progress and the pressure control has been established.

NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 15 minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remot N/A e Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Instructions:

Page 2 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 Page 3 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.

Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.3.9: At H13-P813 (Bd H) ensure ROA-FIC-A in MANUAL and adjust the controller output to zero.

CUE:

Standard: Simulate actions as directed by procedure.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.3.10 and 11

1. Ensure SGT is operating per section 5.1.
2. The plant is in MODE 4 so the SGT train does not have to be logged as inoperable.

CUE: Cue as required for above.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 3 5.3.12: At H13-P813 (Bd H), open CEP-V-1A and CEP-V-2A.

CUE:

Standard: Correctly indicate CEP-V-1A and 2A OPEN.

NOTE: Valve opening does not have to be logged in MODE 4.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 4 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 5.3.13: Open SGT-V-1B CUE:

Standard: Correctly indicates SGT-V-1B open.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 5 5.3.14: At H13-P813 (Bd H) open CSP-V-1 and CSP-V-2.

CUE:

Standard: Correctly indicates CSP-V-1 and CSP-V-2 are open.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 6 5.3.15: At H13-P813 (Bd H) open CSP-V-11.

CUE:

Standard: Correctly indicates CSP-V-11 is open.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 7 5.3.16: Record the purge start time in OSP-INST-H101.

CUE: Start time has been recorded.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 5 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 8 5.3.17: At H13-P813 (Bd H) slowly increase ROA-FIC-1 controller output. Monitor drywell pressure on CMS-PR-1 (2) at H13-P601.

CUE:

Standard: Simulates controller output increase on ROA-FIC-1.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 9 5.3.18: Close SGT-V-2B.

CUE:

Standard: Simulate SGT-V-2B closed.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 10 5.3.19: Place SGT-DPIC-1B2 in MANUAL and adjust ROA purge supply and SGT flow rates, indicated on ROA-FIC-1 and SGT-DPIC-1B2 respectively as required to control drywell pressure LE 1.0 psig.

CUE: Following demonstration of controllers, CUE:

Drywell pressure is 0.5 psig and stable.

Standard: Simulate adjusting controllers as directed.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

Page 6 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 JPM COMPLETION TIME:

VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.1.Gr1 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 7 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Simulate the lineup and purging of the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 section 5.3.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 5.3.1 rev. 39, section 5.3.

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:

1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
2. B SGT is in operation for support of the purge.
3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the Primary Containment due to the loss of Nitrogen inerting.
4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago and approve the purge.
5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting are complete.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the drywell purge is in progress and the pressure control has been established.

NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A Page 8 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 SIMULATE ONLY JPM.

Page 9 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0298-N-PC Validation Time: 15 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

223001A4.07 Time Critical: NO 4.2/4.1 Location: Main Control Room Performance Method: Simulate Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/21/02 Page 10 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.1.Gr1 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A plant shutdown is in progress in MODE 4 with the following conditions:

1. A wetwell purge has been completed.
2. B SGT is in operation for support of the purge.
3. A Fire Protection Impairment has been opened for the Primary Containment due to the loss of Nitrogen inerting.
4. Chemistry sampled Containment Atmosphere 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago and approve the purge.
5. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of PPM 2.3.1 Primary Containment Venting, Purging, and Inerting are complete.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to purge the Drywell per PPM 5.3.1 starting at step 5.3.8. Inform the CRS when the drywell purge is in progress and the pressure control has been established.

NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. THIS IS A SIMULATE ONLY JPM.

Page 11 Jpmb1gr1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-0117 (SRO Upgrade Task)

SRO-0251-A-RSP Task Title: Control Room Evacuation - Job Performance Measure No:

Preparations for ED JPMB.2.Ar9 K/A

Reference:

295016AA1.08 (4.04.0)

Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Plant - Simulate Page 1 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The Control Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire.

The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.

Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown Panels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 of ABN-CR-EVAC.

SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.

Task Standard: Preparations for opening SRVs from the Remote Shutdown Panel are complete in accordance with ABN-CR-EVAC section 4.2.

Required Materials: N/A General ABN-CR-EVAC rev. 2, section 4.2

References:

Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized and ready for operation.

THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 Minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remot N/A e Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Instructions:

Page 2 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Page 3 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.

Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 4.2.1: Place the following switches in EMERG:

RHR-RPV INSTRUMENTATION POWER TRANSFER RCIC FLOW CONTROL RCIC-FIC-1R POWER TRANSFER CUE:

Standard: Control manipulations simulated correctly.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 4.2.2: Monitor the following:

RCIC flow rate: RCIC-FI-1R/1 = 600 gpm RPV pressure: MS-PI-2 = 992 psig RPV water level: MS-LI-10 = -141 inches and down slow RHR-P-2B flow rate: RHR-FI-5 = min flow SW-P-1B discharge pressure: SW-PI-32BR = 198 psig CUE: Cue as required.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 4 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 4.2.3, 4, 5, and 6:

CUE: These steps are in progress.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 4 4.2.7:

At FRTP-1, place the following switches in the EMERG position:

- FRTS-1

- FRTS-2

- FRTS-5

- FRTS-6

- E-RMS-FRTS7 CUE: Cue as required.

Standard: Control manipulations simulated correctly.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 5 4.2.8: Establish communications between DG-2, and SM-8 Operators.

CUE: Communications are established.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 5 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 4.2.9: If evacuating the control room because of fire, enter and perform ABN-FIRE concurrently.

CUE: ABN-FIRE HAS BEEN ENTERED Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 7 4.2.10: If not already performed, classify the event.

CUE: The event has been classified.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 8 4.2.11: N/A this step.

CUE: SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 9 4.2.12: Place RHR-P-2B and SW-P-1B in service.

CUE: RHR-P-2B and SW-P-1B are in operation.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 6 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 10 4.2.13: Ensure the following relief valve control switches are in the CLOSE position at the Remote Shutdown Panel:

MS-RV-4C MS-RV-4B MS-RV-4A CUE: Cue as needed.

Standard: The relief valves are indicated correctly.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 11 4.2.14: Place the MS-RV-4A, 4B, & 4C POWER TRANSFER switch to the EMERG position.

CUE: Switch is in EMERG.

Standard: Correct Power Transfer switch is indicated.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 7 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.2.Ar9 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 8 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Preparations for opening SRVs from the Remote Shutdown Panel are complete in accordance with ABN-CR-EVAC section 4.2.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General ABN-CR-EVAC rev. 2, section 4.2

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: The Control Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire.

The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.

Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown Panels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 of ABN-CR-EVAC.

SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.

Page 9 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized and ready for operation.

THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.

INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0117 (SRO Upgrade Validation Time: 10 min.

Task)

SRO-0251-A-RSP NUREG 1123

Reference:

Time Critical: NO 295016AA1.08 (4.04.0)

Location: Plant Performance Method: Simulate7/30/02 Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date:

Page 10 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.AR9 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The Control Room has been evacuated at the Shift Managers direction due to a fire.

The immediate and subsequent operator actions for the control room have been successfully completed.

Operators have been dispatched to perform all actions outside the Remote and Alternate Remote Shutdown Panels and have started on ATT. 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 of ABN-CR-EVAC.

SM-8 is powered from the Backup Transformer.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to initiate Section 4.2, of ABN-CR-EVAC to emergency depressurize the reactor. Notify the CRS when MS-RV-4C, 4B and 4A are energized and ready for operation.

THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. NO CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL BE PERFORMED.

Page 11 JPMB.2.Ar9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-0247 Task Title: Close RPS EPA Breakers Job Performance Measure No:

JPMB.2.Br4 K/A

Reference:

212000A.02 3.7/3.9 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date: 02/22/01 Method of testing:

Plant - Simulate Page 1 JPMB.2.Br4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: RPS Division A has been de-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.

Task Standard: Actions taken to close RPS-EPA-3A are in accordance with PPM 2.7.6.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 2.7.6 rev. 16, section 5.3

References:

Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to close EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A. Inform the CRS when RPS-EPA-3A is closed.

THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 8 minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remot N/A e Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Instructions:

Page 2 JPMB.2.Br4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.3.1: Ensure Section 5.1 has been completed.

CUE: This was given in the initial conditions and should not have to be cued.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 5.3.2: Obtain keys 166 and 168 from the control room.

CUE: When the candidate identifies the need to go to the control room for the keys, cue - You have the necessary keys.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 3 JPMB.2.Br4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 Critical Step: YES*

Performance Step: 3 5.3.3:In RPS-MG2 Room, close EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A as follows:

a. Ensure keylock switch S1 is in the NORMAL position.
b. Ensure keylock switch S2 in the OPER position.
c. Ensure the POWER IN indicator is illuminated.
d. Ensure the following indicators are extinguished;
1. OVERVOLTAGE
2. UNDERVOLTAGE
3. UNDERFREQUENCY
4. POWER OUT CUE: The UNDERVOLTAGE and UNDERFREQUENCY lights are illuminated.
e. Rotate keylock switch S2 to the RESET position and return to OPERATE.*
f. Reset EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A by opening it fully.*
g. Close RPS-EPA-3A. *
h. Ensure POWER OUT light is illuminated.

Standard: Steps are completed in accordance with PPM 2.7.6.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 4 JPMB.2.Br4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.2.Br4 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 5 JPMB.2.Br4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Actions taken to close RPS-EPA-3A are in accordance with PPM 2.7.6.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 2.7.6 rev. 16, section 5.3

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: RPS Division A has been de-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to close EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A. Inform the CRS when RPS-EPA-3A is closed.

THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED. CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED.

Page 6 JPMB.2.Br4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0247 Validation Time: 8 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

212000A.02 Time Critical: NO 3.7/3.9 Location: Plant Performance Method: Simulate Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/30/02 Page 7 JPMB.2.Br4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Br4 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: RPS Division A has been de-energized due to operator error. PPM 2.7.6 section 5.1 has been completed.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to close EPA breaker RPS-EPA-3A. Inform the CRS when RPS-EPA-3A is closed.

THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS JPM WILL BE SIMULATED.

CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED.

Page 8 JPMB.2.Br4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: RO-0706-N-DGHP Task Title: Perform Manual Start of the Job Performance Measure No:

HPCS DG from Local Panel JPMB.2.Cr3 K/A

Reference:

264000A4.04 3.7/3.7 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

PLANT - Simulate Page 1

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A manual start of DG-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of SOP-DG3-START.

The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position.

DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.

The plant is in a non-emergency condition, SM-2 is energized from TR-S.

DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.

HPCS-P-2 HPCS Service Water is in service.

Generator space heater breaker is open.

All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service.

Task Standard: The task will be completed when the candidate has simulated the start of DG-3 per SOP-SG3-START section 5.1.

Required Materials: N/A General SOP-SG3-START rev. 0

References:

Initiating Cue: The CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP-DG3-START. Notify the CRS when DG-3 is operating at 900 rpm.

CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 15 min.

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Page 2

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Instructions:

Page 3

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.

START TIME:

Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 5.1.5: Place the Unit Mode Select Switch to the AUTO position.

a. Ensure the red light illuminates (E-CP-DG/EP3).
b. Enter in the Plant Tracking Log as Operable.

CUE: Red light on.

DG-3 is logged as operable.

Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 2 5.1.6: Verify HPCS-P-2 is running.

CUE: AS REQUIRED Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 3 5.1.7: Verify SW flow to the Diesel Engine GT 780 GPM (SW-FIS-9 local).

CUE: Flow GT 780 gpm.

Standard: Verifies flow on SW-FIS-9.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 4

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 4 5.1.8: Verify the annunciator alarms are clear on E-CP-DG-RP3, except drop 1.1 and 3.1.

CUE: AS REQUIRED Standard: Alarms indicated on E-CP-DG-RP3.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 5 5.1.9: Verify HPCS Diesel Generator annunciators are clear (except drop 6.8 at H13-P601).

CUE: AS REQUIRED Standard: Calls control room for verification.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 5.1.10: At E-CP-DG/CP3, verifies the Generator Space Heater, breaker 1, is open CUE: AS REQUIRED Standard: Indicates breaker at E-CP-DG-CP3 Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 6 5.1.11: N/A step 5.1.11 CUE: AS REQUIRED Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 5

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 6

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 7 5.1.12:

Place the Diesel Generator Mode Selector switch to the LOCAL position. (Located in the control room)

Depress the UNIT START pushbutton at E-CP-DG/EP3.

CUE: DG Mode Selector Switch is in the Local position.

NOTE: IF THE OPERATOR PRESSES THE ENGINE START PB (INSTEAD OF THE UNIT START PB), THE DIESEL FAILS TO START.

Standard: At E-CP-DG/EP3, depress the UNIT START pushbutton

  • Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 8 5.1.13: Verify the air start motors disengaged after engine start.

CUE: CUE AS REQUIRED Standard: Indicate location of at least 1 air start motor.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 9 5.1.14: Verify adequate oil in the starting a in-line lubricators within approximately 2 minutes of the diesel start.

CUE: CUE AS REQUIRED Standard: Indicate the location of at least 1 in-line lubricator.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 7

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 10 Classify and log the start in the Plant Logging System.

CUE: CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 11 5.1.16: N/A this step.

CUE: CUE AS REQUIRED Standard:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 12 5.1.17: Verify engine speed is approximately 900 RPM.

CUE: CUE AS REQUIRED Standard: Indicate speed on HPCS-SI-DG3.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD ANNOUNCE THE TERMINATION POINT OF THE JPM AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 8

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 Page 9

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: JPMB.2.Cr3 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 10

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: The task will be completed when the candidate has simulated the start of DG-3 per SOP-SG3-START section 5.1.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General SOP-SG3-START rev. 0

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: A manual start of DG-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of SOP-DG3-START.

The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position.

DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.

The plant is in a non-emergency condition, SM-2 is energized from TR-S.

DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.

HPCS-P-2 HPCS Service Water is in service.

Generator space heater breaker is open.

All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP-DG3-START. Notify the CRS when DG-3 is operating at 900 rpm.

CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS Page 11

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.

Page 12

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: RO-0706-N-DGHP Validation Time: 10 min.

NUREG 1123

Reference:

264000A4.04 Time Critical: NO 3.7/3.7 Location: PLANT Performance Method: SIMULATE Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 7/29/02 Page 13

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet JPMB.2.Cr3 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A manual start of DG-3 is in progress at step 5.1.3 of SOP-DG3-START.

The Unit Mode Select Switch is in the MAINT position.

DG-3 has been entered in the Plant Logging System as inoperable.

The plant is in a non-emergency condition, SM-2 is energized from TR-S.

DG-3 governor droop switch is in DROOP.

HPCS-P-2 HPCS Service Water is in service.

Generator space heater breaker is open.

All HPCS diesel generator annunciators are clear except for H13-P601.A1.6-8, HPCS System Out Of Service.

INITIATING CUE The CRS has directed you to continue the local, fast start of DG-3 at step 5.1.5, SOP-DG3-START. Notify the CRS when DG-3 is operating at 900 rpm.

CONTROL MANIPULATIONS WILL NOT BE PERFORMED. ALL ACTIONS AND STEPS WILL BE SIMULATED.

Page 14

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: N/A Task Title: Determination of Adequate Job Performance Measure No:

Feedwater Temperature Prior to AIA RA.1-1JPMr0 K/A

Reference:

2.1.7 3.7/4.4 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)

Page 1 Ra1-1r0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions:

Task Standard: Correctly determines action regarding entering AIA per PPM 3.1.2.

Required Materials: N/A General

References:

PPM 3.1.2 rev. 57 Initiating Cue: Using the above information, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flow map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your answer.

Inform the CRS when you have completed this determination.

Time Critical Task: N/A Validation Time: 8 minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remote N/A Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Instructions:

Page 2 Ra1-1r0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 Determines reactor power from Single Loop Power to Flow Map.

CUE:

Standard: Using the 22500 gpm loop flow rate and 54% control rod line given in the initial conditions, determines that power is 30% (+ or - 2%).

NOTE:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 2 Determines feedwater temperature is satisfactory for entering AIA CUE:

Standard: Using the 30% power from the above step and attachment 7.3 of PPM 3.1.2, determines that 296° F feedwater temperature is to the left of the line and is satisfactory.

NOTE:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD INFORM THE CRS OF HIS COMPLETED DETERMINATION.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

Page 3 Ra1-1r0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 4 Ra1-1r0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: RA.1-1JPMr0 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 5 Ra1-1r0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Correctly determines action regarding entering AIA per PPM 3.1.2.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 3.1.2 rev. 57

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: A plant startup is in progress with RRC-P-1A tagged out for repair. The following conditions exist:

Feedwater temperature = 296° F RRC Loop B flow = 22500 gpm Rod Line = 54%

It is necessary to enter the Area of Increased Awareness INITIATING CUE Using the above information, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flow map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your answer.

Inform the CRS when you have completed this determination.

Page 6 Ra1-1r0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: N/A Validation Time: 8 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

2.1.7 3.7/4. Time Critical: NO Location: Any location with references. Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 6/26/02 Page 7 Ra1-1r0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet RA.1-1JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: A plant startup is in progress with RRC-P-1A tagged out for repair. The following conditions exist:

Feedwater temperature = 296° F RRC Loop B flow = 22500 gpm Rod Line = 54%

It is necessary to enter the Area of Increased Awareness INITIATING CUE Using the above information, PPM 3.1.2 Reactor Plant Startup, step 5.8.16, and the Single Loop Power to flow map, determine if it is allowable to enter the Area of Increased Awareness. Justify your answer.

Inform the CRS when you have completed this determination.

Page 8 Ra1-1r0

ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia Generating Station RA.3-1 and RA.3-2 OCTOBER 2002 Question No. A co-worker has been injured and is unconscious in a High High Radiation area.

RA.3-1: You have decided to enter the area and carry the worker to safety.

What is the Columbia Generating Station administrative maximum allowable dose in a life saving situation?

CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER: 25 rem TEDE

Response

SAT / UNSAT 2.3.1 (2.6/3.0) 6016 GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 8 page 1 00ra1r3

ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia Generating Station RA.3-1 and RA.3-2 OCTOBER 2002 Question No. You have been directed to enter a radiation area with a general area dose rate of RA.3-2 245 mrem/hr.

What are the dosimetry requirements for entering this area?

CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER: Any ONE of the following is correct;

  • A radiation monitoring device that continuously indicates the radiation dose rate in the area (e.g., survey instrument)
  • A radiation monitoring device that continuously integrates the radiation dose rate in the area and alarms when a preset integrated dose is received (e.g., an alarming electronic dosimeter), with an appropriate alarm setpoint.
  • A radiation monitoring device that continuously transmits dose rate and cumulative dose to a remote receiver monitored by Health Physics personnel responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure within the area (e.g., an electronic dosimeter used in conjunction with a remote monitoring system)
  • A self-reading dosimeter and,

- Be under the surveillance (as specified in the RWP), while in the area of and individual at the work site who is qualified in radiation protection procedures and who is equipped with a radiation dose rate monitoring and indicating device and is responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure within the area

- Be under the surveillance (as specified in the RWP), by means of close circuit television, of an individual qualified in radiation protection procedures who is responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure in the area.

Response

SAT / UNSAT 2.3.1 (2.6/3.0) 6036 PPM 11.2.7.3 rev 18, pages 4 and 5 page 2 00ra1r3

ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia Generating Station RA.3-1 and RA.3-2 OCTOBER 2002 Question No. A co-worker has been injured and is unconscious in a High High Radiation area.

RA.3-1: You have decided to enter the area and carry the worker to safety.

What is the Columbia Generating Station administrative maximum allowable dose in a life saving situation?

CLOSED REFERENCE page 3 00ra1r3

ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A3 Coumbia Generating Station RA.3-1 and RA.3-2 OCTOBER 2002 Question No. You have been directed to enter a radiation area with a general area dose rate of RA.3-2 245 mrem/hr.

What are the dosimetry requirements for entering this area?

CLOSED REFERENCE page 4 00ra1r3

ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station RA.4-1 and RA.4-2 OCTOBER 2002 Question No. At which Emergency Action Level are the Columbia Administrative Exposure RA.4-1: Hold points automatically waived?

CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER: Alert

Response

SAT / UNSAT 2.4.29 (2.6/4.0) 6019 PPM 13.2.1 rev. 15, page 2 page 1 02ra4r1

ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station RA.4-1 and RA.4-2 OCTOBER 2002 Question No. The plant was operating at 100% power on Sunday morning when a transient RA.4-2 occurred which required an emergency to be declared. The Shift manager is in the plant but cannot be contacted and his exact whereabouts are not known to the control room staff.

Who is the Emergency Director?

CLOSED REFERENCE ANSWER: The Control Room Supervisor

Response

SAT / UNSAT 2.4.29 (2.6/4.0) 6132 PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31 page 7 page 2 02ra4r1

ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station RA.4-1 and RA.4-2 OCTOBER 2002 Question No. At which Emergency Action Level are the Columbia Administrative Exposure RA.4-1: Hold points automatically waived?

CLOSED REFERENCE page 3 02ra4r1

ADMINISTRATIVE TOPICS RO SECTION A4 Columbia Generating Station RA.4-1 and RA.4-2 OCTOBER 2002 Question No. The plant was operating at 100% power on Sunday morning when a transient RA.4-2 occurred which required an emergency to be declared. The Shift manager is in the plant but cannot be contacted and his exact whereabouts are not known to the control room staff.

Who is the Emergency Director?

CLOSED REFERENCE page 4 02ra4r1

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No:

Task Title: DETERMINATION OF Job Performance Measure No:

HEAVY LOAD OVER THE SPENT SA1.1-1JPMr0 FUEL POOL K/A

Reference:

2.1.20 4.3/4.2 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)

Page 1 Sa1-1jpm

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant has been operating at 99% power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is to start in 6 weeks. All plant systems are normal for 99% power. A load of 1490 pounds has to be lifted high enough to clear the handrails around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at that height.

Task Standard: The proposed lift will not be allowed for the given conditions per PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2

References:

Initiating Cue: Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer.

Time Critical Task: NO Validation Time: 10 minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remot N/A e Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Instructions:

Page 2 Sa1-1jpm

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 1.3.40 tep 5.2.45: Refer to Attachment 7.5 to determine:

Irradiated fuel has been subcritical for at least 90 days.

One train of control room air conditioning is in operation.

Monitors are available to monitor an offsite release.

CUE:

Standard: Determine equipment requirements for the desired lift over the spent fuel pool satifactory.

NOTE: Hand examinee LCS 1.9.2 when required.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Critical Step: YES Performance Step: Using LCS 1.9.2, determine the following:

1490 pounds can only be lifted and transported 3 inches over the spent fuel pool.

The desired lift cannot be made because of the height limitation over the spent fuel pool.

CUE:

Standard: Dtermination is made that the lift cannot be made with the given conditions.

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT Page 3 Sa1-1jpm

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE JPM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 4 Sa1-1jpm

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: SA.1-1JPMr0 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 5 Sa1-1jpm

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: The proposed lift will not be allowed for the given conditions per PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 1.3.40 and LCS 1.9.2

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: The plant has been operating at 99% power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is to start in 6 weeks. All plant systems are normal for 99% power. A load of 1490 pounds has to be lifted high enough to clear the handrails around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at that height.

INITIATING CUE Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer.

Page 6 Sa1-1jpm

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

2.1.20 Time Critical: NO 4.3/4.2 Location: Any with reference material Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 6/26/02 Page 7 Sa1-1jpm

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.1-1JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions:

The plant has been operating at 99% power since the last refueling outage. Preparations are in progress of the next biannual refuel outage, which is to start in 6 weeks. All plant systems are normal for 99% power. A load of 1490 pounds has to be lifted high enough to clear the handrails around the spent fuel pool and transported from the south side of the spent fuel pool to the north side of the pool at that height.

INITIATING CUE Using PPM 1.3.40. determine if this lift is allowed and explain your answer.

Page 8 Sa1-1jpm

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: SRO-0026 Task Title: COMPLETE PLANNED Job Performance Measure No:

SPECIAL EXPOSURE SA.3JPM K/A

Reference:

2.3.4 2.5/3.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)

Page 1 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.

Task Standard: Increased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN-RPP-07.

Required Materials: N/A General

References:

GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 13 Initiating Cue: The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is 30 years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years.

He is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. The following information applies to the operator.

1. John Q Operator
2. SS # - 555-55-5555
3. DOB - 01/01/71
4. 1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
5. 6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
6. All dose is from Energy Northwest exposure.

As the operators supervisor, complete the Increased Exposure Request per GEN-RPP-07.

Time Critical Task: N/A Validation Time: 10 minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remote N/A Page 2 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Instructions:

Page 3 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: YES Performance Step: 1 Complete the first 3 sections of the Increased Exposure Request as the Supervisor of the designated operator.

CUE:

Standard: Increased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN-RPP-07.

Grading Standard - compare candidates completed form with the attached form. Passing Criteria = each required section must match the attached form. The reason and justification must match the intent.

NOTE:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE CNF FORM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 4 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: SA.3JPMr0 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 5 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: Increased Exposure Request form is completed in accordance with GEN-RPP-07.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General GEN-RPP-07 rev 3, page 13

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.

INITIATING CUE The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is 30 years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years. He is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. The following information applies to the operator.

7. John Q Operator
8. SS # - 555-55-5555
9. DOB - 01/01/71
10. 1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
11. 6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
12. All dose is from Energy Northwest exposure.

As the operators supervisor, complete the Increased Exposure Request per Page 6 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 GEN-RPP-07.

Page 7 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: SRO-0026 Validation Time:

NUREG 1123

Reference:

2.3.4 2.5/3.1 Time Critical:

Location: Any location with references. Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 6/27/02 Page 8 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.3JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell. The operator selected is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. An Increased Exposure Request is required for the task.

INITIATING CUE The plant is in a refueling outage with the drywell open. A valve manipulation is required to flush a hot spot from a trap in the drywell.

The operator selected is 30 years old and has been employed by Energy Northwest for 5 years. He is expected to receive a total of 350 mrem to perform the task. The following information applies to the operator.

13. John Q Operator
14. SS # - 555-55-5555
15. DOB - 01/01/71
16. 1.8 rem TEDE year to date.
17. 6.875 rem TEDE lifetime.
18. All dose is from Energy Northwest exposure.

As the operators supervisor, complete the Increased Exposure Request per GEN-RPP-07.

Page 9 Sa3jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 Facility: Columbia Generating Station Task No: SRO-0529 Task Title: CLASSIFY A SECURITY Job Performance Measure No:

EVENT SA.4JPMr0 K/A

Reference:

2.4.41 2.3/4.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date:

Method of testing:

Admin - Perform (Any location with reference material.)

Page 1 Sa4jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 JPM SETUP INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operation of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI considers this a credible threat. An Unusual Event was declared 50 minutes ago.

Task Standard: The security event is classified correctly per PPM 13.1.1.

Required Materials: N/A General PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 27

References:

Initiating Cue:

Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that an explosive device has been discovered in Service Water Pump house A. All personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.

Meteorological data:

Stability class E Wind direction 245 Wind speed 4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition Time Critical Task: YES - 15 MINUTES Validation Time: 10 minutes Simulator ICs: N/A Malfunctions/Remot N/A e Triggers:

Overrides: N/A Special Setup N/A Instructions:

Page 2 Sa4jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION START TIME:

Critical Step: NO Performance Step: 1 Complete the CNF Form for this condition.

CUE:

Standard: CNF Form is completed as attached.

Grading standard: The Form must be completed as a reclassification and as a Site area Emergency.

Description of the event (box 7) must meet the intent of the reference CNF Form.

NOTE:

Comment:

SAT / UNSAT THE EXAMINEE SHOULD HAND THE CNF FORM TO THE EXAMINER AT THIS POINT.

JPM TERMINATION TIME:

JPM START TIME:

-

JPM COMPLETION TIME:

Page 3 Sa4jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION JPM Number: SA.4JPMr0 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Page 4 Sa4jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 JPM INFORMATION CARD HAND THE STUDENT INFORMATION CARD TO THE EXAMINEE READ TO THE EXAMINEE:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiation cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Task Standard: The security event is classified correctly per PPM 13.1.1.

Required Materials: N/A Safety Equipment: N/A General PPM 13.1.1 rev. 31, page 27

References:

Time Critical Task: NO Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operation of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI considers this a credible threat. An Unusual Event was declared 50 minutes ago.

INITIATING CUE Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that an explosive device has been discovered in Service Water Pump house A. All personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.

Meteorological data:

Stability class E Wind direction 245 Wind speed 4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition Page 5 Sa4jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 Page 6 Sa4jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 INFORMATION BELOW THIS LINE NOT SHARED WITH EXAMINEE Task Number: SRO-0529 Validation Time: 10 minutes NUREG 1123

Reference:

2.4.41 Time Critical: YES 15 MINUTES 2.3/4.1 Location: Any with reference material Performance Method: Perform Prepared/Revised by: S Hutchison Revision Date: 6/26/02 Page 7 Sa4jpmr0

Appendix C Admin Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet SA.4JPMr0 STUDENT INFORMATION Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 100% power. One (1) hour ago, the FBI notified security and plant management that a mid-eastern terrorist group has threatened to interfere with the operation of Columbia Generating Station. The FBI considers this a credible threat.

An Unusual Event was declared 50 minutes ago.

INITIATING CUE Five (5) minutes ago, security called and notified you that an explosive device has been discovered in Service Water Pump house A. All personnel have been evacuated from the immediate area.

Meteorological data:

Stability class E Wind direction 245 Wind speed 4 mph No precipitation Complete a CNF form for this condition Page 8 Sa4jpmr0

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML030360299&oldid=2201681"